Full transcript, 835,491 characters — every turn. Summarised passages are
highlighted: 882 passages across 130 turns, covering
17.1% of what was said. The rest is the record itself.
Open on 892 sentences (17.1%
of the characters). 5,554 sentences in 906 stretches are folded
inline — tap a [+N sentences] to read them where they sit.
5 further highlights held back as procedure or repetition (4 restatement, 1 chair housekeeping) — collapsed, not removed. Every topic below is closed until you open it.
[+15 sentences]Sir, I beg to move*, "That this House recognises the importance of mental health as a health, social and economic issue; affirms the importance of a robust national mental health ecosystem; and calls for a whole-of-Singapore effort to implement a national strategy to enhance mental health and well-being." The Government Parliamentary Committee (GPC) for Health comprising People's Action Party (PAP) Members of Parliament (MPs) Mr Yip Hon Weng, Ms Mariam Jaafar, Dr Tan Wu Meng and Mr Edward Chia has brought forth a motion of profound significance, mental health, a matter that touches every individual in our society. In our journey towards a healthier, more resilient Singapore, we must recognise mental health not just as a component of our healthcare system but as a cornerstone of societal well-being and economic stability. In my previous addresses, I have consistently emphasised a holistic approach to health, advocating for the interconnectedness of the various health dimensions, including physical, mental and social well-being. As we navigate modern life's complexities, it becomes increasingly apparent that mental health is not a standalone issue. It is an integral part of our daily existence, influencing our capacities to learn, work, and forge meaningful relationships. It impacts our communities and workplaces, shaping the very heart of our nation’s productivity and social harmony. Mental health, once considered peripheral, has emerged as a significant contributor to the burden of disease, affecting all age groups and demographics. From our youths grappling with stress and anxiety to adults and the elderly facing conditions like depression and schizophrenia, these challenges are societal concerns requiring collective action. The GPC's passion for promoting mental well-being stems from a deep conviction that every individual deserves the opportunity to live a fulfilling life, unencumbered by the shadows of mental health issues. In our numerous engagements with constituents, mental health professionals and advocates, educators and students, workers and retirees, young and old, the recurring theme is clear – mental health is everyone's business. But business as usual for mental health issues will not do. The statistics are telling. With the escalation of mental health issues globally, Singapore is not immune. The 2022 National Population Health Survey revealed a concerning rise in mental health issues among Singaporeans. Notably, one in four young people face mental health challenges, as compared to one in five in 2020.[+3 sentences] This upward trend was also observed in the older age groups. This House must recognise the multifaceted nature of mental health as a critical issue that transcends health, influencing our society and economy. Therefore, we need a robust mental health ecosystem that is proactive in promoting mental well-being, not just reactive in addressing illness. The newly introduced National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy, and henceforth, I will refer to it as “the strategy”, launched by the Inter-agency Taskforce on Mental Health and Well-being in October 2023 is a commendable step forward.[+16 sentences] The Health GPC aims to refine this strategy constructively, aligning with global best practices while tailoring solutions to our unique societal context. Mr Speaker, as we embark on this new chapter, we must acknowledge the foundations laid by our previous strategies – the National Mental Health Blueprint and the Community Mental Health Masterplan. The National Mental Health Blueprint, initiated over a decade ago, marked a significant step in our commitment to mental health, emphasising early intervention and community support. Following this, the Community Mental Health Masterplan further expanded our reach, bringing mental health services closer to the community and underscoring the importance of a more inclusive approach. This brings us to the latest newly introduced strategy, which builds upon the successes and learnings of the past, further emphasising the whole-of-society participation while introducing comprehensive and innovative approaches to address current challenges such as digital well-being, workplace mental health and the mental health of our youths. But how does this strategy compare with other countries? Countries like Australia, Canada and the UK have also developed comprehensive mental health strategies. Australia's strategy is a community-focused approach. Canada takes on an indigenous-centred approach and the UK adopts a tiered approach. Singapore combines these insights with specific strategies suited to its diverse population. Our strategy emphasises preventive care and integrates mental health services into the community. Sir, at this juncture, I would like to highlight that the task force's commitment to mental health is evident in the strategy it has laid out. It is the product of the hard work of many agencies, mental health advocates and volunteer organisations. Their efforts deserve our recognition and support. Mr Speaker, understanding mental health as a multifaceted issue is pivotal. It is not just a medical concern, but it also significantly impacts our social fabric and economic stability. According to the World Health Organization (WHO), depression and anxiety alone cost the global economy $1 trillion per year in lost productivity. In Singapore, a recent Duke-NUS Medical School study found that the economic cost of anxiety and depression is significant, amounting to $15.7 billion annually due to lost productivity and healthcare expenditure.[+13 sentences] Mental health issues have a profound impact on our social ecosystem too. They influence the dynamics of interpersonal relationships and can be a source of considerable stress, leading to burnout and social isolation. Sir, it is a ripple effect. When an individual struggles with mental health issues, those around them and their loved ones often bear a significant emotional and physical burden. For example, I recently shared with the media a phase when my wife went through post-natal depression. It was slightly prolonged, and it was not easy for me to see to my better half struggling; so too were the kids. It was difficult for me to see my kids having to put a strong front in front of their mother. I was often worried how it might affect them. In workplaces, an employee's untreated depression can lead to decreased productivity and morale, impacting team dynamics and overall organisational health. Within our communities, the social isolation experienced by those with mental health issues can diminish the sense of belonging and support, which is a vital core for a cohesive society. Sir, the economic and social impact of mental health issues underlines the necessity of a robust mental health ecosystem. A robust ecosystem is not just about treating mental illness. It is also about fostering overall mental well-being at every level of the society. To achieve this, the Government outlined three strategic shifts in the strategy. First, a community-based strategy; second, empowering individuals with knowledge; and third, fostering inter-disciplinary collaboration.[+16 sentences] Allow me to elaborate with an anecdote. Some time back, I encountered a youth struggling silently with anxiety. Sara, not her real name, is a bright student, but her performance started to decline. It began with coming late to class. Then, she missed classes, sometimes with medical leave, sometimes without. She struggled to submit her assignments and soon, isolated himself. Recognising the signs, her peers and I reached out. And after many, many tries, she agreed to meet the school counsellor who, after a long period, eventually referred her to the Institute of Mental Health (IMH). This intervention marked a turning point for her, and she gradually learned to manage her anxiety. Sara's struggle, her journey of silence, is difficult. But she received the support she needed and that underscores the importance of early intervention and comprehensive mental healthcare. Her experience not only highlights the challenges faced by individuals grappling with mental health issues but also illuminates the path through which they can find hope and healing. As we pivot to examining the strategic shifts in mental health support, Sara's story serves as a poignant reminder of why these shifts are necessary. The three strategic shifts, in tandem, will allow the strategy to not only catch individuals like Sara earlier in their journey but also ensure that every step towards recovery is supported by a cohesive network of care and understanding. Mr Speaker, over the last three years, it has been my privilege to engage with a diverse group of mental health advocates, stakeholders and individuals from various walks of life, from podcasts to workshops and through campaigns like #452TooMany and #BetterTogether, as well as extensive community dialogues. I am grateful for the invaluable insights gained, bringing forth a spectrum of concerns and suggestions. Concerns raised ranged from the high costs and long waiting times for mental health services to challenges in insurance coverage for those with mental health conditions.[+1 sentence] The lack of mental health professionals was also highlighted. Workplace discrimination emerged as a poignant theme, with individuals expressing fears about being sidelined or overlooked for promotions due to their mental health conditions.[+55 sentences] Within the education setting, through the Singapore Teachers' Union that I am a part of, there was also feedback for more para-educators and school counsellors to support the students and simultaneously lighten the load of teachers who may have find the administrative aspects of counselling quite a bit on their plate. I believe we can do more to support teachers in doing what they do best: caring for, planning and executing the best lessons for their students. The issue of parental consent for minors seeking mental health services has emerged as a significant barrier too, especially when parents might not fully grasp the critical nature of mental health support or may be hesitant to seek help. Our concerns related to the strategies is as follows – the role and functions of the Mental Health Office, with many debating which Ministry it should be positioned under. However, I do believe that the current set-up is appropriate, but we should empower them in two areas. Firstly, on the four-tiered system where there is a need for more apparent referral paths and guidelines to ensure that those in the lower tiers are not overwhelmed and are adequately prepared for transitions. The Office can co-create a comprehensive scenario guide with stakeholders. Secondly, conversations have led to questions about the oversight and accreditation of training within the different mental health tiers. Could the Office look into and ensure the quality of these programmes and certify the volunteers and professionals within? Sir, I must admit that I have a very, very long list. However, I firmly believe that today's debate should not simply be about putting up a laundry list. It is about putting forth sensible suggestions to address concerns. As I penned my suggestions, I ended up with an acronym, similar into my first Adjournment Motion in 2020. If you recall, it was called "LAST". And although I promised it would be the last, the acronym remains relevant in today's Motion, albeit with slight tweaks. First, "L" for literacy. Mental health literacy is about recognising that it is okay to reach out. It is about seeing a friend's withdrawal not as coldness but as a cry for help and feeling confident to offer a hand. It is about parents understanding their child's silence is not just a phase. I envision mental health literacy as a catalyst, a catalyst that unites us, fostering empathy and guiding us in how to be there for each other in times of need. To that end, mental health literacy must be viewed not only as knowledge about mental disorders and their risk factors but also as a construct that promotes positive mental well-being. Furthermore, mental health literacy cannot be limited to children, adolescents and young adults only. Our efforts must be made to extend literacy programmes to adults and the elderly too. Sir, the strategy focusing on enhancing mental health literacy is commendable, particularly the development of a supportive "toolbox" to better support parents in helping to manage their children's mental health. But, like any other toolbox, it cannot be more than a mere collection of resources. It needs to be an integrated part of everyday life. It cannot also be just another "first aid box" – you bring it out in moments of crisis. Thus, this toolbox should be complemented with workshops and interactive sessions, showing parents not only how to use these tools but also how to approach their children with empathy and support, ensuring that the toolbox becomes a bridge to stronger family connections. My suggestion is to work with existing networks like the Ministry of Education's (MOE) COMmunity and Parents in Support of Schools (COMPASS), which can amplify efforts, leveraging their engagement with the school-home-community triangle. Beyond formal education settings, there is a need for varied and engaging programmes to complement mental health literacy efforts. In October last year, M3@Jalan Besar and the Health Promotion Board (HPB) conducted a Mental Wellness programme named "Cinta Minda", loosely translated as "loving your mind". Participants were engaged in an interactive theatre performance and critique a short film. What happened was a lively sparkling discussion on approaches to mental health challenges. Sir, we need to continually find ways to disseminate educational content engagingly. Tailoring these educational efforts to suit diverse community needs and cultural contexts is key to complement mental health literacy efforts. Next, "A" for accessibility. As we move towards a more community-based approach, we should explore expanding and nurturing t e number of access points, specifically, in shared safe spaces. These spaces foster connections through shared interests. It can be gardening, sports, or the arts, which can significantly affect our mental well-being. Last year, I attended "Prompting Feelings," an innovative artificial intelligence (AI)-powered art exhibition, a collaboration between the Singapore Association for Mental Health (SAMH) and R/GA, a creative agency. It featured eight artists sharing their journeys with mental health disorders through AI-generated artworks, bending technology with human emotions to provoke conversations and understanding around mental health. Most recently, I visited Thought Partner Studio, a vibrant example of how art can be a therapeutic medium, bringing people together in co-working spaces. Such initiatives highlight the importance of accessible, shared environments where communal activities based on shared interests can contribute positively to mental health. These are not just places. They are catalysts where connections deepen, understanding blossoms and support networks flourish, where everyone find sense of belonging. Next, "S" for screening. I am grateful that the strategy emphasises screening, especially for expecting mothers. To that end, I reiterate the need to treat mental health screenings just as how we would treat physical health screenings. Similar to how physical screenings identify health issues and guide targeted interventions, mental health screenings can also offer insights into our mental well-being, paving the way for informed steps towards improvement. I remember over a year ago, when my doctor advised me to lose some weight and get more active, I went all out to achieve the desired health targets. I came back to him 13 kilogrammes lighter and he was a bit too shocked. This can be similarly replicated for mental health. If I know that my happiness index is low – by the way, there is no such thing as a happiness index – I will try my best, so that by the next screening when I see my doctor, that number will improve. Just like our physical health, we will make strides to ensure that our mental health is well looked after. Enhancing our approach to mental health begins with early and accessible screenings, integrating them into the educational and workplace environments. In line with the Healthier SG initiative, which already promotes physical health screenings, I propose an innovative, buy-one-get-one-free concept; for every physical health screening, you get a free mental health check. This dual approach not only emphasises the equal importance of mental health and physical health but also offers a practical win-win solution for early detection and intervention.[+6 sentences] Next, "T" for time-outs. In my previous speeches, I emphasised the critical importance of mental health breaks, or "time-outs". These are essential in managing stress and preventing burnout. And I mentioned burnout extensively in my maiden speech. Most recently, Liverpool Football Club manager, Jurgen Klopp, cited being burnt out and opted to take a break and everyone, opposition teams especially, embraced it. It shows that people know what burnout means. It is physical and psychological impact and the poignant fact is that no one is immune to it. Thus, allowing time-outs without stigma must be the way forward for us.[+3 sentences] Creating a culture where it is acceptable to take a moment for mental well-being can make a significant difference in the schools and workplaces. It is about recognising and respecting our mental health needs as much as our physical health needs. If I can use Sara’s example again as a context, she can take a mental health time-out anytime during the semester. We can even allow her to take it twice. However, if she takes it the third time, her case would automatically be flagged and a counsellor automatically must intervene.[+21 sentences] It is a way to encourage students like Sara to acknowledge their struggles without fear of judgement, ensuring that they are not alone. This blend of empowerment and care creates an environment where students or workers feel seen and supported, fostering a culture of understanding and early intervention. Mr Speaker, I want to introduce a new letter to the acronym – another "S", which now extends the acronym to "LASTS", and I hope our commitment to advancing mental health lasts forever. The final "S" refers to spiritual health, another component of the seven health dimensions. Spiritual health transcends religious practices. It is about cultivating inner peace and a sense of purpose, values and connection, regardless of one's faith and belief system. In nurturing this dimension, we embrace practices that foster a sense of meaning and resilience, crucial aspects of self-coping mechanisms in our holistic approach to mental health. Spiritual health is not to be conflated with religious faith, even if it could encompass it. Spiritual health emerged in many conversations with the community, especially the Indian and Malay/Muslim communities and engagement sessions with the young people too. Just two weeks ago, at a young PAP annual mental health dialogue, a young lady shared her five "F"s for good mental health. What are the five "F"s? Family, Friends, Fitness, which is also health, Finances and Faith. I could not agree more. Faith is a positive force for society. Faith has shown to be a strong societal pillar and we have seen this during the COVID-19 pandemic. Singaporeans drew strength from their diverse faiths and demonstrated remarkable unity and compassion, embodying the universal principle of neighbourly care found across religions. Given the intertwined nature of community and religious life in Singapore, religious organisations have a unique opportunity to serve as platforms to advance our mental health efforts. By doing so, they can offer support, foster understanding and promote well-being within their communities, further illustrating faith's positive role in societal health and resilience. Sir, I hope that this broader understanding of spiritual health will enrich our strategy, ensuring it caters to the diverse needs of our society more holistically as we move towards a community-centric, beyond the medical approach. Mr Speaker, in Malay, please. : Sir, in my interactions with community leaders, including religious teachers through PERGAS, they spoke about the erroneous views that still persist about mental health issues. The perception that spirituality is the only solution to mental health issues was often highlighted. Most of the time, individuals who face mental health issues are accused of lacking in piety or not performing their prayers enough. Such views not only blame the ones who need help, but it also aggravates their mental health condition.[+3 sentences] In addition, some people feel that individuals who suffer from mental health issues are actually being possessed by spirits and need religious intervention to get better. This can give rise to stigma and fear in the community, causing individuals who need professional help to instead face stress and isolation. I recognise that in order to understand and treat mental health issues effectively, we do not need to separate spiritual issues from medical and professional therapy. While spirituality can form one aspect of support, it cannot be the only solution for complex mental health issues. To me, both are equally important and, in fact, both methods should be employed.[+20 sentences] Most importantly, treatment must be prompt. We should also focus on raising awareness about mental health because it is our responsibility to eradicate any stigma associated with mental health issues and provide appropriate support for individuals who need help. It is my hope that we can build a more caring society that is prepared to help individuals who suffer from mental health issues without judging them. : Mr Speaker, in lieu of this being a Mental Health Motion, I took note of the time and made sure that I kept my speech short. I also want to give our many Members the chance to share their concerns from the community. Before I conclude, I would like to take this opportunity to thank those who have engaged us and supported our efforts in mental health within the community. For me, it was Dr Jonathan Kuek and Total Wellness Initiative as well as Sabrina Ooi and Calm Collective, who form part of the Jalan Besar Mental Wellness Network. Likewise, organisations like Samaritans of Singapore (SOS), Singapore Association for Mental Health, Mental Act, Mental Health Film Festival, Club Heal, PERGAS and Silver Ribbon Singapore share the same passion and aspirations for advancing mental health in Singapore. There are many others and I apologise if I missed them out. I want to emphasise our collective responsibility in advancing mental health in Singapore. This journey is not for the Government alone but for every segment of our society. Our schools and Institutes of Higher Learning are crucial in nurturing a supportive environment for our youth, integrating mental health literacy into their curriculum and providing adequate counselling resources. Employers and workplaces must create cultures where mental health is prioritised and where employees feel safe to discuss their mental and well-being, and seek necessary support. Community organisations, including religious groups, have the unique capacity to offer support networks and foster a sense of belonging and purpose, which is crucial for our nation's mental resilience. Finally, every individual. Every individual must be empowered and encouraged to take charge of their mental health, seek help when needed and support those around them. As we move forward with this strategy, remember, no strategy is perfect. What is important is that we remain committed to refining our approach, ensuring it remains relevant and practical. In a recent dialogue session, I was asked about my aspirations for mental health in Singapore, and my answer is simple – it is about nurturing a resilient community that cares for one another, where anyone who needs help is able to get it without stigma and fear. Together, let us build a nation where mental health is not just an aspiration, but a reality for all. I look forward to the speeches from the rest.
Mr Speaker51 words
[+2 sentences]Thank you, Dr Wan Rizal, and also for your understanding. You kept well within the time limit that you were given. Coincidentally, last Sunday, I attended the 18th anniversary of Silver Ribbon, which was set up to combat the mental health stigma through better literacy.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Ms He Ting Ru.
Ms He Ting Ru (Sengkang)2706 words
[+6 sentences]Mr Speaker, today, many would rightly acknowledge the work done in improving access to treatments and interventions for those suffering from poor mental health and the breaking down of stigma. I also note that many officeholders, including the Deputy Prime Minister, are slated to speak and this is attention long overdue. However, today I wish to focus my speech to call for a more holistic and well-rounded approach to mental health, which looks beyond lifting people out of situations of poor mental health. I will speak on three broad areas: first, a call for a thriving and flourishing society to be built into policy formulation as an objective; second, for institutions and agencies to include and accurately promote good nutrition as part of our national mental health and well-being strategy; and third, for the promotion of structural barriers to mental health support and therapy. When we look at the larger picture, mental health is a fundamental part of our overall health. Globally, WHO has indicated that depression is one of the leading causes of disability and noted that people with severe mental health conditions die as much as two decades early due to preventable physical conditions. One hundred and ninety-four member states, including Singapore, have signed up to the WHO Comprehensive Mental Health Action Plan 2013-2030, which commits us to meet global targets for transforming mental health. The plan is wide-ranging and includes ensuring that member states strengthen information systems, evidence and research for mental health to better understand the needs of the local population, ensuring that data is disaggregated by sex and age, and reflects the diverse needs of sub-populations. It calls for early intervention through evidence-based psychosocial and non-farmacological interventions based in the community, avoiding institutionalisation and medicalisation. While many of these are points echoed in the national health and mental health and well-being strategy as well as in the Government's recently announced push for more community-located delivery of mental health services, I hope that we can also take inspiration from the ethos behind the WHO plan which, I think, is summarised best in the WHO's Constitution itself, and I quote, "Health, is a state of complete physical mental and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity." Many of us know instinctively that this definition makes sense and should be what we aim towards as a society.[+20 sentences] Mental and social well-being does not mean just the absence or suppression of depression psychosis or any other mental health condition. What we need to consider, as part of today's debate on mental health, is to look beyond decreasing rates of mental ill-health and to discuss how to elevate well-being. Having a thriving society has to stem from a study of how we can facilitate human flourishing. It is about, in the words of Liber Marskey, growing the seeds rather than removing the weeds. I do not mean this replaces the importance and hard work undertaken by psychologists, psychiatrists, therapists and other workers and volunteers in the mental health sector who spent so much of their life working to tackle challenges brought about by mental illness and neurodiversity. It is, without doubt, that we are in a much better position today to understand, reliably diagnose and provide the necessary support, medication and treatment, for those suffering from various neuropsychiatric conditions. Workers' Party MPs have, previously, called on the Government to ensure those in the mental health sector are supported in their work, for instance, by providing sufficient staffing and by facilitating financial support for those seeking the qualifications to become a counsellor. That said, we should not rely solely on the disease model that has dominated psychology since the second world war. Instead of asking, solely, how can we make miserable people less miserable, I would like us to also ask, "What is right with you?" Research in the last two decades has given us a better understanding of how we can measure and apply concepts of engagement, meaning and accomplishments in achieving well-being for individuals, organisations and societies, and that these areas are clear means by which we can improve well-being. In short, how can we go from ill-mental health to promote maximum flourishing? This is not just about positive thinking or even toxic positivity but, instead, it is about figuring out how we can support our citizens in their journey to become the best versions of themselves. The research shows that understanding and ultimately playing to our strengths, has the added advantage of helping us face adversity in a way that does not breakdown our well-being. It is why we end up finding that people can still thrive in conditions of severe deprivation or conflict. We need to entrench ideas of harnessing our strengths as individuals and as a society and use our own unique strengths as a solid foundation to build our future path forward. We can start this by helping our people understand what their own strengths are. The strengths-based approach is already being undertaken in the social work sphere, and I believe that the experience the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) has here could inform more opportunities for Government agencies and institutions to be able to apply this approach to other areas of policy. As policymakers and political leaders, we should not look to the lowest common denominator and perpetuate an environment, which takes away the factors that people need to flourish. Aside from strengths, meaning, accomplishment and gratitude, another area which promotes well-being, is to identify an up-to-date common set of values as a nation which we embody. To support this expanded approach to mental health, we should consider findings from existing longitudinal research on well-being. Assoc Prof Siok Kuan Tambyah and other researchers, repeated their Quality of Life survey in Singapore in 2022 and found significant decline in Singaporean's satisfaction of life between 2016 and 2022, and a drop in overall well-being between 2011 and 2022.[+17 sentences] The authors also note that Singaporeans have, and I quote, "...become less happy, enjoyed life less and, have felt a decreased sense of achievement. They also felt that they did not have control over their lives and a sense of purpose." An interesting observation from this research is also the positive correlation between Singaporeans' satisfaction, with five out of six recognised democratic rights, and their overall satisfaction with life. The findings further indicated a decline in satisfaction of democratic rights across the years in 2011, 2016 and 2022. The authors also note that more in-depth research is required to determine specific concerns and to implement initiatives to better engage the citizenry and, I believe, that this is worth looking further into. Presently, there are also ongoing studies that dwell into the allocation of financial resources within Singaporean families toward the families' well-being. These findings will be instructive, particularly in an environment marked by stresses associated with resource scarcity, in the wake of cost-of-living and climate-related concerns. Such studies may also prove to be pivotal in shaping our national policies spanning, economic, housing, health and social domains, all of which are aimed at fostering a holistic advancement of overall well-being. We can leverage such findings to set the trajectory of our policies to better support Singaporean families. The research initiatives I mentioned above also dovetail nicely with WHO recommendations to ensure that high-quality research and data are available to specific societies and populations, so that we better understand the driving factors that enable Singaporean families to flourish. We also have to consider high-quality research in areas such as positive physical health. Studies in the US and Europe have found that patients with more optimism suffer from statistically significant lower rates of cardiovascular disease and decreased mortality rates. While the effects are comparatively smaller for other diseases such as infectious illness and cancer, they remain noteworthy. At the moment, I am not aware of similar research being done in Singapore to explore the potential correlation between traits such as optimism and improved physical health. If the findings are replicated here, this would further reinforce the call to delve deeper into understanding how to enable our citizens to flourish beyond just being free from physical and mental health pathologies, but also to flourish in all aspects of their well-being. Next, no discussion about enhancing and protecting mental health in a holistic manner can be done without mentioning our diet and lifestyle. The emerging field of research about the effect that our everyday diet has on our well-being and mood is one that has much to offer. For example, some studies have found that individuals on traditional Mediterranean and Japanese diets – which are high in vegetables, fruits, unprocessed grains, fermented foods, fish and seafood – experience a significant reduction in the risk of depression, ranging between 25% and 35%.[+8 sentences] Conversely, it has also been found that a diet that is high in refined sugars correlates to impaired brain function. It would be a shame if we do not seriously consider the scientific evidence surrounding foods that support good mental health and implement policies that make it easier to ensure that our diets complement and support our brains. The field of nutritional psychiatry is an emerging one. Nevertheless, I hope that we can use our education and public health systems to include ways in which we can facilitate incorporating eating for a healthy brain into our everyday life. This means eating more varieties of vegetables, fruits and less processed foods, as well as ensuring that we have adequate intake of healthy fats and fibre, all of which also promote good physical health. We can begin by intensifying efforts to amplify and update existing healthy eating initiatives. The existing Healthy Dining Programme should emphasise clearly that healthy eating goes far beyond just merely counting calories. Aside from eating to reduce chronic illnesses such as diabetes and cardiovascular diseases, it should also consider the importance of consuming a variety of food types to promote maximal healthy brain function. Steps to increase awareness of and to reduce our consumption of refined sugars – which are bad for both our physical and mental health in the long-run – through the introduction of the Nutri-Grade sugar level labelling laws are a good start. We should also explore the possibility of heeding WHO’s calls to implement an effective sugar tax that is equitable and does not punish those on lower incomes.[+13 sentences] As the affordability of healthier food options remains a barrier to achieving healthy dietary practices, we must increase accessibility to healthier and more nutritious foods to as wide a segment of the population as possible. In a fast-paced society with escalating concerns about the ever-rising costs of living, the prospect of incorporating whole foods, often more expensive than readily available highly processed options, adds another layer of concern. With a global surge in food prices, it is the lower-income groups with the least resources that would face greater barriers to healthier food options. The costs – both financial and also time costs – associated with eating healthily have to be mitigated further, to ensure that the ability to eat for a healthy brain is not one which is exclusive to those with greater economic means. One way to achieve affordability and accessibility of healthier food choices is to ensure that our Government policies really lean into supporting the promotion of healthy diets. For example, in our drive to reach "30 by 30" for food sufficiency, we need to ensure that the bulk of the home-produced food would meet nutritional criteria. The WHO has indicated that countries can stimulate the supply of nutritious food by creating large-scale predictable demand and making production and procurement of such foods more economically viable, and I believe that changes to our policies can be made to accommodate these aims. Other areas which are promising and should be given more attention include supporting research which is specific to our geography and population, especially as it appears that we do have unique biological responses to certain foods. I spoke during last year’s Committee of Supply (COS) about the work being done by local enterprise, AMILI, to better understand the gut microbiome in local populations. Given the gut-brain axis links the emotional and cognitive centres of the brain with peripheral intestinal functions, we should continue to pursue research in this area to better understand our own population’s needs and which foods would best support mental health and well-being, and to harness newer technologies such as artificial intelligence to bring down the costs associated with tailoring healthy food choices to specific sub-groups in the population. Employers, too, in their drive to support employee well-being, should consider ways in which to encourage healthy and mindful eating. Small initiatives such as offering fruit and nut instead of sugary snacks and biscuits in the office pantry, providing more accessible storage and food preparation areas, providing access to water in more places and having regular healthy eating weeks or events to help employees understand how to incorporate eating for a healthy mind and body into their daily lives can go a long way. Lastly, to further enhance mental health support and break down the social stigma, we can do more to continue removing barriers to mental health support and therapy. In respect of the upcoming guidelines for insurers to adopt fair and responsible practices towards persons with disabilities and those with mental health conditions, our regulators should ensure that guidelines prohibit insurers from declining applications on the basis of their disabilities or mental health conditions. Any differential treatment of persons with disabilities and mental health conditions should also be justified by accurate and relevant actuarial or statistical data, and there should be a mechanism by which insurers justify this. Insurers should also be required to make transparent their grounds for differential treatment or rejection of applications from persons with disabilities or mental health conditions.[+4 sentences] This will go a long way in ensuring that no one gets left behind. The current lack of regulation of mental health workers is another area which warrants more attention. While it is undoubtedly the case that there are many dedicated and committed workers in the mental health space that are doing amazing work in raising the well-being of our society, we have to move beyond providing guidance on professional and ethical conduct for psychologists, counsellors and therapists. Setting up a regulating body with input from bodies, such as the Singapore Association for Counselling and Singapore Psychological Society, will ensure a universal standard of care and quality of care in the provision of such services to support mental health, and to ensure that there is at least a baseline level of training, expertise and ethical practice that underline the provision of such services. We should also look to establish safeguards, such as requiring those who work with children to be subject to mandatory background checks, for the protection of vulnerable minors.[+1 sentence] Finally, I would like to reiterate a call made in my Cost of Living speech last November. I hope that the Government would consider allowing the use of MediSave to access mental health services in other practice settings aside from purely psychiatric settings, particularly in the private sector.[+5 sentences] It would not be a big step to use our 3Ms framework to better improve access to mental health treatments and interventions, as MediSave is already being approved for use for mental health services at places like IMH and polyclinics. To close, although we have experienced headwinds in recent years and are rightly focusing on how to support increasing incidences of poor mental health, it would be remiss of us to not look more holistically at how to increase well-being. We have to build on research about how positive interventions at the personal, community and policy level can have a protective factor through challenging times, and also to look at how our nutrition can better support us in our quest for good mental health. All of us have a role to play in working to improve our own well-being, and given that happiness spreads more easily than depression, the hope is that increased well-being can continue to ripple and spread to the wider community, so as to increase flourishing for all. With that, I support the Motion.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Dr Tan Wu Meng.
Dr Tan Wu Meng (Jurong)1050 words
[+11 sentences]Mr Speaker, I declare that I am a medical doctor working at a public hospital and I have worked in the private sector before. I stand in support of the Motion in the name of Dr Wan Rizal, my Parliamentary colleague. Today, I will speak on insurance and, in particular, I direct my questions to the Ministers-in-charge of the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) as well as the Minister for Health. May I start by drawing the Ministries' attention to the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy 2023? I read through it, 49 pages. In the entire report, the word "insurance" appears just once in a footnote on page 28. Yet, insurance today is an integral part of the healthcare landscape. It helps pool risk and safeguard Singaporeans from catastrophic bills arising from catastrophic unexpected illness. In the public healthcare system, we have MediShield Life under the Ministry of Health (MOH). But in addition to MediShield Life, many Singaporeans purchase health insurance from the private sector too – Integrated Shield Plans, critical illness cover, life insurance and other forms of general insurance – hoping to attain peace of mind and support for their families should the unforeseen or unimaginable happen. So, it is a serious matter when a fellow Singaporean is worried about being denied insurance coverage or worried about being at the receiving end of an unreasonable or disproportionate decision by their insurer. Last year, on 19 September 2023, I raised a Parliamentary Question to the Minister for Health on what happens when young Singaporeans encounter stigma from insurers or are declined insurance coverage because of a mental health condition. This question arose partly from a The Straits Times Forum letter earlier that year – dated 18 July 2023 – where a worried parent, Tan Hui In, shared about how their teenage daughter was turned away by two large insurance companies because of a mental health diagnosis.[+10 sentences] She could not get coverage for hospitalisation or critical illness, not even for non-pre-existing conditions unrelated to mental health. I have young Clementi residents who follow these issues and are concerned as well. Some are going through a tough time and want to seek help. But sometimes these young Clementi friends also asked themselves, "What if they are subsequently labelled with a mental health diagnosis and thereafter cannot get insurance from a commercial insurance company?" Even if the actual number is not large, the effect, the sense of fear and anxiety about whether one might someday be denied insurance upon being labelled with the diagnoses, that fear extends beyond the number of persons who are actually affected and denied coverage. And so, I put it to the Government and I put it to the Ministers, that all the efforts in the plan, all the efforts to increase subsidy for mental health care, in the mental health care ecosystem, all the efforts to improve access at multiple levels in the community and through various intermediaries, all the efforts to make workplaces more inclusive and more fair to persons with mental health conditions, I put it to the Government that we risk these policies and proposals not coming to their full potential or possibly even being undermined, as long as this issue of the private insurance market is not addressed. I raised broader issues of insurance coverage 11 years ago, in 2013, in an op-ed piece in The Straits Times. And I would just like to revisit some of what I said. As I said 11 years ago, in a well-functioning market of insurance providers and potential clients, an efficient outcome would be for the applicant's additional risk to be appropriately priced in through a higher premium. But what we see instead is, even if someone has that additional risk from the pre-existing condition, the insurance company, more often than not, according to my residents, regards them as someone they would not want to insure at all. In short, instead of a slope of additional premiums based on incremental risks, there is a cliff which people fall off when they are left out from the private insurance market.[+5 sentences] Yes, indeed, there is MediShield Life in our public care system but, as the Minister for Health pointed out yesterday in response to my PQ on the private healthcare sector, the Minister for Health himself has acknowledged there is an important role for private healthcare ecosystems and that presumably includes the role of commercial insurance in the private sector in addition to the MediShield Life framework. I also mentioned previously that with modern computational methods – 21st century mathematics, in short; it is not completely rocket science – it should not be too difficult for insurers to estimate and calculate the right price for the additional risk. But, again, we see perverse outcomes, and I think many Members in this House will have observed this with your own residents where that incremental increase in risk leads to a total denial of insurability from that insurance firm. Sir, this is one area of market failure where regulators can step in. While insurance in general is a business, the commercial health insurance market can and should serve a public good. [restates an earlier point]As I said during the 2020 debate on the President's Address, when the invisible hand of the market becomes unbalanced, sometimes we need the visible hand of the regulator to attain the appropriate outcome for our people, in this case, to make sure that insurance companies make decisions which are reasonable and proportionate. So, I call upon this Government to get MAS on board, look at improvements and reforms to the insurance sector, especially for young Singaporeans who may be facing mental health and mental wellness concerns and young Singaporeans who may then be labelled with a diagnosis, with their whole life ahead of them. Because, Mr Speaker, as I have said before in this House, healthcare is about all our lives – your life and mine.[+2 sentences] The lives of our loved ones. The life of every Singaporean. And therefore, it is a serious matter when a young Singaporean runs the risk of not being able to get insurance coverage for life. And let us all remember, it could happen to anyone of us, or any one of our loved ones.[+1 sentence] I stand in support of the Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Hazel Poa.
Ms Hazel Poa (Non-Constituency Member)1635 words
[+12 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, mental health issues are not only a personal struggle, it is also a challenge to the whole society that demands our collective attention and concerted efforts. It is heartening that the Government has published a National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy, outlining comprehensive moves to tackle this challenge from multiple angles. I support the measures proposed in the paper and would like to make a few additional suggestions and seek some clarifications. Mental health disorders have been rising over the years to become one of the most common illnesses. Has there been a study to examine what are the possible causes or the common risk factors? If causal effects cannot be determined, can we identify the risk factors that are common in many of the mental health cases? For example, do many of the patients come from dysfunctional families or perhaps parents with a history of mental health issues? Are the cases correlated to socioeconomic status or poor performance in work or school? Do patients have a supportive environment in terms of family members, friends, teachers, bosses or colleagues? If we are able to identify the highest risk factors, it can guide us on where we should focus our efforts. If such a study has been done, can MOH share the results? If not, would MOH consider doing one? Pre-COVID-19, post-natal depression affected one in 14 women, while pre-natal depression affected one in eight women.[+1 sentence] It is critical that we improve our capacity to care for, treat and support women going through pre- and post-natal depression and anxiety as we make efforts to increase our birth rate. Owing to concerns over the rise in the number of pregnant women or new mothers with depression, KK Women's and Children's Hospital (KKH) has introduced depression screening for all pregnant women since early last year.[+7 sentences] Can MOH update us on how effective this measure has been and whether there are plans to expand this to all hospitals and clinics including private ones? In hospitals, patients' historical medical records are at the fingertips of the doctors in charge as these contain critical information for medical decisions. For patients with mental health disorders, are their mental health conditions and history also similarly available to the doctors? Often, doctors need to brief patients on the possible side effects of certain treatments or the risks of surgery or present difficult choices for the patient to make. Patients with mental health issues may not be able to handle such information or choices. If doctors have access to mental health information as well it can help them better know how to handle communication with the patients. Mr Speaker, I would next like to turn our attention to the youths. Recently, the teenager who killed a River Valley High School student was sentenced to 16 years' imprisonment for his actions. We have learnt through the trial proceedings that his major depressive disorder was one of three major factors that contributed to the killing.[+10 sentences] This underscores the urgency of prioritising the mental well-being of our students. During the Parliamentary Sitting on 27 July 2021, after this tragic incident, I urged the Minister for Education to consider implementing measures to monitor our students' mental well-being regularly and systematically, similar to the way we monitor their academic achievements and physical fitness every year. Today, I would like to reiterate this call. This can be in the form of questionnaires that measure stress level, anxiety and depression. Similar tools have also been developed in MindSG and Mindline, which allow users to do self-assessments on their own stress levels and mental health risks. These tools, however, rely on the users themselves taking the initiative. The students who most need help may not take this initiative. Conducting a mental health assessment each year using developed tools will help us identify students who need help and proactively reach out to them so that we can prevent such a tragic incident from happening again. In his Ministerial Statement, the Minister stated that the Ministry of Education (MOE) will strengthen the support network in our schools and ensure that all teachers will receive enhanced professional development on mental health literacy as a baseline. I would like to ask the Minister for an update on the progress and whether all teachers have received adequate training on mental health literacy? The Minister also said that MOE aims to deploy more than 1,000 teacher-counsellors in the next few years.[+11 sentences] Could I ask how many teacher-counsellors are deployed in schools as of today and what is the counsellor-student ratio? What percentage of schools have two or more school counsellors? Do larger schools have enough counsellors to serve the entire school population? These are crucial metrics that define the effectiveness of mental health support in our educational institutions and should be tracked as part of our national mental health strategy. Specifically for the students and teachers of River Valley High School who were involved in the tragic incident, I would like to ask the Minister what support had been provided to them over the past few years to monitor their mental well-being and assist them in getting over the incident? Are they still coping well within our education system or has anyone fallen out of the system? How many teacher-counsellors are deployed in River Valley High School today? In my conversations with people with mental health conditions, one of the biggest concerns is jobs – finding a job and keeping it. Both job seekers and employees have reported an increase in discrimination due to mental health conditions. Would the Government consider some form of wage subsidy for employers who recruit staff with mental health conditions, similar to the way we used subsidies to encourage employers to employ older workers in the past? Hopefully, such a subsidy can compensate for the discrimination. Another way is to encourage the option of four-day work week for employees with mental health conditions to reduce their stress levels and make working more manageable and sustainable. This can come with a pro-rated pay, just like other part-time employees.[+16 sentences] Mr Speaker, in closing, I would like to speak about the importance of being kind. When we were going through very tough times together during the COVID-19 pandemic, we saw many acts of kindness towards one another in the community. People gave out free masks, opened their homes to Malaysian workers who were stranded in Singapore after the Movement Control Order shut down the Causeway and made special efforts to support food and beverage (F&B) businesses that were suffering. A few weeks ago, my father had a stroke when he was out alone. He was unable to use his handphone to contact us. Fortunately, a student, who was nearby, came to his assistance. She contacted our family and shared her location with me. With that location, I was able to inform the Singapore Civil Defence Force (SCDF) and the ambulance reached the scene in 10 minutes! To the SCDF officers involved, I wish to thank you for being so excellent at your job. The student continued to stay with my father until the ambulance came, which is a great comfort to us when we could not be there. Her kindness is much appreciated by my family. I am grateful for all the people who shine like silver when the clouds are dark. I hope that as memories of the pandemic recede, we will not forget to continue to be gracious, kind and empathetic to the people around us, especially those who may be facing difficulties in their lives. This will go a long way towards improving the collective mental health of our society. In Mandarin, please. (In Mandarin): Recently, a teenager who killed a student from River Valley High School was sentenced to 16 years in prison. During the trial, we learnt that his major depressive disorder was one of the contributing factors of the murder.[+4 sentences] I once again urged the Minister of Education to regularly monitor the mental health of students, just as we monitor their academic performance and physical health every year. This will help us proactively reach out to students in need and prevent such tragedies from happening again. In my conversations with individuals suffering from mental illness, I have found that employment is one of their biggest concerns. In recent years, there have been signs of increasing discrimination against individuals with mental health conditions. Could the Government consider providing wage subsidy to employers to encourage them to hire individuals with mental illness?[+14 sentences] Mr Speaker, finally, I would like to talk about the importance of kindness. During the pandemic, we have seen many acts of kindness. People gave out masks for free, opened their homes to Malaysian workers stranded in Singapore and made special efforts to support the struggling F&B industry. A few weeks ago, my father had a stroke while he was out alone. He was unable to use his phone to contact us. Fortunately, he received help from a nearby female student. She contacted our family and shared her location with me, allowing me to inform the SCDF. The ambulance arrived at the scene within 10 minutes! I want to express my gratitude to the SCDF for their excellent response. And the student continued to accompany my father until the ambulance arrived. I would like to thank her for her kindness. I hope that even as the pandemic gradually becomes a thing of the past, we will continue to show kindness and compassion to those around us, especially those facing difficulties in life. This will help to improve the collective mental health of our society. : Mr Speaker, the Progress Singapore Party supports the Motion. Our collective commitment to the mental well-being of our citizens will define us as a compassionate and progressive society.
Mr Speaker13 words
[+2 sentences]I am glad that your father is well now. Mr Yip Hon Weng.
Mr Yip Hon Weng (Yio Chu Kang)1692 words
[+7 sentences]Mr. Speaker, Sir, mental health is a globally complex issue. It often remains unseen and hidden beneath societal stigmas, especially in the context of Singapore and Asian cultures. A specific challenge lies in individuals' struggles to seek help. While the report rightly identifies the need for more accessible services, I want to draw attention to a demographic needing specific focus – the mental well-being of our seniors. Why focus on our seniors? Singapore is moving towards a super-aged society, with smaller family sizes becoming the norm. Our high-stress, high-cost living environment sets the stage for concerns like social isolation, loneliness and dementia among our seniors. A 2022 CNA commentary highlighted the rising number of senior suicides. There is a 60% increase amongst those aged 70 to 79 from 2021 to 2022.[+1 sentence] This highlights the urgency of prioritising mental health support for seniors. Around 5.5% of elderly Singaporeans experience depression, as per the Well-being of the Singapore Elderly (WiSE) study.[+30 sentences] This seemingly small percentage translates to thousands of individuals silently battling mental health challenges. The question is this: are we equipped, as a society, to handle these challenges? While MOH and the Agency for Integrated Care (AIC) have made strides, there are areas for enhancement. First, Mr Speaker, Sir, we need a more targeted approach. The senior populace is diverse; individuals in their 60s differ significantly from those in their 70s and 80s. Our seniors are not of the same shade. Engaging seniors effectively requires recognising differences in education, independence, employment status and technological acumen. I vividly remember challenges when I was leading the Silver Generation Office, particularly engaging Merdeka Generation seniors. Through perseverance, we succeeded in rallying these seniors, fostering a connection rooted in mutual understanding of shared trials and tribulations. Our outreach must reflect diverse profiles by tailoring interventions and support to each cohort's needs. A growing adversity is the lack of a comprehensive understanding of the evolving cohort of older adults. Moving forward, we must categorise our seniors into segments for effective interventions, including the well and active, the potentially at-risk and inactive, those frail and inactive due to physical or having mental health issues, individuals living independently, digitally adept and with fewer familial support systems, seniors who are financially stable and seniors from the lower socioeconomic group. Leveraging the strengths and ambitions of different cohorts is critical, especially among the professionals, managers, executives and technicians (PMETs). We must also shift the societal mental model from viewing elders as a burden to valuing their contributions and reframing their silver years as a different phase of life. A promising avenue lies in senior employability. A re-evaluation of our workforce's HR systems is paramount. By allowing older individuals to choose to continue working, we not only address manpower shortages but also provide them with a profound sense of purpose and financial independence. I commend the Ministry of Manpower's (MOM) consideration to legislate against workplace discrimination and address ageism. This is an important step towards extending retirement and re-employment ages. The synergy between keeping our seniors meaningfully engaged in the workforce and enhancing their mental well-being is undeniable. It is an endeavour that not only benefits that individual but also contributes significantly to the fabric of our society. Second, Mr Speaker, Sir, we need a greater focus on building social networks for our seniors. Loneliness and the lack of social interaction are major risk factors for mental health issues in seniors. Beneath the surface of seemingly ordinary lives, unseen ebbs and tides of depression and anxiety can sometimes pull our seniors under. Studies consistently underscore the pivotal role that social connections play in fostering longevity and overall well-being. Encouraging informal networks to flourish can provide invaluable opportunities for socialisation among our seniors. The Healthier SG initiative and the emphasis on social prescriptions align with promoting well-being. We should champion more grassroots initiatives and urge organisations, like the Housing and Development Board (HDB) and National Parks Board (NParks), to create more physical spaces conducive for these communities to congregate. Age-friendly environments with green spaces, accessible walkways and safe communal areas become vital. These initiatives encourage seniors to venture beyond their homes, fostering social awareness, exercise and a sense of safety and comfort. Last month, Yio Chu Kang implemented several Dementia-Friendly Neighbourhood (DFN)-inclusive infrastructures based on a ground-up and community-based research study.[+1 sentence] As part of a joint project by AIC, Singapore University of Technology and Design and the Centre for Liveable Cities, we conducted evidence-based research on the relationship between persons living with dementia, their caregivers and the built environment in Singapore's predominantly high-rise and high-density urban context. Adopting an ethnographic research-based approach, the study built on the first-hand feedback gathered from over 100 Yio Chu Kang residents, comprising of persons living with dementia, caregivers and residents, to enhance the neighbourhood to better meet their evolving needs. From the study, several DFN inclusive infrastructures were built and tested across Yio Chu Kang. This is to enable persons with early to moderate stages of dementia to live and age well in the neighbourhood. We also launched two publications based on the findings. These will serve as future references for the building sector stakeholders like the Town Councils, urban planners, architects and designers to build more DFNs nationwide.[+7 sentences] Third, Mr Speaker, Sir, we must continue empowering seniors through digital tools and technology. Limited access to mental health services, especially for those with mobility issues, can be a barrier. Expanding telehealth options and making services more readily available in eldercare facilities can bridge this gap. While the Government's efforts to assist seniors in embracing technology are commendable, harnessing technology to create interest groups and leverage existing digital social networks is imperative. An exemplary initiative is the use of platforms like Vintage Radio, catering to individuals aged 60 and above. This platform serves as a conduit to disseminate information on critical health issues, such as sarcopenia. Moreover, it encourages the formation of local groups, fostering opportunities for gatherings centred around activities like tea sessions, exercise regimens or sessions discussing healthy lifestyle choices. Spurring initiatives like this through incentives or grants is essential.[+14 sentences] Fourth, Mr Speaker, Sir, seniors with mental health concerns must have convenient and affordable access to quality mental health services. The silent struggles with mental health are particularly stark for our seniors. From the gnawing isolation that fuels depression to the constant worry that fuels anxiety, these invisible burdens weigh heavily on their hearts and minds. These conditions, often masquerading as loneliness or physical ailments, can impact their daily lives significantly, robbing them of any joy and fulfilment they deserve. Misconceptions about mental health often prevent seniors from seeking help. Raising awareness and normalising conversations about mental well-being is imperative. Currently, the lack of options for assistance is pressing. We can gain insights form other developed countries with ageing populations by understanding the ratio of seniors to geriatric counsellors, caseloads and waiting times. Another important aspect is the proactive implementation of preventive measures against mental health issues among seniors. Identifying effective therapies and interventions to prevent the onset of mental health conditions is paramount. We should assess the optimal age to begin initiatives aimed at supporting seniors' mental well-being. In conclusion, Mr Speaker, Sir, mental health among seniors necessitates a multifaceted approach. Our strategy needs to evolve to meet the diverse needs of today's senior cohort, recognising differences between various age groups, particularly the baby boomer generation and the PMETs. Preparing them for life transitions involves leveraging their strengths and aspirations, fostering social activity through work or engagement in interest groups. Reviewing workforce HR systems to enable flexible roles for older individuals can address manpower concerns, instil financial independence and provide a sense of purpose.[+24 sentences] Secondly, our perception of mental health must transcend the mere absence of illness. WHO defines mental health as a state of well-being encompassing psychological, emotional and social aspects. We must pivot our focus from solely discussing mental illness to adopting a holistic, person-centric approach, acknowledging the five key components: physical, emotional, intellectual, financial and social. By prioritising mental healthcare, we can bolster productivity, enhance self-image and fortify relationships. Maintaining positive mental health and treating any poor mental health conditions are critical to stabilising constructive behaviours, emotions and thoughts. We must address isolation and loneliness through a holistic and person-centric approach. Technology serves as a force multiplier in enhancing mental healthcare. The use of telehealth to deliver services and support demonstrates promise. Initiatives that leverage technology not only streamline access but also create opportunities for innovation in mental healthcare delivery. Lastly, it is pertinent to underscore the significance of accessible and affordable professional geriatric mental healthcare. This vital resource extends much-needed support to seniors grappling with various mental health challenges. Mr Speaker, Sir, amid these challenges, let us never forget the inherent resilience of our seniors. Our Pioneer and Merdeka Generations have weathered storms and setbacks throughout their lives. They possess a wealth of experience, wisdom and strength that we should tap into. By fostering a supportive environment, acknowledging their struggles and celebrating their victories, we can empower them to thrive, even amidst their mental health challenges. Therefore, I urge each of us, legislators, Government officials, healthcare professionals, family members and every resident, to play our part in creating a society that prioritises the mental well-being of our seniors. Let us champion open conversations about mental health, break down the stigma and normalise seeking help. Support community initiatives, volunteer time, resources and expertise to build social connections and combat isolation. Advocate for accessible and affordable mental health services, ensure every senior has the resources they need to care for their mental well-being. Embrace and respect our seniors, recognise their contributions, value their wisdom and celebrate their resilience. Mr Speaker, Sir, investing in the mental health of our seniors is not just a moral imperative. It is an investment in the future of our society. By working together, we can build a brighter tomorrow where every senior in Singapore can age with dignity, purpose and hope. Together, let us ensure that our Silver Generation shines not just because of their past contributions, but also because of the bright future we create for them today.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Dr Syed Harun.
Dr Syed Harun Alhabsyi (Nominated Member)2444 words
[+11 sentences]Mr Speaker, in the context of this Motion, I declare that I am a psychiatrist in private practice. I hold a Visiting Consultant Psychiatrist appointment in a restructured hospital and I am the Honorary Secretary of the Singapore Psychiatric Association. Mr Speaker, as a mental health professional, seeing that this Motion is tabled today and responded to by at least 28 Members of the House, my heart is full and I say this on behalf of the very many colleagues who work with me in the mental health space. I am confident that the range and scope of what we will discuss today and put forth to the House will be wide ranging and impactful and it will inform the way we, as a country, see mental health and well-being. I am hopeful that this will lead to meaningful change in the way we view discourse over mental health and how it informs public policy from herein. Mental health and well-being are not just an issue that resides in the realm and domain of healthcare and, for that, I am grateful to the five hon Members of the House who had put forth this Motion for us to debate and consider. Importantly, that the debate is happening highlights two things. The first is that the issue of mental health and well-being permeates through and is relevant to all aspects of our individual lives whether it be in school, at work or at home. This is even before we venture into the realm of mental illness. Mental health and well-being features in how we socially interact with one another, impacts how we perform and fulfil our roles at work and has a very direct relationship to our physical health as well. The second is that there is a now wider awareness, realisation and imperative at the national level in recognising the cost to our society if we do not act and leave things as they be. As mentioned by the hon Member of Parliament, Dr Wan Rizal, a recent study conducted by Duke-NUS Medical School and IMH estimated the total economic burden of lost productivity due to anxiety and depression in Singapore to be S$15.7 billion.[+1 sentence] This was based on survey data from 5,725 adults collected via an online panel between April and June in 2022, with the results made public in April 2023. The Singapore Mental Health Study of 2016 also found that the average annual excess cost associated with mental disorders per person was estimated to be close to $4,000 and at a population level, the incremental costs of mental disorders in Singapore is about $1.7 billion per year.[+18 sentences] These costs tend to come from absenteeism, reduced productivity and direct medical care, including hospital visits and admissions. There is also increasing awareness of the longer-term costs relating to intermediate and long-term care services, as well as indirect medical costs on family members and caregivers. Similar patterns, Mr Speaker, and cost trends relating to mental health are evident not only in Singapore but the world over, and the costs of ignoring mental health and well-being are staggering. To that end, that the Government has promulgated the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy paper published in October 2023 is much welcomed. I see this as a great start. It covers good breadth and, importantly, gives a frame and structure towards the national strategy in dealing with mental health and well-being. I imagine many hon Members speaking today will approach the Motion with a wider population-level concern relating to the strategy paper. The scope of my contribution to this debate will consider the professional aspects of clinical delivery of mental health, particularly at tier 4 of the Tiered Care Model articulated in the said strategy paper. Tier 4 services are of high intensity, delivered by psychiatrists, psychologists and other multidisciplinary mental healthcare professionals in hospital settings, both inpatient and outpatient, to support those with high mental health needs. These services comprise specialist-led psychiatric assessments, psychological and medical interventions, including acute and emergency services. As far as the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy paper goes, tier 4 is the sharp tip of the strategy that deals with the most acute, challenging and complex of psychiatric cases. Mr Speaker, what is palpable is that in tier 4, the forward developmental plans on healthcare manpower and competency are less articulated. I note that the strategy paper states that tier 4 services largely reside in hospitals which have their own competency development plans for clinical staff and would not be covered by the National Mental Health Competency Training Framework. However, it is important to ensure that tier 4 services keep up and remain in tandem with the larger national need and demand for mental health services. I would like to surface four points for consideration at this tier of mental health services as we move to forward this Motion in advancing mental health for Singapore. Firstly, Singapore needs more psychiatrists. I say this, conscious that I am one such psychiatrist, but it is not out of self-absorption of my specialty that I say this. I argue that the numbers speak for themselves when taken in relative comparison to the number of psychiatrists per population in other developed countries and the widening waiting times for psychiatric visits in Singapore over the years. The number of psychiatrists in Singapore is estimated to be 4.4 out of 100,000 per population.[+5 sentences] This was the number given by the Ministry of Health (MOH) in response to a Parliamentary Question (PQ) by former Nominated Member of Parliament (NMP) Assoc Prof Walter Theseira in January 2020, four years ago. However, when compared to other developed countries, according to WHO data from dated numbers between 2015 and 2017, I could not find any data which was a bit more recent. Based on that data, Norway has 48 per 100,000, Switzerland has 43, New Zealand has 28, Australia has 13, Japan has 11 and the US has 10 per 100,000 population. This is in relative comparison to Singapore at 4.4. The second point is also that the waiting time for patients over the years also indicates a widening of waiting times for psychiatric subsidised visits in our public hospitals. In response to a PQ by former NMP Ms Anthea Ong in January 2020, the median waiting time for new subsidised appointments to see a psychiatrist across public hospitals was 27 days in 2018.[+1 sentence] So, in 2018, it was 27 days. The answer to another PQ in 2021 to a question by Mr Leon Perera on waiting times was that the median waiting time for the IMH was 29 days in 2020.[+1 sentence] So, 27 days for all public hospitals in 2018 and 29 days for IMH in 2020. Yet, more recently and more alarmingly, in July 2023, to a similar question by the hon Member Mr Yip Hon Weng, the median waiting time for new subsidised psychiatric appointments was 45 days.[+2 sentences] So, we see a leap of that from 27, 29 and then 45 days, as of the response last year. As I emphasised in my Adjournment Motion in October 2023, median times, while helpful for healthcare planning of resources, only reflect 50% of the patient experience, and there is another 50% of patients referred to a psychiatrist that is seen beyond 45 days. Based on another Parliamentary reply in August 2023 to hon Member Ms He Ting Ru on 2022 figures, MOH also responded that 95% of subsidised patients were given an initial psychiatric appointment within three months.[+13 sentences] So, we have a data point for 95% within three months, which is about 90 days, as of 2022. For sure, Mr Speaker, the numbers of psychiatrists are not everything in the delivery of mental healthcare. However, if we were to be serious about wanting to ensure that we are adequately resourced with expertise in our midst, surely, we need to look hard at these numbers and recognise how much better we can and should be in our delivery of mental healthcare services, especially at the specialist level of care where our patients are most vulnerable. A good critical mass of experts in the field further helps us develop deeper expertise in sub-specialty areas, such as community psychiatry, child and adolescent psychiatry, psychogeriatrics, addictions, forensic psychiatry and psychiatric rehabilitation, and in key emerging treatment modalities, such as neurostimulation services for our patients. The same experts can also inform other aspects of community care and education in the other tiers of the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy. Today, I posit that this is difficult and hardly possible because the same experts are stretched to meet the bursting demand for inpatient and outpatient care services. My second point, Mr Speaker, is in relation to clinical services provided by clinical psychologists. As we finesse our mental health strategy towards improving care, the Government should consider the feasibility of a regulatory framework for clinical psychologists. This would be especially important for those working in tier 4 and in clinical settings in the community. Where clinical psychologists are concerned, there must be clarity over the prerequisite training and experience in clinical settings as they interface with patients regularly, patients who are vulnerable and are seeking care for their mental health needs. While psychologists' skillsets may be transferable to areas such as sports, education and organisations, the specific training for clinical psychologists needs to be further deliberated, structured and regulated in clinical settings, such as hospitals and outpatient clinics, and with the availability of adequate supervision. Respectfully, there are many different branches of psychology, such sports psychology, education psychology and organisational psychology, but clinical psychology skillsets required in the delivery of mental healthcare and clinical services are, indeed, distinct and different. To register my point, Mr Speaker, there are 641 psychologists registered under the directory of psychologists maintained by the Singapore Psychological Society (SPS). This list is by no means exhaustive and indicative of the total number of psychologists in Singapore, as not all psychologists maintain this association with SPS. However, when one filters the search to include only clinical psychologists, the number then whittles down to 292 clinical psychologists only.[+6 sentences] It remains the case that MOH does have a regulatory framework for other allied health specialties, such as occupational therapists, physiotherapists and speech therapists, and we should allow for no less for clinical psychologists to give assurance to patients that the standards of care are high, commensurate with their needs and they can be assured of quality of care. From a healthcare manpower planning standpoint, accreditation and regulation would allow the Ministry sight of how many clinical psychologists the country and our public hospitals now have and need to ensure timely and accessible care as part of the wider National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy. My third point relates to accessibility of tier 4 and its associated mental healthcare services and speaks to what I shared at the Adjournment Motion in October 2023. The Government can and should do more to ensure tier 4 services continue to be accessible to Singaporeans, even as it seeks to buttress the overarching national strategy over the initial three tiers of care. I note the Government intends to increase psychiatric beds by 2030, but it is also important that for mental healthcare, the capacity for inpatient beds, rehabilitation programmes, psychiatric nursing homes and outpatient clinics keeps in tandem with the anticipation in demand in the coming years. In fact, hon Member Mr Yip Hon Wing's speech earlier spoke to the varied and increasing complex mental healthcare needs in Singapore's ageing society now and in the foreseeable future. It will continue to be a moving target, but we must plan forward as specialist resource and infrastructure take time, even years, to come to fruition. I also urge the Government to consider subsidies of greater quantum and wider coverage for psychotropic medications as well as other treatment modalities, including evidence-based neuro-stimulation treatment, such as repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation as well as electroconvulsive therapy.[+2 sentences] The better our subsidy and financial support coverage for treatment options at tier 4, the more focused treatment approaches can be and with good outcomes for our patients. In terms of insurance coverage for accessibility to mental healthcare services, as passionately expressed and outlined by hon Member and fellow medical professional Dr Tan Wu Meng, I urge the Government to maintain sight of this developing space to ensure adequate, fair and equitable insurance coverage for all. In light of this, Mr Speaker, my fourth and final point would be to call for the Government to articulate, as part of its strategic impetus, measurable targets for all four articulated focus areas across the four tiers of its Tiered Care Model for the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy. For tier 4, at least one cluster of measurable targets I can offer to be met over the next five to seven years would be that the median and 95th percentile of waiting times for access to psychiatrists and psychologists must drop. I believe that we should articulate a clear target on what is a reasonable waiting time for a patient referred from primary care services to specialist-type services and, in my humble view, I think the last patient referred to a psychiatric service, meaning the 100th percentile, should have access to a psychiatrist, at the very latest, within six weeks for a first visit.[+7 sentences] This is because under the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy, this patient would have already exhausted all the initial three tiers of care and there is urgency in the need for specialist assistance by this point. It makes sense that this could be reduced if the expressed strategy were to achieve its full potential. If the proximal three tiers are effective and adequately address mental health needs early, it would follow that at tier 4, there would be less referrals overall to our specialist services in hospitals and this, in turn, lends capacity to manage the care of higher intensity, specialist-led cases. Furthermore, if we set our mind to it and acknowledge that this is the outcome we wish to attain as part of our standard of care at tier 4 and that mental health and well-being are important as a priority for our nation, then we must galvanise the resources necessary to realise this vision. Mr Speaker, I am in full support of the vision that the Government has in articulating the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy. Beyond the health issue, there is great impetus in the social and economic domains to be realised for Singapore in the medium to longer term. Notwithstanding my comments, I am in support of this Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Edward Chia.
Mr Edward Chia Bing Hui (Holland-Bukit Timah)2280 words
[+6 sentences]Mr Speaker Sir, I am pleased to speak today as a co-proposer of the Motion and in support of hon Member Dr Wan Rizal. I will focus my speech on the case for better support for mental wellness at the workplace. My speech will build upon parts of my Adjournment Motion on Strengthening Mental Wellness at the Workplace which I delivered last January in this House. Most adult Singaporeans spend most of their time at the workplace. Hence, suffice to say that better support at the workplace will make a significant difference to the overall wellness of our society and create positive ripple effects for other segments in our community. For example, greater mental health literacy acquired at the workplace can equip parents to support their children back home and empower neighbours to support one another in the community. In the realm of productivity measurements, the Asia-Pacific Workplace Mental Health Study by Intellect, a Singapore-based mental health tech company, reveals profound insights. It demonstrates how absenteeism and productivity improved significantly – by 4.83% and 6.89% respectively – within just six weeks of active engagements with their services, such as self-help in-app content, personalised coaching and counselling from mental health professionals. According to the Mental Health Toolkit for Employers, published by the National Council of Social Service (NCSS), every $1 invested in workplace adjustments generates average returns of $5.60, reduces average annual medical expenses by 13.3% and increases the average yearly income per person by 6.5%. Improved levels of employee morale and productivity observed in mental health-friendly companies also reduce retraining and hiring costs, which average $3,650 per employee in Singapore.[+4 sentences] Such findings are consistent with realities on the ground. For example, in the 2023 Health and Well-being Survey by the National University of Singapore’s (NUS) Office for Health and Well-being revealed that workplace mental health interventions can help to activate the building blocks for human flourishing. These building blocks were measured as positive emotion, engagement, relationships, meaning and accomplishments and health, PERMA + H, a model developed by Dr Seligman at the University of Pennsylvania. The survey revealed that employees from departments who promote mental health are 2.53 times more likely to have a high PERMA score, compared to those who are not. Another notable example is Singtel's iCare programme, encompassing mental, physical and financial well-being, which resulted in enhanced job satisfaction, stress management and emotional resilience among employees. iCare garnered strong support within months of its launch and 82% of employees felt strongly supported by the organisation and their managers in their overall well-being.[+27 sentences] This demonstrates that investing in mental wellness directly benefits a firm's bottom line, aligning with strategic economic goals and sustainable business growth. Mr Speaker, Sir, I wish to be clear that investing in mental health resources at the workplace is not merely to improve the firm’s bottom line. It is to help every Singaporean thrive in the workplace and not just survive. It is about helping every Singaporean to maximise their potential and derive purpose and meaning in their endeavours. MOH’s Health and Well-being Strategy for 2023 acknowledges the increasing prevalence of mental health disorders and emphasises preventive care. It proposes a tiered care model that focuses on supporting employers, customising care, reducing stigma, improving employment opportunities for individuals with mental health conditions, promoting re-integration and preventing discrimination. I support these measures proposed to improve workplace mental health and well-being. I echo the call for more support to be rendered to employers. This is a collective responsibility – while employers set the tone, every member of the organisation must contribute to systemic improvements in workplace mental health. I have five suggestions to enhance the support to employers further. One, harmonising existing measurement tools. As it is often said: "You can’t improve what you don’t measure." Enhancing the effectiveness of existing measurement tools is crucial in improving mental wellness at the workplace. Currently, tools like iWorkHealth and Human Capital Diagnostic Tool (HCDT) operate in silos, focusing on specific aspects of workplace well-being without interconnection. iWorkHealth is an online, self-administered psychosocial health assessment tool for companies and employees to identify common workplace stressors, while HCDT evaluates the broader organisational health and human capital aspects. This approach limits the understanding of how individual and organisational factors interplay in workplace mental health. To better support mental health at work, we should blend tools like iWorkHealth and HCDT. iWorkHealth looks closely at each person's mental health while HCDT checks the overall health of a company. By combining them, we can obtain a fuller picture – understanding both what each employee is going through and how the workplace might be affecting them. This way, companies can create better plans to help everyone, considering both individual needs and the work environment. In addition, we need to promote greater awareness and adoption of these measurement tools among employers. Hence, I would like to ask the Government if there are any specific plans in the pipeline to promote greater adoption. Two, scaling up Well-being Champions Networks to share best practices. The recent launch of the online portal Kaleidoscope, as part of the newly minted Well-being Champions Network, is one such example of how various tools and resources can be consolidated into a single platform to promote more effective access to workplace mental health resources. Using Kaleidoscope, members of the network can access physical and online networking events, workshops and training, an online forum to discuss issues with fellow members and expert personnel, tailored virtual consultations with professional consultants and a directory of curated articles, case studies and best practices. I would like to ask what is the current membership criteria for admission into the network. And what are the plans to increase the membership numbers? I would also like to clarify if the services offered through the network are accorded free of charge to members or what are the benefits for members beyond networking. For reference, Hong Kong has established a Mental Health Workplace Charter under its Occupational Safety and Health Council Ordinance, which is a statutory board. The 1,200 and more signatories of the Charter are entitled to free access, sponsored by the Charter, to one in-house mental wellness workshop, one advisory session with professional consultants and mental health first aid courses.[+12 sentences] Three, organisational wellness framework. I wish to emphasise the dynamic nature of well-being, which varies along a spectrum, with individuals experiencing fluctuations over time. Recognising this, the WellNUS Mental Health Framework plays a pivotal role in mapping out the various stages of an individual’s well-being journey, providing a systematic approach to identify necessary initiatives and key stakeholders for support. A framework serves as a blueprint for employers, especially our SMEs in supporting their employees across different stages – from maintaining well-being, through periods requiring intervention and support, to recovery and the critical transition back to work. Crucially, this framework facilitates the smooth reintegration of employees into the workforce. It ensures that as they return, they do so to an environment that actively supports and nurtures their recovery. Wider adoption of this framework can significantly enhance the support provided to employers and employees across various sectors, leading to a more inclusive and supportive workplace. This is not merely a matter of policy but ensuring effective translation on the ground. Establishing an organisational framework is a good first step but we must recognise that organisations engaging in different activities will have different work settings and stressors. Hence, it is necessary to contextualise the framework based on industry and workplace nuances. However, contextualisation and customisation often limit the scalability of a framework. So, the next logical step is to contextualise the framework for organisations in similar trade and workplaces. This is an opportunity for the Government to partner with trade associations and chambers (TACs) to contextualise and scale up organisation mental health frameworks. So, I call on the Government to partner up with our TACs to implement industry-based mental health frameworks and offer funding through productivity solutions grants schemes.[+5 sentences] This will better support TACs in customising the organisation framework for their members and adopting mental health tech solutions. Four, scaling up of HR professionals and Chief Human Resource Officer (CHRO)-as-a-service. In my Adjournment Motion speech last January in this House, I highlighted the potential of broadening the roles of Human Resource (HR) managers, or other relevant managers, to encompass workplace mental well-being. We need to empower HR managers to oversee well-being policies, programmes and strategies within organisations, a move that balances efficacy with financial prudence. The Institute of Human Resource Professionals (IHRP) has been instrumental in this area. A significant initial step would be the integration of mental wellness competencies into the existing frameworks for HR professionals. So, I propose that MOM works closely with IHRP to refresh its Body of Competencies to include these vital mental wellness aspects.[+2 sentences] In addition, I hope that MOM can consider initiating collaborations between NUS and IHRP to infuse the organisation's mental health framework into existing HR frameworks. We must also recognise the constraints faced by SMEs, which often operate with leaner teams and limited resources. To further support employers who do not have the available resources to expand HR capacities, I propose that MOM deliver services through a CHRO-as-a-service programme.[+8 sentences] A similar model exists with the Chief Technology Officer (CTO)-as-a-Service programme by the Infocomm Media Development Authority (IMDA) that enables SMEs to engage digital consultants. Through a relevant organisation such as IHRP, MOM can consider offering CHRO-as-a-service and adopting the workflow as a possible tool to guide companies in improving mental wellness policies at the workplace. Beyond HR professionals, we need every employee to play an active role in strengthening mental wellness at the workplace. I wish to reiterate my previous call to SkillsFuture, urging the introduction of new Continuing Education and Training (CET) courses, specifically in the realms of peer support and managerial support training. As we move forward, I propose that SkillsFuture Singapore (SSG) updates its core critical skills courses. This update will enable employers to access a growing pool of individuals trained in implementing mental wellness policies and initiatives, a critical step in fostering a supportive work environment. A key skill set that we should aim to cultivate across all levels of our workforce is psychological first aid. WHO defines psychological first aid as a method to support people in crisis, focusing on meeting basic needs, showing care and concern, and respecting their culture, dignity, and capabilities. The primary objective of psychological first aid training is to empower every employee with the knowledge and skills necessary to assist colleagues in distress until they receive professional help or the crisis is resolved.[+2 sentences] This approach is akin to traditional physical first aid but focuses on mental health crises. Regarding the critical core skills training under SkillsFuture, there are already mentions of relational skills, soft skills, developing people and self-management but a notable lack of "psychological first aid". A search for "psychological/mental health first aid courses" returns less than 10 partially funded results. Hence, there is a need to include psychological first aid training as a distinct and essential critical core skill, widen the pool of providers and funding for such courses and offer a clearer tiered outline for such training in the curriculum.[+7 sentences] By making psychological first aid training a more prominent and integral part of our skills development framework, we ensure that our workforce is not only professionally competent but also mentally resilient and supportive, creating a healthier, more compassionate workplace for all Singaporeans. And five, recognising employers who implement mental wellness policies. A critical aspect of promoting mental wellness at the workplace is recognising and incentivising employers who take proactive steps. The annual National Workplace Safety and Health CARE, or Culture of Acceptance, Respect and Empathy, Award is a commendable initiative, spotlighting organisations that exemplify outstanding mental well-being practices. These organisations are celebrated as model employers, setting a benchmark for others. In our quest to create a more robust recognition system, partnerships are key. The National Volunteer and Philanthropy Centre's (NVPC) Company of Good framework, which now includes mental wellness policies in its evaluation criteria, presents an excellent partnership opportunity. By aligning the Company of Good recognition scheme with the MOM and Workplace Safety and Health (WSH) Council’s efforts, we can create a unified platform.[+5 sentences] This consolidation not only streamlines the recognition process but also makes it easier for job seekers and consumers to identify exemplary employers. Moreover, a unified approach can potentially draw more attention and resources, and reduce duplications and wastages, thus elevating the profile and impact of these awards. Mr Speaker, Sir, I believe these five recommendations will empower employers to strengthen mental wellness in the workplace. One, implement a comprehensive tool for employers to measure workplace mental wellness considering individuals and organisational factors. Two, scale up best practices sharing opportunities for employers. Three, offer a customised organisational mental health framework supported by the Productivity Solutions Grant for implementation of policies, training, and programmes.[+7 sentences] Four, provide HR professionals, CHRO-as-a-service, and individual workers with mental health literacy to effectively implement frameworks and policies. And five, consolidate recognitions, such as WSH Care awards and NVPC Company of Good, to facilitate the identification of exemplary employers, promoting a positive cycle of prioritising workplace mental wellness. Mr Speaker, Sir, in my maiden speech in Parliament, I shared that our enterprises and entrepreneurs have not only economic value but deep social value. Our enterprises are agents of social change. Strengthening mental wellness at the workplace is a social mission worth advancing. Let us partner with our enterprises to make mental wellness a cornerstone of our national economic and social strategy. That way, every Singaporean can maximise their potential and derive purpose and meaning in their endeavours.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Mark Lee.
Mr Mark Lee (Nominated Member)1084 words
[+7 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, in March 2021, our company experienced a profound loss with the passing of a cherished colleague, Mdm X. She had been a part of our team since 2008 and was known for her quiet dedication and tireless work ethic. Often staying late into the night, Mdm X was battling a private challenge unknown to us, a struggle with hoarding. A tragic fire at her home, fuelled by the very items that once brought her comfort, ultimately led to her untimely death. She was just 48 years of age. This event deeply affected both myself and our entire company, highlighting a stark reality. Despite our close-knit interactions over 13 years, we were unaware of the mental health struggles Mdm X faced. In response to this tragedy, we took proactive steps to strengthen our community within the company. We restructured our teams into smaller cell-groups of 20, aiming to enhance camaraderie.[+3 sentences] With the support from the company, these groups engage in informal outings and fitness activities, encouraging open dialogue and support, not just in physical health but in all aspects of life. They share photographs and positive affirmations, building a network of assistance and encouragement and creating a safe space for members to seek help and peer support. This incident underscores the critical role businesses play in promoting mental health and well-being as part of a national effort. The recent publication of a National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy is a significant step forward. This strategy highlights the iWorkHealth online tool, developed by MOM and its partners.[+1 sentence] This tool is invaluable and I wished our company would have had this tool earlier. My first recommendation is for the Government to look into ways to engage and incentivise more companies to use the tool and support the implementation of suggested interventions to address specific workplace stressors identified in the report.[+3 sentences] I also hope the Government will continuously engage with businesses for feedback after the roll-out to continue improving on this tool. Not all organisations are the same. Similarly, not all HR professionals have the necessary skillsets and experience to handle workplace mental health issues. My second recommendation is for the Government to continue supporting companies to train HR professionals and senior managers, working closely with organisations like Singapore Human Resources Institute (SHRI) and IHRP, to build up these capabilities within the HR community.[+21 sentences] This will make the appointment of mental well-being champions more effective. Mr Speaker, in my 18 September maiden speech, I called on the Government to create a detailed framework for acknowledging companies that back important national initiatives. These include enhancing Government-Paid Paternity Leave (GPPL) and Government-Paid Maternity Leave (GPML), embracing the tripartite standard, obtaining Progressive Wage Mark accreditation, and now, supporting a forward-thinking workplace culture that emphasises the mental well-being of employees. Implementing such a framework would significantly speed up our nation's efforts to forge a workforce that is both more inclusive and equitable. My third recommendation therefore continues to emphasise the importance of recognising companies that support these national-level initiatives and highlighting those that excel in these areas. We should consider integrating this recognition framework with tangible economic incentives, such as prioritisation in Government procurement processes, already associated with Progressive Wage Mark accreditation and possibly, temporary enhancements to foreign workforce access. Such measures would serve as a strong motivation for businesses to align with these national objectives. Another focus area covered in the paper is the customisation of mental health support for specific occupational needs. Working with MHA and Ministry of Defence to strengthen mental health support for Police officers and National Servicemen is a good start. But there is scope to expand this approach to other occupational groups, such as frontline services sectors that are susceptible to specific mental health stressors. As suggested by my hon colleague, Mr Edward Chia, my fourth recommendation is for the Government to support sectoral agencies and trade associations and chambers to work together to develop a holistic mental health support system for their sector. I have spoken quite a bit on mental health and well-being, and this is an opportune moment to emphasise that workplace well-being is a multifaceted concept that cuts across physical health, emotional wellness, social connectivity, financial security and professional growth and fulfilment. At the foundation of holistic well-being is physical health. As a fundamental baseline, companies must provide a stable environment for employees to work safely and without risks to health. But the responsibility of a company goes beyond that. It is therefore essential to encourage workplaces to promote physical activity, offer healthier meal options and facilitate regular health screening. Emotional well-being, influenced by the workplace atmosphere, plays a pivotal role here. Business leaders should take the lead in championing a respectful, collaborative and cohesive workplace setting where disputes can be resolved amicably, and a culture of inclusion and communication is celebrated. Companies must be intentional about defining and implementing work-life harmony strategies that balance operational and commercial demands alongside employees' need to recharge, spend time with loved ones and pursue personal passions. Finally, an employee's financial security and professional growth significantly impacts their overall well-being. Companies should provide employees with structured opportunities for continuous learning, skills development and career advancement. Adjacent to this is the principle of workplace fairness, which companies must uphold so that all employees, both locals and foreigners, have a fair and merit-centred basis to chart out their career paths.[+1 sentence] In conclusion, in our rightful pursuit to address mental health, we must tread carefully. We cannot let our focus on mental well-being erode the very resilience that has been the cornerstone of our success. We do not wish in the long-term, in the name of mental health support, see our competitive edge dulled, our youth's ambition softened by an over-promise of comfort and an under-preparation for challenge.[+2 sentences] Our approach must be different. It must blend empathy with endurance. We must build support systems that acknowledge mental health, not as a sign of weakness, but as an aspect of our humanity. But equally, we must guard against a culture where resilience is mistaken for indifference, where perseverance is confused with silent struggling.[+3 sentences] This balanced approach aims to foster an environment where empathy and endurance coexist, ensuring mental well-being is recognised and supported without diminishing the value of resilience. On a lighter note, to everyone celebrating Chinese Lunar New Year and facing a mental health issue from relatives, remember, a healthy dose of bak kwa and pineapple tarts will help. Mr Speaker, Sir, I support the Motion.
Mr Speaker36 words
[+5 sentences]Order. I propose to take a healthy break now. I suspend the Sitting and I will take the Chair at 4.45 pm. Sitting accordingly suspended at 4.25 pm until 4.45 pm. Sitting resumed at 4.45 pm.
Mdm Deputy Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Mariam Jaafar.
Ms Mariam Jaafar (Sembawang)3316 words
[+14 sentences]Mdm Deputy Speaker, I am grateful for the opportunity to co-sponsor this Motion. Mental health must be a key priority for this House and this Government. My speech today will focus on an area I am passionate about: the mental health and well-being of our children and youth. My speech takes into account the plans announced in the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy and considers how we can do even more for our children and youth. We often talk about the potential of youth; about how they are our hopes and dreams, and how they will shape the future. We tell them that the world is full of rainbows to follow and opportunities to seize. But youth can also be a difficult time, with many transitions. Childhood is a time when we form the basis for our relationships and friendships, which greatly influence our future physical and mental health throughout our lives. Then you start school and, all too quickly, academic pressures build up, pressure to meet the expectations of teachers and principals, parents and, more often than not, our own. Adolescence and young adulthood are thought to be particularly tumultuous times in neuro-psychological and physical development, when mental disorders typically emerge. The second Singapore Mental Health Study, conducted in 2016, revealed a significant association between younger age and mental disorders. In particular, young adults aged 18 to 34 had the highest lifetime prevalence for any mental disorder. In 2017, it was reported that mental illness was the largest contributor to years lost to disease among young people aged 10 to 34 in Singapore. Fast forward a few years, the statistics tell us the problem has not only persisted, it is getting worse. The Samaritans of Singapore (SOS) reported that suicide among youths aged 10 to 29 has gone up, from 94 in 2018 to 125 in 2002; more than 500 young lives lost in the past five years. In a 2023 NUS study, one in three youths reported internalised mental health symptoms, such as depression, anxiety and loneliness, while one in six experienced externalised symptoms like hyperactivity, rule breaking and aggression, while 12% met full diagnostic criteria for having at least one mental health disorder.[+1 sentence] This all puts pressure on the system. The volume of calls and texts for help to social services agencies and suicide hotlines has increased significantly year on year, and residents have told me that it can be very difficult to get through the hotline. Similarly, as has been mentioned, it takes months to get an appointment at IMH and other hospitals or polyclinics.[+42 sentences] Not only are we seeing rising numbers, we are also seeing more severe and complex mental health needs amongst our children and young people, including among those with learning disorders and autism. We can identify determinants of health and their impact on mental health and well-being, which include social, economic, cultural, relational and physical environments, such as housing and diet. Some children and youths are still feeling the effects of isolation and uncertainties due to the pandemic. Some parents are dealing with their own mental health and well-being issues. They are stressed, worried about their jobs, families, money problems, the rising costs of living, nevermind recognising their children’s needs and helping them to develop resilience. To help these children, we need to also help their parents. Mdm Deputy Speaker, it is abundantly clear that a shift is needed in how we approach mental health. To relieve the pressure that is building up and increasing the risk of a mental health tsunami where the system simply cannot cope any longer, we need to focus on prevention and on population health. If this sounds familiar, it is because we have come to this conclusion before when we launched Healthier SG. And this brings me to a core tenet – if the disease burden of mental health is up there with more commonly understood diseases, mental health and how we deal with it must be on par with physical health. The principles of Healthier SG must equally apply and, indeed, mental health must be integrated in the Healthier SG framework. There is no Healthier SG without a mentally Healthier SG. I welcome the shift envisioned in the National Strategy, moving from a focus on treatment and institutionalisation, to focus equally on prevention and early identification and intervention in the community, on building an effective mental health ecosystem. I welcome the plans to do more upstream, addressing societal driving forces, raising awareness and building mental resilience and coping abilities in our people. Specifically for youths, I would like the focus areas and interventions identified, including a post-discharge intermediate facility for youths at risk of suicide, scaling up mental health literacy efforts for children and youths starting from preschools, improving the support to parents and promoting safe use of the online space and digital mental health platforms. Mdm Deputy Speaker, I would like to share the mental health stories of three young Singaporeans, to bring to life the challenges they go through as well as to highlight the opportunities to make a difference. The first, A, is a young Woodlands resident. She was in Primary 1 when the pandemic struck. She developed a phobia of falling sick and dying. She started to refuse to go to school or would cry in school until the teachers called her parents to pick her up. She developed chest and stomach pains that resulted in frequent trips to the doctors and the Accident and Emergency department. But each time, the finding would be, "Everything is normal. We do not know what is wrong." This went on for more than a year until her mother asked for a referral to a psychologist. Finally, she was diagnosed with anxiety. She was then referred to her school counsellor. While the school had failed to identify the early signs, once diagnosed, they gave A very good support. She had an anxiety toolkit of coping mechanisms. Whenever she felt a panic attack attacking, she could leave class immediately and run to the counsellor’s office. The counsellor would often sit with her at recess and talk to her. She would not be scolded for being late for school. Her teacher sent her daily personal notes of encouragement. Today, A is more resilient. She has joined a co-curricular activity (CCA) after school and has a close group of friends. Her parents credit the school’s accommodative and flexible approach as being key to helping her get better. In contrast, the subject of my second story, B, did not get the same support from her school. Now, in her earlier 20s, B had always been anxious about her academic performance, even though she did well. But the transition from her all-girls secondary school to a top junior college (JC) was a difficult one. She was harassed by a group of boys. They made comments about her, her looks and her body on social media. The harassment spilled over into the physical world. She developed severe anxiety and it affected her grades, which made her anxious. She did not want to go to school. She saw the school counsellor but did not find the sessions particularly helpful or empathetic. "They were not really focused on me", she said. "Like they would give me study tips when what I needed was someone to help me with my emotions." She developed self-harming behaviours, in part, influenced by her peers, and then made her first suicide attempt.[+6 sentences] She was then referred to a psychiatrist and a psychologist at a restructured hospital, whom she still sees today. She eventually dropped out of JC to go to polytechnic. The people were nicer, the teachers kinder and more patient, but she still struggled. Then she went to university in Australia, where she experienced a very different culture, one where people were much more open about their mental health. The university had tailored Disability Support Plans for students with physical or mental issues. She estimated 30% of students were on some sort of support plan. Her support plan, after consultations with a psychiatrist and general practitioner (GP), included exemptions from public speaking and presentations, and extra time for exams and locations in a different room.[+29 sentences] This open culture extends to the workplace. She had a part-time job. Her colleagues and supervisors were open, understanding and supportive of one another’s mental health needs. After another episode which forced her to leave her job for three months, she was surprised to be warmly welcomed back to work. "It was like they were really happy to see me back", she said. In the community there were regular large-scale mental health carnivals to raise awareness and help people learn coping skills. There would be specific organisations presenting to different audiences, for example, people from the military or parents who had lost a child to suicide. Often, the speakers would have mental health conditions themselves or be caregivers. The specificity helped to make people feel that there were people who really understood what they were going through. Now, back in Singapore and looking for a job, B feels a lot of uncertainty about her future. But her self-awareness and understanding of her condition helps. Her mother told me it had been a struggle to learn how to support her daughter and she is still learning. Finally, I share the story of C, as recounted to me by his mother, my Woodlands resident. He was a playful child who liked to play pranks on people. But at the tender age of 14, he was diagnosed with bipolar disorder after his first suicide attempt. He struggled, despite seeking treatment at the Child Guidance Clinic, despite the strong support of his mother, who was both his caregiver and the sole breadwinner for the family as C’s father also had bipolar disorder. He refused to see a school counsellor or psychologist after the first session. His condition deteriorated further when he entered National Service (NS) and turned 18, when he was transitioned from the Child Guidance Clinic to IMH. He hated going to IMH. He did not feel like he belonged with "all those crazy people" he would see in the waiting room. He attempted suicide again and was discharged from NS. He started working but found it difficult to hold down jobs. Of course, he never declared his condition. When he became unstable due to anxiety, employers considered him a risk and terminated his employment. He had no one to turn to at work who understood. Despite all these struggles, C got married and he and his wife bought a Build-To-Order (BTO) flat and had a baby. His wife was aware of his condition and supported him, making sure he took his medication, and his mother supported them financially. But his mother-in-law started belittling him, calling him a "useless idiot" and accusing him of faking illness so he did not have to work, even after his mother went to see her to try and make her understand. They accorded him little dignity and respect and even kept his baby from him. The stresses of his life, in trying to keep his job, trying to get his colleagues, bosses and in-laws to understand his bipolar disorder and the weight gain due to the medications led him to eventually succumb to taking methamphetamine to cope with his anxiety. He wanted to stop but, when he sought help, the IMH hotline told him to get help from the National Addictions Management Service (NAMS) for addiction, but NAMS told him they could not help him on his addiction because of his bipolar condition. In mid-2023, C told his mother he had been terminated from his job as a temporary staff after two months because he could not meet his key performance indicators (KPIs).[+12 sentences] Not long after, he took methamphetamine again, this time, a huge dose. His wife then filed for divorce and moved her parents into their home. His sister told his mother that his wife should just divorce him because of his bipolar condition, just like his mother had eventually divorced her own bipolar husband. His mother took him back to her house and took him to NAMS. He was sent to hospital to detox. After his discharge, he went back to NAMS and was told he was fine, to go home and just come back for counselling in 10 days. Back at home, he did seem better. He asked for his favourite food and started eating again, he talked about plans for the future. But two days after coming back, in the evening, he went out for a walk. He did not allow his mother to accompany him, insisting he was fine. But a couple of hours later, his mother received his suicide note over WhatsApp. It said he could not bear the cravings any longer and he did not want to be a burden to his family any longer. C ended his life by hanging himself in the stairwell of the multistorey car park that evening.[+4 sentences] It was his own brother who found him after a frantic search. When I heard C’s story, I wept for C and for his mother who had lost her first-born son. She has a second son who suffers from depression, a bright boy in primary school whose life trajectory changed when he went to an elite boys' secondary school and found himself unable to keep up. She has a mother who has dementia. She worked multiple jobs to support all of them. But at no time during all the doctor and hospital visits for C, his brother or their father, her ex-husband, did anyone ask her how she, the caregiver, was coping.[+6 sentences] These stories can be hard to listen to. But they are real, and they point to the scale and complexity of the challenge, and this is why Dr Wan Rizal, Dr Tan Wu Meng, Mr Yip Hon Weng, Mr Edward Chia and I have filed this Motion and why so many Members are rising to speak. The National Strategy on Mental Health and Well-being is a very important step. I believe we can do even more, particularly in the difficult area of driving societal change. No amount of Government interventions with new structures, new care models, new resources and new legislations will work if we do not, as a society, transform. If we do not, as a society, become more aware of what people around us are going through and make it safe for people to be more open about the mental health challenges that they or their loved ones face; if we do not accept that not everyone is able to deal with it no matter how much they try; if we do not become more understanding and compassionate; and if we do not stand together to act to improve the mental health and well-being of every Singaporean. How can we further strengthen key care settings: (a) families; (b) schools, including universities; (c) community; (d) primary care, (e) acute care; and (f) online space?[+12 sentences] I would like to touch on the first four today. Firstly, families. The National Strategy recognises the need to better equip parents to support their children’s mental health and well-being. It highlights strong relationships with their children as a foundation for strengthening children’s mental and emotional resilience, as well as parenting in a digital age. I cannot agree more. I would like to see us invest more in building these early relationships, beyond the parents' toolbox. We need a range of avenues in the community, virtually and physically, for parents to be supported on the ups and downs of family life in order to address the desire for privacy and the need be able to reach out widely and at scale to foster a more open culture. We need to take a population health approach that addresses health inequalities and social determinants of health on the mental health of youths and ensures that the strategy is inclusive. Support for parents' mental health must also be prioritised, especially more vulnerable parents. We need more family therapies. Social services agencies play a critical role. All this will take time. In parallel, the issue of consent is one that will need to be addressed so children can get help even if their parents are not in the right state to support them, and I look forward to details on how the Government will address this.[+22 sentences] Secondly, schools. It is timely that the Government is committed to promote mental health literacy, starting now at the preschool level. We can do more to make our schools more accommodating to students' mental health needs, including at critical transition points. The idea of support plans and accommodations based on their specific needs experienced by B in Australia and A in Singapore come to mind. There should be greater consistency in how schools acknowledge and address these challenges. This cannot be subject to the personal ambitions or dispositions of the school leaders. We must drive common understanding and best practice sharing among principals, teachers and parents. Mdm Deputy Speaker, the academic stresses faced by our students is a topic that comes up regularly in this House. While MOE is constantly refining the education system, we know, in our society, it will be difficult to escape a certain level of academic pressure. But that makes it all the more important that we be very intentional in building a reservoir of positive experiences in school that students can dig into when the going gets tough. In surveys, students say that they are most comfortable talking to their friends with their anxieties and problems, ahead of parents, teachers or school counsellors. So, let us not underestimate the power of school activities that help students form friendships and be quick to dismiss them, or of making an extra effort to support the kids who sit by themselves or who have learning disabilities. Thirdly, the community. There are several community agencies, civil organisations and frontline staff involved in the mental health ecosystem. We know that the community is the best site for care for many. But we also know that the quality varies. Even experienced doctors, teachers and social workers can miss the signs, as was in A. How can we ensure that the quality of care in the community will meet the requirements? How will we ramp up capacity fast enough? Beyond standard processes, training and tools, how do we structure measures and incentives to drive the outcomes we want, which ultimately must be better care for our people? Community partners I talk to also cite better collaboration with the public health system as a key enabler of better outcomes. Finally, primary care. The Government plans to increase the capacity and capability of mental health services in polyclinics and GPs.[+1 sentence] This is much needed. Wide awareness of the availability of mental health services in polyclinics can help to destigmatise mental health, especially given the stigma around IMH. I urge the Minister to consider making mental health services available in all polyclinics and not just all new polyclinics.[+2 sentences] GPs will also play an important role. But we must also recognise that the support today is very patchy. Anecdotally, although we have a few PCN-MH in Woodlands, only one has made any referrals to our appointed CREST partner.[+1 sentence] It is not clear whether this is down to the patients or the GPs. In the context of youths, we should assess whether youths prefer a different setting from the GP setting, such as specialist youth drop-in centres.[+1 sentence] I would like to ask the Minister how MOH understands the pattern of needs among youths in the primary care setting. I would also value the Minister's vision for mental health support from GPs under Healthier SG, including whether GPs will perform regular mental health screening and serve as the primary gateway or gatekeeper for referrals.
Mdm Deputy Speaker7 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Mariam Jaafar, you have one-and-a-half minutes.
Ms Mariam Jaafar349 words
Across all these settings, we require a robust workforce plan to recruit, train and retain a workforce with experience and competencies in working with young people.[+7 sentences] I would like to say a few words in Malay. : I have just shared a true story about C, who struggled with bipolar disorder. C was Malay. When he lost his job, his mother-in-law belittled him and peppered him with insults like “useless idiot”. Unfortunately, such a response is not uncommon in our community. Many older people do not have a good understanding of mental health issues. We should recognise that they are key to increasing mental health awareness. We should not downplay the amount of effort that is desperately needed. Nonetheless, our community possesses certain traits that are helpful. We have many social workers within our community. We also have many Malay/Muslims who are frontline workers such as Police officers, SCDF officers, teachers and nurses; all of whom would certainly have a good understanding of mental health.[+4 sentences] If they are able to raise awareness of mental issues in their own families, we will be able to raise this awareness with more people. Our community will certainly be more supportive and more understanding towards this issue. In other words, we can make changes from deep within our own community. : Mdm Deputy Speaker, I am not a betting person, but I would bet that every single one of us in this Chamber has had a personal brush with mental health, whether in our families, our friends or ourselves. I have and perhaps that is why this is personal. As leaders, we can help to create a new openness about mental health by being open ourselves about our own personal experiences.[+2 sentences] Let us work together to create a society that is kinder and more understanding, especially for our children and youths. Let us work together to create a society where our children and youth know that whether it is coping with the normal stresses of life or battling more debilitating mental health conditions, they are not alone.
Mdm Deputy Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Usha Chandradas.
Ms Usha Chandradas (Nominated Member)2608 words
[+6 sentences]Mdm Deputy Speaker, I rise in support of this Motion and would like to bring to the attention of the Government two issues that relate to the arts community. First, I would like to speak about the importance of art-related therapies in alleviating mental health conditions; and second, I will address the mental health concerns faced by arts and cultural workers themselves. The hon Member, Dr Wan Rizal, in moving this Motion, briefly mentioned the role of art in wellness initiatives and I will be expanding on this idea as well. To provide some background, the term "arts therapies" is generally understood to refer to the four separate professions of music therapy, drama therapy, art therapy and dance movement therapy. Each of these arts therapies requires specialist training in their own art form and in the application of these art forms in a clinical therapeutic setting. For ease of reference, when using the term "arts therapies" in my speech, I will be referring to the wider understanding of the term and when I refer to "art therapy" in the singular, it will be to describe the particular form of psychotherapy that helps people to effect change and growth through the use of art media and creative outlets, in a supported and safe environment. LASALLE College of the Arts, which is now part of the University of the Arts Singapore, has offered a Master's level degree in Art Therapy since 2006. It will also be launching a Master's programme in Music Therapy come August 2024.[+1 sentence] According to a 2022 op-ed written for Today Online by Mr Ronald Lay and Mr Lay is the programme leader of the Master's of Arts in our Therapy programme at LASALLE, 198 qualified art therapists have graduated from his programme. From a training perspective, this amounts to over 177,000 hours of documented clinical art therapy services provided across Singapore by postgraduate trainees.[+13 sentences] Art has an important part to play in both preventative and curative healthcare. There is a whole sliding scale of uses of art for therapeutic purposes. On one end of the spectrum, you have arts as they are practised by the individual. So, quite simply put, if you or I engage in the act of, say, painting, this act of painting allows us to immerse ourselves in an activity which is meditative and contemplative. It might allow us to momentarily lose focus on our troubles and this is an example of what is sometimes referred to as the "therapeutic value of art". I am glad that the Government presently supports many art and cultural wellness initiatives through the good work of the National Arts Council (NAC) and the National Heritage Board (NHB), as well as their partners in the private sector. On the other end of the spectrum, we have the notion of "art psychotherapy", and this is where a third-party professionally trained practitioner engages in a form of psychotherapy that utilises art media and creative outlets as its primary mode of expression and communication. Art and music therapy, for example, allow participants to express themselves, when words are not enough to express their thoughts and emotions. It is especially useful in cases where such participants are non-verbal or pre-verbal, and where modalities like cognitive behavioural therapy cannot work. Both curative and preventative healthcare are needed as part of a holistic approach to public health. This is something that the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy 2023 advocates for with its tiered approach. Having said that, the Strategy does not expressly mention anything about the role that the arts can play. This is in contrast to the policy positions that have been taken overseas. In Greece, a Memorandum of Cooperation for Cultural Prescription has been signed between the Ministry of Culture and Sports and the Ministry of Health.[+9 sentences] This sets out specific cross-governmental programmes of work to train artists, cultural workers and healthcare workers concurrently on the design, implementation and development of cultural prescription programmes. It also raises awareness of such schemes with the public. In Wales, Memorandums of Understanding have been signed between the Welsh National Health Service (NHS) Confederation and the Arts Council of Wales. These set out efforts to work together for the advancement of arts, health and well-being. In September last year, I asked the Minister of Health the extent to which art therapy is included as part of HPB's initiative towards helping communities to achieve better mental health. He replied that HPB does incorporate art-related activities, for example, mindful colouring, in their mental well-being workshops and acknowledged that "the appropriate inclusion of art, music, exercise and social interactions into our daily routine will be good for all of us." However, he also stated that evidence on the effectiveness of art therapy was said to be "still evolving." The Minister is not wrong in his focus on an evidence-based approach and, indeed, one common misconception about the field of art therapy is that its statistics and data are not as detailed or rigorous as the clinical data typically relied upon in the medical profession. On this point, I would like to emphasise that a good deal of research is being done and has been done in the field. In 2019, the WHO Evidence Network released a landmark scoping review of over 3,000 research studies that explore the effect of the arts on health and well-being.[+9 sentences] The studies looked at participation in performing arts, visual arts, literature and engagement with culture and heritage. Overall, the review concluded that the arts could have key roles to play in the prevention of ill health, the promotion of good health and the management and treatment of a range of different conditions. There are many examples of studies that have been conducted in the field. But for today’s purposes, I would like to highlight a 2017 UK report by the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Arts, Health and Well-being. This report was issued in the UK and it spotlighted a scheme called the Artlift Arts on Prescription Scheme. This was administered in Gloucestershire County in the UK. Here, health professionals referred patients with diverse mental and physical conditions to an eight-week arts programme. A University of Gloucestershire evaluation, using the Warwick Edinburgh Mental Well-Being Scale, showed significant improvements in the well-being and moods of patients. With larger sample sizes being observed in 2014 and 2017, the findings remained consistent. Statistical analysis revealed a remarkable 37% drop in GP consultation rates and a 27% decrease in hospital admissions. By considering the reduced costs to the NHS in relation to the cost of the Artlift interventions, it was determined that there was a real saving of £216 per patient.[+24 sentences] This underscores the compelling impact of art-based interventions on mental health outcomes. The points I would like to communicate here are simply this. First, there are quantifiable health and cost benefits in the utilisation of art as a form of wellness and in personal artistic experiences, as well as in the field of art psychotherapy. We see this locally, from the experience of other countries and also from the research of the WHO. These benefits support the case for a formal acknowledgement by the Government, of the arts as an important device in our arsenal of tools to promote better mental well-being. The arts and arts therapies have a key role to play in every tier of Singapore's National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy. Next, having identified the importance of the arts and art therapies, resources should be put in place to ensure that more relevant data is obtained, and that the practitioners of the arts therapies and arts wellness initiatives, are themselves well-supported. We have all the basic building blocks for this in Singapore and more. We have masters-level educational programmes in art and music therapy. We have a brand-new University of the Arts with excellent research capabilities and we have professional associations such as the Art Therapists’ Association Singapore (ATAS). We also have an Association of Music Therapy Singapore. We already have entities like the Assisi Hospice, Singapore Cancer Society and various hospitals, amongst others, that not only work with our art schools but have also put in place dedicated art therapy and arts wellness programmes. These are in place for their staff, patients and beneficiaries. Our national mental wellness strategies should explicitly include these arts therapies and arts-related wellness initiatives. I urge the Government to commit resources towards supporting our arts community in this direction. There are a few ways in which the support can be rendered. First, as I have said, we can dedicate more funding towards the research of arts therapies and arts wellness initiatives. In this way, we will be able to mine more data on their efficacy. While it is possible to rely on foreign research findings, cultural specificity in data is also important. The kinds of therapies and methods that might work in a Singapore context might not be applicable elsewhere and vice versa. Private charities like the Red Pencil are already doing significant work in gathering data on the effects of art therapy, and their activities and those of other like them should be supported by the Government. Next, I would also like to urge the Government to consider engaging with the arts therapies communities to assist them, if required, in implementing some kind of formal accreditation and regulation system. The Art Therapists’ Association Singapore is one example of a non-partisan not-for-profit professional body which is run and regulated by its members. It was established in 2008 to represent the emerging profession of art therapy in Singapore, and it seeks to advance its' members growth and development. In 2021, when asked in a PQ filed by the hon Member Mr Muhamad Faisal Abdul Manap on whether there are plans to recognise art therapists as allied health professionals, the Minister for Health replied that there was no need to legally regulate the practice of art therapy.[+4 sentences] The view taken was that art therapy by its nature does not pose significant risk of harm to patients. With respect, I beg to differ with the position that has been articulated by the Minister. As explained to me by various members of the art therapist community, there is a clear difference between a situation where an individual engages in art-making or creative activities on their own for their personal enjoyment and therapeutic benefit, and a situation where a third-party practitioner uses art therapy techniques as interventions for diagnosed physical and mental health conditions. As the Minister has himself observed in his reply to my PQ filed last year, these kinds of interventions should be guided by professional recommendations. Regardless of this, in Singapore, anyone can hold themselves out as being an art therapist.[+19 sentences] Because of the lack of local regulation and accreditation, it is not necessary for people to be trained in any particular way. I have been told anecdotally by art therapy practitioners that there can be unethical or uninformed use of art therapy by untrained persons, who may design programmes and art-based interventions intended for vulnerable populations. These include people who have diagnosed with mental health conditions or who have special needs. When this happens, harm can be inflicted and there is no recourse for such populations. In the UK, by contrast, arts therapists are included as allied health professionals and accordingly, they are subject to a level of regulation and accountability. Here we see that regulation protects vulnerable populations, enhances confidence in the field and stimulates growth in the profession. That being said, I also recognise that regulation in the field of arts therapies is not a straightforward exercise. Practitioners themselves are divided on the issue, and there is some acceptance of the idea that certain art-based interventions and modalities can be delivered well by experienced practitioners who do not have a formal post-graduate education. However, what all practitioners I have spoken to agree that the idea is that harm can be caused, and especially amongst vulnerable patients. Minimally, frameworks should be put in place to stop this from happening. Whether they have to do with formal frameworks of better consumer education, there are certainly steps that can be taken to protect vulnerable populations. In his 2022 op-ed for Today Online, Mr Ronald Lay rightly points out that art therapy as a discipline is relatively new in Southeast Asia and that postgraduate art therapy training at LASALLE is the only one of its kind in Singapore and in Southeast Asia. With growing interest in the field, there is an opportunity here to create new and better jobs for our creatively inclined communities. To this end, further professional development and support for the field of art therapies, and arts-related wellness, is something that I urge the Government to consider seriously. Next, Mdm Deputy Speaker, I would like to address the mental health issues faced by the arts community itself. Now, this is a community that is composed of a great number of self-employed people. As much as we wish to consider a whole-of-Singapore effort to implement a national strategy to enhance mental health and well-being, we should not forget the specificities related to individual groups within the wider community. In a similar vein, the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy correctly identifies that an individual's mental health is not just affected by his or her own psychological well-being but is shaped by larger driving forces in society. This includes a combination of biological, social and environmental factors. In a recent research report from Queen's University Belfast, which involved a survey of nearly 600 creatives across a range of artforms, it was found that the likelihood of mental health problems in the arts sector was three times that of the general population. The most common diagnosed disorders were anxiety at 36% of the group and depression at 32%. This was linked with job precarity in the industry and included factors like erratic and short-term employment, low pay, work-over and under-load, and time away from loved ones.[+6 sentences] These are problems that affect our arts and cultural workers in Singapore too. The National Arts Council's Arts Resource Hub has done good work in supporting the arts community. One of its recent projects involved hosting a gathering led by CITRUS Practices. This is a group that does important work in providing free resources for the care, support and wellness of arts workers. Initiatives like this should be encouraged and supported further, ideally with funding from the Government where this is required. While our National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy identifies the issues faced by workers in a traditional employment situation, there is scant detail on the problems faced by the self-employed. As we know, at least one-third of the arts and cultural workforce operates on a self-employed basis.[+6 sentences] This is something that I had spoken about previously as well. While we seek to improve mental health and well-being for employees in a workplace environment, we should also remember to protect and respect the mental health of third-party service providers. These are service providers who may work with us on a self-employed basis or on a freelance basis. Workers such as these may not have access to things that the rest of us take for granted, like paid medical or childcare leave. It is not right, for example, for organisations to prioritise the mental well-being of their permanent staff internally while pushing third-party service providers or freelancers to work to the point of burnout. In order for our National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy to be effective, we must not forget the self-employed and we should ensure that positive mental wellness initiatives extend to everyone.
Mdm Deputy Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Ng Ling Ling.
Ms Ng Ling Ling (Ang Mo Kio)1838 words
[+2 sentences]Mdm Deputy Speaker, I rise in support of the Motion raised. Madam, MOH launched the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy in October 2023, which signals the Government's recognition that mental health is a significant issue that ought to be tackled coherently and comprehensively at the national level. Several Members of this House have mentioned the concerning data from the National Population Health Survey 2022 which shows that the prevalence of poor mental health has increased significantly between 2020 and 2022 from 13.4% to 17%.[+1 sentence] This is almost one in five Singaporeans prone to mental health suffering. What is of greater concern is the higher proportion of poor mental health among our younger adults aged 18 to 29 at 25.3%, or one in four young adults.[+17 sentences] I believe that the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy and today's Motion are important steps towards creating a mental health inclusive society in which every individual with a mental health challenge can feel safe to be accepted, supported and most importantly, to recover. I would like to focus my speech on three aspects: one, caregiver support for those looking after individuals afflicted by mental illnesses; two, the accessibility and affordability of mental health treatment in primary and community settings; and three, work accommodation for individuals with mental health conditions. Firstly, we need to continue strengthening caregivers' support for those who are caring for loved ones afflicted by mental illnesses, especially at the onset of the conditions and when the conditions are recurring and chronic. In 2020, a survey by the Singapore Management University (SMU) showed that three in four caregivers are tired and exhausted from caring for persons with mental health issues and nine out of 10 of them require the hiring and specialised training of a domestic helper. These caregivers can be parents, spouses or even children, depending on which stage of life that the mental health conditions afflict an individual. Undoubtedly, caregivers of persons with mental health conditions can be bewildered and confused on what is the best course of support, especially at the onset of the mental illness in their loved ones. Even for those who achieve remission, a relapse can also be very hard for their caregivers to accept and to provide support. We can imagine the emotional anxiety and physical exhaustion that they may experience resulting from having to monitor the mental conditions and physical symptoms of their loved ones and looking out for their needs. By prioritising the needs of their loved ones over themselves, many caregivers can themselves fall into depression as they have to struggle with also complex emotions of anger, disappointment, exhaustion and guilt. Although there are resources available for caregivers in general, such as training programmes, support groups and counselling services, as mental illnesses can be more complex and can occur at different life stages, I would like to suggest for more tailored care and support for caregivers for persons with mental illnesses. Social service agencies such as Caregivers Alliance Limited have been making remarkable contributions to these fronts, but more resources may be needed to scale caregivers' support programmes as we see the prevalence rates for mental health conditions increase. I feel that more can be done for this group of vulnerable caregivers, especially those dealing with chronic and recurring care recipients. I would thus like to propose for the Government to enable more research and to develop strategies to address the unique needs of caregivers dealing with loved ones afflicted with recurring or chronic mental illnesses. For example, will the National Mental Health Competency Training Framework guide mental health practitioners in acquiring the knowledge, skills and competencies required? Can these be also extended and contextualised to family caregivers to strengthen the collaborative relationship between practitioners and caregivers of persons with mental illness? Second, one of the major focuses of the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy is the expansion and improvement in access to mental health services in the primary and community settings. I support the shift of mental health treatment in the community closer to home to increase care access. As stated in the strategy report, 17 out of the 24 polyclinics today already provide mental health services.[+3 sentences] By 2030, this will be extended to more polyclinics, including new ones. This is certainly a step in the right direction. However, in Singapore, a substantial portion of primary care family doctors are operating out of private GP clinics. Although it is encouraging to see that since 2012, more than 400 GPs have been trained under the Mental Health General Practitioner Partnership Programme (MHGPP), this is still less than a quarter of about 1,700 GP clinics in Singapore.[+9 sentences] Several of my Jalan Kayu residents shared with me that GP clinics are often more convenient and perceived as less stigmatising for them to approach for mental health challenges concerns, as compared to the mental health section of polyclinics or even psychiatric wards of public hospitals. However, the ease and costs of receiving both medication and counselling intervention in the primary and community settings still have their gaps as they may be delivered by different professionals from different organisations at different locations. Let me illustrate this with an example. For an individual with early onset of mental challenge symptoms like prolonged insomnia and low moods and clinically diagnosed for depression and/or anxiety, he or she may benefit from the counselling therapy as the first line of treatment and some medication from a GP. However, he or she is unlikely to receive both care at the same GP clinic at the same time, especially for the counselling therapy component. If they need a certain type of prescription medication not carried by the GP, this will also pose some difficulties in their access to the needed care. Counselling therapy sessions in the private setting also usually cost more than in polyclinics or public hospitals. Usually, individuals facing mental health challenges are already scared, overwhelmed and in distress when diagnosed. Such fee gradients and wait-time between medication and counselling at their GP private clinics in the neighbourhood versus public polyclinics and hospitals' psychiatric wards may increase patients' psychological burdens and disrupt treatment follow-up. While I appreciate schemes to make mental health treatment at GP clinics to be more affordable and accessible, such as the CHAS subsidies at CHAS GP clinics under the Chronic Disease Management Programme and MediSave support, I believe that more can be done to enable individuals, who require both medication and counselling therapy in the primary and community setting to get more seamless help.[+1 sentence] I hope that the Government can elaborate on more plans and protocols to manage the cost and facilitate the referral and provision of both medication and counselling therapy in the primary and community care settings. For example, instead of having the patients navigate a myriad of different professionals for medication and counselling support in different places, would MOH consider adopting approaches, such as Collaborative Care Model in the US, by resourcing private GPs within the MHGPP, to organise their GP-led team to include behavioural therapists and counselling therapists and, focus on providing evidence-based and goal-oriented mental health care for intervention, preferably at designated time or at the convenience of a GP clinic.[+10 sentences] Lastly, I wish to address the need for employers and co-workers to understand accommodation needed by individuals with mental health conditions. We know that while work is essential for economic and social reasons, it can be challenging for those affected by mental illness to sustain employment. Studies in Europe have shown that, although most persons with severe mental illness are willing to seek competitive employment, they are nevertheless substantially excluded from the workforce. To better support persons with mental health conditions, workplace intervention and accommodation is necessary to help those who desire employment, which will allow them to achieve financial independence and security, contributing to their sense of belonging to a community and boosting their self-confidence and positive identity. I am heartened to know that one of the Government's key focuses in the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy, is on improving workplace mental health and well-being. This includes enhancing mental well-being in the workplace, tackling workplace discrimination and strengthening employment support for individuals with mental health conditions. I am also encouraged by the moves of various companies in the private sector that has introduced flexible work arrangements and welfare policies to support the mental well-being of employees with differing needs. I believe that helping persons with mental illness seek or stay in employment, is an important part of mental health intervention to be incorporated in their care and treatment plan. Nevertheless, stigma and discrimination inevitably continue to exist within some workplaces. I would like to ask, whether the Government will systematically roll out initiatives to better educate employers and train co-workers to better understand and facilitate work accommodations for colleagues with mental health conditions? For example, many people are not aware that common mental health conditions, such as depression and anxiety, have almost 50% chance of a first relapse and a higher chance of further episodes of relapses thereafter.[+3 sentences] It should not be a surprise that such common mental health conditions are included in the Chronic Disease Management Programme in Singapore. Because, they are, unfortunately, often chronic in nature. I have heard of stories of inclusive work teams who, out of good intentions, had thought that helping a colleague with mental health condition to discontinue medication is a sign towards recovery, just to be shocked to see their colleague suffer a relapse after a high workload period. To enable more inclusive workplaces, appropriate education for employers and co-workers is, thus, crucial. Hence, I would like to propose for the Government to leverage on the tripartite relationship between employers, the Government and the union to work with the mental health professionals to promulgate more accurate understanding of mental health conditions and some form of Individual Placement and Support (IPS) plans for appropriate accommodation for persons with mental health conditions to integrate and sustain employment for as long as possible?[+7 sentences] In conclusion, Mdm Deputy Speaker, let me quote from the Constitution of the WHO, which states, "Health is a state of complete physical, mental and social well-being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity." Mental health is more than merely an absence of mental disorders or disabilities. Rather, it is a state of well-being in which an individual can realise his or her abilities and potential to work productively and make contributions to the society. Today's Motion and the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy are a commitment to the holistic well-being of every Singaporean. It is a pledge to foster a society where mental health is no longer seen as a stigma, but as part of a nation's collective responsibility. As our nation starts incorporating mental health as a key pillar of our healthcare policy, I believe that as a united people, we can work together to build a more resilient, compassionate and mentally healthy Singapore. Notwithstanding my considerations raised, I support the Motion.
Mdm Deputy Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Melvin Yong.
Mr Melvin Yong Yik Chye (Radin Mas)1718 words
[+3 sentences]Thank you, Mdm Deputy Speaker. I stand in support of the Motion. It is no secret that Singapore and Singaporeans are stressed. According to the 2023 Cigna Healthcare Vitality Study, Singaporeans are more stressed than the global average. The study also reported that, 16% of Singaporean respondents felt unable to manage their stress loads.[+12 sentences] Another study from the National Youth Council (NYC) and the Institute of Policy Studies (IPS) Social Lab, found our young people and young workers experiencing high levels of burnout and that their mental well-being had still not fully recovered from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Union leaders, too, have told me that their fellow colleagues, across all workforce segments – rank and file, PMEs and freelancers – are highly stressed at the workplace. The main reason cited was how it is almost impossible to disconnect from work when we live in a hyper-connected and global world. We must, therefore, do more to prevent, identify and treat mental health-related issues at the workplace. Let me start by commending the Government's launch of the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy in October 2023. The strategy aims to create an effective mental health ecosystem, comprising accessible and good quality clinical care, with a supportive community and society. Instead of an over-emphasis on mental disorders, the Government has recognised that the state of mental well-being is intertwined with a supportive community. I fully agree with this. And I argue that our workplaces, where most of us spend most of our waking hours, must form a key part of societal support. We need strong upstream measures to address workplace mental health stresses. Madam, I have spoken on numerous occasions, both in and out of this House, about the need for workers to have a right to disconnect, one that is contextualised to the realities of our global workforce and one that will help ensure employees have protected time to rest and to recharge. Since I first mooted the idea of the right to disconnect in this House in 2020, several countries have moved ahead with their own versions of the right to disconnect. In 2023, Luxembourg amended its labour code to require that a right of disconnection, outside working hours, must be implemented at the company or sector level.[+7 sentences] Belgium passed a law in February 2022 that allowed civil servants to disconnect after hours without a fear of reprisals. Closer to home, the Philippines is debating a Bill that seeks to give workers the right to disconnect after work hours. Locally, union leaders have told me that there are exemplary practices at the company level that provide workers with the ability to switch off after work. I am glad that senior public sector leaders in MOM and MOH, just to name a couple of examples, have made it a point to tell staff that they do not need to feel obligated to respond to emails or work messages sent after work hours, unless it is expressly marked as urgent. We should make this workplace culture the norm rather than the exception. In November 2020, we published the Tripartite Advisory on Mental Well-being at Workplaces that set out practical guidance on measures that employers can adopt to support their employees' mental well-being. The Advisory also called on employers to recognise the need for staff to have adequate rest outside work hours, in recognition that the work-from-home arrangement had blurred the lines between work and personal life. In March 2021, MOM launched a new assessment tool, called iWorkHealth, to help companies identify common workplace stresses among employees.[+18 sentences] The tripartite partners further refresh the Tripartite Advisory on Mental Well-being at Workplaces in 2023 to include the setting up of a peer-support system to help employers create a supportive environment for employees in need and to de-stigmatise mental health issues at work. These examples show that the close working relationship between the Labour Movement, the Government and the employers have resulted in successful and tangible measures that have helped to advance mental health outcomes at the workplaces. But let us work and agree on a set of Tripartite Guidelines that establish principles on, what a right to disconnect could mean for different sectors and for different job roles. After a few years, we could then review how effective the guidelines are and to consider further action, including legislation, if necessary at the point of time. Mdm Deputy Speaker, in some ways, Parliament, too, recognises the right to disconnect. Standing Order 2 expressly states that, Parliamentary proceedings shall be interrupted at 7.00 pm, unless the Leader of the House moves a business Motion to extend the day's Sitting beyond that moment of interruption. After all, Members should be accorded ample time to rest and to recharge and to prepare for the next day's Sitting. On this, I am sure that all Members would not disagree with me. Individuals, too, can play our part. We only have 24 hours in a day. Lack of adequate downtime can lead to job burnout, decreased job satisfaction and reduced productivity. It is, therefore, crucial for individuals to re-evaluate our approach to work and life. By prioritising, focusing and scheduling downtime, we can reduce stress, enhance our creativity, improve our productivity and, more importantly, lead a healthier and more balanced life. In addition to disconnecting after work, we need to have trained personnel at the workplace that can identify and do basic triage of early mental health symptoms. Deploying such trained mental health ambassadors at the workplace can help employers maintain a well-adjusted and mentally healthy workforce, thereby ensuring high levels of productivity. Union leaders can play this important role of mental health ambassadors. Today, NTUC has trained over 1,700 union leaders in workplace safety and health. And the Labour Movement stands ready to partner with our tripartite partners in training and deploying mental health ambassadors at all workplaces. To help our youths and young adults deal with stress, Young NTUC and the NTUC LearningHub have jointly developed a course to provide peer-to-peer mental well-being support and psychological first-aid skills to distressed colleagues and peers.[+2 sentences] This course is WSQ-certified and supported by the WSH Council and, I encourage all youths to sign up for this course to become a peer supporter. Madam, lay-offs also contribute a significant level of stress at the workplace. Statistics by MOM show that the number of retrenchments in Singapore more than doubled in 2023.[+18 sentences] It is now commonplace to read about company retrenchments, due to restructuring and cutbacks. Recent examples include Alphabet, Amazon and Lazada, which show that even the workers in growth sectors, such as technology and e-commerce, are not spared. Retrenched workers are more than a statistic. They are men and women who must deal with a sudden loss of income and a disrupted career. Some may feel a deep embarrassment about being retrenched, even if the layoffs were unrelated to their own work performance. Layoffs also affect the "surviving" employees within the company. Those who are retained often take on an immense amount of additional workload and they constantly wonder if they will be the next to get laid off. I, therefore, hope that companies can recognise that retrenchments should be done as a last resort. So, what can employers do to limit the psychological impact of a retrenchment exercise? First, communication should come from the top, with the leadership team owning the message. But it also needs to be a two-way process, allowing all employees to have their questions answered. Second, every impacted group needs support that is tailored to their needs. Providing more generous compensation packages for retrenched workers can help to alleviate immediate financial concerns. Employers can work with NTUC on job placements and training for new job roles. Third, employers need to think carefully about job redesign and workload distribution for the remaining roles of those who are left behind in the company. Retrenchments are never pleasant, but there are ways for employers to undertake the process with compassion and to treat all employees – whether they are staying or leaving – with utmost dignity. Companies which retrench irresponsibly should not be let off the hook for the stress and mental trauma that they cause. Mdm Deputy Speaker, workers today are subjected to high levels of workplace stress, be it through a retrenchment exercise, a relentless workload or the inability to disconnect after work. I hope that there can be greater support to help with the treatment of workplace mental health challenges. This can be achieved through a widespread adoption of Employee Assistance Programme (EAP) providers. EAPs are professionally conducted programmes that are designed to engage employees to deal with their personal and relational difficulties that may impede their work performance. I, therefore, welcome the Government’s current efforts to subsidise the fees of some of these services.[+13 sentences] However, more can be done to improve the affordability of mental healthcare. We should also grow the industry and increase capacity to reduce waiting times. Assurance must also be given to employees that their confidentiality is protected and it would not affect their personnel records with the company. I urge more companies to adopt EAP services and to engage credible EAP service providers. The Labour Movement has and will continue to help drive the adoption of EAP services at workplaces to safeguard workers’ mental health. Mdm Deputy Speaker, the challenges arising from workplace stress have been on the rise even before the COVID-19 pandemic exacerbated the issue. It was recently reported that the findings from the 2022 Quality of Life Survey found that Singaporeans have become less happy over the past decade, despite real incomes rising over this period. Even high net worth individuals in Singapore are found to be concerned with their work-life balance, according to a recent study reported in The Business Times. Mental health issues at the workplace affect everyone, regardless of socioeconomic status and designation. We need to tip the balance and advance mental health outcomes at the workplace. We must prevent workplace burnout by doing more for workers to have the right to disconnect. We should train and deploy workplace mental wellness ambassadors to help identify early mental health challenges and, where necessary, we certainly need a proliferation of EAP providers to treat and to address mental health challenges. Madam, I support the Motion.
Mdm Deputy Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Jean See.
Ms See Jinli Jean (Nominated Member)1410 words
[+3 sentences]Thank you, Mdm Deputy Speaker. I appreciate Dr Wan Rizal and fellow Parliamentarians' initiative of putting forth this Motion. A 2022 survey on the well-being of small business owners by global small business platform, Xero, revealed a startling paradox. Compared with peers in Australia and the UK, Singapore’s small business owners ranked highest in levels of work-related stress.[+10 sentences] Other data points that made me sit up: 39% were taskmasters who found it hard to take a break from work, while 41% expressed a low sense of fulfilment from work. Driven by a constant sense of responsibility and duty to their business, it is inevitable that many small business owners work intensive hours in intense focus. The pool includes freelancers and self-employed persons, a less visible group of our Singapore workforce, whom my fellow NMP Ms Usha Chandradas also spoke about. For brevity, I will refer to them as freelancers. Spurred on by pandemic fears and financial losses and challenged by the increasingly uncertain business outlook, freelancers as diverse as photographers, sports coaches and private hire vehicle drivers have been working relentlessly to rebuild their confidence, business and savings. Many are now feeling overworked and burnt out. In my capacity as a labour representative, I would like to give voice to the concerns of three groups of freelancers who are hard-hit by internal and external stressors. They are the platform workers, working caregivers and mature-age small business owners. I would also suggest three approaches that could contribute to improving their mental health and well-being. First, platform workers. A 2022 IPS study of private hire drivers and food delivery riders found that 84% worry about not having enough retirement savings, while 88% worry about not being able to cope financially if an accident or serious illness befalls them or a family member. Unsurprisingly, 94% reported facing moderate to high financial stress.[+1 sentence] What is more worrying is that while nearly two-thirds surveyed professed resilience to the uncertainties of platform work, this is not reflected in their state of health. A significant 44% of private hire vehicle drivers reported that since they started driving, their health has been on the decline.[+36 sentences] Because of global challenges and inflation, platform workers expect operating costs to continue to rise. However, many worry that their incomes are not keeping pace. This is because job allocation and trip fares are at the mercy of the black box algorithm of platform operators. Uncertainty can be unsettling. The upcoming changes in legislation are intended to better protect platform workers. Nonetheless, it is only if the changes are reinforced by shared responsibility of the tripartite of Government, platform worker associations and platform operators can these changes translate to positive outcomes of sustainable livelihood and improved well-being of platform workers. To platform workers, sustainable livelihood means knowing that for the same amount of work done, they will receive consistent, transparent and fair compensation, and not inconsistent and fluctuating amounts, whilst improved well-being means giving platform workers the assurance that platform operators’ pursuit of profit and returns to shareholders are not at the expense of platform workers’ health and safety. In this regard, I echo the platform workers’ hope for a brighter tomorrow as we await the new legislation to come onstream this year. Second, freelancers who are working caregivers. The same IPS study revealed that 46% of the platform drivers and riders surveyed were unable to find other work due to personal reasons, such as caregiving responsibilities. For instance, a condition such as dementia impacts more than those living with the condition. Dementia affects about one in 10 in Singapore aged 60 and above. This number is set to rise as Singapore ages. The CEO of Dementia Singapore, Jason Foo, shared in a 2022 The Straits Times article: "For every person with dementia, one or two family caregivers have to change their entire lifestyle, or give up work, to care for the person with dementia". I know of individuals who switched to freelancing because of caregiving responsibilities. I know, too, of freelancers who dialled back on work because of caregiving duties. Unplanned circumstances can be stress-inducing. This suggests a need for an inclusive, enlightened and supportive ecosystem for freelancers with caregiving responsibilities. Freelancers who are caregivers should be uplifted and supported with the same degree of accommodation and care as what we seek for employees with caregiving responsibilities. In respect of the freelancer ecosystem, I would like to ask that service buyers and platform operators give leeway in service delivery or incentive framework if the freelancer or platform worker must respond urgently to caregiving emergencies. Similarly, care facilities, such as hospitals and homes, could extend consideration to freelancers who are juggling caregiving and income-earning responsibilities. Some freelancers shared their frustrating experiences when liaising with different agencies and facilities that, in turn, have different levels of empathy and responsiveness to these freelancers in need. Allow me to relate the experience of Ms T, a private hire car driver and sole breadwinner. Ms T found herself stranded after a second fall at home worsened her aged mother's injury. Ms T sought help from the social worker when she found it challenging trying to juggle the logistics and finances of caring for her mother at home while trying to make ends meet driving. Ms T was told by the social worker that Ms T’s mother did not qualify for subsidised nursing home care. When Ms T tried to find out the reason for rejection, she was ignored. Ms T was left feeling stranded, stressed, tired and helpless. Freelancers, such as Ms T, feel they are held hostage to unproductive and frustrating processes. They find themselves unable to assert their need for empathy and expedience and thus, suffer in silence. Freelancers with caregiving responsibilities would benefit from an integrated approach to supporting care recipients and their caregivers. This entails a whole-of-nation commitment to build an inclusive, enlightened and supportive ecosystem. Last, mature freelancers. The Xero study of small business owners found that Singapore’s small business owners under age 30 had higher overall well-being levels than those over 50. This could be a consequence of rapid digitalisation. The acceleration of digitalisation during the pandemic compelled businesses to adapt to new consumer demands. NTUC’s National Instructors and Coaches Association (NICA) represents freelancers who are instructors teaching sports, arts, exercise or enrichment. During the pandemic, NICA was quick to roll out digital literacy and skills training to equip coaches and instructors to conduct virtual classes. Despite support from NICA, many mature NICA members struggled with the transition.[+1 sentence] Unprecedented disruption can be worrying. This suggests a need for the Government to partner bodies, such as NICA, to provide targeted and sustained funding support for mature freelancers to procure and upskill in digital technologies and harness these technologies for productivity and business development.[+10 sentences] Many from this group are financially stretched to part with funds upfront for updated software and technology. Mature freelancers who are trying hard to cope with the pace of change while overcoming the digital divide by upskilling would certainly appreciate targeted and sustained funding support from the Government. I would like to conclude on a positive note. Circling back to the same Xero survey, Singapore’s small business owners ranked second in terms of overall well-being and life satisfaction. Therefore, despite the challenges, freelancers are generally optimistic about the future. I had earlier shared the stresses of three groups of freelancers, in particular, platform workers, working caregivers and mature small business owners. I had also suggested three approaches to uplift their mental health and well-being. Allow me to recap how, as a whole-of-nation, we could provide the solidarity and support to improve freelancers’ mental health and well-being. First, stakeholders could commit to a shared responsibility towards freelancers’ well-being. Second, a national level commitment to build an inclusive, enlightened and supportive ecosystem to support freelancers with caregiving responsibilities. Third, the Government could collaborate with freelancer-centred associations to provide mature freelancers with targeted and sustained funding support for upskilling and to procure new software and digital technologies.[+4 sentences] This empowers mature freelancers with the confidence and ability to strive for sustainable business and longevity of livelihood. These three approaches can be the game-changers for platform workers, freelancers with caregiving needs and mature freelancers in Singapore. They give freelancers and self-employed persons the confidence to pursue professional progress and personal happiness as viable intertwined priorities and could be practical next steps in the articulation of this Motion. Mdm Deputy Speaker, I support the Motion.
Mdm Deputy Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Keith Chua.
Mr Keith Chua (Nominated Member)202 words
[+3 sentences]Mdm Deputy Speaker, I stand in full support of the Motion for a whole-of-Singapore effort to forge a national strategy to address mental health and well-being. May I, first, declare my interests serving on the Boards of Social Service Agencies providing various levels of support for persons in rehabilitation and recovery from mental health conditions. I am also a member of WG3 that contributed toward the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy. Mental health issues affect a wide percentage of our population in varying degrees of severity.[+2 sentences] The onset can take us totally by surprise or can be the result of life's challenges. It can be triggered at home, in school and at work by an emotional experience or a bereavement. Support for mental health issues require a combination of access to primary healthcare, social support, family support and caregiving. There may also need to be financial support both for meeting the cost of services and where there is a loss of income. I have been a volunteer in mental health services for about 30 years, and over this period, our mental health services have seen several areas of increasing support with the introduction of more services and also more treatment options.
[Mr Speaker in the Chair]1437 words
[+72 sentences]We have seen the move toward recovery in the community. We are gradually addressing the issues of stigma that have long prevented persons with mental health conditions from seeking help. We are seeing more individuals re-integrated back to employment and educational institutions. In the more recent years, we can state with increased confidence to persons with mental health conditions that recovery is possible. While we have progressed, we need to keep improving across all areas of mental health and well-being. The National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy launched in October 2023 will bring further enhancements to building up effective mental health services across four areas of focus and calls for a whole-of-society approach. I would like to add some observations and suggestions in the areas of early intervention, suicide risk and early prevention, support in recovery and removing stigma and normalising mental health. Identifying mental health issues early remains a key area to try to reduce the eventual severity by accessing professional support and where necessary treatment, including counselling and medication. IMH has excellent services in early detection and intervention. Unfortunately, the continuing existence of stigma associated with mental health issues continues to hold back individuals from seeking proper care and help early. I am encouraged by the response to a question I raised in November that MOE will be ready to step up counselling support in our schools and Institutes of Higher Learning (IHLs) if and when necessary. One of the areas we need to resolve is where parents withhold consent for their children's treatment. We should address this as a matter of priority. In the workplace, we also see improving understanding of mental health and wellness. We need to continue to bring on board the CEOs, senior executives and HR professionals to better understand mental health issues in the workplace. Recent studies have shown the economic cost of mental health issues and more companies, whether SMEs or larger companies, need to proactively embrace conducive working environments. Many of my colleagues have mentioned this already. Our seniors also are vulnerable to loneliness and isolation and, as a community, we need to ensure that as we move toward an ageing society, we have in place the necessary support systems to address mental health issues, including cognitive functions. Suicide continues to be an area of concern with the vulnerable groups being teenagers and young adults and the seniors. Our community can play a role in identifying individuals with suicidal ideation and guide them in seeking support and professional help where appropriate. It was noted in response to a PQ that a number of individuals who completed suicide did not have any record of seeking help. We need to find avenues to address this particular area. As mentioned in the October report under Competency 6, efforts must be taken to identify those at risk of suicide and intervene effectively. As we build up our care and support systems, we must do all we can to prevent the next suicide. Support in recovery is a key part in helping everyone with mental health issues. Recovery is an individual journey, and everyone will recover at a different pace. This means that our support systems need to be able to accommodate each individual. Some may recover at a faster pace, others may take longer. In providing professional support, we may need to review the often-used quantitative approach. Rather, a more qualitative approach would ensure appropriate levels of care and support tailored to each individual. I do hope the tiered approach will help us move in this direction. The KPIs, for example, set for service providers who are supported by public funding, should also be reviewed to enable adequate care and support in programmes, such as our Community Intervention Teams (COMITs). Every person with a mental health condition has their individual journey of recovery. About 20 years ago, one of the organisations I volunteered with piloted a clubhouse model for recovery. The clubhouse model can be either residential or daycare. The model engages members in recovery in a whole variety of activities and at a level and pace that the individual member can manage. These would range from the simpler to the more advanced roles. Members can be engaged with cleaning, administration, preparing meals, planning and running activities, pursuing hobbies, arts and crafts, finding jobs and providing support to those who have jobs. One area that we found limited our model was the absence of an allowance, such as a disability allowance provided for in some other countries. And these are for those members who were not yet ready to return to work and earn some income. In Hong Kong, for example, there is access to disability allowance and the clubhouse model works quite well there for persons who find this suitable recovery track. In studying their model, it was found that the availability of a disability allowance did not necessarily become a disincentive for members to eventually return to work when they were ready. I have long advocated for the consideration of some form of financial support for those persons in our community in recovery. As mental illness is not classified as a disability in Singapore, there is no specific access to financial support during the period where a person is unable to return to work. In some cases, this can be years, especially for the more severe cases. While there is the provision of ComCare Short-to-Medium-Term Assistance (SMTA) for persons with lower income and unable to work for extended periods, can we review the provision of a disability allowance scheme where individuals who have financial difficulties during the treatment and recovery can receive adequate support until they are ready to return to earning income? In Asia, places like South Korea, Japan and Hong Kong provide various levels of disability allowances which include mental illness. Similar support is available in Australia, England and the US. The availability of some form of disability allowance extends the rehabilitation options and programmes for persons in recovery. I understand that IMH is reviewing the implementation of the clubhouse concept for helping persons in recovery, having recently sent teams to study this, operating both in Hong Kong and in China. I would like to acknowledge the many employers who, over the years, have stepped forward to provide employment opportunities for persons in recovery. You have made invaluable contributions to helping so many reintegrate and recover. We need more employers to step forward and provide opportunities for persons in recovery to find suitable jobs. In helping persons in recovery to return to the workplace, there are employee assistance programmes that support both the individuals and the employers. There is a cost attached to providing these employment opportunities. In order to support more companies to step forward and here, I am thinking of particularly the SMEs which may provide, in many cases, a more suitable and conducive environment for re-employment, I would suggest that we consider schemes where employers can be provided with credits for employing persons in recovery. This could be by expanding the Enabling Employment Credit scheme in place for persons with disabilities to include persons with mental health conditions as more flexible arrangements are often required. Social enterprises have also been established to provide employment opportunities for persons in recovery. The common challenge for social enterprises has been financial sustainability. Notwithstanding this fundamental challenge, a few have found ways to stay financially sustainable and continue to offer hope to many persons in recovery. I would like to thank you for your continued commitment and perseverance. Our society has to keep working toward normalising mental health and wellness. The stigma associated with mental health issues remain but perhaps, we are seeing this gradually becoming less of a hindrance for people seeking proper help and towards accepting persons in recovery in our community. Recovering in the community is still the better approach for persons with mental health issues. Better understanding of mental health issues will reduce stigma. Stories of recovery will provide better understanding. As we build mutual respect as a nation, we will encourage acceptance of those in our midst who are differently abled and more vulnerable. Mr Speaker, Sir, we must continue to do all we can to help those in our community seek early help for mental health issues. We must continue efforts to find ways to intervene effectively to help those at risk of suicide. We must provide the necessary support structures for persons to recover at their own pace and do so with dignity. We need to continue to reduce and eventually remove stigma associated with mental illness. Mr Speaker: Miss Rachel Ong.
Miss Rachel Ong (West Coast)2109 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, my speech will focus on encouraging help-seeking behaviours in our youths and working adults. A 2022 study by Duke-NUS Medical School revealed that only half of those with anxiety and depressive mental disorders in Singapore were formally diagnosed. A lesser 31% sought mental healthcare and still lesser consulted a mental health provider. This is a treatment gap, or gap between those who need treatment and those who actually get treated, of almost 70%.[+2 sentences] We must reduce barriers and increase entry points to help-seeking. First, encouraging help-seeking in youths. For the fourth consecutive year, suicide has been the leading cause of death among our 10- to 29-year-olds, and 30% of youths who committed suicide in 2022 were 10- to 17-year-olds.[+9 sentences] This makes supporting help-seeking for our under-18s critical. May I propose five interventions for our youths? First, age requiring parental consent. I am encouraged that the Government is presently reviewing the age of consent for youths to access counselling or therapy. Common law states 21 as the age of consent, while some local mental health providers generally require parental consent to serve those under 18. But requiring parental consent, whether at age 18 or 21, discourages help-seeking in many youths. Some do not want their parents to know at the onset, especially if parents are unsupportive. Some fear disappointing their parents or believe it would further burden their already burdened parents. There are also instances where parents have declined medication for their child simply because of stigma. If our young people are deemed responsible enough to drive as well as bear arms in NS at the age of 18, they should not be held back from accessing mental health services and taking ownership of their mental well-being. I urge the lowering of age of consent for mental health services to 18 years old, including interventions requiring medication.[+30 sentences] Youths aged 14 to 16 report more serious symptoms than those other youths with depression and anxiety. Mental health support must be readily accessible for our youths from 14 to 18 years old. For this group, may I ask the Government to consider tiered guidelines for the types of mental health services that would or would not require parental consent? For example, access to mental health screening, assessment or basic counselling could be tier 1 services not requiring parental consent. This supports the good work many youth counselling agencies are already doing. Tier 2 services requiring parental consent could include interventions requiring medication, hospital admissions or surgical procedures. Where parents are deemed absent or unwilling to make decisions beneficial for the child, MSF could be invited to step in on behalf of the child or the Gillick Competency Test can be applied by a certified clinician. At the same time, it is vital we protect our 14- to below 18-year-olds from errant mental health practitioners. This leads to my next point: proper licensing of mental health practitioners serving youths. As we upgrade the capabilities of our mental health service providers, we need to ensure proper certification and licensing of professional mental health service providers, particularly those who list themselves as psychologists, counsellors and therapists. This is crucial for those who treat youths below 18. Presently, the only mental health practitioners that are properly regulated are psychiatrists, who fall under the purview of the Singapore Medical Council. Anyone can refer to themselves as a therapist or counsellor. To ensure the safety of our youths, mental health services they have access to should be regulated and licensed. There must be strong disciplinary consequences to violations of professional conduct and ethics. This will perhaps ease the concerns of our parents and also promote safe help-seeking behaviours in our youths. Third, leveraging social media. In our work at Trybe, a youth non-governmental organisation (NGO), we observe an increasing trend in youths educating themselves on mental wellness via social media resources. Some sources have been particularly helpful, supporting our youths in their mental wellness journey, but some have provided inaccurate or incomplete information. We have youths telling our counsellors, "I know you are using CBT on me, and I know the next question you're about to ask", or "I want another therapy approach". This view of believing that they know what CBT, short for Cognitive Behavioural Therapy, or any one approach, is all about is an inaccurate view of therapy as a whole. Different therapy approaches are not a menu meant to fit personal preferences alone. Good therapists draw on various techniques and tools to meet the client's needs at different points of the therapy. Such information on social media can create mistaken notions of what therapy is, when actually, if approached consistently, would bring out the best results for the client. Social media has become and will continue to be a regular source of information and news for our youths. We should continue to leverage social media to support youths in their mental wellness journey as there remains many positive influences. But to reduce misinformation, the Government could explore co-curating a list of social media accounts on mental wellness together with our youths, validating accounts recommended by our youths themselves. Fourth, intervention programmes for transition years. I was heartened to hear that HPB conducts Mental Wellness Skills Equipping Programmes addressing life transition years from preschool to Primary 1 as well as Primary 6 to Secondary 1. I would also like to propose that the Government look into the transition years of Secondary 2 to Secondary 3. Youths and counsellor friends shared observations that there seems to be a marked increase in mental health issues and stressors for youths entering Secondary 3, or the 15-year-olds, especially among the females.[+12 sentences] The pressure at this transitional stage stems from various reasons: the increased pressure and workload due to the approaching "O" levels, the adjustments to new classmates from streaming, and greater awareness of one's sexuality, relationship and identity issues. Others active in their CCAs are given increased leadership responsibilities when the Secondary 4 students step down from their positions, all these while navigating in these formative years. A more in-depth survey could be done to gain further insights on this unique transitional age for our Singapore students. As we develop resources for school intervention programmes, might we consider a more collaborative approach with our youths? In the UK, in preparation for Children's Mental Health Week, the team gathers feedback from primary and secondary students on what and how they would like to learn about mental health in school. Downloadable resources are then developed for students from four-year-olds to 18-year-olds, to facilitate conversations during mental health week in families and in schools. Two interesting findings from the feedback were received: first, getting students to lead lessons on mental health; and second, for school assemblies on the topic to be short and engaging. The resources are used in over 500 schools across the UK and downloaded over 200,000 times in 2022 alone. Who knows what we may uncover as we work together with our youths for their mental health. Fifth, incorporate mental health check-ups in schools. HPB's Youth Preventive Health and Dental Services conducts annual health screening for our students in primary and secondary schools. Meanwhile, the Youth Integrated Team (YIT) also conducts mental health screening for youths at risk of mental illnesses. Considering these two available platforms, may I propose for basic mental health assessments to be incorporated as part of the annual health screening?[+23 sentences] This supports early intervention and normalises mental health discussions at school-going age for our students and parents. On interventions to encourage help-seeking in adults. First, insurance. The issue of lack of insurance coverage for people with mental illness has been raised by several Members last year, specifically, the challenge in obtaining insurance for physical health conditions outside of the mental illness individuals have or used to have. This gap impedes help-seeking behaviours in adults who may not afford treatment without the support of insurance. A psychiatrist friend related how patients have requested to be officially discharged or not to be treated at all, just so they can purchase physical health insurance. In one case, a patient's financial consultant shared with him that buying accident and health insurance would be impossible if he remained on medication. Senior Parliamentary Secretary Rahayu Mahzam had responded in Parliament that those wishing to top up subsidised services and MediShield Life may do so via private insurers. These insurers are expected not to indiscriminately reject an application based solely on declared information, including mental health conditions. However, such incidents happen in far greater frequency than reported. In a published interview from 2020, Ms Linda Lui reported that after fully recovering from a field accident as an army cadet, she experienced post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This happened a year after she returned to civilian life. And as she sought therapy in a Government institute, her doctors advised her not to disclose her PTSD diagnosis because it would complicate things and affect the insurance coverage she had bought prior to the diagnosis. She states, "I chose to remain silent about my mental health in order to protect my physical health". The fear expressed by her and her doctors are not unfounded. In another published interview, Ms Vas shared how countless insurance companies denied her applications to be insured against critical illness and hospitalisation on account of her bipolar disorder diagnosis. This is even after her doctor certified her physically healthy and compliant to her medications. In her interview, Ms Vas also revealed the multiple appeal letters made to various insurance companies, including an appeal by her MP. They were all submitted to no avail. These appeals only add mental load to their already mentally burdened state. Given ongoing examples of rejection, coupled by warnings from doctors and insurance brokers not to declare their illnesses, one's options are to conceal, skip treatment or go without insurance. There are private insurers that do insure those with mental illnesses. However, their premiums are often unaffordable for the masses. In Ms Vas' case, she finally found an insurer, at a premium of $8,000.[+6 sentences] Individuals recovering or have recovered from mental illness should not be penalised for boldly seeking help for their mental health. Yet, the discrimination against people recovering or have recovered from mental illness when obtaining insurance for physical health conditions can be daunting. May I propose for the Inter-Agency Taskforce on Mental Health and Well-being to take on this complex but necessary task to clarify with insurance companies when exclusions are discriminatory against people with mental illnesses and to also outline the recourse available for individuals facing the discrimination? Second, support workplace leave policies. Mental health clinics often operate during work hours and weekend slots get filled very quickly. This means when an individual needs to seek mental health support on a weekday, they would need to take leave from work. Under current MOM guidelines, paid outpatient sick leave requires employees to be certified unfit for work by a medical professional registered under the Medical or Dental Registration Act. Since only psychiatrists are licensed under the Medical Registration Act, those seeing psychologists, counsellors and mental health therapists will not qualify for paid medical leave.[+4 sentences] Individuals then hesitate to seek treatment due to their limited annual leave and the risk of it being known that they are seeing a mental health professional. Some companies have implemented a 14-day well-being leave in place of the traditional medical leave. It allows staff to take leave for physical or mental illness for when their dependants require care or to take time-off for their own personal well-being, all without the need for medical certification. This benefits parents, caregivers and individuals across a broad spectrum. For individuals seeking mental health support, this also provides a level of privacy. I submit for consideration modifying the traditional medical leave system to recognise a broader range of interventions for mental health.[+2 sentences] This will meet the evolving needs of Singapore. Third, mental health check-ups in national health screening. As with the youths, mental health check-ups could be incorporated as part of the national health screening programme for adults or as part of workplace health screening. Such a check-up incorporated into our National Healthcare Plan will communicate the importance of mental wellness, encourage conversations and advocate for early help-seeking.[+4 sentences] Mr Speaker, renowned neuro-psychiatrist and expert on resilience, Dr Boris Cyrulnik states, "No child is doomed by their past. But if we abandon injured people, there will be no resilience". By reducing institutional barriers and increasing entry points to help-seeking, we will show up meaningfully for the individuals in need, raising the resilience of our people and society. With that, Mr Speaker, I support the Motion.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Ong Hua Han.
Mr Ong Hua Han (Nominated Member)1620 words
[+4 sentences]Sir, the Motion tabled today is timely, given we have just launched our National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy last October. A topic of national significance requires a collective effort to achieve our shared objective. This is not just a medical issue, but a national and social one. I support this Motion. According to a study conducted by the Instant Group in 2022, employees in Singapore are the most overworked in the Asia Pacific, clocking an average of 45 hours per week.[+7 sentences] Even for us "kiasu" Singaporeans, this is probably not the statistic we are most proud of. In my line of work, a fast-paced demanding working life is also my personal experience. For many adult Singaporeans, a majority of their waking hours is spent working. With digitalisation, now augmented by artificial intelligence, more will be demanded of workers than ever before. Yesterday's work-life balance has become today's work-life integration. It is crucial then that the mental well-being of Singaporeans has to be looked after at the workplace. I am glad that our national strategy, under focus area 4, recognises this clearly. In the employment landscape, over 70% of Singapore's workforce is employed by small and medium enterprises (SMEs).[+5 sentences] Unlike larger corporations, SMEs generally do not include mental health coverage in their medical benefits. With tighter budgets and limited human resources, SMEs are more cautious in structuring their employee mental health benefits, preferring to start with basic inclusions, like having a 24/7 counselling hotline. In contrast, multinational corporations (MNCs) have more at their disposal. Employee Assistance Programmes (EAPs), third-party vendor-led sessions and mental health toolkits are not uncommon finds at leading MNCs. While there has been a sharp increase in companies including mental health coverage from 2020 to 2023, MNCs are mostly behind driving this. Regardless, the need for mental health support in SMEs is pressing, and 75% of SME employees believe that mental wellness is a key factor for their overall well-being.[+13 sentences] To encourage such companies to implement well-being programmes and mental health coverage, the cost of adoption must be reduced. Digital tools are now able to provide objective data on the mental health landscape of an organisation using employee self-assessments. The Tripartite Advisory on Mental Health and Well-being at Workplaces recommends organisations to use iWorkHealth, a digital self-administered tool, to understand the general state of employee well-being. A few hon Members who spoke before me have also mentioned this useful tool. Other national level digital tools such as MindSG, Mindline and Let’s Talk, are also highlighted in the Mental Health Strategy Report. While these tools are a step in the right direction, there is a need to find more innovative ways to encourage SMEs to leverage technologies or platforms that help them better understand and support employee well-being in a cost-effective way. Well-meaning SMEs looking to advance their mental health support often find themselves constrained by a lack of expertise. Under the Total WSH Programme by the WSH Council, companies will be paired with Total WSH Service Providers who will work with them to assess health, mental well-being and safety risks in the workplace before introducing specific interventions. A programme like this has the potential to amplify the mental health resources available to SMEs, in a consistent and scalable manner. At this point, I have three questions. Could the Government share an update on whether this programme has been successful, and what more can be done to encourage SMEs to participate? What were some of the learnings, workplace adjustments or best practices that companies can easily adopt? Would it be feasible for MOM and WSH Council to expand grant coverage to include consultancy costs, so that SMEs can better deliver the "how to" in addition to the "what to" on the mental health matters? The utilisation rate of Employee Assistance Programmes (EAPs) in the private sector is notoriously poor.[+25 sentences] On average, they range between 1% and 3%. It would be insightful to understand how the Public Service Division’s EAPs compare. Low utilisation rate in the private sector can be attributed to a lack of trust towards companies, stigma around calling a counsellor and unconvincing communication regarding the benefits of EAPs. The Tripartite Advisory on Well-Being at Workplaces recommends that companies assure employees that conversations with EAP providers will be kept confidential. This is absolutely critical to ensure that EAPs are used at all. Addressing mental health concerns within the workplace requires confidentiality, support, and the eradication of stigma. This is especially important for those grappling with chronic mental health conditions. A 2021 study showed that only six in 10 respondents were willing to work with someone with mental health conditions. This shows that stigma is still at large. The long-term hidden nature of chronic mental health conditions requires ongoing support and more understanding. For someone with these conditions, to disclose or not to disclose is a real dilemma. Given this, the upcoming Workplace Fairness Legislation, which recognises mental health as a "protected characteristic", is highly relevant. For employees and employers alike to navigate this new landscape confidently, clarity is essential. Can the Government clarify how this legislation will protect employees who choose to disclose their mental health conditions or even invisible disabilities? How will it guarantee that such disclosures result in genuine support and prevent any form of further stigma or discrimination? Such clarifications will go a long way to enable those who need help, to seek the right support. Improper handling of mental health disclosures creates an environment where employees may hesitate to seek help due to fears of repercussions or discrimination. Someone once shared with me a real conversation they had at an SME. When they sought support for mental health concerns, the response from their manager was dismissive: "Don't tell me. I don't want to know. If you want help, tell HR and have it on your record." When an employee discloses their mental health condition to their supervisor, there is also an implicit expectation of confidentiality, if not support. When this information is further freely shared with senior management or other employees without consent or regard, trust is eroded, giving rise to the impression that open disclosure can be punished. Such fears or lack of trust cannot be allowed to fester, for it is trust and psychological safety that make up the foundation of a truly inclusive and supportive workplace. In the public sector, the Government has a significant opportunity to play a leading role in promoting the normalisation of working with individuals facing mental health conditions. Could the Government shed light on the support measures and initiatives in place for public service officers' mental health and share data on the percentage of officers who accessed mental health support for each of the years between 2020 and 2023?[+9 sentences] This will help us gain valuable insights into the effectiveness of current support measures, helping us understand what has worked and what has not. Government initiatives such as the well-being champions network tap on managers to identify signs of burnout and stress among employees. Some companies have also trained mental health first aiders to create a peer support network. This is important. I have personally heard stories where workplace peers were able to spot an employee showing signs of distress, signs even their family missed. While trained managers and peers play a key role in workplace well-being, it is essential to acknowledge that they do not replace expert help. When addressing workplace mental health, we must not forget that they shoulder an emotional burden in the service of others, on top of their regular workload. We must not neglect their well-being too. Moving on from the workplace, I would also like to touch on the more vulnerable groups in our society before I close. In the US, a study by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, found that adults with disabilities report experiencing more mental distress than those without disabilities. It was estimated that in 2018, 32.9% of adults with disabilities experienced frequent mental distress, defined as 14 or more reported mentally unhealthy days in the past 30 days.[+5 sentences] This is a significant proportion. When addressing disability, we cannot focus on just the medical dimension alone. We must not neglect the mental health risk that comes with feelings of limitation, lack of agency or loneliness. For instance, it is common for mental health conditions like depression to accompany those who acquire disability in adulthood, as they navigate profound adjustments to a new reality. Living with chronic or severe illnesses is emotionally challenging. A study conducted in the UK shows patients with a chronic physical condition were less likely to have sought treatment for mental health.[+2 sentences] The demands of managing the chronic physical condition may lead to the failure to spot mental health symptoms, both by doctor and patient, during clinic visits. Developing personalised mental health plans that address the emotional aftermath of illness is essential for a patient’s long-term well-being. In the Singaporean context, while we make mental health a national agenda, it may make sense for the national strategy to also include a dedicated approach to identify and look after the mental health of our more vulnerable residents.[+6 sentences] It would be helpful to know if the Government will consider this when implementing our mental health strategy. Addressing this is relevant to all Singaporeans. The unpredictability of life means we cannot discount the possibility that any one of us could acquire disability or significant health challenges in future, especially as we age. Mr Speaker, navigating the complexities of mental health issues is no small effort. In our national approach, we must strive for authentic solutions and stay well clear of well-being washing. When we do this well, I am positive that every Singaporean will benefit.
Mr Speaker7 words
[+1 sentence]Deputy Leader, Senior Minister of State Zaqy.
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, Sir, I rise in support of the Motion. A 2023 study conducted by Duke-NUS Medical School and IMH suggested that anxiety and depression could be costing Singapore nearly $16 billion a year as a result of absenteeism, reduced productivity and healthcare resources.[+14 sentences] But beyond dollars and cents, mental health conditions are often deeply painful and cost individuals years of lost hope, fractured relationships with care partners and family who are unable to cope with the strain, ending of careers as their lives spiral into a form they do not recognise and feelings like stress and guilt as they struggle to cope on the surface. Sometimes, this lasts a lifetime and recovery is not linear. In Cheng San-Seletar, student volunteers, corporate partners, grassroots leaders and agency representatives commemorate World Mental Health Day every October. We host a campaign incorporating self-care activities, nature and opportunities to form social networks among neighbours and friends. On the first day, we door knock more than 18,000 households to ask "How Are You?" checks on our residents and share access to mental health resources. The idea is to reach in and start a conversation on mental health in the community because mental health illnesses can be incredibly isolating and lonely, and it is not always easy to take the first step to seek help. Our message is that you are not alone and that we are here for you. Efforts continue for the rest of the year, working with community partners, including through our Calm Corners, which are rolled out at void decks in every zone. However, the work to raise awareness and increase outreach is only a start. I am heartened by the launch of the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy by the Inter-agency Taskforce, and I am supportive of the four focus areas. I am also grateful for all healthcare workers and many different individuals whose work has brought us here. The efforts in the strategy will take significant effort and resources, not just from Government but also from the different sectors, private sector as well as all of society in tackling stigma and creating a culture of care. It will also take time, and I note that the National Mental Health Office is likely to only be established by 2025. But Sir, the issues are pressing here and now, and we must tackle them with haste. The prevalence of poor mental health rose from 13.4% in 2020 to 17% in 2022.[+4 sentences] And Singapore recorded more suicides across all age groups in 2022, with a significant increase amongst the elderly and youth populations. Today, I will raise three key points on access and affordability to mental health treatment and support, caring for the mental health of our seniors and support for vulnerable groups. Sir, we often tell those facing mental health challenges that they should reach out and seek help. While readiness to do so is, indeed, the first step, we must also consider the financial capacity of such individuals and the ease at which they can access mental health support. Last year, MOH shared that the median waiting time for a new subsidised appointment was 45 days to see a psychiatrist and 42 days to see a psychologist.[+2 sentences] Past surveys have also cited high cost as a deterrent, resulting in a treatment gap which often leads to mental health conditions worsening over time. While there are helplines and some free counselling sessions available, long-term dedicated care and medication can cost patients hundreds or even over $1,000 per visit. Subsidies for Pioneer Generation, Merdeka Generation and CHAS card holders are up to $540 annually for the management of mental illnesses under the Chronic Disease Management Programme for only certain conditions.[+10 sentences] This leads us to a crucial point – the Government's role in shaping the insurance market to promote affordable and accessible mental health coverage, as well as general health and hospitalisation coverage for everyday Singaporeans facing mental health challenges. It is already tough enough for individuals facing mental challenges to get through their daily life, many of whom have to stop work and are faced with difficulties when asked to declare whether they have gone through or are currently facing mental health challenges, as they try to sign up for even simple hospitalisation insurance to try and avoid further financial stress. Underwriting coverage for mental illnesses is complex given the diverse ways these disorders impact individuals. As several hon Members in this House, including just two before me, Miss Rachel Ong, have urged the Government to do more in this front, I will spare Members' well-being and not repeat the same points but I, too, reiterate this call to Government, as well as private insurers and would like to just ask if the Government has considered encouraging private insurers to launch innovative, affordable insurance products and if the Government has considered mental health parity laws to prohibit health plans from imposing barriers on access to mental health. My second point. Sir, as a Member of Parliament looking after a ward with many elderly, I was disappointed that the strategy did not call out what we can better do for elderly mental health. Unlike youth mental well-being and health, there are few community organisations or ground-up groups which focus on supporting the mental health needs of seniors and, given our ageing population, I call on the Government to do more in this area. Chronic health conditions, reduced mobility, retirement, empty nests and the passing of close friends – these are just some of the difficult moments that our seniors go through as time passes on. At the same time, digital transformation and a built environment, unlike the kampongs they grew up in, often feel alienating. While efforts to destigmatise mental health conditions and encourage help-seeking behaviours are well-intentioned, some seniors expressed difficulty discussing mental health as it is considered taboo. This sentiment is also reflected in the National Population Health Survey 2022, as the proportion of residents least willing to seek help from healthcare professionals or their informal support networks are older adults aged 60 to 74. This trend is worrying especially as the percentage of seniors' death by suicide in 2020 reached a significant high in 29 years.[+5 sentences] With a tiered care model, the provision of care is shared with community partners with trained personnel on the ground. However, staff are often stretched, managing many cases. We must encourage everyone to be eyes and ears, equip ourselves with knowledge and destigmatise early screening and help-seeking as the norm to provide timely interventions for our seniors. In my constituency, community partners such as the mailmen and women from Sing Post monitor changes in mail collection patterns in blocks with a high number of elderly and participating hawkers are trained to recognise simple signs of depression and dementia before referring seniors to the nearest Active Ageing Centre (AAC) or our community clubs. One of the biggest threats to our seniors' well-being is social isolation. In 2022, 78,600 households are seniors aged 65 years and above living alone. This is double the number 10 years ago and the number is forecasted to rise further.[+6 sentences] It is not only seniors who live alone who experience loneliness. In a study on social disconnection and its impact on the health of older adults by the NUS, the findings found that most socially disconnected individuals are living with family members. In another research by the Centre for Ageing Research and Education, a significant percentage of older Singaporeans staying in multi-generational households indicated feeling lonely. These trends could stem from poor familial relationships or the lack of interaction between family members, as everyone is busy with their lives or on their digital devices. On this note, how can adult children and grandchildren be better equipped with skills to talk about mental health with seniors? Beyond immediate family, how can wider community initiatives and befrienders reaching out to seniors to reassure them and encourage participation in community efforts? On early screening and detection, I am heartened that the Healthier SG exercise will include mental health services by training GPs to manage mental health cases and work with communities and hospitals to meet the needs.[+33 sentences] I would like to ask on the progress of this uptake. Likewise, I understand Age Well SG will scale up the quality and quantity of AACs to increase meaningful engagement with our seniors. The Silver Generation Office also does good work. They are reaching out to seniors at greater risk of isolation. This is likely to naturally engage the more active seniors. What are the efforts in place for seniors who are isolated or already experiencing mental health issues and how will efforts and resources, such as COMIT, be better resourced under the strategy? Sir, our seniors have worked hard in the early years, and my wish is for seniors to age purposefully with good mental well-being. It deeply saddened our community when we lost some of our elderly residents to suicide, especially during COVID-19. I hope that the task force will consider developing a more targeted approach for seniors. On my final point, I echo the points raised by hon Member Mr Ong Hua Han. Persons with disabilities are not only more likely to experience mental distress but also factors associated with a higher occurrence of mental health conditions, including financial stress. This intersectionality of disability, socioeconomic factors and healthcare access plays a pivotal role in shaping mental health outcomes within the Singaporean context. Key measures should include ensuring that screening, care and support services are not only accessible but tailored to the unique needs of this population. There is a dearth in specialist healthcare for persons with disabilities, especially in our heartlands. Beyond Government policies to promote inclusivity, efforts by employers and wider society aimed at enhancing educational and employment opportunities and fostering an open environment are essential towards reducing disparities and creating access. We should also start early. How is mental health included in health education lessons, for example, in our special needs schools? Sir, briefly in Malay, please. : A young man who was no longer cheerful and suddenly lost interest in his favourite sports; a woman who often cries after giving birth or perhaps an uncle who started to distance himself from others after losing his job. Mental health challenges affect all levels of society, both young and old. This issue is a pressing one. Thus, we should speak more about mental well-being in our normal conversations, especially when it concerns our senior citizens who may feel lonely. Apart from being patient with them and praying for them, we should be tactful when giving advice and words of encouragement to those in need. We can also persuade and help them to seek advice from specialists, such as counselling and therapy, or to get enough medication. We should not feel embarrassed to seek support because such prompt assistance can help to save jobs, family or even the lives of loved ones. Finally, let us focus on listening actively and caringly if anyone comes to us for a shoulder to cry on. Sometimes, they are not seeking our advice or expertise to solve their problems. They simply need a friend to pour their hearts out to. : Finally, Sir, alongside strategies to improve service coordination and care systems, we must consider local training and education pathways and spaces for professionals, such as clinical psychiatrists, to help the system cope with increased load, even as we move beyond tackling mental health crises to upstream intervention. Further, as we encourage peer support, clarity on the qualifications and certifications necessary for practitioners or peer supporters at various tiers besides the expected relevant skills and knowledge will be helpful. It is well and good to say that it is okay not to be okay. But think about perhaps the neighbour below who says they hear noises coming from your house and cannot control their emotions, lashing out at you in the corridor. Consider the hoarder, who perhaps arrived at this state because of the loss of loved ones years ago and has unprocessed trauma. Imagine a loved one, who was always a pillar of support for you, but now cannot get out of bed on the bad days. At the end of the day, it is true understanding, empathy and recognition that counts and can make a difference in someone's mental health journey. The Government's commitment to mental well-being is instrumental in shaping a society where everyone, irrespective of background, can lead fulfilling lives, but this must be amplified by collaborative efforts with non-governmental organisations, philanthropy, the private sector, you and I. It will take all of society to destigmatise, talking about mental health and normalise health-seeking behaviour. Some people dismissively say that those dealing with mental health conditions are weak but personally, oftentimes, they are the strongest people I know, for holding on despite the pain.[+1 sentence] Let us be mindful of the language and terms that we use and let us be kind to one another, especially when it is hard. To anyone facing a mental health condition and to their loved ones, we see you, we recognise you, you are worthy, and we are so glad that you are here.[+2 sentences] Sir, I support the Motion. Mr Speaker: Assoc Prof Razwana Begum.
Assoc Prof Razwana Begum Abdul Rahim (Nominated Member)2386 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, I stand in support of this Motion. By many indicators, the mental health status of an increasing number of Singaporeans is low and getting worse every year. Data from the 2022 National Population Health Survey shows that the percentage of Singaporeans with poor mental health has increased from just over 13% in 2020, to 17% in 2022.[+4 sentences] The situation is even worse for our young people. The same data shows that approximately 25% of those living with a mental illness are between 18 and 29 years of age. These figures tell us that approximately one in six Singaporeans is currently living with a mental illness of some sort and that one in four of those are young people. Mr Speaker, commensurate with the increasingly poor mental health of many Singaporeans is an increase in the number of suicides. Data from the Samaritans of Singapore (SOS) shows that in 2022, there were 476 deaths by suicide, up from 452 in 2020 and 397 in 2018, an increase of 20% over four years.[+33 sentences] The same data shows that suicide is the leading cause of death for people between 10 and 29 years of age, accounting for almost one in every three deaths in this age group. As a social worker and counsellor, I am distressed but not surprised by this data. Life is tough for many people, including many young people, and it is getting tougher. The impact of social media, climate change, global insecurity and uncertain employment, housing and relationship options present a bleak picture for many. Suicide appears to be increasingly commonplace and this is deeply distressing. I have seen first-hand the impact that suicide can have on partners, friends, colleagues, even strangers, and I have recently witnessed the impact on my own children following the suicide of a long-term friend of theirs. Mr Speaker, in response to such disturbing data, Singapore is taking the issue of mental health and suicide seriously, evident by this Motion and by comments made by my fellow Parliamentarians. I am also pleased to note that our Government is strengthening our existing mental health frameworks by developing the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy, a strategy that I support. Mr Speaker, I would now like to make some additional comments relevant to the Motion before us today. My comments fall into three areas targeted at accessible mental health services, suitability to practice and workplace mental health and well-being. First, targeted and accessible mental health services. Mr Speaker, Singapore is progressively introducing a suite of mental health services across various touchpoints and various platforms so as to assist ensure that people can access assistance when and where they need it. Mr Speaker, while this expansion of services is positive, it is important that we consider the accessibility of these services to vulnerable populations in our society. WHO defines vulnerable populations as, and I quote, "Those who, due to factors usually considered outside their control, do not have the same opportunities as other, more fortunate groups in society." There are many causes of vulnerability, including physical, social, cultural, economic and environmental factors, all of which can make it difficult for certain groups of people to access appropriate mental health services. For example, children, young people, the elderly, women, men, migrant workers, those under the care of others, people living with a disability, or living in poverty, or who are unemployed, or, somewhat ironically, people living with a mental illness. All of these people, in fact, all Singaporeans, can sometimes face barriers to not only recognising that they need assistance, but also seeking assistance and then accessing the appropriate care. Mr Speaker, this Motion calls for a whole-of-Government approach to strengthening mental health and well-being. This is a positive approach. However, it is important that the Government also works closely with the private and community sectors and, importantly, with people of all ages, backgrounds and capabilities. It is also important that we do not simply introduce more and more services but that we acknowledge and address existing and emerging factors that increase vulnerability and are an impediment to positive mental health and well-being. Mr Speaker, mental health is a vital component of overall well-being and is characterised by an individual's awareness of their abilities, capacity to manage life's stressors, productive work and contribution to their community. In essence, mental health extends beyond the mere absence of mental disorders and is intrinsic to overall quality of life. Mr Speaker, with this definition in mind, I would now like to make some comments about quality of life, particularly for children. Mr Speaker, it is frequently said that children in Singapore are blessed, and against many measures, this is true. Singapore is one of the safest countries in the world, has an exceptional education and health system and offers world-class sport and recreation opportunities. However, as the National Population Health Survey and SOS data I referenced earlier indicates, this is clearly not enough. Something is missing and many of our children are struggling. It is, however, essential to remember that the difficulties that many of our children are experiencing, are not a reflection of their own character, resilience or strength but a reflection of the world in which they live. Mr Speaker, significant attention is given in the literature to the concept of adverse childhood experiences (ACEs). ACEs are potentially traumatic events that occur in childhood and can include experiencing violence, abuse or neglect; growing up in a family with mental health or substance use problems; witnessing violence in the home; living in poverty or insecure housing; chronic unemployment; parental separation; or household members being in prison. ACEs are correlated with future chronic health problems, mental illness and substance use problems. ACEs can also negatively impact education, job opportunities, earning potential and future relationships. In 2020, the Singapore Mental Health Study reported that the lifetime prevalence of ACEs in a sample of 6,000 adults living in Singapore, was 64% or, Mr Speaker, two in every three adults.[+6 sentences] For this group, we need to consider a holistic systemic approach. It is not just about providing mental health services. We need to consider what more can be done to alleviate ACEs. We cannot eliminate all factors, but we can do more to identify and mitigate these risk factors. Mr Speaker, just because we offer mental health services, we cannot guarantee take-up of these services. We need to create an environment where individuals can access the services they need, when they need them, without any perceived or actual stigma, adverse consequences or reprisals. In 2021, a national study by the National Council of Social Service (NCSS) on societal attitudes towards mental health, showed persistent stigma across Singaporean society.[+4 sentences] We need to address this stigma. We need to do more to make Singapore a community where children can safely say to their parents, their friends and their teachers that they are struggling; that they are not ok. This change will take time. However, with a coordinated and sustained effort by the Government, private and community sectors, we can get there. Data from SOS indicates, that an increasing number of young people are calling their service seeking support, with a 127% increase in calls from young people between 10 and 19 years of age.[+15 sentences] While this is positive, in that it suggests that young people are becoming more willing to ask for help, it is still alarming that so many young people feel they need mental health support. Mr Speaker, as we work towards implementing the national strategy, we also need to consider the provision of mental health services from the lens of a child. Everything and anything we do, from designing services, developing policies, undertaking community education campaigns, need to be informed by the views of children. We do things with children, not to or for children. We also need to consider cultural and religious preference or influences and, again, to do this effectively, we need to speak with the consumer. Mr Speaker, we also need to ensure that all of services are trauma-informed. Trauma-informed practice is an approach that recognises that trauma is common, that people accessing services may be affected by trauma and, that trauma can have a significant impact on how a person sees and interacts with the world. Trauma-informed practice is an approach that is holistic, empowering, strengths-focused, collaborative and reflective. Trauma-informed practice can be individual- or service-based and it can be whole-of-community. For example, research suggests that exposure to nature can reduce stress and increase overall well-being. Finland has actively embraced this idea and their integration of nature into urban spaces has been associated with positive mental health outcomes. Mr Speaker, my second focus area relates to suitability to practice. It is essential that those delivering therapeutic services are suitably qualified and regulated. This was highlighted by my fellow Nominated Member of Parliament hon Dr Syed Harun. I am sharing my perspective as an educator. While Singapore currently offers a world-class suite of post-secondary and tertiary courses in counselling and psychology, neither counselling nor psychology are currently a regulated profession and counsellors and psychologists do not need to be registered to offer services. This means that, in Singapore, anyone can call themselves a counsellor or a psychologist and charge for their services. This situation is inconsistent with other developed countries and, as part of the national strategy, I encourage the Government to consider introducing mandatory registration for anyone offering services under the banner of "counsellor" or "psychologist".[+14 sentences] We do, however, need to recognise the invaluable assistance that suitably trained volunteers can offer to their friends, colleagues and the community. Peer-to-peer support networks, particularly among young people, are an essential component of a mental health service system and should be actively encouraged, maintained and valued. At this point, I would like to share an example of a youth-led safety and well-being initiative, developed by Public Safety and Security students at the Singapore University of Social Sciences. Mr Speaker, before I do so, I should note that I am Head of the programme. The initiative was called "ReKnew" and was established by a group of students to provide a safe space to discuss sexual abuse. The group adopted an approach based on the principles of restorative justice and they established learning circles to educate and empower students to discuss difficult topics in an open and safe environment. Mr Speaker, this example highlights the need to de-medicalise and normalise conversations about mental health and the power of compassionate and skilled youth-led peer support. It also demonstrates that it is important that we do not over-pathologise mental health and that we do not assume that everyone who is having a bad day is having a mental health crisis. Sometimes, all that is needed is someone to ask, genuinely, "Hey, are you okay?" and to care about what the person says in return. Mr Speaker, my final focus area relates to workplace mental health and well-being. In any discussion about mental health and well-being, it is essential to discuss the workplace, and this was also highlighted by hon Member Mr Melvin Yong. Mr Speaker, not only do we need to work towards all workplaces being environments where employees can safely reach out to their colleagues and supervisors for support, we also need to step back and consider the negative impact many workplaces have on their employees' mental health and well-being. Singapore has an international reputation as being a place where people work long hours. In a 2019 study of 40 cities conducted by American security solutions company, Kisi, Singapore ranked as the second-most overworked city. In another report by Mercer, titled the “Rise of the Relatable Organization” released in 2022, it indicated that 85% of employees said that they felt at risk of burnout; and almost 50% said that they intended to leave their job in the next 12 months.[+14 sentences] The post-COVID-19 trend of working from home has not helped this situation. While flexible working arrangements have definite benefits and are preferred by many employees, working from home also comes at a cost. The 2022 Cigna 360 Global Well-Being Survey showed that those currently working in a hybrid model are most likely to feel stressed and to work outside normal hours at least once a week. The "always-on" mentality has become the norm. Yet, it comes at a price. Not only do employees have less time to spend with their family and friends to enjoy recreational pursuits or have real holidays, the prevailing hustle culture has had a profoundly negative impact on our mental health. The culture of working long hours needs to change. It is a workplace hazard and needs to be treated as such by employers and employees. Mr Speaker, achieving work-life balance is a shared responsibility between employers and employees. Employers have a duty of care, to provide a safe working environment for all employees, and reasonable working hours should be considered as one of those duties. At the same time, employees need to take responsibility to prioritise their health and well-being and to stop treating working in the evening or on weekends as something to be proud of or something that they just have to do. A collaborative effort between employees and employers will ensure a healthier and more fulfilling professional and personal life for everyone involved. Mr Speaker, many employers around the world have moved towards a four-day work week, with many of these employers reporting increased productivity, improved staff retention and improved staff well-being. Employee's performance should be outcome-based, and employers should model and reward reasonable hours. To conclude, as we develop this national strategy, it is important to remember that mental illness is not a personal flaw or sign of weakness.[+1 sentence] It is a normal reaction to an abnormal or unpleasant situation. While we cannot live in a protective bubble and completely eradicate all stress and distress from our lives, we do have an obligation to reflect on our society and our culture and to consider how our expectations and the world we have created is making us ill. The National Strategy is an opportunity for the Government to work hand-in-hand with the private and community sectors to make Singapore a place where we can all thrive and when we stumble, to be picked up and looked after with care and compassion.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Xie Yao Quan.
Mr Xie Yao Quan (Jurong)1464 words
[+5 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, I went through a rough patch recently. Looking back, I think it was early signs of burnout. Luckily, I was aware of what I was going through. I detected the signs, and I took steps to care for myself. And I am grateful that the self-care worked. I became better and I feel okay enough now to be able to make this speech in Parliament. I decided that I would share in the speech, in Parliament, that I did not feel so okay, not too long ago.[+43 sentences] I think this is what breaking stigma is all about and needs to be about. It is about normalising the struggles and challenges that so many of us have gone through or will go through at some point in time. It is about shining a light on these common experiences, deeply personal but actually common experiences, because they should not remain in the shadows of our minds and souls and we should chase these shadows away. It is about normalising the process – the journey of coping, of regaining health and well-being and of becoming better. It will take all of us, a whole-of-society effort. It cannot be the start of policy interventions or legislation. It takes the whole of society to talk more openly about our own mental health journeys. Imagine a day, when parents tell their children, “Look, daddy and mummy have our struggles too, we may not fully understand yours, the struggles you are going through, but we know what it is like to be trying to cope on your own, so let’s help each other get through our challenges together.” Imagine a day when bosses and supervisors in workplaces can tell their employees, “Look, we too have bad days, please tolerate and hold space for us, just as we must for all of you and let’s work together to protect and promote mental health on our jobs”. I look forward to such a day. How do we get there? I have said this before during COS 2022, and I will say it again. Our words, our language and our actions, which shape our everyday discourse and interactions, really matter. When we are careless with our words and actions, or worse, when we choose to deliberately exploit and weaponise mental health with our words and actions, these set all of us back. These tear people down, they build walls back up and they set the whole of society back in our journey to eliminate stigma. I recently met Lisa Chan. This may be a familiar name to some of us. Lisa and her father have been coming out and sharing their story about Lisa’s struggles with depression and her journey in healing and recovery. Their story clearly resonates with others because Lisa has gathered quite a following on social media. And, by the way, this is alongside her full-time work because Lisa is also a thriving professional. So, there are folks whom Lisa may be meeting for the first time but who already know of her and her story through social media. Lisa tells me some of these people, meeting her for the first time have gone, “Oh, so you are the girl with depression!” To be clear, there is no ill intent behind these words. Indeed, these words may be borne of excitement, of resonance and of gratitude to Lisa for coming out and encouraging others with her story. And to Lisa’s credit, being the incredible person that she is, she totally took these words in her stride. But such words, while coming from a good place, can cut quite deeply. And so, we need to be aware and we need to be conscious that our words and actions really matter and we need to learn the right language. On the other hand, when our words and actions are understanding, authentic and sensitive, it helps someone else to reach out to us. And it can also help us to reach someone who may need our help and care. So, let us build a kind, compassionate environment, a society free of stigma for mental health challenges, starting with our words and our actions. Mr Speaker, the national strategy on mental health and well-being is an ambitious one, and rightly so. The second point I like to make is to just remind all of us, as we forge ahead in this strategy – there is so much enthusiasm and support for the strategy in this House – let us remind ourselves that those who will operationalise this strategy and those who are providing care for the mental health and well-being of others, also need care themselves. And they may need care in different ways. They may have different care needs. I wish to highlight two groups. First, the professionals in healthcare, social services, education, in the Home Team and even municipal services. As we try to strengthen all of these roles as touchpoints for mental health, let us remember that they are at the frontline, they are the ones dealing with difficult cases, sometimes very raw experiences. And they need care too. I recently met a gentleman working on sexual trauma cases. His hobby is climbing. He was very active in school. So, I took the chance to ask if he still climbs regularly now that he is working. He said yes, in fact, he has to because it is his "me time" to get away from the cases that he is working with and, in his words, to “keep his sanity”. So, the professionals who give care need care too. There are more than 100,000 of these professionals that we are envisaging in the national strategy.[+1 sentence] They need care and we need to care for them. The second group of persons who provide care are the laypersons in our community, family members who are caregivers to persons living with mental health conditions in the community.[+1 sentence] It is certainly ideal for persons with mental health conditions to remain plugged into the community while coping with their conditions, but we all know that some in the community are really not coping well. And in these situations, caregivers bear the brunt. I have a resident, who is caregiver to not one but two family members dealing with mental health conditions.[+2 sentences] They were not coping well, they had disruptive behaviour but they were being kept in the community. One day, my resident lost his cool and got into a physical altercation with the family members. Police came, Police investigated, Prosecutors looked at it and, in the end, decided to proceed to charge my resident in Court.[+9 sentences] He spoke to my team, and we helped him defend himself against the charges. Thankfully, he got a compassionate sentence. But the point is, caregivers can break, and caregivers need care too. To summarise, as we aim to build what my hon colleague Dr Wan Rizal has described as "a next frontier in our national strategy for mental health and well-being", let us remember those professionals and caregivers standing at this new frontier and let us systematically take care of their mental health and well-being too. Let us make this a key workstream, a concerted vertical in our national strategy for mental health and well-being – caring for those who give care. Mr Speaker, as I look at the national strategy before us, the final point I will make is this: how do we fund this entire plan, how do we fund this ambitious national strategy for mental health and well-being? I will offer two thoughts. First, I think insurance must play a bigger role. This includes private insurance providers for sure. My hon colleague Dr Tan Wu Meng has spoken about this very eloquently. But it must surely be about our universal national healthcare insurance MediShield in the first instance. MediShield must do more because medications, counselling and therapy, they all cost money. And we know that the MediSave500/700 scheme alone is seldom sufficient.[+9 sentences] So, MediShield must do more. But besides MediShield, I think philanthropy and charities must play a key role too. That is the second thought I will provide here. In the past, we have had philanthropy and charities anchoring intermediate and long-term care in our healthcare landscape. Think about community hospitals and nursing homes. And more currently, we have philanthropy looking deep into new frontiers in our healthcare landscape, like palliative care and special needs. I think we need mental health to become another new and next frontier for strategic philanthropic action, for breakthrough private-public-people partnerships. I call on all stakeholders in the space to seriously think about funding and supporting mental health, and the national strategy for mental health and well-being in a big way, as a whole-of-society. With these, I support the Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Darryl David.
Mr Darryl David (Ang Mo Kio)1754 words
[+22 sentences]Mr Speaker, the subject of mental health has often been regarded as a stigmatised topic in Singapore. While the attitudes toward the mental health, especially among younger Singaporeans, are changing, it remains a topic that many people would rather not talk about. Much of this stigma could have arisen from two sources. First, as a society, Singapore has traditionally placed a high value on success as represented by academic achievements and/or material acquisition. Often, the two are linked. With academic achievement, you should end up being able to acquire more materially. While these societal measures of success are slowing changing, there is still a sizeable proportion of the population that equates academic success at every level of education and having a well-paying job, a high-flying career and material acquisition as the pinnacle of accomplishments in life. Acknowledging that one is facing mental health struggles could thus be perceived as being incongruent with these societal ideals of success and be further misinterpreted as a form of weakness or failure. Second, the general lack of understanding of what constitutes mental health could have led to a conflation between “mental health” and “mental disorders.” The distinction between the two, Sir, is important. A better understanding of the differences between them could possibly be a game-changer that might help to destigmatise the conversation around mental health. Mental health refers to a state of psycho-emotional well-being where individuals can cope with normal daily stressors, being able to lead a fruitful, productive and fulfilling life. Mental disorder, on the other hand, refers to diagnosable mental condition that affects the way people think, behave, function and interact with others. All of us probably have had mental health issues at one time or another, just like how we have all probably had issues with our physical health. Having a state of poor mental health does not necessarily mean that we have a psychiatric disorder, although persistently poor mental health over prolonged period could lead to mental disorders. It is therefore important that we identify symptoms of poor mental health early and provide targeted interventions before mental health challenges progress to mental disorders. I would now like to talk about the cost of poor mental health. In the World Mental Health Day 2023 Report published by Ipsos, close to half of respondents in Singapore placed mental health as the biggest healthcare challenge faced by the country today, with cancer coming in second, and stress, which is highly correlated with mental health, in third place. Close to 50% of respondents reported being depressed to the point of feeling hopeless for weeks and roughly one-third of respondents had self-hurt and suicidal thoughts. The same study also reported that about a quarter of respondents experienced debilitating mental health and stress-related issues that impeded their daily lives on several occasions in a year. Close to 40% of respondents took time off from work due to mental health and stress, with 15% having done so on multiple occasions. These results correspond with a similar study published by Duke-NUS Medical School and IMH in June 2023. This study has been referenced already in the debate so far. It reported that up to 15% of the sample showed symptoms of poor mental health, and when extrapolated to the national level, poor mental health could cost Singapore $16 billion a year in terms of loss in productivity, absenteeism and medical care.[+1 sentence] What is telling from these studies is not the number of people reporting poor mental health, but the low number of people who have proactively sought interventions for their mental health conditions. Only a quarter of those suffering from mental health conditions in the Duke-NUS Medical School and IMH study sought intervention from a mental health professional.[+2 sentences] One of the reasons provided by the Ipsos study on why the treatment gap exists despite the general belief among Singaporeans that mental health is just as important as physical health, is because of the belief that the national healthcare system in Singapore does not reflect the same level of importance for mental health as it does with physical health. Perhaps, there is a kernel of truth in this belief. According to a Parliamentary reply by MOH in 2021, there are 4.5 psychiatrists and 9.7 psychologists per 100,000 residents in Singapore. This is far lower than the ratio of 280 doctors to 100,000 residents in Singapore.[+17 sentences] In the same vein, there is only one mental hospital in Singapore, the IMH, that is serving a population of more than five million people. There is also a perceived social stigma of seeking treatment at IMH since IMH sees both patients experiencing mental health and mental disorders, and people tend to associate individuals seeking treatments at IMH, regardless of their underlying conditions, as “crazy” even though they might not be suffering from mental disorders. The fact that IMH is colloquially referred to as “Siao Lang Keng” or the “mad house” in Hokkien is a reflection of this. The general unwillingness to acknowledge that one is experiencing mental wellness challenges in fear of being labelled as a “failure” or being perceived as “weak”, the low ratio of mental health professionals to population and social stigma of seeking interventions at IMH for mental health issues will exert and is already exerting a toll on the community. We thus need to consider the social cost of not seeking treatment for mental health issues. First, not seeking early and timely intervention due to stigma and the lack of accessibility to mental healthcare will erode the human capital potential of those experiencing mental wellness issues. Their overall well-being and functionality could be compromised, limiting their ability to realise their full potential as well as their ability to lead a fulfilling life in the long run. Second, the caregivers of those experiencing mental health challenges are likely to be their immediate family members who might not be equipped with the right knowledge to provide care. We have heard many Members already speak about this. These family members are likely to experience the stress of caregiving due to the lack of caregiving knowledge and training, possibly experiencing mental health challenges themselves in the long run. Sir, the social impact of not seeking intervention early is not insignificant. We need to pay more attention to how we can better support early intervention by making structural changes to our mental health ecosystem and the wider social attitudes towards help-seeking. I would like to offer some suggestions here. First, to talk about how we can enhance the mental health ecosystem. One of the ways to encourage individuals to seek help early is to normalise help-seeking. I would like to suggest for an inter-Ministerial workgroup comprising MOH, MOE, MOM and the Ministry of Communications and Information (MCI) to look into how we can better promote mental health awareness in schools, workplaces and the general public. I would like to ask MOE to consider blending mental wellness practices, such as mindfulness and grounding techniques, into the formal school curriculum or co-curriculum in primary, secondary and even post-secondary levels to promote the understanding and the importance of mental wellness at a young age, and to teach our young students in school how to deal with these mental challenges in what is, admittedly, a rather stressful time of their life, especially in primary school, such as the lead-up to the Primary School Leaving Examination (PSLE), for example. In a similar vein, I hope that MOM will consider setting up a demand aggregation contract at a national level to strengthen the adoption of Employee Assistance Programmes (EAPs) which are confidential professional assistance programmes designed to help employees manage work and non-work stressors among companies in Singapore. To mitigate the cost and complexities of setting up EAPs by individual companies, I would like MOM to consider pre-selecting a panel of EAP providers for companies to send their employees to.[+3 sentences] This will bring affordable and professionally managed interventions into workplaces instead of having companies to design their own support schemes from scratch. On the public front, a greater level of awareness must be created on what constitutes mental health and how having poor mental health or poor mental well-being is different from having a psychiatric disorder or psychiatric illness. I would like to suggest for MOM and MCI to run awareness campaigns about the differences between the two and to destigmatise help-seeking behaviour by educating the public that those who seek help for mental wellness issues are not "crazy" but are merely unwell, very much like how someone could have caught a flu or some illness during a particular influenza or season, where people tend to fall ill more regularly. To further support the public education on the differences between mental health and mental disorder and to promote help-seeking, I would like to also suggest to MOH to consider splitting the functions of IMH into different institutions. Just as we have specialised medical centres like the National Skin Centre, National Heart Centre, National Cancer Centre and so on, can we not have a National Mental Wellness Centre that focuses on subsidised interventions for mental health, while IMH continues to provide medical interventions mainly for psychiatric disorders?[+8 sentences] So, delinking mental health interventions from psychiatric interventions provided by IMH will further help to "de-label" and destigmatise help-seeking. The lynchpin in the national mental healthcare plan is the number of mental healthcare professionals and the availability of caregiver support programmes in Singapore. I would like to ask if MOH has specific plans to train more mental healthcare professionals in Singapore and to bring these numbers up, closer to the number of general healthcare professionals here? Once the numbers of mental healthcare professionals are brought up, would MOH consider setting up community-based mental wellness interventions and caregiver support programmes, perhaps, even in the polyclinics so that these resources are more widely accessible in the heartlands, leaving the proposed National Mental Wellness Centre to focus on more specialised and deeper interventions? Mr Speaker, Sir, early identification and intervention on mental health conditions are essential to the success of the national plan to promote mental wellness. Since the COVID-19 pandemic, the issue of mental wellness has taken on greater importance and urgency. I am glad that we are paying more attention to the issue today, and I hope that the Government and, indeed, the whole of society, will adopt a more targeted approach to promote the topic and to make mental healthcare more accessible to those who need it. I end my speech in firm support of the Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Hany Soh.
Ms Hany Soh (Marsiling-Yew Tee)1707 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, I stand in support of the Motion in recognising, amongst other issues, the importance of mental health and calling for a whole-of-Singapore effort to enhance mental health and well-being. This is aligned with the Government's National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy introduced last year. My speech today will focus on the topic of mental wellness during and after pregnancy. Studies have shown that about one in 10 women experience postnatal depression within the first three months of giving birth, with those who were depressed during pregnancy most likely to be depressed after delivery.[+13 sentences] I wish to share my personal experience of being in this category when I was expecting my eldest daughter. My daughter was born five years ago, but even today, I can still remember vividly feeling delighted, yet fearful about being a first-time mom. The lack of sleep, coupled with the stress and anxiety of raising a newborn as a rookie mom caused me to be constantly exhausted, both mentally and physically. I was also unable to provide enough for my baby through breastfeeding alone, which intensified my feelings of guilt, sadness and frustration. Looking back, most of the stressors I faced then actually centred around social stigmas and expectations. My own troubles with breastmilk production stemmed from the normalised expectation that all mothers should be able to provide sustenance for their children exclusively by themselves. And like many working mothers, I also wrestled with my priorities of fulfilling my motherly duties while juggling my work obligations as a litigation lawyer, all of which contributed to much worry and stress that consequently sapped my energy. Today, my daughter is an active, healthy and happy child. Even so, part of me still finds it difficult to forgive myself for not being able to provide her with the best in those early days, even though I know that I had done my best then. Having gone through some difficult times during my first pregnancy, I can empathise with fellow moms who struggle with the stresses of raising their children. The experience, combined with the knowledge gained over the past few years through my interactions with fellow like-minded mommies, also helped me to prepare myself mentally for the arrival of my second bundle of joy last year, a baby boy. During my confinement following the birth of my second child, I came across news articles about fellow mothers who had died by suicide with their infant children. The stories were tragic, but they also serve as reminders about the importance of recognising every mother's mental well-being during pregnancy and throughout the months after delivery. Between April 2021 and March 2022, KK Women's and Children's Hospital (KKH) has seen a 47% increase in its patients who screened positive for postpartum depression, compared to the same period the previous year.[+9 sentences] This result does not come as a surprise to me. I am, therefore, heartened that one of the focus areas of our national mental health strategy pertains to strengthening mental health services for pregnant women. As we look into the well-being of mothers, I hope we may hopefully also be solving a pain point in our national birthrates. Currently, various hospitals in Singapore, such as the National University Hospital (NUH) and KKH, have implemented their own respective measures to identify signs of postpartum depression. These are critical initiatives to enable early detection and ensure individualised care can be given at the earliest opportunity to prevent mummies' conditions from worsening. But we will need to ensure that all hospitals in Singapore, public and private, that provide obstetrics and gynaecology services, are uniformly equipped with the relevant capabilities and resources to provide early detection and timely intervention to parents showing signs of requiring psychological support. Just as the monitoring of physical health is paramount for postpartum mums, so, too, should we devote resources to ensure their mental well-being after birth. Under the new national strategy announced last year, I note that more hospitals, polyclinics and GPs will be providing mental health services. In this regard, I hope that MOH will ensure that these services will be provided to new parents facing issues in this area to encourage them to seek help through these various avenues. Since 2019, specialists from KKH have begun to partner and train Punggol Polyclinic nurses, as part of the collaboration between SingHealth Polyclinics and Temasek Foundation to enhance their knowledge on postpartum depression in women.[+2 sentences] Can we expect to have more polyclinics provide mental health-related services during the regular routine check-ups for the babies? Apart from checking and ensuring that the various milestones of the newborn are met, I propose that these trained doctors and nurses also should take the opportunity to enquire about the parents' psychological states and advise them on the help and support available should they require it. A study by the NUS Alice Lee Centre for Nursing Studies in 2021 revealed that support from peers can help to reduce the risk of mummies developing postpartum depression.[+4 sentences] As such, besides investing more resources in our healthcare system to improve coverage for mental wellness, I believe that we, as a community, should also band together to do our part towards increasing awareness of postpartum depression and provide a peer support network to ease the anxieties of mothers of newborn babies. In 2021, I chanced upon an article on the Internet about Depressed Cake Shop Singapore and its founders, Debbra Lee and Tracy Heah, where they shared about their respective postpartum depression experience and how they eventually decided to set up a campaign to raise awareness in this aspect through baking or purchasing of grey cakes with a pop of colour, with grey symbolising depression and a spot of colour signifying hope. I subsequently reached out to both of them to explore the possibility of working together to better support fellow mothers out there with their emotional well-being. The three of us hit it off right away from our first meeting and we began discussing ideas to collaborate with the objective of sharing practical tips to restore our mental health and accumulate our mental wealth to Woodgrove residents. In 2022, together with Depressed Cake Shop Singapore and with our community partner, the Singapore Association for Mental Health (SAMH), we organised and invited young parents with their children to attend a cookie decoration session at our Fuchun Communiity Club, in which SAMH shared several signs to identify if one is suffering from depression and the resources available in the community that can be used for support.[+4 sentences] Last year, in collaboration with Mumpreneurs Go Places, the PAP Women's Wing Woodgrove branch continued to reach out to our community on mental wellness through a series of workshops, with one session focusing particularly on equipping participants with tips to practise self-care amidst busy schedules between work and family care commitments. In Mandarin, please. (In Mandarin): From pregnancy to the birth of the baby, mothers often spend a lot of effort in caring for the newborn, neglecting that they themselves have also undergone many significant changes both physically and mentally. This often leads to postpartum depression. Research also shows that when mothers suffer from depression, out of every two husbands, one will also suffer from depression.[+6 sentences] Postpartum depression needs to receive attention and support from society, regardless of gender. If not treated promptly, it will not only have adverse effects on individual health, marriage, family life and career, but also affect the development of the baby. : I am thankful that throughout my two pregnancies, my husband was always by my side, providing both assistance and comfort, which he still does today. We both believe that parenthood is a partnership of equals. Our shared experience has taught me that fathers too deserve recognition and support, and increasingly so as they got more involved in parenting. Similarly, they also deserve the same level of emotional support as they are equally susceptible to the effects of stress and depression from parenting-related causes. I am heartened to know that there are many who share the same opinion. During a focus group discussion organised by the PAP Women’s Wing last year, the feedback which we gathered from over 60 participants showed a consensus that, apart from having the need to do more to support mothers, more also needs to be done to support new fathers, as they too may be prone to suffering from depression in silence while trying to support their wives through this challenging period.[+4 sentences] With that said, social stereotypes that push men towards the supposed ideal image of a strong, uncomplaining individual do exist, thus discouraging them from openly sharing emotions and getting support for depression. While that affects the mental well-being of men in general, it is more pronounced for fathers who would have to grapple with even more pressing worries and doubts. Therefore, one way to improve support for our fathers is to reduce the social stigma of men seeking emotional help, whether through friends and family, or via professional counselling services. By reassuring dads that seeking a listening ear is permitted and even encouraged, we can do much to improve their emotional and mental well-being. Another way to reduce the stress of fathers is to work together with corporate entities to introduce new measures that allow them to play the role of caretaker while still maintaining a presence at work.[+5 sentences] Much has been said in recent years about the benefits of remote working in terms of achieving work-life balance, but it may be worth more of exploring an expanded version of remote working, especially for dads to cope with the arrival of their newborn and further ease the transition from paternity leave to resuming normal duties at work. In recent years, the topic of mental health has increasingly become a serious issue both in Singapore and around the world. I applaud our Government for their foresight in focusing on this area, as lack of issues and action will lead to even more widespread problems in Singapore in the future, economically, socially and security-wise. By tackling these issues head on, we will be able to ensure that Singaporeans will be further equipped to weather the storms as one united people. I support this Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Sharael Taha.
Mr Sharael Taha (Pasir Ris-Punggol)1080 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, the Motion under discussion emphasises the critical importance of mental health across health, social and economic domains, advocating for a comprehensive national mental health ecosystem and a collective effort throughout Singapore to bolster mental health and well-being. This has been widely discussed by fellow Parliamentarians today, reflecting a societal shift towards greater openness and our concerted effort and action on this issue. The discussion continues as this will be a work-in-progress as we refine our approach and we come to a collective agreement on what we do about it. Hence, I am glad in October 2023, MOH has taken the lead by launching the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy focusing on four main areas: one, expanding mental health services; two, enhancing early identification and intervention by service providers; three, promoting mental health and well-being; and four, improving mental health in the workplace.[+23 sentences] I will focus my speech on the call for whole-of-Singapore effort to implement this strategy of promoting the mental health and well-being of two particular groups of people – seniors staying alone and senior caregivers in our community, and on improving workplace mental health and well-being. On promoting the mental health and well-being of seniors staying alone and senior caregivers in the community, we need to work on de-medicalising and normalising conversations surrounding mental health, increase mental health literacy and improve societal attitudes and reduce stigma towards individuals with mental health needs, as mentioned by many of fellow Parliamentarians today. Beyond policies and Ministry effort, we need the wider community to have the right knowledge and understanding about mental health conditions that will aid their recognition, management or prevention. This includes the ability to recognise symptoms of mental health conditions and to know where to seek help. Hence, it becomes increasingly important to strengthen the informal support networks in the community. Let me share with you three cases of our residents in Pasir Ris East. Last Friday, I met Mdm Tan during our house visit. Mdm Tan is 70 years old and taking care of her bedridden mother with dementia. She shared with me how difficult it was to be caring for her own mother when she herself was getting older. But she said with a smile, "As hard as it is, it is my duty as she is my mother". One of our other residents, Mdm Elena, is herself in her mid-60s. She has no siblings and is not married. She is taking care of her two elderly parents; her father in his 90s goes to the daily dementia care home and her mother, who is in her 80s, has dementia and stays at home. Another one of our residents, Mr Aziz, is a kidney dialysis patient in his 70s and taking care of his mother with dementia, who is in her 90s. There are many individuals like Mdm Tan, Mdm Elena and Mr Aziz who are retirees but themselves caring for their parents. Caregivers can undergo an immense amount of stress, what more when the caregivers themselves are dealing with their own challenges. Beyond policies from MOH, how can the community come together to support individuals like this better? In Pasir Ris, our community volunteers through our Pasir Ris East care store, visit the families every third Saturday of the month to catch up with them and check on how they are doing. For Mdm Elena, some of the grassroots leaders, such as Mr Charlie Cheong, offer to care for her parents while she gets a haircut, goes to the market or takes the day off from caregiving. How can we continue to encourage more from the community to come forward and provide assistance to support the mental burden of such caregivers, especially in our fast-ageing society? To borrow the words of fellow MP Mariam Jaafar in her speech earlier, "We must care more for each other in our society." Secondly, on improving workplace mental health and well-being, we know that good work is beneficial for our mental health. A healthy state of mental well-being can also contribute to improved productivity. According to data collected from MOM, one in three employees found it challenging to cope with work demands and pressures or felt exhausted physically or mentally from work. Based on a survey conducted by MOM, there was an increase in the proportion of job seekers who faced discrimination due to mental health conditions, from 2.9% in 2021 to 5% in 2022, as well as an increase in the proportion of employees who felt that they were discriminated at work due to mental health conditions, from 3.2% in 2021 to 4.7% in 2022. The National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy aims to address these issues by improving mental health literacy at work, reducing stigma, supporting the employment of individuals with mental health conditions, customising mental health support according to occupational needs and preventing discrimination through fair employment practices.[+7 sentences] While companies can also put in policies to prevent workplace discrimination in their organisation and to prevent the discrimination for mental health and encourage mental well-being at the workplace, translating these strategies into practice poses significant challenges. For example, how do managers manage conversations and, in particular, performance appraisals, as it is the season now, for colleagues or subordinates with mental health conditions without making them feel discriminated, especially if their performance is affected by it when compared to other peers? How do we then balance and manage the expectation with the rest of the team too? These issues cannot be legislated. But the devil is in the details when we try to translate the intent into practice. If we want the approach towards mental health to change in the workplace, employers, employees and the people leaders must be equipped with the right skillset to drive that change. Should that skillset be made available as a guideline for employees on the "do"s and the "don’t"s or should we impose it as a legal requirement by MOM? Or will it be something where we highly encourage employers to upskill their employees from a SkillsFuture perspective, as suggested by fellow Parliamentarian Mr Edward Chia?[+1 sentence] Mr Speaker, Sir, as I have mentioned earlier, the discussion continues and is a work-in-progress. I am glad that our society continues to have this discussion as we refine our approach and come to a collective agreement on what we, as a whole-of-nation; Government, businesses, organisations, communities and individuals, can work together towards our inclusive society.[+1 sentence] I stand in support of the Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Carrie Tan.
Ms Carrie Tan (Nee Soon)2140 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, my dear colleagues, I am well aware it has been a long day, and everyone is tired and even if your brains and minds are tired, I hope that you will be with me and open your hearts and your spirits to hear what I have to say. I would first like to declare myself and my interest as a self-employed transformative and healing coach. There are three points I wish to highlight about mental health to contribute to our collective understanding of it so that we can properly contemplate what this means to our nation. First of all, we all have mental health. It is not just mental illness, which is unfortunately what one in two Singaporeans consider it to be, according to a survey by MOH.[+9 sentences] By framing mental health as just a healthcare challenge, we risk adopting the traditional language of health, which pathologises and creates a chronic reliance on only formal healthcare institutions and medication. This relegates the ownership of recovery to the field of experts, such as psychologists and psychiatrists, which are in very short supply and also renders the individual dependent on the formal healthcare system’s capacity, which has its limitations. This is neither sustainable, nor true. Mental health is something that every person can own, and be equipped to take care of for ourselves, until it deteriorates to a point where clinical assistance is necessary and that is where clear navigation and adequate resourcing of expert and clinical interventions are important. But I urge us to think and to go one step further, to also equip individuals. We can encourage a wide variety of activities that are personal-based to help Singaporeans access knowledge for maintaining their mental well-being. There are activities such as yoga and meditation, as our colleague Mr Darryl David said, mindfulness practices, and different forms of traditional, art-based, music-based and somatic-based approaches to mental, emotional and spiritual wellness, which are all available currently, although relegated as "alternative wellness". It is time, I say, to mainstream these options because they are derived from the rich and deep history, wisdom and heritage of our Asian cultures. They cater to the varied cultural, faith and spiritual beliefs of Singaporeans and offer individuals more options towards holistic wellness that are accessible, and which resonate with each individual’s inclinations and preferences. I support my colleagues, Mr Darryl David, Mr Xie Yao Quan and Assoc Prof Razwana Begum's, call for mindfulness for authentic listening and authentic care, which all fall under social emotional literacy and empathic care. And hence, I recommend extending SkillsFuture funding for such learning.[+8 sentences] This will accelerate and propagate emotional wellness skills more widely so that everyone can equip themselves to maintain good mental health as a lifelong endeavour. Mental health, just like physical health, is a journey that requires daily awareness and maintenance, starting with emotional literacy. The Government can do its part to help make such knowledge and training more ubiquitous and accessible for the common man and woman on the street. And here, I would like to share an example on what happens when I go to my training workshops. As a facilitator, I often ask the participants: "How are you feeling now?" And often, the replies I get are "Okay lor" or "Like that lor". It tells me that Singaporeans are sorely lacking in the emotional vocabulary to be able to identify and even acknowledge our own emotions. One key point I would like to make, most importantly, is let us recognise the invisible forces that are undoing our mental health and mental health efforts. How is it that eight in 10 Singaporeans recognise mental health to be important and as important as physical health, yet less than half of us actively think about our mental well-being or how we are feeling on a day-to-day basis?[+2 sentences] What is the invisible force that is taking our attention away from something that all of us agree to be important, so important that we have a Motion in this Chamber today? Our attitude towards stress at work illustrates this. In 2020, our Parliamentary colleague, Mr Melvin Yong, God bless his heart, proposed a "Right to Disconnect" law mandating downtime from work for better mental health.[+29 sentences] What is illuminating is that despite acknowledging its intentions, there were many concerns over its feasibility. For example, would bosses and other colleagues see a desire for greater work-life balance as a sign of lower motivation compared to their peers competing for the same limited opportunities? What happened to the age-old wisdom, in Chinese, “休息是为了走更长远的路”, meaning "Rest is to help us travel even further"? How have we, as a society, come to equate rest with lower motivation? What has caused this collective judgement that demonises the act of rest and restoration? In a recent commentary on CNA by NUS lecturer Jonathan Sim, he talks about youth "hustle culture" and warns of the perils of a lack of the ability to introspect. He observed that, for many university students, introspection is sidelined as a, I quote, "stagnant inactivity" because pausing to do it "does not seem to contribute directly to any measurable progress". He notes, and I quote, "the inability to sit alone with their thoughts and the tendency to bury themselves in work or digital distractions, creating a superficial busyness that masks an inability to process deeper emotions". This does not just afflict youths, but many successful adults as well, including many of us in the Chamber. In my role as a healing coach, I have come across many accomplished professionals and leaders who baulk at the idea of slowing down. Are we somehow living within a bubble where a constant need to be achieving something has made slowing down something that terrifies people? Does rest ironically create more stress? The term "stress-laxing" is found in UrbanDictionary.com, feeling stressed because you are relaxing and not working, the cause of your stress in the first place! What kind of ludicrous phenomenon is this! We must ask ourselves. We have to recognise what is creating this "pressure cooker" bubble we are all living in. The very narrative of our nation's survival and success thus far has been fuelled by the notion of scarcity which then fuels an endless culture of competition and a sense of inadequacy. This is, unintentionally, of course, encapsulated by our classic National Day song "Stand Up for Singapore." If you recall the lyrics, we are first called to stand up for Singapore to do the "best you can", only to be called a few lines later to also "be prepared to give a little more." I love this song. I love to sing it with pride and increasingly, I recognise, some irony. Are we perhaps the only country in the world where our best is still not enough? To be clear, I am not calling for slackness because reaching our fullest potential does require hard work. I am also not a proponent of the "lie flat" movement either. In fact, I am trying to solve or prevent it. Learning from hypercompetitive Asian societies, like South Korea and China where the 躺平, or "lie flat" movement has begun as a silent rebellion by youths against a system in which many feel hopeless about ever catching up with, we must be mindful of the long-term costs of a "pressure cooker" society. We can see this already happening when new technology emerges, such as AI, what a helpful tool, to help us be more productive. But instead of working less, we end up cramping more expectations into our workplans to achieve even more. What is stopping us from reaping the benefits and advantages of technology to avail ourselves the precious time to rest, to nurture relationships and to enjoy our families? Last year, Duke-NUS Medical School reported just depression and anxiety alone could conservatively cost Singapore $16 billion annually.[+14 sentences] An economically prosperous yet chronically unhealthy Singapore would be a hollow success. In an individual, chronic stress and tension entrenches the flight or fight response as a default reaction. In an ecosystem, chronic stress entrenches similar responses, such as demanding, defending, deflecting or sometimes, a collective numbing, which manifests as a lack of ownership. This may hurt to hear but our Civil Service is one of the most afflicted. I do not blame our civil servants because they take the brunt of overwhelming workloads that inadvertently cause mental and emotional burnout. We surely must agree that a burnt-out and emotionally "checked out" people is not what will create progress. The inability to slow down is a serious symptom that we are disregulated as an ecosystem and society. We must take daring steps to foster a collective restoration of our societal nervous system. We need new norms. The "Right to Disconnect" has to be seen as a necessity, not as a problematic "nice-to-have". Do we have the gumption to allow a collective slowing down, to cater time and space for our collective mental and emotional restoration? It may sound illogical or even terrifying to some, to cater for a period of slowing down, especially when imagined in economic terms. But I challenge the notion that growth and productivity is only possible with relentless hard work, especially in this technologically abundant era. Growth is possible with more collaboration in place of competition. Collaboration is more possible when we are well-regulated in our bodies and minds to allow for better listening and more empathy that then fosters more trust. This needs to be a whole-of-Government effort and I recommend the current Inter-agency Taskforce to become a permanent National Well-being Office, not under MOH but directly under the Prime Minister’s Office.[+2 sentences] This office should consist of well-being champions from each Ministry and Statutory Board, and include a consultative committee of representatives from the private and people sectors. Their role can be as resource persons, sounding boards as well as act as inter-Ministry bridgers to ensure the well-being lens is present in policy discussions and formulation across Ministries. To this end, a National Well-being Index adapted from existing Quality of Life surveys will be helpful to keep this Office's duties on track and accountable for outcomes.[+3 sentences] This will actualise what Singaporeans have already expressed in many Forward SG conversations, that desire for a different vision for Singapore, in the paths available, the aspirations and the definitions of success. Singaporeans want to thrive, without being in a constant rat race. How might we enable a deeper sense of fulfilment than the never-ending chasing of KPIs, material or financial success? The 2022 Quality of Life survey results show that those who took a more balanced approach to life, valuing traditionalism, sustainability and family relationships over material success were more satisfied than those who valued materialism over these intangible things.[+3 sentences] It tells us that the answer lies in the intangibles, the quality of our relationships with ourselves, with the people around us, as well as with our planet earth. This aspect of life requires a slowing down introspection in order to be nurtured. If slowing down feels foreign, selfish or even un-Singaporean, we can seek inspiration from our National Pledge. In outlining Singapore's national objectives, it lists "happiness" ahead of "prosperity" and "progress". And here, "happiness" can be taken to mean and referred to the overall sense of security and satisfaction that our people feel as Singaporeans, not just happiness as a fleeting emotion.[+1 sentence] Such sense of security and satisfaction is critical to mental well-being. To improve on this sense of security, let us have the courage to take a pause and the gumption to try a different narrative than scarcity.[+3 sentences] Let us focus on our abundance and on an attitude of gratitude to foster the collective sense of security. What do we wish to see in our children's and youths' faces? Certainly not stress, not anxiety or the blank disconnected faces like what we are seeing increasingly today, afflicted and glazed over by digital addictions, anti-depressants or sleeping aids that they use to cope with the disconnection within them untended to and unheld by our collective lack of mindful presence and the constant doubting of what is enough. I wish to see children and youths who are healthy, strong in their minds and bodies, with curiosity and connection alive in their eyes. I wish to see a workforce that is free from the burden of relentless and unnecessary busyness, rejuvenated and revitalised to have a high sense of ownership in every interaction, because people, who are well-rested, will have sufficient mental and emotional bandwidth to do so. I hope by the end of 2024, all of us, including us in this Chambers, would have taken enough pauses to introspect and to reconnect within ourselves and to acquire the language for emotional awareness, to be a more emotionally regulated, emotionally secure and mentally well society.
Mr Speaker39 words
Ms Carrie Tan, you would be happy to note that in my former corporate role, I introduced at my workplace, some four to five years ago, that we do not have any meetings on Friday afternoons.[+1 sentence] Dr Wan Rizal.
Building a Heat-resilient Singapore›Matter Raised On Adjournment Motion5 turns · 3,452w
· 18 highlighted
matter-adj-2320
Ms Indranee Rajah39 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, I beg to move, "That Parliament do now adjourn." And just one correction. It should have been Elizabeth Barrack Browning and not Robert Barrack Browning. Robert Browning was her husband.
Ms He Ting Ru (Sengkang)2206 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, living in Singapore, it can sometimes seem that climate change is a concept that is remote to us in our daily lives. After all, it is not something that you immediately see or feel when you look out the window, unless you are outside in Ang Mo Kio on 13 May last year where Singapore's daily temperature hit 37°C for the first time in 40 years. It will also not escape our attention that we have now gone from daily torrential downpours suddenly being replaced by the dry and hot weather. And when I speak to older constituents, one thing that often comes up is how much more comfortable our climate seemed to be in the past; and the data backs it up. The latest Meteorological Service reports says that the 10-year period, from 2013 to 2022, was Singapore's warmest on record with the man-made urban environment as a significant contributing factor. The number of very hot days where daily maximum mean temperature exceeds 35°C has also increased over the last few decades and according to the third National Climate Change study, will continue to increase depending on how fast Singapore and the world decarbonises.[+9 sentences] In fact, my constituency of Sengkang is one in five regions listed as having very high urban heat vulnerability in Cooling Singapore's 2020 urban heat vulnerability analysis. But I do not want to just focus on doom and gloom today. Instead, we can frame the problem we face in another way. While we cannot, on our own, stop the climate from getting hotter, we can reduce the impact global warming has on the immediate environment around us. Reducing this impact is not just a matter of what is nice to do. It is a must-do. We have to work to mitigate higher temperatures because, firstly, there are substantial social and economic costs if we do not do so. Secondly, if we do not do this now, we are just kicking this problem down the road for our children to live with and with the result that they will be the ones who will have to pay much more as a result of path dependency. And we can do this because there are proven ways of doing so now and new ways in the future that I am optimistic we can develop with sufficient attention and investment. In 2019, the Government announced that it may spend $100 billion or more to protect the island from rising sea levels.[+33 sentences] While spending of this scale is unlikely to be necessary for heat mitigation, mainly because many interventions can be made through regulation and private sector participation, I believe Singapore's strategies to mitigate and adapt to urban heat have to better take into account socio-economic issues. They also need to be accelerated and need to be given regulatory teeth. First, I would like to point out some social economic dimensions to the urban heat problem that would help us identify principles and priority areas to work on. Last year, the Ministry of Sustainability and the Environment (MSE) and National Environment Authority (NEA) introduced a new Heat Stress Advisory for the public as well as introduce rules to reduce heat stress risks for outdoor workers. These are important developments in Singapore's workplace safety journey. But I believe the next step would be to tackle indirect but heat-related safety issues. It is a well-studied phenomenon that humid heat exposure significantly increases thermal load during sleep and affect sleep quality. Alongside the adverse impact on mental health and other physical health effects that heat can cause, poor sleep quality paired with long work hours, are also known to contribute to a higher risk of workplace injury. While dormitory standards for migrant workers were updated in 2021, there are many exemptions, including dormitories with leases expiring before 2034 and those with six beds of fewer. The new standards also introduced requirements for an adequate number of fans, but it appears that these requirements may be more COVID-19-related than heat-related as there are no temperature requirements. With many such dormitory residents operating heavy machinery or driving large vehicles, should we not be paying particular attention to sleep quality? Research has also indicated that apart from having a greater impact on older people's sleep quality, heat also affects their mood disproportionately and other less thought about ways. For instance, some medicines for chronic diseases affect the body's ability to regulate body temperature. The Minister for Sustainability and the Environment recently said in a supplementary question response that she would take up my suggestion to provide air conditioning at Residents' Committee venues and study rooms during prolonged and severe heat waves. I hope that if and when implemented, this offering can be integrated into NEA's new Heat Stress Advisory so that residents who need this, particularly older people, are aware of this offering. But perhaps the most obvious is the impact that urban heat has on those who are less well-off. While better-off Singaporeans can simply turn on their air-conditioning or even afford to live in passively cool buildings, one of the few options available to the less well-off is to cool down with pool showers. The Home Improvement Programme (HIP) and Climate-Friendly Households Programme could be good foundations for encouraging householders to take up heat- resilient efforts. For instance, subsidies can be added for fans or blackout curtains. Also, could the existing Climate-Friendly Households Voucher Scheme be expanded beyond the 300,000, qualifying 1- to 3-room flats to support vulnerable residents living larger households? While the Housing and Development Board (HDB) already designs HDB blocks and towns with wind flow and thermal comfort as considerations, it should also pay special attention to inequality and heat resilience when designing HDB blocks. Residents in rental flats and smaller flats should be prioritised in efforts to ensure thermal comfort and wind flow. An interim solution could be to offer rental flat residents living in the warmest blocks of flats ready access to public air-condition venues in their immediate neighbourhoods during the hottest times of the day for much-needed respite. Also, I understand that many old estates with rental flats were built when such high-quality modelling was not readily available. Could the Government develop quantifiable targets to retrofit old estates to deal with Singapore's heating? The built environment industry transformation map has set some standards for future buildings. I suggest we apply some of these goals to older buildings instead of waiting for leases to run out. It is important to tackle these issues because the impact of urban heat on mental health, sleep quality, heat stress and physical health, for example, heat being a trigger factor for conditions, like asthma, on vulnerable groups is tangible and compounds other challenges they already face. But beyond what is necessary, vulnerable groups should also be accorded a decent living standard with regard to heat. Not only are these groups least able to adapt to climate change, they typically have contributed least to climate change causing carbon emissions. The second point I want to make is the importance of acting quickly. When I refer to tackling urban heat quickly, I do not mean disregarding or recklessly accelerating measures from research and development (R&D) to roll out. What I mean is to carefully take into account pathway dependency or the constraints past decisions imposed on later decisions. For instance, the pilot study of the 130 Tampines HDB blocks coated with heat reflective paint is a good example of a project that takes a preventive approach to increasing temperatures.[+1 sentence] Sengkang Town Council will be closely following the results of the project, which is expected to conclude later this year. Given that this type of paint costs more, we hope that there can be subsidies given to roll this out to rental flat blocks if the results are promising.[+13 sentences] While many mitigation and adaptation concepts have only been tested in wealthier cities outside the tropics, some concepts should, theoretically, be feasible for trial in Singapore. The Dutch city of Arnhem, for example, has aimed to reduce asphalt cover by 10%, as part of its climate change adaptation plan and has begun digging up asphalt in areas of low vehicular traffic. In the Chinese city of Fuzhou, called a new furnace city for severe stress from the urban heat island effect brought about by urbanisation and climate change, a study of 31 urban parks found that they cool surrounding environmental land surface temperatures by an average of 2.9°C in summer. While the precise impact of parks in Singapore are less well studied, Bishan Park can be up to about three degrees cooler than residential blocks in the city. With many peripheral and non-core forests designated for development in the Urban Redevelopment Authority's (URA's) 2019 Master Plan and leaving aside the impact to biodiversity and carbon emissions, we should be doing our best to retain as many of these as possible – possibly in the form of parks because it takes decades and significant costs to re-establish such green spaces should authorities decide to reintroduce green spaces in the future. In view of this, how does the latest URA Master Plan Review treat the retention of green cover? Does it give such considerations high or low priority? There are also social economic impacts with property prices near green spaces higher than those further away. One study led by PhD student, Teo Hong Chen at the National University of Singapore's (NUS') Centre for Nature-based Climate Solutions found that in the 2010s, prices for a HDB flat rose by about $553 for every 1% increase of tree cover within 200 metres of the flat. Teo noted that with declining green areas across the country, buyers tend to value greenery near their homes a lot more. While this contribution could be partly due to the perceived aesthetic and mental health benefits green spaces bring, what is evident is that such trends disadvantage those who can afford to spend less on their property. Perhaps URA's plan, for every household to be within a 10-minute walk from a park by 2030, should take into account such considerations. For instance, the five regions listed as having very high urban heat vulnerability – in the urban heat vulnerability analysis – could be given additional attention, with green spaces retained and created around denser and lower income neighbourhoods. In Singapore, the Singapore Green Building Masterplan has set a 2030 target for 80% of buildings to be Green Mark-certified – 80% of new developments to be super low energy and an 80% energy efficiency improvement from a 2005 baseline.[+4 sentences] Since 2021, all new and existing public sector buildings undergoing major retrofitting, are required to attain super low energy certification. While this is a substantial improvement from previous targets, the Government should accelerate plans to retrofit all public sector buildings in line with the super low certification as part of its commitment to having the public sector take the lead on sustainability. Particular focus should be placed on ensuring new buildings and building retrofits, near residential areas, meet super low energy certification in order to reduce heat emissions. The Green Mark certification could also be updated to take into account the direct impact of buildings on their surroundings, in terms of heat, to incentivise shade and discourage excessive asphalt and concrete. Third, and finally, I would like to make the point that regulation plays an important role in tackling our problems with heat in Singapore.[+1 sentence] We need to leave no stone unturned. These can be new things that we have not done yet, like considering the development of legislation that makes easier for condominium Management Corporations Strata Title (MCSTs) to install solar panels, which shade buildings and reduce demand for fossil fuel powered electricity. We can explore the need for climate change impact assessments for new infrastructure and potentially require food and beverage (F&B) establishments to serve hydrating and healthy tap water for free.[+2 sentences] In some of these cases, there are intermediate solutions which could pave the way and ready the public for regulation. For instance, ensuring that the National Stadium and other event venues do not prohibit visitors from bringing in their own water as a good start. The Land Transport Authority could also fit all Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) stations with water coolers in a quick and meaningful intervention – given that people in Singapore are the biggest spenders on bottled water in the world on a per capita basis, according to a United Nations (UN) think tank report in 2023; and this is even though our tap water is highly drinkable and well regulated.[+4 sentences] This will go a long way in helping outdoor workers, such as delivery riders and construction workers as well as the general public, stay hydrated in a warming Singapore. Every day, our environment gets hotter is a pivotal day for our country. This is not to say we should try and build a weather machine or an air-conditioned dome. But what we are doing well, we should do as quickly as we can; and what we are doing wrongly or are planning to do wrongly, we should do differently – so that we are not locked into bad choices that our children will pay for.
Mr Speaker6 words
[+1 sentence]Senior Minister of State Amy Khor.
The Senior Minister of State for Sustainability and the Environment (Dr Amy Khor Lean Suan)1160 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, indeed, heat resilience is an important issue for Singapore. Rising temperatures will be compounded by the urban heat island (UHI) effect, as our densely built-up environment absorbs and retains heat; and activities, such as transportation and industrial works, generate heat. Various Members had previously filed questions on heat resilience, including just yesterday. We would like to assure this House that the Government has, for some time now, and will continue to address this as part of our overall climate resilience efforts. The Government adopts a science-based and proactive heat resilience strategy, which has three prongs: first, implementing national-level cooling strategies to benefit all segments of our society, including the vulnerable; second, strengthening the community's resilience, especially among more vulnerable population segments; and, third, deepening our scientific understanding of the impact of rising temperatures.[+17 sentences] First, cooling strategies aim to keep us cool in our warm climate. Greening Singapore is a key strategy that has multiple benefits, including providing shade and reducing ambient temperatures of our surroundings. As we transform Singapore into a City in Nature, we are setting in place a network of green spaces across the island; and as the Member has said, by 2030, every household will be within a 10-minute walk from a park. We are also intensifying greening, beyond just our parks. This includes planting trees along roads. Under our OneMillionTrees Movement, with the help of our partners and the community, we have planted over 630,000 trees. Other greening measures include increasing skyrise greenery and greenery on building facades, such as through the URA's Landscaping for Urban Spaces and High-Rises (LUSH) scheme. As part of greenery intensification efforts, under the Green Towns Programme, suitable top decks of HDB multi-storey car parks are converted to greenery and community or allotment gardens. We are also deploying other cooling strategies across the island. The Member may be aware, from the Ministry of National Development's Parliamentary Question response yesterday, that HDB conducts environmental modelling for new towns and estates. This enables us to site new flats and orientate blocks to optimise wind flow and reduce heat gain. For existing towns, under HDB's Green Towns Programme, we are studying the application of cool coatings. Besides these broad-based measures, there are also specific measures to help various vulnerable groups cope with the impact of higher temperatures. For instance, HDB has created more openings along corridors in some older rental blocks, by removing some units from each floor. This enhances airflow and natural ventilation in these blocks. Migrant worker dormitories are required to be provided with adequate fans to ensure good air circulation and ventilation in the dormitory rooms and recreation centres. The Ministry of Manpower (MOM) is also installing ice machines in recreation centres. Second, we have taken steps to empower the community to cope with a warming world. We launched the Heat Stress Advisory in July last year, to guide the public on ways to minimise the risk of heat stress.[+13 sentences] The public can easily check the prevailing heat stress levels on the myENV app before, embarking on outdoor activities and take simple steps to protect ourselves. This is no different from checking the weather forecast for rain, in deciding whether to bring an umbrella. Similar to the other weather data on the myENV app, readings shown are based on the monitoring station nearest to the app user automatically. We currently have nine WBGT stations island-wide and will be expanding our network. Access to water is important to address heat stress. We have easy access to clean drinking water. Singapore's tap water is perfectly safe for direct consumption, without the need for boiling or water filters. Furthermore, water dispensers are widely available at our hawker centres, parks, bus interchanges and terminals. In fact, a Singapore University of Social Sciences undergraduate, Tng Ming Kang, has created a crowd-sourced map on these existing water dispensers in Singapore. We also have targeted sector-specific guidelines for various groups, including outdoor workers, athletes, uniformed personnel, residential homes and schools. Let me illustrate. MOM introduced an enhanced set of measures to reduce the risk of heat stress for outdoor workers last year. These include measures focusing on four aspects: acclimatise, drink, rest and shade. Of note, employers are required to provide a minimum rest break of 10 minutes hourly under shade, for workers carrying out heavy physical activities when the WBGT is 32 or higher.[+10 sentences] Employers should also reschedule outdoor work to cooler parts of the day where feasible and re-deploy workers vulnerable to heat stress. Beyond MOM's guidelines, we are also heartened that organisations have taken additional steps to protect outdoor workers. For instance, Changi Airport Group provides refresh pods at staff rest areas, which circulate cool air at the touch of a button. They also deploy trucks with isotonic drinks to remind workers to stay hydrated. And for our delivery workers, Grab and Foodpanda remind riders on heat stress. Deliveroo provides water for riders at its delivery-only kitchens and encourages merchants to do so too. Finally, on deepening our scientific understanding. Our heat-resilience strategies are based on science. For instance, we set the Heat Stress Advisory thresholds in consultation with experts and we are reviewing our heat resilience plans, based on the climate projections from our Third National Climate Change study. We leverage R&D to design more effective heat-resilience strategies. For example, the Cooling Singapore 2.0 project is developing a digital model, to simulate Singapore's urban climate and assess the effectiveness of various cooling strategies.[+4 sentences] Researchers in NUS are also investigating the impact of warmer and more humid nights on sleep quality, to develop novel cooling solutions, such as smart systems that can adjust fan wind speed and air-con temperature. This will ensure that rising temperatures do not take a toll on people's rest while we remain energy efficient. The Cooling Singapore 2.0 project also investigates the impact of heat on different segments of the population, such as the elderly and children. We may also consider studying other relevant social-economic dimensions in the future. Through the Climate Impact Science Research Programme, we will examine the effects of rising temperatures on our physical and mental health as well as second-order effects, such as increased mosquito population.[+1 sentence] We also cooperate with international partners on future collaborations and knowledge-sharing. The Heat Resilience and Performance Centre at NUS will be the Southeast Asia node of the Global Heat Health Information Network, an initiative by the World Health Organization and World Meteorological Organization.[+3 sentences] Even as the Government takes steps to address warming temperatures and the urban heat island effect, I would like to call on the public to join us on this journey to make Singapore and our communities more heat-resilient. Individually, we can take steps to reduce heat emissions by taking public transport and using less air-conditioning and more energy-efficient electrical appliances. As a community, we can look out for one another and co-create solutions, such as setting up community cool spaces, to beat the heat together.
Mr Speaker41 words
Beyond a heat-resilient Singapore, I think we do have a time-resilient Parliament.[+2 sentences] It has been 11 hours. Adjourned accordingly at 9.30 pm.
[+2 sentences], (proc text)] [(proc text) That this House recognises the importance of mental health as a health, social and economic issue; affirms the importance of a robust national mental health ecosystem; and calls for a whole-of-Singapore effort to implement a national strategy to enhance mental health and well-being. – . (proc text)]
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Vikram Nair.
Mr Vikram Nair (Sembawang)1107 words
[+9 sentences]Mr Speaker, one of the grim figures that made me sit up last year was an article in July indicating that the suicide rate in Singapore for 2022 had risen to 476, the highest in 20 years and a more than 25% increase from the year before. It also indicated that the rise in suicide rates was the highest amongst the elderly and the young. This was a perturbing figure and I have come across more than one case of residents affected by suicide. The cases of two teenagers were particularly sad. In one case, I spoke to the parents who were utterly devastated, saying they could not understand how their daughter who appeared to be a well-behaved and obedient child, suddenly decided to take her own life. In another case, I heard from a young resident whose best friend decided to take her own life. The friend was utterly devasted by this and had to deal with depression herself. There are two related questions that arise. The first is, whether these people had undetected mental health issues, including depression and/or the inability to deal with some difficult or stressful situation the person was facing. A United Nations (UN) study indicated that about 90% of the people who committed suicide had some underlying mental health concerns.[+1 sentence] The second is whether, even if such issues were detected, the interventions to deal with them were adequate. In response to the Parliamentary Questions that several other Members of Parliament and I filed on the topic, the Ministry of Health (MOH) indicated that the best interventions were to build mental resilience, spot early indicators, encourage help seeking and support those in crisis. The Ministry highlighted several initiatives it had to address this, including Health Promotion Board's (HPB's) MindSG portal, movements by HPB and the National Council of Social Services (NCSS), to encourage people to seek help, components in school curriculum to encourage children to get help and HPB's campaigns for parents to train them to identify signs of mental health issues in their children; and then, once people come forward, there are well-being centres in the community to help people, as well as mental health hotlines.[+10 sentences] Based on the response provided by the Senior Minister of State Janil Puthucheary at that time, it did seem like this was a matter that the Ministry was taking seriously. I do have some further clarifications and suggestions in this regard. In relation to the clarifications, it will be helpful if the Government is able to share how it tracks the effectiveness of its outreach programmes. For example, do the HPB's programmes targeted at parents reach all parents? Do the HPB and NCSS' campaigns, targeted at encouraging people to get help, reach their intended audience? One way to gauge this would be if we can identify whether, of the people who ultimately committed suicide, there was a way to track whether any of these programmes had reached them? The second is to track the effectiveness of the interventions once people come forward to ask for help. For this, an important statistic would be tracking how many of those who had committed suicide had come forward to seek assistance and were, therefore, "known" cases. I understand that the main intervention for those seeking assistance now is administered by social service agencies at the community level. However, dealing with people with suicidal tendencies is a complex matter and where, for example, there may be underlying conditions, such as depression, there may be a need for professional intervention from psychologists or psychiatrists. In a supplementary question I had asked at that time, I suggested that the Government consider subsidising or providing such professional services under the ambit of MediSave or MediFund, so that financial barriers to getting such assistance will also be reduced.[+12 sentences] This will be particularly important for, say, students or the elderly who may wish to seek assistance but may be concerned about whether they have the means to do so. A related aspect of this is to encourage insurance policies to cover or provide for mental health assistance as a rider. While the largest increase in suicides was amongst the elderly and young, the largest number is still amongst the working adult population. In this regard, in workplaces, it may also be useful to have such access to mental health assistance for employees as a benefit. In many European countries and the United States (US), for example, companies have an Employee Assistance Programme (EAP) where employees can seek assistance for mental health issues on a confidential basis. As this is provided by employers, the costs of doing this can generally be aggregated over a large pool of employees. I should declare that my mother is a psychologist who currently provides EAP services to several companies and this was where I actually learnt about this service from. Her end-customers are generally multinational companies who offer EAP as an employee benefit. The consultations with the psychologists are confidential, so the employees do not have to worry about stigma in seeking assistance. I understand that employees come forward with a wide range of issues, from dealing with family breakdowns to coping with the fear of retrenchment exercises when companies go through such exercises. Both scenarios are generally traumatic for people and they also bring with them financial insecurity for the employees, which may make them reluctant to seek assistance privately. In these scenarios, having an employment benefit that gives them access to professional mental health assistance, in this case, trained psychologists or counsellors, can make a huge difference. Where it is provided by employers, there is no additional financial burden to the State; while if the employer is large, the cost of the service can be aggregated. I understand that the provision of such programmes amongst local employers, particularly in the small and medium enterprises (SME) sector, which make up most of our local employers, is very low. So, I would suggest that the Government consider the best practices in mental health programmes provided by employers in other countries and whether such programmes can be made more widely available in Singapore, say, either through legislation or through the tripartite framework. For example, if small employers may not be individually able to provide such a programme, it may be possible for the National Trades Union Congress (NTUC) to provide, an umbrella programme that SMEs can sign up for and for which they can contribute to. I think, ultimately, an important aspect of mental health care is making access to professional mental health more affordable and accessible, and both the Government and employers can play an important part in this.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Yeo Wan Ling.
Ms Yeo Wan Ling (Pasir Ris-Punggol)1271 words
[+8 sentences]Mr Speaker, I wholeheartedly affirm the Motion and believe the time is now, for each and every one of us, to be active stakeholders in building a robust and compassionate Singaporean mental health ecosystem. Our Government with their national-level programmes, such as Healthier SG, National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy, ground mobilisation of more general practitioners (GPs) and increasing capacity for medical psychiatric care, has indeed given importance and priority in this matter. Yet, if our nation is a tapestry, mental health is the thread that weaves through every level of our nation. Community, neighbourhoods, families and individuals. The heart of mental health matters. It is not about unique issues but about solutionings that are always nuanced and personal. I put it to the House that complementing our national initiatives must be a network of localised support comprising of energised outreach, awareness and authentic friendships. Indeed, ground-up initiatives are invaluable as they address, in a spot-on manner, mental health issues faced by real individuals whilst rallying the support and understanding of real-life neighbours in the communities we all live in. In Punggol Shore, it was through home visits by our volunteers that we had identified special needs adults. Some were in their 50s and 60s, undiagnosed and received no support for their conditions.[+15 sentences] They are out of the national system of care, as they were simply never registered in the system in the first place. Some lead quiet, isolated lives, depending on neighbours and the Residents' Committees to keep a discreet watch on their well-being. Some lead more colourful lives and are called unkindly, sometimes, as weird and strange. Yet there are some, who are fully dependent on their caregivers, many of whom, are sole caregivers who have given up their lives and livelihoods to take care of their wards. These families living in our midst are often stressed, worried and financially challenged. I met Mr Tan and his sister, not their real names, about two years ago, when there was a fire in their block. Both were in their 50s and despite the fire, Ms Tan refused to be evacuated. Ms Tan later shared that she suspects that her brother has special needs and is a recluse as he refuses to leave their home. After their parents passed away, she stopped work and became his full-time caregiver. She is frustrated about the situation and worried about what will become of her brother if something happens to her. She told me that she would rather die in the fire at home, with her brother, than go through the trauma of forcing her brother to leave the house, climb down the stairs and wait at the fire refuge area with strangers while waiting for the Singapore Civil Defence Force (SCDF) to give the all-clear. While both the Tans were physically unharmed in the fire, the state of their mental wellness calls for care and support. We need to do more for families like the Tans. Local support can certainly alleviate some of the stress and loneliness, be it the reassuring familiarity of neighbours checking in on you or participating in nearby community events. However, in order for local support to be effective and inclusive, the community needs awareness and specialised training. In support of families like the Tans, Punggol Shore started a training and support programme for our grassroots leaders in partnership with Caregivers Alliance, a non-profit organisation.[+13 sentences] Most of our Resident Networks now have a volunteer leader with higher awareness of mental health issues, especially those faced by caregivers and their senior or special needs wards. This has impacted the way we organise our community events and conduct our home visits. We hope to scale our local training, as we believe that more volunteers and the community-at-large would benefit from such training and awareness. In the same thread, livelihoods are a major contributor to mental wellness and, for caregivers, jobs in the community are always warmly welcomed for better work-life balance. Can more be done by our local merchants on local job creation? Can we encourage and equip our heartland merchants to embrace flexible work arrangements (FWA), especially with the upcoming Tripartite Guidelines for FWA requests? How about our local Community Development Councils (CDCs) promoting local job creation and FWAs with the heartland merchant networks that they have created so successfully with the CDC Voucher programmes? With tailwinds helping along in the creation of livelihood opportunities for our caregivers, let us seize the moment and secure a peace of mind for our caregivers. Support for the mental health of our caregivers is a multifaceted one – providing support and respite in the care for their wards, creating caregiver support groups and the providence of local jobs. Local stakeholders and the organisation of our local stakeholders are critical in sustainable mental health support. Indeed, this is where ground-level initiatives, like the Positivity Pizza Movement, become invaluable. Led by the youths for our youths in Punggol Shore, this movement promotes mental well-being in our youth community. Mr Speaker, studies have shown that our youths had a challenging time during COVID-19 and, coupled by stresses of school and a complicated social media landscape, our young ones are navigating a world that is complex and isolating beyond the one we grew up in. Through this movement, volunteers from across all communities in Punggol Shore, our seniors, youths, women groups, sports teams and our religious organisations, have come together to sew pizza plushie keychains with a common aim of making 20,000 pizzas to gift every single one of our youths in Punggol Shore.[+3 sentences] It is our community's way of telling our youths that it is okay not to be okay and the whole Punggol Shore Community has our youths' backs. The inspiration for the movement was at an encounter I had with a young Punggol resident. C, not her real name, came up to me when I was doing my regular rounds at a local mall. I knew C when she was in primary school and was happy to note that she was in her secondary school uniform. I asked about her transition to Secondary 1 and to my dismay, she shared that she was having a really hard time and has considered self-harm and suicide.[+5 sentences] While we were speaking, C saw a keychain plushie I had on my bag and she said, "Ms Yeo, that's really very cute. May I have it so that I know that people care?" To C, if you are watching this, know that people do care and thank you for reaching out and trusting others with your burdens that day. You have started a movement. Mr Speaker, in our modern world, where the pace of life seems only to accelerate and the digital landscape can create both connection and isolation, local communities stand as beacons of support and resilience. Localised strategies are effective at mobilising communities because they resonate with the unique fabric of each locality.[+2 sentences] When initiatives like the Positivity Pizza movement are driven by the people who care about and understand the dynamics of their own community, supported by the warmth of common shared spaces, there is a profound authenticity that connects with residents on a very personal level. These localised efforts tap into the values, traditions and shared experiences of the community, fostering a sense of belonging and collective responsibility. While we continue to build the vital national-level infrastructure and systems, I remind and call on our Government to not forget the local-level support and to provide more resources to local networks to build strong local mental health advocates and stakeholders.[+1 sentence] Mr Speaker, I support the Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Shawn Huang.
Mr Shawn Huang Wei Zhong (Jurong)1927 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, one out of seven adolescents experience mental disorder. Whilst for younger children in the US, one out of six are diagnosed with a mental disorder, with anxiety and depression taking 40%; conduct disorder at 20%; and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder at 19.5%.[+5 sentences] This age group is particularly vulnerable as it accounts for 13% of the global burden. In fact, based on the Mental Health Foundation, 10% of children and young people from age five to 16 have a clinically diagnosed mental problem. Yet, 70% of children and adolescents who experienced mental health problems have not had appropriate interventions at a sufficiently early age. What does this mean for Singapore? Even if we take a conservative approach and with all estimates, take a discount and assume one out of eight instead of one out of seven. With an annual cohort of 35,000, from Primary 1 to tertiary education, we will have close to 57,000 students diagnosed with mental health disorders.[+3 sentences] This projection is based on diagnosed figures. The number for those who are undiagnosed will be far greater. It would probably be one out of seven or one out of six, a value closer to those reporting countries. With these statistics, a secondary school with about 1,000 students will have over 120 students diagnosed with mental disorders and many more undiagnosed with developing conditions.[+1 sentence] The global statistics for suicide amongst children and adolescents show that, every year, 47,000 end their own lives. If assuming similar parameters, approximately 30 of such suicides would have occurred each year in Singapore.[+44 sentences] Suicide is the most tragic outcome of a mental health condition. However, anything short of that, the consequences of failing to address children and adolescents' mental health conditions will extend to adulthood, impairing both physical and mental health and limiting opportunities to lead fulfilling lives as adults. The math is clear. This is the problem definition that we are facing. The question is: do we have the resources to manage mental health challenges? So, how about the science of it? Gamma-aminobutyric acid (GABA) and dopamine are two critical neurotransmitters in the brain that play significant roles in regulating various physiological and psychological processes. GABA is the primary inhibitory neurotransmitter, which helps to calm down nerve activity, reducing neural excitability throughout the nervous system. Dopamine, on the other hand, is a neurotransmitter that is involved in reward, motivation, memory, attention and even regulating body movements. The levels of activity of these neurotransmitters can change over time due to various factors, including age, stress, environmental influences and hormonal changes. So, to put it simply, if you are driving, you can view dopamine as the accelerator and GABA as the brakes – both essential and both countering and balancing the needs. But as children approach puberty, it is marked by significant changes in hormones, including increases in estrogen and testosterone. These hormones have been shown to influence GABA neurotransmission. For example, estrogen can modulate GABA receptor expression and function, potentially altering the efficacy of GABAergic inhibition. Testosterone has been implicated in the modulation of GABAA receptors, which might inhibit signalling. But this is not it. During puberty, the brain undergoes substantial restructuring and pruning of neural connections. The maturation of neural circuits, especially in the prefrontal cortex and limbic system, involves changes in the balance between excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmission. As the brain rewires itself for adult functioning, as part of puberty, the role and regulation of GABA may shift, leading to a temporal reduction in inhibitory effects on the neural circuits. Members must be wondering why I am highlighting these evolving conditions. It is important because it is a critical period. At this juncture, puberty also coincides with the most critical period of neuroplasticity, where the brain is particularly sensitive to environmental inputs and experiences. The changes in GABA transmission during this time may reflect the brain's adaptation to these inputs, altering synaptic strength and connectivity in a way that requires modification of inhibitory signalling. This also means that the brain is developing, forming and setting the foundations of its neurochemical activity which may have a long-lasting impact throughout life. So, imagine being a child or an adolescent having to manage these changes. It is made more difficult because the change is not overnight. It is a gradual but relatively rapid change, which requires a keen sense of self-awareness and learning how to self-manage and respond. It is a swirl of changing chaos for a young individual. So, imagine those who grew up driving an automatic transmission all their lives and, suddenly, in a short period of time, they have to learn and drive a manual transmission but with an additional complication that the sensitivity of the accelerator, brakes and clutch is constantly changing. Imagine how many times the engine would have grinded to a halt and having to learn and restart again. Given all these, we have yet to include the environmental influences, genetic factors and adverse experiences, such as abuse, neglect, exposure to violence, exposure to adversity, pressure to conform with peers and the exploration of identity, quality of home life and relationships with peers, bullying, harsh parenting and socio-economic problems. This is no longer a simple scenario of travelling or driving along an expressway. Imagine being caught in a traffic jam within the car park at Plaza Singapura on a weekend. You are going up a spiral slope on the next level. You are a newly minted driver, driving a manual transmission vehicle with constantly changing accelerator and brakes and clutch. A sequence of clutch, brake, gear, brake, accelerator, clutch, accelerator, brake. It is a very difficult task, challenging. So, the math is clear. The science is evolving with greater clarity. We must be where the help is needed, where the children and adolescents are. We need better coordination and targeted resourcing. Our student councillors are managing an overwhelming caseload. Our student welfare officers are working in parallel. Teachers trained in counselling are doing their level best, juggling the multiple hats and roles. The Response, Early Intervention and Assessment in Community Mental Health (REACH) team, our community-based health service, has received more than 1,500 referrals per year. But based on mathematical projections, over 5,000 per year will need help. That is a possible deficit of 3,500 per year.[+8 sentences] Our child protective services caseloads will need more capacity. They are already prioritising severe cases. But we need to get the required help to those in the moderate and mild risk levels to prevent further escalation. Some are irreversible. Family Service Centres (FSCs) with counsellors and psychologists are leaning forward and assisting schools and families in need. Guidance branch and psychological service branches are working hard on the cases. We need more trauma specialists. We need specialists that have deep skills to manage cases, such as the "hidden youth syndrome", which is also known as hikikomori. In Singapore, the ratios of psychiatrists and psychologists to population are 4.6 and 9.7 per 100,000, respectively.[+35 sentences] These are much lower than the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) countries. It is not uncommon to wait for two to three months for a diagnosis, whilst the child continues to lose time in school, stacking on the challenges further. Our methodology and the typical observe, orient, decide and act (OODA) framework, though still relevant, will be less effective here. Each year, we are looking at a mass transition. All our kids will be facing this. Some will face greater difficulty and others less. We should not leave it to chance because the transition is a 100% certainty of occurrence. But how it is navigated will have less certain outcomes. So, let us sharpen our emphasis and target resources on this specific transition to ensure that all our kids have a more certain outcome. In the spirit of KidSTART, where we are rooted in the belief that every child deserves a strong start in life, regardless of their socio-economic background, this guiding principle is embodied in KidSTART's comprehensive approach to supporting early childhood development for children from low-income families. It is designed to ensure that these children have access to the same opportunities for healthy development as their peers, recognising the profound impact that the early years on a child's future health, well-being and educational achievement. KidSTART celebrates its 10th anniversary and, likewise, we should do the same for our children's mental health transition. I suggest establishing a national mental health and transition programme for kids and adolescents. KidsSoar, a progamme that is dedicated and focused on mental health transitions for children and adolescents, which is a certainty, embodies a philosophy centred around understanding, supporting and nurturing emotional and psychological well-being of young individuals, to be pre-emptive, preventative and, if needed, resourced to support recovery. This programme should be designed to acknowledge the importance of mental health as a critical component of overall health and to ensure that children and adolescents are equipped to navigate life's challenges with resilience, a programme that is compassionate and understanding, that empowers, through education and practice, inclusive and accessible, and holistic in approach. This will reflect the spirit of our unwavering commitment to the growth and healing of young minds. It acknowledges that the journey may be long and challenging, but we believe in the potential for growth, healing and positive change. We must do more, and we must do more today. In a world that often moves at an overwhelming pace, there are struggles of the mind that can be as debilitating as those of the body. There lies a group of unsung heroes dedicated to the art and science of healing not just the individual, but the very fabric of our society. I would like to take this opportunity to pay homage to the mental health workers – psychiatrists, psychologists, counsellors, social workers, psychiatric nurses and all those who labour in the vast and complex network in the field of mental health. This tribute is a salute to their unwavering commitment, their compassion and the profound impact they have made on the lives of those they touch. Their work often goes beyond the call of duty. With every individual they help, they weave a stronger and more compassionate fabric for our society, ensuring that no one has to walk the path of mental challenges alone. They see beyond the stigma and labels, reaching out to the person struggling in the shadows, offering them a lifeline, a listening ear and the promise of a brighter tomorrow. In times of crisis, their calm and steady presence provides the anchor many need to weather their personal storms. They remind us that it is okay to be not okay and that seeking help is a sign of strength, not weakness. Their work is a testament to the idea that mental health is an integral part of overall health, deserving of the same attention, care and respect. Let this tribute be a reminder of the gratitude and respect that they so richly deserve. Their dedication, patience and compassion light the way forward for all of us, as we strive towards a future where mental wellness is prioritised and cherished. To those who are stuck in traffic on a slope with a manual transmission, fear not. We are here with you on this journey. For me, with sincere appreciation and a grateful heart, I give thanks and tribute to all those who have taught me how to drive. May our children soar to greater heights to the moon and beyond and above all their mighty things. Mr Speaker, I support the Motion.
Mr Speaker5 words
[+1 sentence]Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong.
The Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (Mr Lawrence Wong)2371 words
[+10 sentences]Mr Speaker, I rise in support of the Motion and I thank Dr Wan Rizal, Mr Edward Chia, Ms Mariam Jaafar, Dr Tan Wu Meng and Mr Yip Hon Weng for moving this Motion as well as all Members who have spoken passionately about the issue. Mental health has grown in importance, both in Singapore and across the world. In the past, people dealt with mental health issues privately. It was always in the shadows and not something we talk about publicly. In recent times, attitudes have shifted, for the better. People are more informed about mental health and more willing to talk about this openly. COVID-19 also brought mental health issues to the forefront. Because across the world, people had to cut back social interactions and isolate themselves from family and friends. And this took a toll on mental health. It happened in Singapore too. After the circuit breaker was introduced, we observed an increase in the utilisation of mental health services and more calls to the Institute of Mental Health's (IMH's) mental health helpline. That is why we set up the COVID-19 Mental Wellness Taskforce, which later became the Interagency Taskforce on Mental Health and Well-being, chaired by Senior Minister of State Janil Puthucheary.[+1 sentence] The work of the Taskforce builds on previous national efforts to improve the quality and accessibility of mental health services in Singapore. The Taskforce has published the National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy, which sets out concrete plans to plug existing gaps and to strengthen our mental health ecosystem.[+2 sentences] We will now translate these plans into action. Our plans are not static. We will continue to evolve and update them, including taking on board the many useful suggestions from Members in this debate. So, let there be no doubt: the Government is making mental health and well-being a key priority in our national agenda.[+37 sentences] To understand the approach in this new strategy, we must, first, appreciate the full range of mental health issues. On one end of the spectrum are mental health issues that require medical treatment, like bipolar disorder and schizophrenia. These conditions can be debilitating, severely affecting a person's ability to carry out important daily activities. On the other end of the spectrum are issues affecting mental well-being, like anxiety and stress. While these typically do not require medicalisation, it does not mean that we should take them lightly. If not addressed well, poor mental well-being can also affect our ability to lead our lives productively. Because mental health issues lie on a spectrum, it means we need a broad suite of solutions. Not all mental health issues need to be treated in a specialist healthcare institution. It is the same when we have a physical ailment. We do not go to a specialist for treatment immediately when we experience some symptoms of ill-health. Instead, we see our family doctor first. If it is more serious, the matter gets referred to specialist care. So, improving mental health is not just about hiring more psychiatrists or building more capacity at IMH. We will certainly do that. But we also need to strengthen capabilities across our entire spectrum of care, including at our polyclinics and GPs and across other settings, like schools, workplaces and in the community, so that more timely support can be rendered to those in need. In our strategy, we are redoubling our efforts to better understand the issues that young people face, something that many Members spoke about. It has never been easy to be a teenager. Teenage angst has always been part of the growing up process. Teenagers have to learn about themselves, take on new responsibilities and prepare for adulthood. But something has changed around the world. Since around the early 2010s, because the current generation of young people are expressing more concerns about their mental health than previous cohorts, many countries have reported increases in suicidal ideation as well as mental health conditions, like anxiety, and depression, amongst their youths. Last year, the US Surgeon-General called the increasing mental health needs of US youths as the "defining public health crisis of our time". Even the Nordic countries, consistently ranking high in global happiness and well-being surveys, they, too, are reporting rises in youth anxiety, depression and a variety of mental illnesses. So, we see a similar trend in Singapore. It is not at the same high levels as some other countries, where the mental health issues are conflated with other difficult issues, like drug abuse, homelessness and street violence. But it is, nevertheless, a worrying trend and we are taking it seriously. So, we are linking up with researchers from around the world to try and understand the root causes behind this recent surge in youth mental health issues. Some think that heavy social media usage is a major cause. Indeed, the constant pressure to present a positive image online, the fear of missing out, the algorithms that flood news feeds with stories that are designed to spark outrage and the issues of cyber-bullying. All these can take a toll on one's mental health. Furthermore, the more time spent on the Internet or social media means more sleep deprivation, less physical exercise and less real-life interactions. All of which are important for healthy brain development at a young age. But other researchers think that there is more to it. That it is not just about more online safeguards, that we also need to loosen up in the real world and give our children more space for free play and autonomy. Because when children have less room to play and explore or to interact and build social skills at an early age, they are also less likely to grow up with the sense of independence and confidence to take charge of their own lives. The bottom line is that more work will need to be done to better understand what has changed globally in recent years. It is an area that requires further research and study to identify the key causal factors and the interplay between the factors, so that we can design and put in place appropriate interventions, based on data and evidence, to better help our young people. These are some of the considerations behind our national strategies.[+1 sentence] Let me highlight quickly several key moves we will be making, with several targets we aim to achieve by 2030 or earlier. We will increase capacity at IMH and the redeveloped Alexandra Hospital for those that need specialist care. Capacity at long-term care facilities will also be increased to provide step-down care for those who need it. We will increase the number of public sector psychiatrists and psychologists by about 30% and 40%, respectively. We will introduce mental health services to all polyclinics and 900 more GP clinics.[+12 sentences] We will equip and train an additional 28,000 frontline personnel and volunteers. They serve across our community and social service touchpoints, so they can identify people struggling with mental health and offer early assistance. We will also redouble our existing efforts. The Ministry of Education (MOE) is on track to achieving its target of deploying more than 1,000 teacher-counsellors across our schools. This is on top of the basic counselling skills that all teachers will be trained in as well as the one to two counsellors that every school will have to support students with more challenging social and emotional needs. We will provide parents with resources to support their children's mental health and well-being needs. We will establish more peer support networks in the community, including in schools, institutes of higher learning (IHLs), workplaces and amongst our national servicemen. These networks will have trained peer leaders who can spread the message on the importance of mental health and provide a first-line response to their friends or colleagues who need help. My colleagues, Senior Parliamentary Secretaries Rahayu Mahzam and Eric Chua, Minister of State Gan Siow Huang and Senior Minister of State Janil Puthucheary, will elaborate later on some of these areas. These are significant moves. They will require more coordinated efforts across the Government – more training, people and, ultimately, Government spending. But we will set aside the resources to advance this important agenda. Through these moves, we aim to reduce waiting times and make mental health services more accessible and closer to where individuals are, be it at homes, schools or workplaces. We aim to keep mental health services affordable and we will do so through our national healthcare financing framework of Government subsidies and the 3Ms – MediSave, MediShield and Medifund – which will cover all cost-effective mental health treatments.[+31 sentences] Importantly, no one in Singapore will be denied access to appropriate care because of an inability to pay. Several Members also spoke about private insurance coverage outside of healthcare, including in areas like life insurance. Life insurers in Singapore have, in fact, offered coverage to persons with mental health conditions. But the underwriting of such persons can be a complex matter, as our own data is limited and insurers here typically reference the underwriting guidelines of global life reinsurers. We will study and review how this coverage can be improved and ensure that financial institutions deal fairly with all their customers, including those with mental health conditions. Importantly, we will have a bigger focus on preventive care, so that everyone can take proactive steps and take charge of their own mental health. We will start young in schools. We want our children to develop good cyber habits, so they learn to use the Internet and social media safely and responsibly. To be clear, our approach is not to remove all stress. That is not going to help our children. Instead, we want our children to learn to deal with stress at age-appropriate levels. We want them to develop self-belief and resilience and grow up with the confidence to tackle challenges, stresses and demands that they will surely encounter later in life. We will continue to integrate mental well-being into our Healthier SG and other preventive health programmes. We sometimes think of body and mind as separate entities, but they are closely linked, each affecting the other greatly. Staying active; exercising regularly; connecting with friends in person, not online; learning new skills; contributing to a larger purpose. All these sound like commonsensical advice, but they are not so easy to do and they are foundational habits that will enable all of us to improve our overall well-being. Sir, the Government is fully committed to doing more to improve mental health and well-being. But for all these plans to work, we also need to change our attitudes and mindsets. We need to do more to destigmatise mental health conditions so that people do not hesitate to seek help. Stigma reduces a complex and difficult problem into unhelpful labels and stereotypes. It opens people struggling with mental health to discrimination, such as in the job market. It may cause them to be socially ostracised. It makes them feel ashamed, isolated and stops them from seeking treatment. As I mentioned just now, we do see attitudes shifting. But the stigma remains and we can do much more to build a society where we help one another cope with life's stressors, are considerate of one another's feelings and carve out safe spaces for them. We also need to change our mindsets about what we consider success in life. It is good to have a culture in Singapore that values hard work, promotes excellence and encourages everyone to aspire and strive to do better. But we should not be unwittingly drawn into a rat race of hypercompetition and endless comparisons with one another just to get ahead of others, but end up worse off as a society. In fact, this was one of the key points from our Forward Singapore engagements. The vast majority of Singaporeans wish to see a more inclusive Singapore Dream. One where we are not pressured to conform to narrow definitions of success, where we embrace excellence and talents across many different areas and find meaning and purpose in what we do. The Government is making policy moves in this direction by reviewing our education system, narrowing wage gaps and strengthening safety nets, so that everyone can be better assured of their basic needs at every life stage and can have the space to venture forth and be the best version of ourselves.[+7 sentences] But we cannot make this happen through policy alone. Our attitudes, our mindsets must also change and align with our shared aspirations for a refreshed Singapore Dream. Indeed, to achieve all of these goals, we must work together. There are many ground-up initiatives and community and social services organisations already working in different ways to meet the mental health and well-being needs of Singaporeans. I know from personal experience, having served as Patron to the Samaritans of Singapore for more than 10 years. I have interacted with many of the volunteers there and seen first-hand, their commitment and dedication to save lives. We value the collaborations and partnerships with all of you. Through the SG Mental Well-being Network, we have been linking up with many groups and volunteers to address the diverse needs of our people, be it befriending lonely seniors or providing a safe space for youths to talk about their mental health struggles. The setting up of the National Mental Health Office will enable us to coordinate these partnership efforts more effectively and to better synergise and maximise our efforts on the ground.[+2 sentences] I call on all Singaporeans, who are passionate about this issue of mental health and well-being, to join us in this national movement. We have lots to do and a full agenda ahead of us. The Government has set out clear plans and deliverables.[+5 sentences] But the issues are complex and we do not have all the answers. We want everyone on board, so we learn together and continue to finetune our strategies based on your feedback and ideas and our shared experiences and insights. Together, let us build a Singapore where everyone matters, where everyone has a place and where everyone belongs. Together, hand-in-hand, let us improve the mental health and well-being of all Singaporeans. Mr Speaker, I support the Motion.
The Senior Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister for Health (Ms Rahayu Mahzam)3722 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, Deputy Prime Minister Wong had explained the operating context that we are in and the approach we are taking, as we navigate the issues of mental health in our community. He highlighted an important starting point in our approach: that mental health issues lie on a spectrum and that, this means we need a broad suite of solutions. We also need to meaningfully organise the services and support available, so that people have access to the help they need, when they need it.[+2 sentences] Allow me to build on this point. Let me start by sharing data that we have from the Singapore Youth Epidemiology and Resilience study, conducted by the National University of Singapore (NUS) in collaboration with MOE. This study showed that while 37% of respondents reported having internalising symptoms, like depression and anxiety, only 12% of respondents met the full criteria for at least one of the mental disorders. Furthermore, 6% of the respondents, who previously met the criteria for at least one mental disorder more than a year ago, no longer had the symptoms.[+17 sentences] This means that while individuals may experience symptoms of poor mental health, they may be due to transient stressors and do not necessarily warrant the same intensity of interventions needed for individuals diagnosed with mental disorders. Receiving care in the community as the first line of support, rather than at hospitals, is therefore, more appropriate. The cornerstone of our National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy is the tiered care model. It sets the foundation for how our mental health services should be organised, with different care levels, depending on the intensity of interventions needed. This, ultimately, helps us to provide the right care at the right time, based on the individual's needs. Right-siting of care to the community is part of a much larger shift of mental health care. Countries, like Australia, Canada and the United Kingdom (UK), have implemented a similar model for their mental health care systems. Although more research studies are still being done, existing studies suggest that a tiered model of mental health care delivery, where mental health care can be easily accessible in community settings, is a better approach compared to concentrating services in the hospital settings. The Senior Minister of State for Health will speak more on our tiered care model later. For the tiered care model to be effective, we also need to encourage the right mindsets, allocate resources and build support within the community to empower people. I will, therefore, be addressing the mental health promotion efforts, community mental well-being initiatives, the affordability of mental health services as well as the manpower needs in providing mental health care. As shared by Dr Wan Rizal when he spoke on the importance of mental health literacy, raising awareness on mental health is crucial in shifting our societal values and attitudes towards making mental well-being, one of our priorities. We have made progress in this area as we see improvement in the public's attitudes towards individuals with mental health conditions. However, we recognise that stigma around mental health issues persist in our society. Our efforts include encouraging help-seeking, reducing stigma and discrimination against people with mental health conditions through public campaigns and targeted initiatives for youths, seniors, caregivers, women, persons with disabilities and minorities. At the national level, HPB's "It's OKAY to Reach Out" campaign and NCSS' Beyond the Label movement, aim to normalise conversations around mental health and encourage help-seeking. These efforts are sustained through social media outreach and online portals. In a post-campaign survey of 800 youths, HPB found that 78% of respondents were motivated to reach out for emotional support when they needed it.[+1 sentence] HPB's MindSG offers mental health resources, curated by professionals, including tools for users to assess their mental health risks and search for support or services, based on their needs. As of 31 December 2023, the portal has garnered more than four million page views, from over two million users since its launch in November 2021.[+14 sentences] The portal will be enhanced, progressively, to introduce more topics and features. In schools, HPB offers training for students going through critical transition years, specifically from Primary 6 to Secondary 1. These programmes are carried out in partnership with schools, to equip students with skills to better cope through these transitions. Additionally, in 2023, HPB has trained more than 2,200 students from IHLs as peer supporters, equipping them with empathetic listening and basic mental health first-aid skills. At workplaces, HPB trains management staff and conducts workshops to enable people to better cope at work and support their colleagues. In 2023, more than 55,000 working adults have benefitted from HPB's mental wellness programmes. Besides HPB-led initiatives, the Workplace Safety and Health (WSH) Council also launched the "Take Time to Take Care" campaign, to remind employees to look after their own and their colleagues' well-being. In the community, Well-Being Circles have been established across various neighbourhoods to raise awareness on mental health, the available resources and to empower citizens with skills to look after their own mental well-being as well as that of others. We will continue to encourage the formation of more Well-Being Circles, so that more in the community will have access to the support when they need it. Apart from community-wide efforts in mental health promotion, there are also several initiatives that target specific groups. According to the 2022 National Population Health Survey, youths aged 18 to 29 years old formed the largest proportion of people with poor mental health in Singapore. Currently, we have community mental health teams, known as Community Outreach Teams (CREST)-Youth and Youth Integrated Teams (YITs), dedicated to support youths with mental health needs. CREST-Youth, reaches out to youths and parents to promote early identification of mental health symptoms and provide basic emotional support. YITs, carry out mental health assessments and provide psychosocial interventions for youths who need more intensive support. As of September 2023, we have four YITs that have supported over 3,000 youths and parents; and eight CREST-Youth teams that have reached over 87,000 youths and parents. By 2030, we will be expanding to 15 YITs and CREST-Youth teams each, across the island.[+1 sentence] In addition to these community mental health teams, the Response, Early Intervention and Assessment in Community Mental Health (REACH) teams work closely with schools to provide mental health assessments and interventions, for students aged six to 19 years old. CHAT, another mental health service which supports youths aged 16 to 30 years old, has assessed over 7,000 youths at risk of developing mental health conditions, as of September 2023.[+24 sentences] To support youths at risk of suicide or severe self-harm, an intermediate residential facility will also be developed. Not all youths who present with suicidal behaviour, suffer from mental health conditions. Instead, they may have experienced social stressors, such as having difficulties coping with schoolwork and being bullied. Therefore, this facility will cater to this group of youths, aged 10 to 19 years old, to support them within a safe environment. In the facility, youths will be supported by a multi-disciplinary team, consisting of psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, nurses and live-in care staff. Services provided will include: identifying the needs of youths in crisis; providing psychosocial interventions, such as counselling and supportive medical attention, where necessary; and, facilitating the transition of youths with support from community partners before they are discharged. In the course of supporting the mental health of our youths, there have been ground feedback on the need for parental consent for children and youths below 21 years old, which could hinder their access to mental health support. I thank the Members who have raised this issue earlier. We recognise the importance of our youths' continued access to mental health services, and I appreciate Miss Rachel Ong's earlier suggestion, of having tiered guidelines for the requirement of parental consent on mental health services. In this regard, I would like to lay out several considerations that MOH is reviewing as we navigate this issue. These include, balancing the need for youths' access to appropriate treatment; the involvement of the family and social support in youths' care journey; protection of the youths in view of the risks associated with treatments; and the level of maturity and understanding of the child. Above all, our priority, is to ensure that any approach taken is in the best interest of the child and that they can receive timely mental health care. We are studying this issue and exploring meaningful options to address it. Several Members, like Mr Yip Hon Weng and Ms Nadia Samdin, spoke about the need to do more to support our seniors with mental health needs. Currently, seniors are supported by CREST, to identify their mental health needs and provide basic emotional support and referrals to appropriate service providers. In addition, Active Ageing Centres work with CREST providers, in serving as community nodes, to conduct activities that engage and connect seniors within the community. We have 73 CREST teams island-wide, of which, 65 teams can support seniors at-risk of mental health needs. We understand that some seniors may be reluctant to seek help or accept support for their mental health needs, due to stigma. As part of their outreach efforts, the Silver Generation Ambassadors who come across these seniors would also share about mental health resources in the community and encourage them to seek help. We are glad that there are also community initiatives, carried out by Members in their constituencies, that reach out to these seniors. We are also looking at mental well-being issues of our seniors and tackling the social phenomenon of loneliness, as part of the holistic Age Well SG strategy, announced last November. For caregivers, who have or are at risk of developing depression, anxiety and burnout, due to their caregiving role, CREST can provide dedicated support. These teams support caregivers in self-care, stress management and future planning, such as making a Lasting Power of Attorney and Advanced Care Planning. Where necessary, they will also link caregivers with counselling services and peer support groups, like the Caregiver Support Network. As of September 2023, there are six Caregiver CREST tea,s and over 2,300 caregivers have been supported.[+37 sentences] The Agency for Integrated Care (AIC) also administers the Caregiver Training Grant, which provides subsidies for caregiver training, including psychosocial management of behavioural issues. For caregivers, who need short-term support to have their loved ones taken care of, some MOH-funded psychiatric nursing homes offer the Nursing Home Respite Care programme, which provides eligible clients with short periods of stay – typically ranging from a week to a month. Such arrangements, allow caregivers some time off, with the assurance that their loved ones are safely cared for in the nursing home. I thank Ms Hazel Poa and Ms Hany Soh for their suggestions on the support for postpartum women and their spouses. Several efforts are ongoing to support the mental health of women. For example, the National University Hospital (NUH) Women's Emotional Health Services (WEHS), provides both antenatal and postnatal mental health screening as well as individualised treatment interventions, for women who need more support. The NUH WEHS team, also works closely with community partners and social service providers to coordinate and provide continuity of care to those who need it. Similarly, the Postnatal Depression Intervention Programme in KK Women's and Children's Hospital (KKH), provides routine post-natal depression screening for all pregnant women; and those with depressive symptoms will be referred to the appropriate services available. Mental health services, including mental health screening for mothers, are also available in polyclinics. To support fathers and spouses, NUH will be extending its mental health screening to support them. The programme allows for early intervention, case management and multi-disciplinary treatment. In 2020, the KKH Psychosocial Trauma Support Service also began providing trauma-focused assessments and interventions to women experiencing psycho-emotional difficulties that arose from traumatic incidents. I thank Ms Nadia Samdin for her suggestions on meeting the holistic health needs of persons with disabilities (PwDs). MOH is committed to working with partners to deliver holistic care for PwDs. To address their healthcare needs, MOH works with community partners to provide the Home Personal Care service, which offers a range of services, including assistance with personal hygiene, housekeeping and simple maintenance exercises. Over the past years, we have also collaborated with the College of Family Physicians Singapore to offer a Family Practice Skills Course to equip general practitioners in caring for persons with intellectual disabilities; and, piloted a Community Integrated Health Team, in partnership with a social service agency; as well as, a specialist outreach team from IMH, to offer home- or community-based care for persons with intellectual disabilities, who have complex health needs. We will continue to build these capabilities in the community to support more caregivers and families of PwDs. In the Malay/Muslim community, we have organisations, like Club Heal, which has championed mental health issues for years. New initiatives are also in place. I lead M3's Focus Area on Community Health, which was introduced last year. M3 is a collaboration between the Islamic Religious Council of Singapore (MUIS), MENDAKI and Malay Activity Executive Committees Council (MESRA). The newly introduced Focus Area on Community Health, aims to promote healthy lifestyles and empower residents to spearhead ground-up efforts, within their own community – including efforts on mental health and well-being. In towns, like M3@Jalan Besar, youth peer support groups have been set up and the community is rallied to co-create solutions. We will continue to roll out such initiatives, to enhance residents' mental well-being in the different towns. Mr Speaker, please allow me to say a few words in Malay. : There has been increasing awareness of mental health issues within the Malay/Muslim community. We are fortunate to have organisations, like Club Heal, which has championed this issue for many years. It is important that we continue to reinforce these efforts and garner more support from the community. As part of the National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy, efforts are being undertaken to ensure that support and initiatives are readily available in our community. I currently lead the M3 Focus Area on community health and well-being. It was introduced last year. This new Focus Area aims to promote a healthy lifestyle and empower residents to spearhead efforts in their own communities. One cornerstone of this endeavour is addressing mental health and mental well-being issues in our community. I welcome efforts being done at the towns such as M3@Jalan Besar led by Dr Wan Rizal. Peer support groups for youths have been set up and the community is invited to co-create solutions. We will continue to implement such initiatives to improve the mental well-being of residents across Singapore. (In English): Let me touch on the affordability of mental health services. In this regard, we have made efforts to reduce out-of-pocket costs through various schemes available. For outpatient mental health treatment offered at polyclinics and public specialist outpatient clinics, eligible patients can receive subsidies of up to 75%. Additionally, individuals who hold Community Healthcare Assistance Scheme (CHAS), Pioneer Generation and Merdeka Generation cards are eligible for subsidies of up to $540 per year for mental health conditions, including depression, anxiety disorders, bipolar disorder and schizophrenia under the Chronic Disease Management Programme.[+1 sentence] These subsidies are available at public specialist outpatient clinics, polyclinics and participating GP clinics. Patients can also use up to $500 or $700 from MediSave each year, depending on the complexity of their condition, at selected clinics.[+3 sentences] For patients aged 60 years and above, they can use an additional $300 each year from their Flexi-MediSave to offset out-of-pocket payments for their outpatient mental health treatment. Patients may also receive subsidised or free counselling services provided by various community service providers. For inpatient services, all Singaporeans and Permanent Residents are covered under MediShield Life, regardless of preexisting conditions. Patients who require inpatient mental health treatment can claim up to $160 per day, capped at 60 days per year, from MediShield Life; and up to $150 per day from MediSave, within an annual MediSave limit of $5,000.[+4 sentences] MediShield Life and MediSave claim limits are regularly refreshed to ensure that they remain sufficient to cover nine in 10 subsidised bills. On top of MediShield Life, Integrated Shield Plans (IPs) and other private health insurance plans may provide additional coverage for mental health treatment. Today, all IP insurers offer plans that cover in-patient mental health treatment and the amount of coverage is decided by the insurers. For lower-income Singaporeans who require more financial assistance to pay for their remaining healthcare bills, they may apply for MediFund, which serves as a safety net for needy Singaporeans. No Singaporean will be denied access to appropriate healthcare due to their inability to pay.[+13 sentences] I share Dr Tan Wu Meng's concern regarding denied access to private insurance for persons with mental health conditions. Several other Members have also raised this concern. This should be considered within the larger context of our healthcare financing system where all Singaporeans are eligible for subsidies and are covered under MediShield Life, which is a national risk pool that helps to ensure its sustainability. On the other hand, IPs and other private health insurance products are optional. Private insurers may exclude pre-existing conditions from coverage upon underwriting, including mental health conditions, informed by actuarial and commercial considerations. Such a process allows insurers to ensure their risk pool remains sustainable, as they, otherwise, have to increase premiums for all policyholders. Depending on their underwriting assessment frameworks, insurers may still offer coverage to applicants with pre-existing conditions but with exclusions or higher premiums. It allows this group of applicants to still benefit from some coverage without adversely affecting other policyholders. Notwithstanding, MOH and the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) fully expect all insurers to deal fairly with their customers. Insurers are expected to carry out an objective assessment of every application based on reliable information or data relevant to the risks being insured. Insurers should not indiscriminately reject an application solely on the basis of declared personal information, including mental health conditions. Where an application is rejected or approved with higher premiums or additional conditions, insurers should properly explain to the customer the basis for the underwriting decision. MOH and MAS take this seriously, and MAS will take action against insurers whose practices are in breach of its regulations or guidance. MOH and MAS will review this issue and consider how insurance coverage for persons with mental health conditions can be improved.[+9 sentences] I also thank Dr Tan Wu Meng for highlighting the Forum Letter by Ms Tan Hui In. MAS does not have records of her feedback in its complaints database. If Dr Tan Wu Meng has additional information to share about this specific case, he can share it with MAS. Then, MAS can promptly look into it with the relevant insurers, if the complainant consents to it. Members of the public with similar feedback can also write to MAS and MAS will investigate accordingly. On the feedback on long waiting times to access mental health treatment services, MOH will, similarly, look into the issue. Let me move to the point on manpower for mental health care. One of the key considerations is the adequacy of mental health professionals, including psychiatrists and psychologists. As of 2022, there were 203 registered psychiatrists and 212 psychologists in the public sector. To meet the anticipated increase in demand for mental health services, the Government aims to increase the number of psychiatrists by about 30% to 260 and the number of psychologists by about 40% to 300, in the public sector by 2030.[+3 sentences] However, solely increasing the number of psychiatrists and psychologists will be insufficient and unsustainable to meet increasing demands for mental health services. This is also one of the reasons why we have developed the tiered care model. With the tiered care model, more patients will receive timely care in the community, provided by appropriate mental health professionals, such as counsellors. This will allow psychiatrists and psychologists to focus on patients with more complex mental health needs. We are, thus, committed to continue to raise the capability and capacity of our community service providers, while monitoring the changes in demand for mental health services to ensure continued adequacy of the manpower required for mental health care.[+15 sentences] Mr Speaker, issues surrounding mental health has garnered attention globally and in Singapore. I am encouraged by the efforts and progress we are making, as a nation, in tackling this extremely important and challenging area. In particular, we have made advancements in integrating various aspects of our social, education and health sectors. To illustrate, let me share the story of Mr Chee Soon Weng. Mr Chee was an experienced teacher and managed students with challenging behavioural issues. This took a toll on his mental health and over time, he suffered from comorbid anxiety and depressive disorder. As a result, Mr Chee transited from a student-facing role to an administrative and research position at work. At home, he also encountered issues with his family due to his mood. He then approached the Methodist Welfare Service's FSC under the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF), who identified his mental health needs and referred him to one of our COMIT Anglican Care Centre teams for support. Through weekly counselling and psychoeducation on symptoms and treatment plans, Mr Chee made significant progress in his mental health. Today, Mr Chee is coping well with his new position at work and his relationship with his family has also improved. Mr Chee's story underscores the importance of integrating social service and health sectors to enhance mental health care for individuals. In closing, I would like to record my gratitude to Members who have raised this Motion. It has given us the opportunity to highlight the mental health efforts that we have developed and implemented through the years, as well as hear various feedback and suggestions on how we can do more. I would also like to take this opportunity to thank all our community service providers for their unwavering dedication and their instrumental role in implementing these initiatives on the ground. The Government is committed to continue working with the healthcare clusters and community partners to develop and review our strategies to uplift the mental health of our nation.[+1 sentence] Mr Speaker, I support this Motion.
Mr Speaker5 words
[+1 sentence]Senior Parliamentary Secretary Eric Chua.
The Senior Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister for Social and Family Development (Mr Eric Chua)1429 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, I support this Motion and thank my Parliamentary colleagues for their continued advocacy and ideas to improve the mental health and well-being of our people. As mentioned by the Senior Parliamentary Secretary Rahayu Mahzam, the tiered care model is the foundation of our National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy. I will elaborate further on our initiatives to implement the tiered care model. We will (a) set up first-stop touchpoints to facilitate help-seeking; (b) train frontline social service professionals; and (c) develop a practice guide to enhance service integration between health and social service providers.[+14 sentences] Mr Speaker, we have a vibrant and thriving mental health services landscape today, with over 200 different services available, including hotlines, websites and in-person services. These services target different levels of mental health needs – from community-led mental health promotion, self-help and peer support at Tier 1, to the most intensive level of care in hospitals and specialist clinics at Tier 4 of our tiered care model. There are also many ground-up initiatives across sectors, such as those under the Beyond the Label Collective, to address the mental health and well-being needs of our people and reduce stigma. I thank all for your passion, determination and for rising to the occasion. These services and ground-up initiatives serve as the foundation of our work, building upon the larger National Mental Health and Well-being Strategy. In spite of our vibrant mental health services landscape, we have heard feedback, however, that help-seeking can be overwhelming as many do not know where, when and how to seek help. This is a key issue for us, as there remains a treatment gap. Many who need help are not getting the help that they need; and far too many get help far later than they should. The complex web of services available can, indeed, have the unintended consequence of deterring help-seeking. We want to make it easy for anyone to seek help. No going at it alone or figuring out your way by yourself. We will set up first-stop touchpoints; essentially "go-to places" for mental health support. Our first-stop touchpoints will identify their clients' mental health needs and provide the appropriate service. This can mean relevant information, immediate mental health support and intervention, or referrals. We want to make sure that individuals with mental health conditions are well-supported, especially when they have taken the crucial first step to reach out for help.[+2 sentences] Our first-stop touchpoints will include the following. One, a number to call or text. We will set up a new National Mental Health Hotline and Text Service by 2025, which will connect callers and texters to the most appropriate support or services to meet their needs.[+9 sentences] For example, callers and texters with no or minimal mental health needs and want to learn well-being skills can be referred to Well-being Circles in the community. On the other end of the spectrum, those with suicidal tendencies may be connected to the Samaritans of Singapore's (SOS') Hotline and Care Text for support. Two, a digital platform, such as Mindline or MindSG. It does not matter which resource users visit first, since both link to each other. Both websites contain curated content by mental health experts, self-assessment tools and links to other resources, including our in-person touchpoints for mental health support. Mindline also has an online forum named "Ask a Therapist", where users can engage with verified professionals and a Wysa AI-enabled chatbot, where users can share their emotions safely and anonymously without the fear of being judged, anywhere and anytime. Third, a place to seek help. We will build up and promote in-person touchpoints, including community mental health teams such as CREST, as in-person first-stop touchpoints, so that the public knows where to seek help. With this move, we hope that the public will become more aware of the existence of the many social service agencies in our community providing psychotherapy and emotional support and not just clinics and hospitals. While first-stop touchpoints are more specialised in delivering mental health services, we also want to equip 1,500 frontline social service professionals with basic mental health capabilities.[+9 sentences] In the course of their work, social service professionals often encounter clients with unmet mental health needs. In fact, many may not recognise that they are in need of mental health support themselves. For our 500 frontline staff across our Social Service Offices, we plan to train them in psychological first aid. We also intend to train another 1,000 frontline social service professionals to be capable of identifying mental health concerns, provide casework and counselling and refer clients to appropriate services. These social service professionals will be trained by 2030. Directing clients to appropriate services at the get-go does not mean the job is done. An individual's mental health needs can change over time. To provide a seamless care experience for clients, service providers across the social service and health sectors need to work ever closer together. Today, different providers have different screening, assessment, collaboration, referral, IT and data-sharing practices. To provide a more seamless experience for those seeking mental health services, the task force brought together professionals from both social service and healthcare sectors to develop a practice guide, which we aim to launch by the end of this year. The practice guide will standardise: one, common mental health screening and assessment tools, essentially, common language and tools to help service providers identify their clients' level of mental health needs; two, common collaboration and referral workflows, to guide service providers to determine which service provider to refer their client to, depending on their level of mental health needs and other factors, such as age and cost and how they can collaborate to serve the best interests of the client; and three, common IT system and data sharing guidelines, to streamline referral processes while safeguarding and addressing clients' concerns about confidentiality.[+8 sentences] The practice guide will help to better ensure that clients are referred to and receive mental health resources or interventions appropriate to their needs. When their needs change, the support for them can be adjusted accordingly, that is, stepped up to higher-intensity services or stepped down to lower-intensity services, as needed. While there are good examples of collaboration and coordination across social service and healthcare sectors today, not all cases are handled in a systematic and consistent manner. To help raise overall practice standards and the experience for those seeking help, the practice guide will clearly lay out the kinds of services different agencies in the social and health sector should provide and how they should work with one another to serve clients with mental health needs. At the end of the day, it is all about serving individuals with mental health support needs better. Mr Speaker, in Mandarin, please. (In Mandarin): Mr Speaker, we hope that any Singaporean in need of mental health support will not have to navigate their help-seeking journey alone and as a result, feel lost or afraid. Seeking help should not be a lonely experience. To address this, we will establish first-stop touchpoints to help Singaporeans find appropriate mental health services. These include: first, a number to call or text; second, a comprehensive website for self-help; and third, a place for Singaporeans to seek help.[+2 sentences] Further, social service professionals often encounter individuals with mental health needs in the course of their work. Many of these individuals may not even be aware of their own mental health needs. To address this, we will provide basic mental health training for 1,500 social service professionals.[+7 sentences] Finally, we will also develop a practice guide, so that both healthcare and social service professionals can collaborate more seamlessly in screening, assessment, referral, IT and data sharing practices. There is only one ultimate goal: to provide more comprehensive and client-centric services for Singaporeans with mental health needs. : Mr Speaker, our mission at hand is one that is salient and pressing. Our national mental health strategy lays the foundation and gives us direction so that we can collectively get to a better place in terms of our mental health. Beyond plans, policies and programmes, perhaps, more importantly so, we need a further shift in mindsets surrounding mental health and people with mental health conditions. Much has been done, but more work remains. With the help of Members of this Chamber from both sides of the aisle and beyond, I have every confidence that Singapore can be a paragon where stigma surrounding mental health is a thing of the past and where help-seeking is well-facilitated. With that, I support the Motion.
Mr Speaker6 words
[+1 sentence]Minister of State Gan Siow Huang.
The Minister of State for Manpower (Ms Gan Siow Huang)1885 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, I rise in support of the Motion. Many adults spend substantial time at work and, sometimes, work can be stressful and affect one's mental well-being. It is, thus, important that we look at how workplaces can support mental well-being of employees and what each of us can do to create kinder, more inclusive workplaces. I will, first, touch on the plans to support general mental well-being of employees. In November last year, the WSH Council launched the Well-being Champions Network.[+6 sentences] This is a community of practice for Well-being Champions to exchange best practices and access more resources and training. Who are these Well-being Champions, you might ask? A Well-being Champion is typically a management-level employee or individual whom the company empowers to lead the well-being agenda and implement mental well-being measures in the company. One such Well-being Champion, who has joined the Network, is Mr Hon Lip Yung, General Manager of a local SME. The Network allows Mr Hon to learn from Well-being Champions of other companies on how they implement mental well-being initiatives. Mr Hon is now looking forward to attending training with other members in this Network, which is aligned to Tier 1 of the National Competency Training Framework. The training, worth $400 per person, is complimentary for one champion per company. The Network has 275 members from 145 companies with close to 175,000 employees.[+16 sentences] We will work closely with the various Government agencies, tripartite partners and trade associations to expand the network. Peer support is another important part of strengthening workplace mental well-being support. NCSS and HPB are working together to enhance training for peer supporters and develop a framework to support them. The peer supporters would be equipped to provide emotional support and lend a listening ear to colleagues at the workplace. I agree with Mr Edward Chia's suggestion that every company should have a framework to support their employees' well-being. Employers may refer to the Playbook on Workplace Mental Well-being for step-by-step guidance to implement mental well-being initiatives. HR leaders play an important role in this ecosystem. I encourage more HR professionals to join the Mental Well-being Champions Network. The Institute of Human Resource Professionals (IHRP) has also established the Body of Competencies for HR professionals, which identifies the execution of employee benefits, including mental well-being initiatives, as an expected functional competency for HR professionals. The Ministry of Manpower (MOM) will continue to partner IHRP to equip and support the HR industry on this front. I agree with Mr Mark Lee and other Members on the importance of both physical and mental health. This is why MOM and the WSH Council take a Total WSH approach to workers' well-being, focusing on both physical and mental health. On Mr Ong Hua Han's interest in the support for SMEs, the Total WSH programme provides SMEs with free access to qualified consultants who can advise them on how to manage safety and health in an integrated way and provide intervention programmes, such as mental well-being workshops. We have streamlined the administrative overheads for SMEs to participate more easily and fully. I agree with Mr Edward Chia that it is important for a company to measure the state of mental well-being of its employees. Companies can use MOM's iWorkHealth assessment tool, which is a free online, company-administered tool to better understand their employees' state of mental well-being, including the workplace stressors that the employees are facing. We have taken in companies' feedback to leverage iWorkHealth as a pulse survey to monitor their employees' state of mental well-being on a more frequent basis. I am pleased to announce that we are launching the iWorkHealth Lite. iWorkHealth Lite is a dipstick survey for companies to gauge the employees' work stress and burnout and it can be completed in five minutes.[+14 sentences] Mr Edward Chia also suggested harmonising the iWorkHealth tool with the Human Capital Diagnostic Tool. We will consider this. We need to balance between harmonising tools for ease and gaining an overview of the organisation's environment and workforce, while ensuring that the tools and surveys are kept functional, purposeful and at a reasonable length for the employees. I thank Dr Wan Rizal for highlighting the need for one to set aside time to rest outside of working hours; and Assoc Prof Razwana Begum's point that one has to have reasonable working hours. Ms Carrie Tan and Mr Melvin Yong also suggested introducing the "Right to Disconnect", sometimes, known as after-hours work communication policy to people. Guidance on how to implement such a policy is in the Tripartite Advisory on Mental Health and Well-being at Workplaces. We will continue to work with our tripartite partners, including NTUC and the Singapore National Employers' Federation, to raise awareness of the importance of setting after-hours work communication policy while managing both employees' and business needs. At the same time, the tripartite partners are pushing for greater adoption of work-life harmony measures, such as health and wellness programmes and unrecorded time-off for personal and family matters. I share Mr Melvin Yong, Mr Darryl David, Mr Vikram Nair and Mr Ong Hua Han's call in getting more companies to subscribe to the EAP. Employers may refer to the refreshed EAP service providers list in the Tripartite Advisory, which includes EAP service providers offering subsidised rates and details of their offerings, such as indicative pricings and areas of specialisation. Apart from EAP services, individuals experiencing mental distress or just needing a listening ear, can tap on the new National Mental Health Hotline and Text Service from 2025. There are also free online resources, such as Belle the helpbot and Mindline.sg. Ms Jean See will be happy to note that self-employed individuals and freelancers can tap on such free resources, too. I note Ms Hazel Poa and Assoc Prof Razwana Begum's suggestion for a four-day work week. Companies that find four-day work week feasible and workable for their business and employees are free to do so.[+12 sentences] However, as with any work arrangement, this may only work well for certain sectors and jobs. I encourage employers to proactively discuss with employees the types of FWAs that suit both their business context and their employees' specific needs, including for caregivers who might have special needs, as mentioned by Ms Yeo Wan Ling. Supportive companies that demonstrate exemplary mental well-being practices can be recognised through the annual WSH Culture of Acceptance, Respect and Empathy Award. I acknowledge Ms Ng Ling Ling, Ms Mariam Jaafar and other Members' concern for the mental health of our young adults, especially for those adjusting to their first careers. The National Youth Council's Mentoring SG Movement provides accessible mentoring programmes to support youths in managing life transitions. Young NTUC is one of our partners which has put in place several initiatives, such as career preparation workshops for youths. I would like to assure Ms Carrie Tan that the Public Service Division is taking the lead to strengthen the mental well-being support of our civil servants. This includes providing a range of well-being programmes and resources to equip them with the skills and knowledge for self-care; joining the Well-being Champions Network; having a whole-of-Government confidential counselling services hotline for public officers to speak to trained counsellors; and building a community of Wellness Ambassadors, who are trained peer supporters. The Public Service will continue to strengthen support for our public officers' mental well-being. I will now cover how we are supporting the employment and employability of individuals with mental health conditions who are on recovery. Mr Keith Chua has suggested stronger support for individuals with mental health conditions who are looking for a job. To drive inclusivity in training, SkillsFuture Singapore (SSG) is working with training providers to raise awareness of mental health and well-being in adult learners, develop customised training courses and increase accessibility of some mainstream courses to cater to trainees with mental health conditions. In relation to Mr Edward Chia and Ms Carrie Tan's suggestions to equip Singaporeans with skills in psychological first aid and mental health literacy through SkillsFuture, SSG currently provides funding for more than 100 courses in the area of mental health, including psychological first aid and mental health literacy.[+5 sentences] For those who require customised employment support, agencies, such as IMH, the Singapore Anglican Community Services and the Singapore Association for Mental Health provide services to place them with suitable employers, advise employers on job task adaptations and train supervisors to better support these employees. One such company is Konica Minolta, which has partnered the IMH Job Club since 2016 to recruit individuals in recovery. They are paired with a peer buddy and the company works closely with IMH to effect workplace adjustments, such as moderating their workload and tasks to a more suitable pace. Through the joint support by IMH and the employer, these individuals gain and sustain meaningful employment. We are looking to help employment support agencies expand their partnerships with trade associations and chambers, to encourage more companies to come onboard to hire and retain employees recovering from mental health conditions. On Mr Keith Chua's and Ms Hazel Poa's suggestion to look at some form of wage subsidies for employers that hire these individuals, I would like to say that mental health conditions vary in severity and fluctuate over time.[+8 sentences] It is difficult to calibrate salary support to cater to fluctuations in the conditions of the individual. Today, eligible individuals with mental health conditions are given training allowance as they work on equipping themselves with skills to return to employment. Finally, I would like to speak on the stigma and potential workplace discrimination associated with mental health. I share Ms Ng Ling Ling and Mr Sharael Taha's concerns that individuals with mental health conditions require stronger support. As highlighted by Mr Ong Hua Han, persons with disabilities need even greater help as they could be more vulnerable to mental health illnesses. To this end, NCSS, together with the Beyond the Label Collective Workplace Workgroup members, is developing case studies and videos to increase awareness of best practices of inclusive employment and to guide employers on how to support employees when mental health issues arise. Employers may also refer to NCSS' Mental Health Toolkit on adjustments they may make for their individuals with mental health conditions, including having a phased return-to-work programme and providing a buddy or mentor. NCSS is also working with employment support agencies to develop a common framework to refer, assess and support individuals with varying readiness to return to work. On the issue of workplace discrimination, as raised by Dr Wan Rizal and other Members, the upcoming Workplace Fairness Legislation sends a strong signal that there is no place for discrimination against employees and jobseekers with mental health conditions.[+4 sentences] Employees should be treated fairly and based on merit, even if they have chosen to disclose their mental health conditions. The Government is committed to working with employers to strengthen support for employees' mental well-being. To the employers, we encourage you to tap on resources that are available. To employees, let us strive to show kindness, support and understanding to those around us. To those of you recovering from mental health conditions and other vulnerable groups seeking employment, you are not alone. We will support you in the pursuit of meaningful employment.[+1 sentence] Together, we can build a more inclusive society.
Mr Speaker7 words
[+1 sentence]Senior Minister of State Dr Janil Puthucheary.
The Senior Minister of State for Health (Dr Janil Puthucheary)3477 words
[+10 sentences]Mr Speaker, I rise in support of the Motion. I want to thank Dr Wan Rizal, Mr Edward Chia, Ms Mariam Jaafar, Dr Tan Wu Meng and Mr Yip Hon Weng for putting forward this Motion on advancing mental health and highlighting the need for a whole-of-Singapore effort to implement a national strategy to enhance mental health and well-being. I would also like to thank my colleagues who had just spoken, sharing on efforts in the health, social, education, workplace and community sectors; and many Members of Parliament, who have supported the various mental health initiatives and provided suggestions for improvements. I would also like to record my thanks to all the members of the task force, political office holders, people that we have consulted, community representatives, the Civil Service officers as well as the professionals that have contributed to not just the development of the strategy, but so much of what we have done since we launched the strategy to implement these programmes into action. What is it that we are trying to do? What is it that we are trying to achieve? As many colleagues have emphasised, mental health exists on a spectrum and requires a comprehensive approach involving the entire government and society. Instead of managing mental disorders only or solely, largely in hospital-based settings, the aim is to bring mental health support closer to individuals' everyday environment. Their homes, workplaces and social circles. By integrating care within the community, mental health support can be seamlessly delivered within natural social settings, such as schools and workplaces; and leveraging existing social and support networks, such as families, friends and coworkers. The National Population Health Survey in 2022 reported that our residents are more willing to seek help informally from their social circles, rather than formally from healthcare professionals.[+19 sentences] By shifting the focus of our efforts, the centre of gravity, into the community, by broadening the number of professions and processes that can be involved in mental health and by engaging larger and larger circles of the community, we are hoping to do a number of things in terms of changing what we do for mental health in Singapore. The first of many, I will just highlight three, but the first is increasing access to our mental health services ecosystem. We want to be able to make it easy for people to find the help that they need and access the touchpoints that will provide them the interventions that they will find useful. The second, is to make sure that we make these interventions effective and certainly, for persons with mild mental health concerns or mental health conditions that are mild, care in the community, where they are able to continue to interact with their social circles, with their friends, with their family, with their workplace, have that normal routine of life, interventions in those settings may be more effective than removing the person from the natural rhythm of their life, institutionalising them and providing a very clinical response. The third reason is that by involving a much wider variety of partners and more and more members of the community, we hope to be able to drive that shift in attitude that so many Members of this House have spoken about as being key to changing our approach towards mental health here in Singapore. That is what we are trying to achieve and why we are trying to do this. How we are doing so, I will go on to explain some of the details, and in particular, the tiered care model. This has been brought up by Senior Parliamentary of State Rahayu Mahzam. It has been a central part of the strategy and has been discussed. I will highlight that this tiered care model is not something we need members of the public to internalise or use as a guide on how they seek services. Someone with mental health concerns does not need to look at the strategy and ask, "Am I a Tier 1?" That is not the point. The tiered care model is an internal way of organising our services. It is an internal way of thinking how we will invest the development of our services, shift the development of our professional capacity and capability, and integrate the various parts of our system with each other. But the reason we explained it and, I will now explain it, is to make the point that we are very serious about what we want to do. We are very serious about reorganising how we deliver our services and how we develop our capacity and our capability. So, in explaining the breadth and depth of what we are doing, I will need to explain a little bit about how the tiered care model will be developed and implemented. It will guide the delivery of our mental health services according to the severity of mental health needs and apply across a variety of settings. It serves as a framework, a foundation for strategic enhancements to our mental health ecosystem. Our overall goal is to improve access to care and mitigate unwarranted medicalisation and to reduce stigma. Because not every mental health issue needs to be addressed by a psychiatrist, just as not every medical condition needs to be treated as an inpatient by a specialist. So, as has been discussed, there will be four levels of mental health support: from mental health promotion, self-help and peer support at Tier 1, to the most intensive level of care in hospitals and by specialist clinics at Tier 4.[+1 sentence] Based on the severity of symptoms, individuals can tailor care according to their needs. Individuals with severe symptoms of mental health conditions will benefit from hospital-based psychiatric and medical treatment. Those with mild to moderate symptoms are best supported by mental health practitioners in primary care and community settings.[+10 sentences] The majority of individuals, who may experience mental distress periodically without mental illness, could be best supported by peer supporters in schools or workplaces, as well as using self-help resources, including online. Overall, we aim to ensure that individuals with mental health needs receive the right support at the right time. This reflects a more nuanced and responsive approach to mental health. Senior Parliamentary Secretary Eric Chua shared about the Practice Guide that is being developed by the Interagency Taskforce on Mental Health and Well-Being together with key stakeholders from the health, social and education sectors. This will translate the core concepts into practical steps to help practitioners effectively apply this tiered approach; make the framework work for their clients and for their patients; and enhance the integration and coordination of our mental health support system. We have already put in place implementation teams, working groups and committees to execute our various plans and strategies. The processes in this Practice Guide will be piloted with some of the service providers and fine-tuned before being disseminated to mental health practitioners across our ecosystem by the end of the year. GP clinics and polyclinics are important touchpoints for all of us, especially for individuals with mental health needs. They are community-based, easily accessible and we know that there is a strong association between physical and mental health conditions. So, the primary care service, primary care doctor and primary care clinic are ideally placed to treat the patient's physical and mental health conditions simultaneously and holistically. Today, 19 out of the existing 25 polyclinics provide mental health services.[+2 sentences] These services at polyclinics are helmed by multi-disciplinary teams with family physicians, psychologists, medical social workers and nurses. In addition, over 450 GPs in GP clinics are trained to support persons with mental health needs under the Mental Health General Practitioner Partnership. To ensure that more patients with common mental health conditions, such as anxiety and depression, have access to mental health services in a primary care setting, we aim to make these services available in all polyclinics and 1,350 Healthier SG GP clinics by 2030.[+3 sentences] Expanding mental health support in the community beyond healthcare settings is essential. Today, 73 CREST work tirelessly to raise awareness, detect and refer individuals with mental health needs to the appropriate services. Eight of these teams currently cater to youths. By 2030, we will expand the number of outreach teams to 90 and we will have 15 teams that cater to youths.[+4 sentences] The CREST teams work on awareness, detection and referrals. We have another set of teams, which are the Community Intervention Teams (COMIT). They provide mental health assessments and psychosocial interventions. Today, we have 29 of such teams, with four of them catering to youths. By 2030, we will expand the number of these teams as well to have 50 COMIT teams, with 15 catering to youths.[+28 sentences] MOH is working with AIC to publicise these services as well, so that more people can benefit from access to these community-based mental health services. Other than expanding mental health services in primary and community care settings, we must also continue to ensure the safety and quality of services. I thank Dr Syed Harun, Ms He Ting Ru, Miss Rachel Ong and Assoc Prof Razwana Begum for their suggestion to introduce regulatory frameworks for psychologists and other professionals. I would point out that this space is not entirely a vacuum today. There are, indeed, some regulatory processes and frameworks in place. Today, services provided by clinical psychologists in healthcare institutions are subjected to the clinical governance framework of these healthcare institutions and existing healthcare legislations, such as the Healthcare Services Act. In a non-healthcare setting, such as MSF-funded early intervention programmes, the operators do, indeed, employ mental health professionals, including clinical psychologists, to provide therapy services. These funding agreements for these services specify the minimum qualifications and training required before staff can be deployed to provide such services. So, there are some regulatory frameworks in place. But Members have made the point that perhaps it is insufficient for our situation today and, potentially, insufficient for the outcome of the shift that our national mental health strategy will engender. Psychology practice is evolving and already encompasses diverse fields with their own unique safety concerns. So, MOH has been working already with agencies, service providers and professional associations to update the risk assessment and that updating of the risk assessment will have to take into account, then, what developments occur in the field in the near future; review and study these findings; and study the possible need to regulate clinical psychologists. So, I thank Members for their suggestions. There is, I think, not a consensus among the suggestions within the House from which professions need what type of regulation. So, we will study all the suggestions that are being made very seriously and look at these possibilities. But beyond the regulation of clinical psychologists, building the competencies of other mental health practitioners and the community to effectively support individuals with mental health needs is another critical component of our strategy. So, we have introduced the National Mental Health Competency Training Framework to enhance the capabilities of practitioners across the various tiers of care. This framework will complement existing professional standards for mental health professionals, such as psychologists and counsellors. It provides guidance to service providers in acquiring the necessary competencies which will then be aligned with the tiered care model. Importantly, this national mental health competency training framework is designed to be inclusive and it encompasses all practitioners and individuals involved in mental health support. So, one single, national mental health competency training framework, from lay responders, like peer supporters, to mental health professionals, like psychologists and counsellors. As we step-up our capability building efforts, a substantial pool of peer supporters and service providers across Tiers 1, 2 and 3 will have the necessary baseline competencies to support individuals with mental health needs over the next two years. We will equip a wide spectrum of practitioners and enhance the overall capability of the community to provide effective support for individuals with mental health needs. But we will also engage peer supporters and frontline personnel that are not within the healthcare and social space. They will be trained to identify mental health needs and provide psychological first aid, if needed. So, the term is appropriate. Just as you do not need to be a healthcare worker to provide first aid, it is something that all of us can do. We want to train people to be able to provide psychological first aid, even if they are not a healthcare worker or a care professional. Today, over 48,000 frontline personnel, including school teachers and officers from agencies, such as the Singapore Police Force (SPF), Housing and Development Board (HDB), Central Narcotics Bureau (CNB), Social Service Offices and FSCs, have been trained, together with 54,000 volunteers, to recognise and provide basic emotional support to individuals in need and to refer these individuals for further support as needed. The eventual goal is to extend this training approach to over 130,000 frontline personnel and volunteers by 2030.[+11 sentences] So, to have a broad network of support and individuals for mental health needs. We have created the learning modules. AIC has worked on this and put it online: awareness of the signs and symptoms of mental health conditions; and how to support individuals. They are accessible and open to the public. There are courses that you can go for psychological first aid. So, caregivers for individuals with mental health needs may also find it beneficial to participate in these courses and enhance their ability to care for their loved ones, the care recipients. The issue here is supporting individuals with mild symptoms of mental health conditions. How to identify the individuals, prevent an escalation of their symptoms and de-escalate a mental health crisis and formulating a safety plan for individuals with suicide risk. Next to this, we have plans around what to do to support individuals with moderate symptoms of mental health conditions. For that, service providers are trained to conduct mental health assessments and provide psychotherapy. So, we distinguish those 130,000 frontline personnel and volunteers focused on mental health needs of people with mild conditions; and then a separate tier of interventions for individuals who can support people with mental health needs that are moderate in nature, with moderate symptoms – providing assessments, psychotherapy to reduce the severity of their symptoms. To raise the capabilities of these practitioners, MOH and the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) are collaborating with NUS, the Nanyang Technological University (NTU) and Singapore University of Social Sciences (SUSS), to develop an onboarding course for practitioners providing Tier 3 support to equip participants with skills to provide Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) for a range of common mental health conditions, including depressive and anxiety disorders, schizophrenia, obsessive compulsive disorders and insomnia. We aim to upskill 80 practitioners a year through these courses, starting from this year.[+13 sentences] This is part of our commitment to proactively upskill practitioners in the community to effectively support individuals with diverse mental health needs. Mr Keith Chua, Ms Mariam Jaafar, Mr Yip Hon Weng and Mr Vikram Nair highlighted concerns about persons with suicide risk. The causes of suicide are multifaceted and it requires a holistic, multi-agency approach to address them. For example, in schools and IHLs, students at risk of suicide are supported by school counsellors, referred to REACH, Community Health Assessment Team (CHAT) or emergency services in hospitals. CareLine, a 24/7 social support hotline, provides tele-befriending as well as emergency response services to seniors in distress and it is operated by staff who can speak various dialects. Those in crisis can access crisis helplines, such as the Samaritans of Singapore's (SOS') Hotline and Care Text and IMH's Mental Health helpline. Under the National Mental Health Competency Training Framework, service providers in the community would be equipped with suicide risk assessment and intervention skills, so that individuals with suicide risk can be detected early and be provided with the relevant interventions. But we will continue to work on this and find ways to do what we do better and to make sure that every individual who needs help can find it. As a safety net to meet the care needs of individuals with severe and chronic mental health conditions, MOH will be expanding our hospital and our long-term care capacity. This will be supported by plans to expand the pool of psychiatrists and psychologists in our public healthcare institutions, as has already been shared. So, the balance of that capacity increase will be different, depending on whether we are talking about inpatient psychiatric beds at places like IMH and the redeveloped Alexandra Hospital compared to, for example, long-term psychiatric care capacity. We hope that with all the things we are doing with our mental health strategy, while we will increase inpatient acute psychiatric capacity, the need for that will not be so significant because of the things we are doing upstream in the population and within the community. But we will continue to need some increase in facilities in long-term psychiatric care capacity. Today, we have almost 1,000 acute psychiatric beds.[+1 sentence] By 2030, this will be 1,070. Today, we have 3,000 step-down residential care beds – long-term psychiatric care facilities. By 2030, we will have 3,500 of such beds.[+17 sentences] So, the balance is on the long-term residential psychiatric care. So, even though we are expanding our capacity to provide mental health support for persons with severe mental health needs, it does not mean that we are adopting a purely medicalised approach towards mental health. There is room for non-medical interventions, such as art-based interventions, to play a bigger part in promoting mental well-being. To cultivate mental wellness, we need to live healthily. That means having friends, having adequate sleep, a healthy diet, taking part in sports, arts and volunteer work. These are not medical interventions, but they make a huge difference to an individual's life and a huge difference to an individual's health. The National Mental Health and Well-Being Strategy puts forth a comprehensive and holistic approach to addressing mental health issues across many different facets of society. It encompasses a preventive component as well as curative perspectives. We want to tackle the whole continuum of mental health issues coherently, with an emphasis on community, schools and workplace settings. We want to foster a whole-of-society approach, uniting efforts across different sectors to build a mentally healthy and resilient population. After we launched the strategy last year, in late 2023, we have continued to engage with professionals and stakeholders in the space, and we have sought their feedback on the strategy and how the implementation was going. All of them supported the strategy recommendations, but consistently, all of them – professionals working in the mental healthcare space, whether they are healthcare workers or they are social workers in the community and within institutions – raised concerns about persistent stigma and the need for stronger partnerships. The need for stronger partnerships between clients and providers, but also partnerships across different service providers. It is very important that we must not forget these fundamentals even as we talk about all the other things that we are doing around the implementation of the strategy. We will continue to address these issues as we go forward. There are many initiatives rolled out by the various Ministries and agencies to support individuals with mental health needs. Ms Carrie Tan asked about the need to transition the current interagency task force to a permanent national well-being committee. We have a plan for a whole-of-Government coordination, which is the National Mental Health Office. It will be established by 2025 with officers from the health, social and the education sectors to oversee the implementation of the strategy to ensure cohesive alignment of policies and programmes at the national level and to track the progress and impact of the strategy.[+8 sentences] Actually, these teams and officers have already begun work. They began work in supporting the work of the Inter-Ministry Taskforce. They are the ones that worked together to put the strategy in place and they are already working together to implement our various programmes and recommendations. So, the work will continue and the work is not done. Members have highlighted issues that we have to continue to study, whether it is about the regulation of some professionals, issues to do with how insurance is made available and issues to do with stigma and access. So, we are quite clear that the work is not done and there is need for continued work in this space. I would like to thank all the Ministries and agency officers who have come together to better support and advance the mental health and well-being of our population. The collective dedication and commitment of our Government agencies and the whole of our society are instrumental in driving positive change and fostering better mental health for all.
Mr Speaker13 words
[+1 sentence]I would like to invite Dr Wan Rizal to make his closing speech.
Dr Wan Rizal (Jalan Besar)911 words
[+5 sentences]Mr Speaker, on behalf of the Government Parliamentary Committee for Health, Dr Tan Wu Meng, Ms Mariam Jaafar, Mr Yip Hon Weng and Mr Edward Chia, I extend our profound appreciation to all Members who have actively participated in this pivotal debate. I was deeply moved by the stories and struggles shared in this Chamber. In fact, I was crying when one of the stories was being shared about suicide. Over the years, I have heard many, many stories. But to hear from Members, from each and every Member, shows how much we care for the communities we serve. Thirty-one Members of the House took part in this Motion, including Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong, showcasing the undeniable importance of mental health in our lives and society.[+33 sentences] The voices of the Nominated Members of Parliament, with their unique insights and connections to the communities they serve, have been particularly striking. Their contributions have not only enriched our debate but have also underscored the urgency of addressing mental health with compassion and action. Mental health is everyone's business and I am glad that everyone agrees that business as usual is no longer acceptable. The diversity of topics discussed, spanning different sectors and age groups, has highlighted our collective understanding that mental well-being cannot be compartmentalised. In our spirited discussions over the last two days, we have delved deep into the myriad aspects of mental health, from increasing understanding and literacy to tackling the practicalities of cost, insurance and the critical support for caregivers. Yet, amidst all these important conversations, one subject has notably stood out. Touching the core of our humanity, shared by Dr Janil Puthucheary earlier as well, which is the stigma surrounding mental health. It is not just a societal issue. It is profoundly personal, affecting individuals and families in every corner of our community. The stigma mutes voices that need to be heard. It isolates those who feel alone in their struggle and deepens the wounds of those silently suffering. The story shared in our debate have underscored the urgent necessity to breakdown these walls of silence and isolation and our mission is clear to foster a society where conversations about mental health are met with open arms and understanding hearts, not judgement. We need to cultivate an environment that encourages everyone to seek help about fear to talk openly without shame. The mission spans across every facet of our society, from our schools to our workplaces, from our healthcare institutions to the very fabric of our communities. Sir, as I speak about stigma, we cannot overlook the heroes often in the shadows too – the caregivers. Their journey of is one of love, resilience and, sometimes, silent struggle. They face their own set of challenges, bearing emotional and financial burdens, all while navigating the stigma associated with mental health. In one of my many conversations I had with the community, the caregivers often come forth and shared their challenges and hope that, through this strategy, our efforts would support them further. Sir, mental health is an issue that touches all aspects of life, requiring a united, inclusive approach. The Government's response, led by Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong, no less, is deeply appreciative and highly encouraging. I would like to thank Senior Minister of State Dr Janil Puthucheary, Minister of State Gan Siow Huang, Senior Parliamentary Secretaries Rahayu Mahzam and Eric Chua, for their comprehensive reply. It is a testament to our Government's unwavering commitment to advancing mental health care in Singapore. But, more than policies and plans, the debate that we had, has been a powerful reminder of why we do what we do. It is about the people we serve, the lives we hope to improve and the community we wish to build. A Singapore where mental health is a priority for everyone. The strategy that has been laid out is just the beginning. It is a promise of action, a roadmap towards a future where every Singaporean knows they are not alone in their struggles. As we move forward, let us remember that our efforts today are for the long term. The impact of our work might not be immediately visible, but we are planting seeds for a future where mental health is openly discussed, supported and prioritised. As we look ahead, I invite every Member of this House to stand with us in this commitment. This is more than just a Motion. It is a pledge to our fellow Singaporeans that their well-being is our priority. The journey may be long and challenging, but it is a journey worth taking together. By supporting this Motion, we are choosing to be part of a compassionate community that recognises the importance of mental health and well-being. I can assure you, as members of the Government Parliamentary Committee of Health, we will continue to pursue this effort on mental health and ensure that the strategy is being implemented.[+6 sentences] We are committing to a future where everyone feels supported, valued and understood. Let us seize the opportunity to make a lasting difference in the lives of our people. I urge you, Members of this House, to support this Motion, not just for the health of our nation but for the well-being of every individual who calls Singapore home. May our commitment and sustained efforts towards mental health last. Together, we can and we will make mental health and well-being a reality for all. We will take action.
Mr Speaker11 words
[+2 sentences]Are there any clarifications for Dr Wan Rizal? Ms Usha Chandradas.
Ms Usha Chandradas (Nominated Member)16 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, I have a clarification for Senior Minister of State Janil Puthucheary, if I may?
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Go ahead.
Ms Usha Chandradas62 words
[+1 sentence]I would like to clarify what is MOH's position on the regulation of art psychotherapists. The Senior Minister of State has acknowledged that art interventions are an important part of our mental health and wellness strategies. But I would like to clarify, will the Ministry be engaging with arts wellness practitioners as well as our arts therapies communities to further this strategy?
Dr Janil Puthucheary111 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, I thank Ms Usha Chandradas for the question. We will be very happy to follow-up with her and other practitioners to look to see how we will engage with the practitioners, provide for an appropriate level of access, depending on the effectiveness of the various components of the intervention. As has been brought up in the House, actually, Members have differing views as to how far regulation should go – which professions should be regulated, which interventions should be regulated, which settings should be regulated. It is something that we are studying and we will be very happy to study it together with the professionals involved in the space.
Mr Speaker22 words
[+3 sentences]I am sorry I missed your hand just now, Ms Usha Chandradas. Any other Member has any clarifications? Yes, Ms Carrie Tan.
Ms Carrie Tan (Nee Soon)93 words
[+3 sentences]Speaker, I would like to seek clarification from Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong. When he articulated that the National Mental Health Office will continue to drive this effort, may I ask, whether it will be residing within MOH and, if so, how will the Prime Minister's Office ensure that the well-being initiatives and policies are well-coordinated across Ministries? Because, for example, education policies will have an impact on manpower and manpower policies can have an impact on family life; and all these contribute to the levels of stress and bandwidth and all that.
Mr Lawrence Wong29 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, it still resides in MOH. The coordination office and function are in MOH. But rest assured that it will be empowered to effectively coordinate across the whole-of-Government.
Mr Speaker64 words
[+3 sentences]Any other clarifications from any Member? No. [(proc text) Resolved, "That this House recognises the importance of mental health as a health, social and economic issue; affirms the importance of a robust national mental health ecosystem; and calls for a whole-of-Singapore effort to implement a national strategy to enhance mental health and well-being." (proc text)]
Public Finances›Motions81 turns · 29,221w
· 206 highlighted
motion-2316
Mr Leong Mun Wai (Non-Constituency Member)3590 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, I beg to move*, "That this House calls on the Government to review its current Budget and Reserve accumulation policies in order to help present-day Singaporeans reduce their financial burdens and improve their quality of life, while continuing to save for future generations of Singaporeans." Last November, during the debate on the Cost of Living Motion raised by the Workers' Party (WP), I attributed a large part of the rising cost of living problem to the policies of the People's Action Party (PAP) Government. Today, I will delve deeper into the Government's Budget and Reserve accumulation policies to justify what I have said. The Singapore Government have put in place a good Reserve accumulation system, started by the late Dr Goh Keng Swee, to facilitate the accumulation of the huge Reserves we have today. However, because our Reserves are not accumulated from natural resources, there is a cost to accumulating our Reserves, which comes from the sacrifices of the Singaporeans. For example, much of the land reserves came from the acquisitions of land from Singaporeans at below market prices during the 1970s and 1980s, while the financial reserves are accumulated through the investment of land sales proceeds, Government surpluses and the Central Provident Board (CPF) balances of Singaporeans.[+26 sentences] Whatever the Government has accumulated in surpluses and Reserves, these are the people's money, not the Government's money. The cost of accumulating Reserves is tolerable when our economy and incomes were growing rapidly. However, as our economic fundamentals change, there comes a point when the welfare of present-day Singaporeans will be hurt if we continue accumulating Reserves at the same rate as we are doing now. We are of the view that the Singapore of today has gone past that point. The cost of living crisis that we are facing now, in addition to growing social inequality, increasing mental health issues and declining total fertility rate (TFR) are examples of social ills that have resulted from our economic policies. Today, it is not unreasonable for Singaporeans to expect the Government to focus less on accumulating Reserves and do more with our financial resources to address these social ills. However, over the years, when it comes to Reserves, the PAP Government's approach has been to tell Singaporeans that: one, there is no such thing as too much Reserves; two, that the Reserves can only be used in absolute emergencies; and three, that Singaporeans cannot be told how much Reserves we have accumulated because of national security reasons. The Progress Singapore Party (PSP) believes that this approach does not do justice to the fact that the Reserves are accumulated from the blood and sweat of Singaporeans. There is a cost to accumulating Reserves. Singaporeans deserve to have a greater say over how much we are accumulating in the Reserves, how we are using the Reserves today and how much we are living behind for future generations of Singaporeans. In today's debate, we will first discuss the size of our past Reserves and why it need not be a secret. Then, we will examine how we can moderate the rate of Reserve accumulation marginally to care for and motivate present-day Singaporeans, while continuing to accumulate more Reserves for future generations of Singaporeans. It will be befitting for me to emphasise, again, at this point, that PSP is making proposals with neither the intention to nor the effect of raiding our Reserves. That has never been our approach and mindset towards this issue and neither do our proposals have that effect. In this light, I hope that this debate will focus on the substance of our proposals. Let us start with the size of our Reserves. Mr Speaker, during this debate, we will be referring to the financial assets in the past Reserves as the financial reserves and the fiscal assets in the past reserves as land reserves. During the Budget Debate in 2021, Deputy Prime Minister Heng Swee Keat said that no responsible leader will reveal the size of the Reserves. PSP disagrees. We believe a responsible leader should reveal the size of the Reserves for the following reasons. First, as the collective owners of the Reserves, Singaporeans deserve to have access to the precise information about our Reserves, the returns and how it is being invested and managed. A clear statement by the Government on the size and performance of our financial reserves every year will go a long way to facilitate proper discussion on taxation and spending policies and to quash fake news about the insolvency of our CPF, the size of our external debt and the performances of GIC and Temasek. There may be no real necessity for the public to know the full extent of our military capabilities. But Singaporeans would need a clear idea of the size and performance of our financial reserves as a reference point to have a constructive public debate on the Government's taxation and spending policies. Secondly, the most effective defence against currency speculation lies not in the confidentiality of the size of our financial reserves, but in the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) ensuring that the value of the Singapore dollar is in line with our economic fundamentals. Third, there is no national security threat arising from disclosing the size of the financial reserves because it can already be estimated using publicly available information, such as the Government financial statements, even though the Ministry of Finance (MOF) has claimed that the Government's total financial assets, as reflected in the Government financial statements, do not represent the size of our national Reserves. My colleague Ms Hazel Poa will show the House later that we can estimate our financial reserves to be about $1.2 trillion, simply by deducting the relevant liabilities from the financial assets.[+5 sentences] While the size of the financial reserves can be estimated, an official statement is still important to put all Singaporeans on the same page. The $1.2 trillion figure for financial reserves is not a static number. It will continue to increase over time, from five sources of growth. One, official foreign reserves (OFR). OFR will continue to grow as long as there is more money flowing into than flowing out of Singapore. For example, from the end of 2019 to the end of 2022, even during the COVID-19 pandemic, MAS had accumulated new OFR from large access foreign inflows amounting to about $250 billion.[+5 sentences] This is more than six times the amount the Government has drawn down to fight the pandemic or more than two and a half times the total Government expenditure in a normal year. There was so much OFR accumulated in recent years that the Government had to set up a new mechanism, the Reserve Management Government Securities in January 2022, for MAS to transfer excess OFR to GIC. Two, CPF balances. Ms Hazel Poa will explain, in detail, how the growth and investment of our CPF balances contribute to the growth of the Reserves. Three, Net Investment Returns (NIR). Currently, the financial reserves generate NIR of about $50 billion dollars a year.[+7 sentences] Of which, half is kept in the financial reserves and half allocated to the budget for spending in the current year, which is known as the Net Investment Returns Contribution (NIRC). As our financial reserves increase and make positive returns over time, our NIR and NIRC are also expected to increase in tandem. Four, land sales revenues. The revenue from all land sales goes directly into the Reserves. I will be discussing this further, later in my speech. And, finally, five, Government budget surpluses. All and any surpluses of the Government go directly to the Reserves. In summary, although not necessarily known and accepted by most Singaporeans, it is transparent to the financial markets that Singapore has approximately $1.2 trillion dollars of financial reserves, which is still growing every year and generating higher and higher investment returns each year amounting to $47 billion in fiscal year 2023.[+25 sentences] It is because of this strong financial position that PSP has opposed the Goods and Services Tax (GST) and property tax hikes in 2023 and 2024. When Prime Minister Lee was interviewed by the CNA documentary in August last year, he said that the biggest misconception which people have is that there is such a thing as enough and that he does not know how much Reserves is enough. PSP's response to that is we are of the view that we may have reached the point of enough if we are raising taxes when Singaporeans are facing a cost of living crisis for the sake of maintaining the current rate of Reserve accumulation. PSP disagrees that we continue the accumulate Reserves at the same rate when it hurts the welfare of present-day Singaporeans. The accumulation of Reserves comes with costs and benefits. For too long, the Government has over-emphasised the benefits but downplayed the cost. Mr Speaker, after ascertaining the size of our financial reserves, we are now in a better position to discuss how the Budget and Reserve accumulation policies can be tweaked to produce better economy outcomes for Singaporeans. In the past few years, PSP and WP had suggested various ways by which the Government can deploy more Reserves to ease the burden of Singaporeans today, without compromising the welfare of future generations. First, there is a general consensus that we should not touch the principal of the past Reserves. For example, if the financial reserves amount to $1.2 trillion, well, we should leave that alone. Secondly, both PSP and WP have made different but reasonable suggestions on ways to continue growing the Reserves, but at a slower rate. For example, we have suggested that part or all of the land sales proceeds should be allocated to the yearly budget for spending. Given the land is only sold at leasehold, land sales are a recurring source of income which can be used for current spending. Both PSP and WP have also asked for a larger share of the NIR of the financial reserves to be allocated to the yearly budget, instead of raising taxes. Currently, 50% of the NIR is allocated to the budget as a NIR contribution (NIRC). WP has suggested to increase the share of the NIR, from 50% to 60% for the NIRC. The Government has rejected all these proposals and continues that adhere to its stance that the allocation of 50% of NIR as NIRC to the budget is fair, for both the present and future generations. This brings us to the very pertinent question, which is, whether present-day Singaporeans are really enjoying the full benefit of the NIRC. Upon deeper examination of our budgetary policies, we can see that not every dollar spent in the budget has been used on spending in the current year for the benefit of Singaporeans. Part of the budget goes towards the endowment and trust funds for future spending, and another part goes towards making up the Housing and Development Board's (HDB's) deficit from land cost which goes to the Reserves. This is equivalent to not enjoying the full benefits of the NIRC during the current year. Let me, first, explain in more detail the contributions to the endowment and trust funds. The Government has said that the budget is in deficit and will continue to be so, because of the increasing expenditure for the ageing population. However, is the budget really in structural deficit? Our budget has about $100 billion in operating revenues, which does not include the NIRC. Total expenditures, which include both operating and development expenditures slightly exceeds the operating revenues by about $3 billion to $5 billion. So, the budget should be in a big surplus after taking in the NIRC, which is $23.5 billion in fiscal year 2023.[+6 sentences] However, a deficit is normally reported in the overall budget because the Government transfers a large part of the surplus budget resources arising from the NIRC, each year, to many endowment and trust funds there are intended to fund long-term spending. In 2019, MOF reported to the Estimates Committee that there will 23 such funds. There are probably more now. It is not easy to keep track of the balances and expenditures of these funds because only 11 funds set up by legislation are reported in the Government financial statements. The other funds are reported in the financial statements of Statutory Boards. Capital transfers to these funds are accounted for as current expenditures in the budget, although most of these transfers are not spent in the current year. Based on the budget figures from fiscal year 2012 to 2020, the total capital transfer to the endowment and trust funds is equivalent to 64% of the total NIRC allocated to the budget in that period. In fiscal year 2023, the transfer equalled 72% of the NIRC. As a result, about $51 billion has been accumulated in the 11 funds listed in the Government financial statements by the end of fiscal year 2023.[+6 sentences] These funds are classified by MOF as: endowment funds; and non-endowment or trust funds. For endowment funds, it is stipulated by law, that the capital transferred is locked up and cannot be spent. Only the investment income can be disbursed. There are five such funds reported in the Government financial statements and the total capital locked up, is about $23 billion. For the non-endowment or trust funds, the capital together with the investment income, might be drawn down to meet expenditure needs over multiple years, long into the future. Even though, the capital has been expensed off the budget in the year of transfer. Between 2018 and 2022, the actual net annual spending for the 11 funds, accounted for less than 10% of the total assets of the funds.[+15 sentences] The Government has argued, that the creation of endowment and trust funds is a more prudent measure to ensure that future expenditures are fully-costed and paid-for upfront. However, there is no need to do so in the case of the GST voucher fund, because future GST voucher payments can be offset by GST revenues in the same year. As expenditures and costs are matched, what is the rationale to lock up $9 billion in the GST voucher fund now? The regular top-ups of the funds also show that not all future expenditures can be accurately forecasted from the start. Hence, these endowment and trust funds, especially the five endowment funds where the capital is locked up, can also be seen as a second set of reserves that are being set aside for specific purposes. When money is being transferred from the current year's budget into these endowment and trust funds, we are essentially transferring money back into the Reserves. If we are too conservative and allocate too much money for future expenditures, in the current year budget, these could potentially mean a shortage of resources for other expenditures and lead to tax increases that are larger and earlier than required. PSP will suggest a more efficient way of deploying the surplus budget resources, arising from the NIRC later. Next, we examine how the payment of land cost for public housing, has led to a heavier tax burden for Singaporeans. We have said that the financial reserves are valued at about $1.2 trillion, as of end-March 2023. The land reserve, on the other hand, are valued only when it is sold. No land cost is paid for, for land use by the state, schools, hospitals and other public infrastructure. But when land is sold for public housing and commercial use, the user will pay a market cost of the land, which goes directly to the financial reserves. Our main point of contention, relates to the Government charging land cost for public housing since 1985. Since 1985, the Housing and Development Board (HDB) has been required to pay the land cost of the land into the financial reserves, when it gets land from the Government to build HDB flats. In fiscal year 2022, the HDB paid about $5.39 billion of land cost to the financial reserves.[+2 sentences] The total cost of HDB flats, comprise the land cost and construction cost. When the land cost is high and increasing all the time, HDB cannot charge the full cost to the buyer in order to maintain affordability. As a result, HDB is saddled with large deficits, which amounted to $5.38 billion in fiscal year 2022.[+8 sentences] Incidentally, the HDB's deficit is almost equal to the land cost paid in fiscal year 2022. The HDB deficit created, by paying land cost into the Reserve, is not only paid by the HDB flat buyers, but also all of us taxpayers whenever we pay any tax. It is a heavy and unnecessary financial burden on Singaporeans, which can be avoided if the land cost is waived for public housing. Hence, while the Reserves increase over time, this comes at the price of more taxes and smaller Build-To-Order (BTO) flats for Singaporeans. We must ask ourselves: is this what we really want for ourselves and for our children and grandchildren? Mr Speaker, the Government has tied up a lot of financial resources from the Budget and in the Reserves, to the detriment of the financial well-being of Singaporeans today. Through today's debate, PSP hopes to convince this House that our resources in the Budget and Reserves should be deployed more fairly for present-day Singaporeans, while we continue saving for future generations. In this regard, PSP proposes two changes, pertaining to the deployment of the NIRC and the charging of the land cost to public housing. PSP's first proposal is that no further endowment and trust funds should be created and no further top-ups should be made to existing endowment and trust funds.[+10 sentences] We propose to consolidate surplus budget or NIRC resources, in an omnibus budget surplus fund for future spending for Singaporeans, instead of breaking these resources into many endowment and trust funds. Long-term expenditure needs should, then, be funded each year directly out of this budget surplus fund. The investment returns on the assets in the fund, should also be retained in the fund. This approach has several advantages. First, it will ensure that surplus budget or NIRC resources, will always be used promptly for the immediate spending needs of Singaporeans. No capital will be left idle and the capital that is not used, remains in the budget surplus fund and not transferred back to the Reserves. Secondly, Parliament can have better oversight over one omnibus fund, as compared to more than 20 different funds managed by different Ministries, Statutory Boards and other agencies. Parliament can be informed of the expenditures of the fund at the beginning of each fiscal year, just like any expenditures in the Budget. Parliament can be given long-term spending projections of the fund from MOF and better ensure that future expenditure for all social causes, are fully-costed and provided for upfront. When an integrated view of all the fiscal resources are available, Parliament will be in a better position to support tax increases of the Government, if required. PSP's second proposal is to waive the land cost for public housing owned by Singaporeans for the purpose of occupancy under the affordable home scheme, proposed by PSP.[+1 sentence] Under the scheme, a Singaporean still pays land cost plus accrued interest, when he sells his HDB flat. Assuming the very unlikely scenario, that all Singaporeans do not sell their HDB flat, waiving land cost for public housing, may slow down the accumulation of financial reserves by up to $5 billion a year.[+1 sentence] Even so, this is a small price to pay to ensure that every generation of Singaporeans can afford a HDB flat and, also retire in the same flat with enough retirement income. In addition, the affordable home scheme will eliminate the HDB deficit, releasing substantial resources back into the budget and reducing the tax burden of all Singaporeans, especially the middle-class Singaporeans.[+6 sentences] The two PSP proposals do not reduce our past Reserves. Although, it may marginally slow down the future rate of Reserve accumulation. On the other hand, they are expected to produce very substantial benefits for Singaporeans. We urge the Government to study our proposals and report the results to this House. Mr Speaker, Sir, in conclusion, there is no need to keep the size of our past Reserves a secret, when the size of the financial reserves can be derived from publicly available information. The Government should accept this and release an official figure of the full size of the financial reserves, so that Singaporeans can properly discuss our Budget, taxation and Reserve accumulation policies. PSP has estimated that our financial reserves is about $1.2 trillion. I have also explained that there are five main sources of growth for our Reserves, which will enable it to continue growing, by tens of or even, sometimes, hundreds of billions of dollars a year. This provides us, with the fiscal space to relax the pace of our Reserve accumulation marginally by, perhaps, a few billion dollars a year to waive the land cost for BTO flat pricing and, deploy the surplus budget and NIRC resources more proactively, to delay and reduce the necessity to raise taxes.[+3 sentences] These are the kind of policies that will greatly reduce the financial burden and improve the quality of life of present-day Singaporeans, while continuing to save for future generations of Singaporeans. Sir, I beg to move. For country, for people.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Hazel Poa.
Ms Hazel Poa (Non-Constituency Member)1557 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, PSP has raised this Motion today, because we believe that it is important for Singaporeans to have a national conversation about our Budget and Reserve accumulation policies. While we agree that there are benefits in having Reserves to cope with unforeseen circumstances, we are of the view that there comes a point, beyond which, continued accumulation of Reserves hurts the welfare of and compromises the quality of life of present-day Singaporeans.[+7 sentences] First, let me explain how we arrived at the estimate of $1.2 trillion for our financial reserves. We used two different methods. The first method is to add together the assets managed by GIC, Temasek and MAS. This method was used by CNA in the documentary, "Singapore Reserves: The Untold Story" in August 2023. Based on latest available figures, Temasek's net portfolio value is $382 billion. The OFR managed by MAS is $461 billion. However, this figure does not include the $247 billion of Reserves Management Government Securities (RMGS) issued when MAS transferred excess OFR to the Government. The value of the assets managed by GIC is secret. But, even if we only add up, the assets under Temasek and the OFR and RMGS under MAS, we get a minimum estimate of the financial reserves of $1.09 trillion.[+5 sentences] The second method is to use the latest Government Financial Statements (GFS). The total financial assets are $1.73 trillion, as of end-March 2023. Government borrowings totalled $1.08 trillion. Subtracting Government borrowings from total assets, we arrive at the net financial assets of $0.65 trillion. GFS does not include the assets of Statutory Boards, like MAS. So, by adding up the net assets under GFS, and the OFR and RMGS under MAS, we arrive at a total of $1.36 trillion. Hence, we believe that the size of the financial reserves is somewhere between $1.09 trillion and $1.36 trillion.[+11 sentences] We, therefore, feel that $1.2 trillion is a reasonable estimate. We, then, looked at this $1.2 trillion estimate from a third angle using the NIRC, which is half the long-term expected real investment returns. Using net investment returns of $47 billion divided by $1.2 trillion, we get a real rate of return of 3.9%, which appears to be reasonable. We have given a detailed explanation of the basis of our Reserves estimate of $1.2 trillion. If the Deputy Prime Minister and Finance Minister disputes this figure, I hope that he can explain why. Mr Speaker, my colleague, Mr Leong Mun Wai, has spoken on how land costs contribute to the growth of our Reserves. I will talk about how the higher rate of returns achieved on CPF savings and the lower interest rate paid to CPF members contribute further to the building of the Reserves. As at end-2022, Singaporeans have accumulated $545 billion in CPF savings. These savings are used to buy Government securities and are, then, passed on to be managed by GIC and MAS. GIC has disclosed that its nominal rate of return was 6.9% on average, in the last 20 years, in US dollar terms. If we take into account the depreciation of the US dollar relative to the Singapore dollar over the same period, we can estimate that the rate of return is about 5.4%, in Singapore dollar terms. The Minister for Manpower told us last year that CPF members earned, on average, an interest rate of close to 4%. This difference between the rate of return earned by GIC and that paid to CPF members of 1.4 percentage point goes directly into the Reserves and could now be around $7 billion per year.[+8 sentences] Will the Government disclose the average difference between the rate of return it has earned from investing CPF savings and the interest rate paid to CPF members over the last 20 years? How many billions of dollars have Singaporeans contributed into the Reserves through our CPF savings? Could these returns not have been paid out to CPF members? I shall now touch on the costs of excessive Reserves accumulation. If we do not put the excess returns from CPF savings into the Reserves, it can be paid to CPF members to improve their retirement adequacy. A 1.4% difference in returns may not seem like much, but it makes a big difference over a long time. For example, a savings of $50,000 earning an interest of 4% per year, would grow to $162,000 after 30 years. If the interest rate was 5.4%, it would grow to $242,000. Reserve accumulation, thus, comes at the cost of lower retirement adequacy.[+17 sentences] Reserve accumulation also comes from charging land costs for public housing. As my colleague, Mr Leong Mun Wai, has explained, this is a major expense item for HDB which must be paid from Government revenue. If land cost was not an expenditure item, the need for the Government to raise revenue by raising taxes, like GST, would be reduced. The recent GST hike came at a very bad time and directly added to the cost of living pressures faced by many Singaporeans. Moreover, the prices of HDB flats, even after subsidies and grants, are still considered high by many young couples as the land cost is high. This can have an adverse effect on their decision to have children. PSP also believes that it is excessive to put all land sales proceeds into the Reserves. Since land is no longer sold freehold, it is effectively a renewable source of income for Singapore, as pointed out by my colleague, Mr Leong, earlier. Land sales revenue should be recognised as revenue divided over the lease tenure. This will further reduce the need to raise taxes and impose further financial burden on taxpayers. Mr Speaker, in Mandarin, please. (In Mandarin): Mr Speaker, Sir, the PSP raised this Motion today to call on the Government to review our country's Reserve accumulation policy to achieve a better balance between elevating the economic burden on present-day Singaporeans and savings for future generations. The benefits of having Reserves are undeniable. In times of crisis, ample reserves allow us to respond calmly. However, the accumulation of Reserves is not without cost. Every additional accumulation of Reserves means an additional tax dollar or a dollar less for the people. With Reserves gradually increasing, while the economic pressure on the people is growing, we feel it is necessary to review the existing policy. According to our estimates, the Government accumulated Reserves have reached $1.2 trillion. This is 12 times the Government's annual expenditure.[+1 sentence] In other words, even if the Government were to stop collecting taxes, relying solely on Reserves, it will be enough to sustain the Government's operations for 12 years. On the other hand, OCBC's 2023 National Financial Health Survey shows that over half of Singaporean savings are not even equivalent to six months of salary.[+3 sentences] In light of this comparison, what is more important – accumulating Reserves or helping Singaporeans strengthen their financial situation? We often hear that Reserves are for the benefit of our descendants. But our birth rate continues to decline and our descendants are becoming fewer and fewer. If not for the annual intake of about 20,000 new citizens, our population will begin to shrink.[+12 sentences] Whom are we, ultimately, leaving the ever-growing Reserves to? We hope to reconsider how to best utilise Reserves in the current situation for the benefit of Singaporeans. : Sir, our Reserves are built up through collecting more from taxpayers than the Government spends on Singaporeans. As our population ages and the generations that have built up the Reserves enter age groups where higher healthcare expenditures are incurred, it is timely to review our Reserve accumulation policies. For example, should we be funding the higher healthcare expenditures through raising additional taxes, like GST, or should we choose to slow down the building up of Reserves and use land sales proceeds instead? To answer such questions, we need accurate information on the financial status of the Government. I agree it is difficult to specify an amount or level as being enough financial reserves. However, that does not mean that there is nothing to guide us on a suitable pace for Reserve accumulation. For example, we can look at the household savings in relation to the size of our Reserves. According to the OCBC Financial Wellness survey 2023, more than half of Singaporeans have savings of less than six months of salary. When we compare this with the Government’s savings of 12 years of expenditure, does this not tell us where the need is more urgent? Does this tell us that it is appropriate to choose to raise GST now, rather than disrupt the flow of land sales proceeds into the Reserves? PSP does not think so and we have said so before. We keep hearing that the Reserves are for the benefit of our children and grandchildren. But our TFR has fallen to 1.05, which is half the replacement rate of 2.1.[+4 sentences] This means that the number of our children is halving with each generation. So, who exactly are we leaving our ever-growing Reserves to? If not for the over-20,000 new citizenships granted each year, our citizen population will start shrinking significantly in the coming years. PSP calls on the Government to review our approach towards the Reserves and seek a better balance between the needs of present and future generations.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Pritam Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh (Aljunied)2988 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, I will make three points concerning Singapore's Reserves and then I will set out the WP's five principles on the Reserves. My first point is that the Government should be more open about our Reserves and reveal figures not for their own sake, but so as to facilitate mature conversations on the Reserves to take place. My second point is that the Government should not rule out using more than the current 50% of NIRC or what is known as the investment returns from the Reserves, to lessen the taxation burden on Singaporeans.[+22 sentences] I note that with regard to any prospective change in the 50/50 ratio, Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong is on record in this House as saying, and I quote, "Never say never". Although, these remarks have since been qualified to the extent that the Government does not intend to do so in the immediate term. My third point is that there is significant public belief that the Reserves are likely to be very healthy and will continue to grow through land sales. Since land sales are not used to finance the Government's Budget, the proceeds, of which, go straight to the Reserves. Mr Speaker, my first point is that the Government should be more open about our Reserves. In 2022, the WP proposed alternatives to raising the GST by considering the extent to which we can rely on the investment returns on the Reserves to fund spending needs, such as healthcare. Discussions on the Reserves are also gaining traction outside of this House. Shortly before the Presidential Elections last year, CNA broadcast a documentary which sought to shed more light on our Reserves. There were interviews with the Senior Management of MOF, the Prime Minister and former President Halimah Yacob. The Prime Minister said in the documentary that people do not appreciate the importance of the NIRC, partly because, and I quote, "It is very hard for people to appreciate the degree to which we are benefiting from the Reserves." Politically, however, the conversation on utilising more of the investment returns from the Reserves as an alternative to taxation, as proposed by the WP, these have been cast by the PAP in extremely narrow terms. Almost any enquiry by the WP into the use of NIRC for social purposes, such as for intergenerational equity or as alternative levers of expenditure, is met with accusations of irresponsibility and snipes of the Opposition wanting to raid the Reserves. More recently, when the WP made requests for details about the Reserves, the PAP has characterised the Reserves as a secret weapon. One so secret that even duly elected Members of Parliament cannot be expected to ask questions about it. In fact, Members of Parliament have to vote on drawdowns of Past Reserves even if they do not have any idea how much we will have left after a drawdown. These realities close off mature and civil conversations on the Reserves. But despite this, the public has not refrained from discussing or reimagining the use of our Reserves. For example, in my 2019 Budget speech, I referred to a Business Times article which spoke of Singaporeans calling for a carving out of some part of our Reserves to deal with the potential of speculative attacks and for another part to be made public. Singaporeans rightly wish to discuss the Reserves and have information about them. In my 2020 Budget speech, I said that calls for greater transparency on the Reserves were not out of place and they will continue in years to come. They run in parallel with Singaporeans taking ownership to explore fiscal solutions, with the view to co-create not just today's Singapore, but a sustainable and equitable tomorrow that future generations of Singaporeans will inherit. My second point is that the Government should not close off the prospect of reviewing the NIRC formula to lessen the financial burden on Singaporeans and to explore policies that can improve social outcomes for Singaporeans. The 50% figure is not a sacrosanct number. In the 1990s, the Government was free to spend up to 100% of the interest and dividends it earned on past Reserves within a current term of government. When our first elected president, Ong Teng Cheong, was moved to speak on this, the late president's concern was whether the interest and dividends generated by past Reserves ought to be left fully in the hands of a current government. He called on the PAP to stop using 100% of the net investment income (NII), and instead proposed a 50-50 formula, where 50% could be spent, and 50% of the investment returns would be added to the principal Reserves.[+6 sentences] At that time, in the 1990s, the PAP was not sold on the 50-50 ratio. Notwithstanding its psychological resonance today, the then-Finance Minister Richard Hu noted that while a 50-50 split of the NII had merit, he added that, "a fixed proportion like 50-50 may not be appropriate for all circumstances". It would be useful to ask why the PAP was cautious about limiting itself to spending a portion of the dividends and incomes of past Reserves. When the Constitution was eventually amended to lock up and return 50% of the investment returns in 2001, Dr Hu pointed to two reasons. The first concerned the possibility of having to finance higher future expenditures; the second sought to reduce the prospect of repeatedly returning to the president for regular draws, should drawing on more than 50% of the investment returns become necessary. But more than the PAP of the early 1990s, there are other Singaporeans today who can conceive of greater flexibility in increasing the spendable amount of the NIRC. In August last year, the Institute of Policy Studies (IPS) released a working paper titled Public Deliberation on Singapore's Fiscal Policies and National Reserves.[+4 sentences] It aimed, amongst other things, to deepen the discussion on fiscal policy and inter-generational equity in Singapore. As part of the research for the paper, a survey was conducted with respondents being asked about the NIRC formula. There was also a table-top budget exercise where participants could decide how they would fund Government expenditures. They could tap on expenditure from five categories: (a) taxes and fees; (b) NIRC; (c) what it called Net Investment Returns Reserves, an unofficial term for the other 50% of the NIRC that is not used for the budget, or that cannot be used for the budget; (d) our principal Reserves which cannot be drawn upon without the express approval of the Council of Presidential Advisors (CPA) and the President; and (e) debt. The IPS working paper observed that while survey respondents chose to maintain the 50-50 NIR framework, the participants in the budget game were "more open to consider using more of the investment returns, that is, more than 50%, if these were spent in ways that would generate clear and measurable returns whether financial or social".[+8 sentences] More critically, participants understood that using more of the NIRC meant slowing the growth rate of the Reserves. But they thought the NIRC should be a complementary tool which could alleviate the burden of taxation. These are important observations. There are Singaporeans who can conceive of using, for example, 60% of the NIRC for social expenditure. In fact, in a hypothetical scenario involving the topping-up of the Pioneer and Merdeka Generation package, the IPS participants even considered increasing spending even up to the point of tapping the principal Reserves, because of concerns for the current sandwich generation of Singaporeans, which refer to the taxpaying working generation that cares for both their elderly parents as well as their young children. A key concern of the IPS participants was wanting to avoid further burdening this group through taxes and charges. Mr Speaker, if ordinary Singaporeans, and even those in our think tanks and participants in exercises in our think tanks, can move beyond PAP narratives on the Reserves and find it to be a meaningful civic duty to deliberate the use of the investment returns from our Reserves, it should be of no surprise to find politicians both inside and outside this House thinking along similar lines. However, an important point to note is that while the IPS participants explored the drawing down of the principal sum in our Reserves to pay for current expenditures, the WP has not called for the use of the principal Reserves or our rainy day fund. What the WP has called for is an increase in the utilisation of the NIRC beyond 50% when needed.[+12 sentences] In our view, such a move would not jeopardise the growth of the Reserves. Mr Speaker, that brings me to my third point. Even if 100% of the NIRC could be spent – which the WP has not called for – the Reserves would continue to grow steadily since proceeds from the sale of land which hit billions of dollars a year, are added to the Reserves. With the overwhelming majority of land in Singapore being leasehold, when the leasehold expires and the land is returned to the state, subject to prevailing land use parameters, another cycle of the sale of that same land will take place. In the HDB context, Singaporean HDB households are required by law to return their flats to the state for free at the end of 99 years while the state will continue to recycle the land and collect money from future generations of Singaporeans, over and over again. The situation is the same for industrial properties, where land is sold for 30 or 60 years. Perhaps the knowledge of this intuitive fact by the public explains why there is significant interest in conversations about a more equitable use of the NIRC for current and future generations of Singaporeans. The depth of our Reserves was effectively demonstrated in this House by Sengkang Group Representation Constituency Member of Parliament, Louis Chua, who remembered what Deputy Prime Minister Heng Swee Keat had said about the use of the Reserves during COVID-19: that the equivalent of over 20 years of past budget surpluses had been used to fight COVID-19 and that a generation's worth of savings had been deployed to combat the crisis of a generation. The use of this language suggested that the Reserves were significantly depleted and utilised to fight COVID-19. In 2022, to critically examine these statements in the absence of specific information from the Government, WP Member of Parliament Louis Chua asked Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong whether the principal Reserves had become larger or smaller after the drawdown in 2020, in response to COVID-19. Deputy Prime Minister Wong did not answer the question directly but said that as of 2022, the Reserves continue to grow. The reply confirms the depth of our Reserves and the scale of the actual dent, the $40 billion COVID-19 drawdown made. If Mr Leong is right and the total value of our Reserves stands at $1.2 trillion dollars, COVID-19, the crisis of a generation, led to the consumption of about $40 billion, or 3.3% of our principal Reserves. Extrapolating from Deputy Prime Minister's reply in this House, the $40 billion amount used for "the crisis of a generation" was recovered in two years or less through the sale of land and NIRC contributions.[+1 sentence] Sir, I move on to my next section. The WP certainly does not see the depth of our Reserves as a licence for the Government to spend beyond its means or to stop the growth of our principal Reserves. But, the same way the PAP of the 1990s did not see it fiscally imprudent or irresponsible to use up to 100% of the investment returns on the principal Reserves if required, the WP does not see it as imprudent, for example, to use 60% of the NIRC, if there are justifiable reasons to do so.[+5 sentences] I will make five related points of principle. First, our principal Reserves, which continue to grow with the proceeds from land sales and NIRC, should not be used to finance our budget expenditure except in emergencies such as COVID-19 or the global financial crisis. Second, our economic growth is dependent on a Singapore that is open to the world and nimble enough to acquire first-mover advantage in addition to being open to foreign talent. Ensuring we have a vibrant economy that generates wealth not just for the few at the top but across all levels of society, should represent one of the first revenue bases from which we fund our expenditure. That said, we should not close off conversations and encompass the use of investment returns and their impact, as long-term social investments in our children could impact positively on outcomes for future generations of Singaporeans. To that and, thirdly, inter-generational changes and new realities, such as our transition to a hyper-aged society, should prompt us to consider whether more of our investment returns should be used to fund social needs, especially when we think of an older generation of Singaporeans who contributed relatively more in taxes and sacrificed for the greater good.[+1 sentence] For example, by seeing lower rates of employer CPF contributions so as to make Singapore more competitive. The words of the late Dr Richard Hu are not only true of the NII framework of the 1990s.[+1 sentence] They ring true today. That returning 50% of investment returns may not be appropriate in all circumstances going forward, particularly, in view of our rapidly ageing population.[+5 sentences] Fourth, differences in political points of view in this House, between the Government and the Opposition on the Reserves, should not spill over into political meddling and interference in the investment decisions of GIC and Temasek. While questions will be asked in this House by the WP, where necessary, directly questioning individual investment decisions for the sole purpose or a political purpose of pressuring the investment teams is not in the House's interest. Fifth and finally, significant public interest on our expenditure needs requires our public institutions to play a greater role in advancing understanding of our fiscal policy. The IPS working paper I referred to earlier in my speech, revealed relatively low levels of trust in journalists and the media in Singapore on the topic of Reserves policy. For this House's information, Opposition politicians scored higher in this regard. To take advantage of Parliament's sovereign status and its privileged role as an institution of public record, this House should set up a Standing Select Committee that looks into the health of our Reserves.[+9 sentences] The Committee should also consider specific funding needs and threat events that Singapore must prepare for, and to be briefed on how these are to be funded. Members should not be precluded from asking questions about the Reserves in this Committee. The Select Committee's deliberations or reports have the potential of taking the political sting out of unjustifiable demands to use more investment returns for expenditure programmes. The role of a permanent Select Committee of Parliament is also a recommendation of the IPS working paper and one that the WP supports. In conclusion, Mr Speaker, as long as the PAP takes the position that the Reserves must be kept a secret, reasonable members of the public will query whether this is not simply a cover for an overly conservative treatment of Reserves to fob off demands for social policies that can benefit Singaporeans. Such views would be completely understandable and expected of a discerning and mature population. The IPS working paper reported that one exercise was conducted among participants from higher socio-economic backgrounds, who, in the IPS' view, are better informed citizens and "more sceptical of the Government's management of the Reserves". I would suggest that such views are not only held by those from the higher socio-economic groups. There are Singaporeans who wonder whether all our Reserves, including the principal Reserves, must be sequestered for speculative attacks against the Singapore dollar, the main reason the Government has offered for not revealing the size of our Reserves. In 2019, Singapore had the 11th highest stock of OFRs in the world. As a percentage of gross domestic product (GDP) and on a per capita basis, it was the third highest in the world.[+10 sentences] In parallel, even in the context of inchoate or unknown threats, it makes sense to speak of realistic threat perceptions and limits that can be set on what it takes to deter adversaries who wish to attack the Singapore dollar. For example, the Air Force stops after procuring a finite number of the latest military assets. Why not acquire more, since we have the capability and capacity to do so to make Singapore even safer? For military planners, these questions are answered by addressing the type of conflict one trains for, by weighing the likelihood of the threats becoming reality, the level of deterrence required and, ultimately, by using judgement. There may well be considered and not overly conservative reasons for the current position on how much of our investment returns ought to be used for our expenditure needs. However, the current position of absolute secrecy about the total Reserves, when there are national institutions like Parliament in committee to discuss and deliberate these matters, leads me to think that there will be more differences of opinion from the current official orthodoxy on the transparency of the Reserves in future. This will become even more acute as the social compact changes in the years and decades to come. Issues of concern will not just come from a growing senior population or healthcare needs but, possibly, from a further slowing down of social mobility and a low TFR that requires more immigrants to our population, inevitably leading to questions about a more equitable use of investment returns. To this end, it would be important for the Government to leave itself the option of reviewing its position open, in particular, on the usage of the investment returns from our Reserves. The WP supports the Motion.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Liang Eng Hwa.
Mr Liang Eng Hwa (Bukit Panjang)2216 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, the topic of Reserves has been frequently debated in this House. We debated it in almost every Budget session or when we need to raise taxes, such as during the GST Bill; or when we need to draw down on the Reserves, such as during the COVID-19 pandemic crisis and during the Global Financial Crisis. During my tenure as a Member of Parliament so far, we have had two amendments to the Constitution related to our Reserves: first, in 2009, to institute the NIR framework; and, in 2015, when we included Temasek in the NIR framework.[+34 sentences] Both amendments have the effect of refining our spending rules which, in essence, seek to achieve Budget funding stability while also seeking to achieve intergenerational equity. These changes to the Reserves framework helped us to fulfil two purposes. Firstly, ensure that we have sufficient Reserves to deal with a major crisis or a catastrophic event, whether now or in the future. Secondly, it provides a steady and sustainable stream of income that can last across generations. Sir, in my years as a Member of this House, I have detected a significant shift in the tone of debate over the years. I remember in my first term in this House, the tone of the debate tends to be about how we can safeguard and how we can grow our Reserves. In the last decade, what I observed is that, it has since shifted more towards how we can use more of the investment returns for current spending. Sir, I supported both the constitutional amendments in 2009 and 2015 and, I agreed that the adjustment to the framework is necessary to achieve two purposes that I just mentioned. My position on the country's public finance and its Reserve accumulation policies have always been that we must stay fiscally responsible and sustainable while we tackle immediate and longer-term challenges faced by present-day Singaporeans and future generations of Singaporeans. This has been and will always be my set of personal beliefs and values. I always believe that we must live within our means, work a little harder for a better tomorrow, save a little more than we can, for better financial security not just for ourselves but for our families. I am sure many Singaporeans and Members of this House have similar values like me. They are not unique just to me. Of course, there are others who think otherwise. Sir, we can still vividly remember the pandemic and the Global Financial Crisis in 2008 and how they have impacted us. But, for me, the crisis that has the deepest bearing on me is the Asian Financial Crisis in 1997/1998. This was the crisis that had caused the meltdown in the financial markets and economies of North Asia and Southeast Asia. Many countries in the region experienced severe economic difficulties and massive unemployment. The currency values and stock markets of countries like Thailand, Indonesia, Malaysia and South Korea, went into a tailspin. Currencies and market speculators reaped massive profits putting gigantic, short positions on these currencies and stock markets, squeezing up interest rates to as high as a few thousand percent overnight. Currencies, like the Thai Baht, Indonesia Rupiah, Malaysia Ringgit and Korean Won, were decimated in the space of a few days. I remember that the Hong Kong dollar peg was also under tremendous pressure as well. Speculators put on the famous no-brainer "at the money" trade, as it was called then, by shorting the Hang Seng Index. Buying the US dollar against the Hong Kong dollar and forcing the Hong Kong Monetary Authority to the raise interest rate sharply to defend the peg which, in turn, caused even more sell-off in the stock market due to the high cost of money. Singapore was not spared as well. I was a bank dealer working in the trading room at that time and I saw, before my very eyes, within hours, how the Singapore dollar devalued from 1.73 to 1.82, all in that night. We called it the "20 big figure move". Fortunately, with our strong fundamentals and, I believe, the decisive intervention of MAS, the value of the Singapore dollar recovered the next morning and thereafter. But it was not the case for the other regional currencies. Some currencies, like the Rupiah and Ringgit, never recovered to pre-1997/1998 levels till today. The crisis triggered widespread rioting and political instability in our neighbouring countries. Though the International Monetary Fund (IMF) stepped in to provide stabilisation funding to countries like Indonesia, it had demanded the countries to impose tough austerity measures, causing more hardship to the people. At that time, I remember reading reports about politicians from neighbouring countries chiding Singapore for not offering more financial assistance to help the neighbours. The lessons I took away from the Asian Financial Crisis is that we must always ensure that our economy is underpinned by sound fundamentals and importantly, we must always be in a strong financial position, especially for a tiny island state like Singapore. Today, the foreign exchange market has since ballooned more than five times since 1997, with an average trading volume of about $7 trillion a day.[+7 sentences] We must never assume or take for granted that currency speculators will not target the Singapore dollar again. Hence, our Reserves must always be the strongest first-line of defence against intense speculations and be able to withstand the waves of massive capital flights should it happen. Sir, the ability to fend off vicious market speculators is not the only benefit or value of having strong reserves. There are other critical advantages as well. Let me just name a few more. Firstly, our strong Reserves are clearly among the top considerations why international rating agencies rated Singapore the highest rating of AAA. It enables the Singapore Government and its agencies to borrow at the lowest risk-free rate. During the Global Financial Crisis, the Government provided a $150 billion guarantee on all bank deposits in Singapore.[+2 sentences] This guarantee and other financial commitments that the Government made are credible because it is backed by the Reserves and, hence, it is highly creditworthy. The benefits of strong Reserves also help us keep our Singapore dollar strong and it is also a strong anchor factor that reinforces investors' confidence. The second critical advantage of strong Reserves is our ability to mount a strong response during a crisis. We have seen that playing a crucial role during the COVID-19 pandemic, giving the Government the fiscal ability to significantly boost healthcare measures, procure and obtain the best vaccines amongst the earliest in the world and introduce huge support packages, such as the Job Support Scheme (JSS).[+9 sentences] Thirdly, in the event of disasters and natural calamities or a catastrophic event, our strong Reserves give us hope and the means to recover and to rebuild. The tragic situation in Ukraine is a sombre reminder of how a war can have such massive destruction to lives and to the country. As the war continues, the President of Ukraine has no choice but to keep appealing and pleading to the United States (US) and the European Union (EU) to keep funding their war efforts against Russia. We know that there is always a limit as to how much we can count on others to help us. We hope there will never be a war on our land and that is why we take our defence very seriously. This is why we need to build strong reserves for any contingencies and, also, because of our inherent vulnerability. Sir, it is not possible to predict or anticipate when and what the next major crisis would be and how devastating it can be. But, what we can do is to always ensure that we are in a position of strength to deal with it, should there be any crisis or disaster. Here, having a solid financial means to respond decisively is the necessary readiness that can make a crucial difference. Fourthly, the stable and growing NIRC, is another critical advantage that we have.[+1 sentence] Perhaps, this is the most tangible present-day benefit of having a sizeable Reserve, that is, the NIRC, which is a topic of frequent debate in recent years as well. Thanks to decades of prudence and accumulation by those before us, our Reserves now generate a significant stable and sustainable income stream to fund annual Budgets. Based on financial year (FY) 2023 estimates, the NIRC is expected to contribute $23.48 billion, or about one-fifth of our annual revenue; second to corporate tax. Ten years ago, in 2012, the NIRC was $7.6 billion, about one-third of what it is today. Five years ago, in 2018, it was $16.41 billion.[+37 sentences] Sir, these investment returns help a great deal to reduce our tax burden. We would, otherwise, run deficits or would have to raise more taxes and/or cut spending to balance the Budget. As our expenditures are certainly going to keep rising in the years ahead, it makes good sense to keep growing the NIRC, so as to reduce our future tax burden. Hopefully, in the not-too-distant future, the NIRC can continue to grow and contribute, perhaps even one-third or 50% of our total revenue. Saving 50% of our investment returns helps us achieve that and, yet, it is still able to provide a significant contribution for current spending. It is not even an issue about whether we are being too conservative or cautious in our finances. It is about being judicious with our money and let the compounding effect of the money do the work for us, to expand our future spending power. In the context of the NIRC framework, what is not spent and saved does not get wasted. It gets compounded. It grows the base principal amount of our Reserves, which helps to add to the NIRC of the next financial year, which, in turn, will benefit present-day Singaporeans. Growing the NIRC gives us more fiscal space to provide more help and support to Singaporeans on an ongoing basis, including helping Singaporeans cope with present-day and future-day cost of living situations. Sir, in Mandarin, please. (In Mandarin): Mr Speaker, adequate Reserves are important for every country. But for a small and vulnerable nation like Singapore, they are especially crucial. I would like to use a few key words to describe its importance. The first key word is that ample Reserves are our peace of mind. Our country often experiences serious crises, such as the pandemic two to three years ago and the Global Financial Crisis in 2009. These crises directly impact our economy, causing job instability and concerns about our health and life. These situations bring about a sense of unease among our people. Fortunately, we have a secret weapon that can greatly help us to deal with crises. That is our Reserves, the key financial resource. With ample financial resources, we have the ability to implement more decisive assistance measures and reassure our people. It is also because of our ample Reserves that Singapore can maintain its best credit rating and investors' confidence and, thus, keep the Singapore dollar strong. A strong Reserve also enhances our ability to deal with market speculators who seek to attack our Singapore dollar. The second key word is the guardian of the nation. We can easily imagine that, for Singapore, being a small red dot, if any catastrophic event happens, such as natural disasters, serious accidents, conflicts or even wars, it will have a very tremendous impact on our country. With our small land area, there is simply no room to escape. In the event of a catastrophic event, our only way forward is to rally our people and to rebuild our homeland. We also lack the natural resources and land for agricultural. These reserves will provide us with the capital to rebuild and recover. They are, indeed, our guardian of the nation. The third key word is that the investment income from our Reserves also helps us to manage our Government expenditure and provide for future generations. The Government is able to use half of the investment return from the Reserves each year to fund its budgetary expenditure, benefitting the current generation. This fiscal income has been increasing over the years. We certainly hope that it will continue to increase in the future. This will allow the Government to have greater leeway to increase expenditure to help the people, improve their quality of life and help alleviate the current and future tax burdens. It can be said to be a win-win situation. : Sir, while the Budget Statements are made once a year, at the start of the year, the Government do introduce off-Budget packages to help Singaporeans reduce their financial burden. For example, in September 2023, the Government announced the $1.1 billion Cost-of-Living support package to provide relief to households. I also remember during the pandemic, we had additional budgets, a total of five Budgets in one-over year, to help Singaporeans. Here, I call on the Government to do that to help present-day Singaporeans cope with the cost of living, including in the coming Budget, and doing it in a fiscally responsible and sustainable way.[+1 sentence] Sir, in this context and with your consent, I would like to propose amendments to the Motion.
Mr Speaker8 words
[+1 sentence]Can I have a copy of your amendments?
Mr Liang Eng Hwa10 words
[+1 sentence]Yes.
Mr Speaker14 words
[+2 sentences]The amendment is in order. Do you have copies available to distribute to Members?
Mr Liang Eng Hwa22 words
[+2 sentences]Yes, Sir. May I request the Clerk to distribute the proposed amendments to the Members?
Mr Speaker14 words
[+2 sentences]I think everyone has a copy. Mr Liang, you can please move your amendments.
Mr Liang Eng Hwa67 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, Sir, I beg to move the following amendments. First, in line 1, to delete "review" and insert "ensure".[+1 sentence] Second, in line 1, to delete "current". Third, in line 2, after the words "Reserve accumulation policies", to insert "always stay fiscally responsible and sustainable,". And fourth, in line 3, to delete "continuing to save" and insert "planning and providing".[+1 sentence] Sir, with that, I beg to move.
Mr Speaker122 words
[+6 sentences]There are four amendments proposed by Mr Liang Eng Hwa to the Motion. The first amendment is that in line 1, to delete "review" and insert "ensure". The second amendment is in line 1, to delete "current". The third amendment is in line 2, after the words "Reserve accumulation policies", to insert "always stay fiscally responsible and sustainable," And the fourth amendment is in line 3, to delete "continuing to save" and insert "planning and providing". It may be convenient that the debate on the original Motion and on any other amendments moved by Members be proceeded with simultaneously as a debate on a single Question. Do I have hon Members' agreement on this? .
Mr Speaker26 words
[+3 sentences]The Question is the amendments as moved by Mr Liang Eng Hwa. Assoc Prof Jamus Lim. Oh, Mr Leong Mun Wai, do you have a question?
Mr Leong Mun Wai113 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, I have one clarification for Mr Liang Eng Hwa. Can I ask Member Mr Liang Eng Hwa, during the Asian Financial Crisis or Asian Currency Crisis, which I was also deeply involved in at that time, whether the speculative attack, actually it is not just on the Singapore dollar; it was a widespread attack on all the currencies. So, there was also a sell-off on Singapore dollar, but the Singapore dollar as Mr Liang has shared, recovered very fast. So, can I ask him whether he thinks that the recovery of the Singapore dollar, at that time, was due to the fact that we have kept our financial reserves a secret?
Mr Liang Eng Hwa138 words
[+6 sentences]Sir, I think it is a combination of factors. Of course, the financial reserves form an important consideration for the speculators not to challenge the central bank on this. Of course, like I said in my speech, the economic fundamentals of our country, how we manage the political stability and others, I think all contributed to that. But you still need to be seen to have that adequate reserve, to be able to at least set a strong first-line of defence to deter any would-be speculators from coming in. So, I believe, if you do a contrast between the countries and Singapore in the region, it would show, quite obviously, that the speculators knew they cannot challenge the Singapore central bank. Because they knew the Singapore central bank has the means to intervene and to take decisive actions.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong Mun Wai.
Mr Leong Mun Wai139 words
[+8 sentences]Mr Speaker, I have another question for Mr Liang. Does he agree that the defence of the Singapore dollar and keeping the Reserves secret are two separate matters? Because the MAS is already tasked with a lot of resources to defend the Singapore dollar and, I think, Mr Liang has quoted that during the Asian Financial Crisis, the Singapore dollar recovered very fast. I do not know, but since he was in the forex market, he may know more. How much has the Singapore MAS spent in defending Singapore at that time? Probably, $10 billion? It is not a very big sum of money, in contrast to what MAS has its arsenal to fight the speculators. So, does he agree that we do not need to keep the Reserves secret and yet we still can defend the Singapore dollar?
Mr Liang Eng Hwa189 words
[+6 sentences]Sir, the first point is that our central bank has that credibility. Because they know it is MAS. They know they can only challenge up to a point and, they, would have to pull back. I would not know how much MAS has spent. It is not privy to me. But I know the speculators do know that it will come to a point when they will be overwhelmed by what MAS can do, given that the financial strength of Singapore, which is known. The point that Mr Leong Mun Wai is trying to say is, can we still let everyone know the size of our Reserves? I do not think it is a wise thing because once people know where our limit is, then, next time around, when they know where they can push.[+3 sentences] Maybe, more speculators, they will be going for that limit. So, I agree with the Government and, I think it makes sense for us to keep our Reserves to ourselves and not to be revealed, so that we can keep the speculators guessing. And when we intervene, we will intervene in a decisive way.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong Mun Wai.
Mr Leong Mun Wai199 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, can I ask, through you, another question for Mr Liang. The current amount of OFR that MAS has is already 100% of our GDP.[+8 sentences] Does he know how many countries in the world have OFRs equivalent to 100% of their GDP to fight the speculators? But, anyway, the Asian currency crisis, I had already proven that, actually, we have enough credibility because MAS has managed the Singapore dollar very well in line with our economic fundamentals. So, even if the speculators, as part of attacking the other Asian currencies, come and attack us, we are fully prepared because our currency is in line with our economic fundamentals. Next, we have enough OFRs to defend our currencies. So, as a result, as I said just now, is there still a need to keep the secret of our total Reserves? Because there is also some kind of contradictory argument here, on the part of Mr Liang Eng Hwa. For the speculators, the more they see what our Reserves are, the more they are unlikely to attack us. Does Mr Liang agree that keeping the total Reserves secret and defending the Singapore dollar, actually, they can be two different issues?
Mr Liang Eng Hwa203 words
[+4 sentences]I am trying to figure out whether is that a comment or a question. I will just see how I can pick up from what the Member has just said. Firstly, I just said in my speech that the foreign exchange market is a $7 trillion market. It is massive. If there is a speculative attack, we never know what the reason is. It could be some events that happened that caused the speculative attack. Therefore, we always want to keep that last trump card to ourselves. I believe that usually works because if we reveal too much, that is when we show our hand, where our limits are. But, more importantly, the point about Singapore is that we have our inherent vulnerabilities, unlike other countries where they have a big domestic economy.[+1 sentence] They have natural resources and so on. For Singapore, we are just a tiny island-state and the financial reserves is just the only back-stop that we have. Therefore, we need to really be mindful that someone may see us as a tiny state and may, one day, find a reason to attack us.[+1 sentence] That is why keeping it not known will serve us better than to let it be known.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim (Sengkang)2682 words
[+4 sentences]What are reserves? In its broadest form, reserves are the difference between the assets and liabilities of a sovereign people. In principle, this would include not just our financial reserves, which is captured in cash and other financial assets, but all the nation's endowments: our stock of built capital, the buildings, machinery, equipment and other infrastructure; as well as our natural capital, our natural forests, reservoirs and rivers, lands and biodiversity. But, for our purpose here, we are focusing on financial reserves. In Singapore, Reserves are officially defined as the net assets of the Fifth Schedule entities in the Constitution. This includes holdings by not just our sovereign wealth funds (SWFs), GIC and Temasek, but also CPF, HDB, JTC and MAS.[+25 sentences] The bulk of these likely reside in the SWFs, with MAS also carrying a non-trivial share. Hence, for practical purposes, it makes sense for us, in this debate today, to focus on the Reserves managed by these entities. It is useful, however, to begin by asking how we even got these Reserves in the first place? We do not have many natural endowments. So, at the risk of over-simplification, it is useful to think in terms of national income accounting, which requires that any reserves we hold, or for any other country for that matter, derive from only two sources. First, from fiscal surpluses, which is, when the government collects more revenue than it spends, and it saves the remainder. The second is from current account surpluses, which result when the private sector saves more than it invests. Part of this excess saving is retained in the form of foreign currency. Money that is obtained from the sale of land or the issuance of Government securities, or SGSs, for the purposes of financial development are, therefore, forms of Reserve accumulation that derive from fiscal surpluses. The Government would like to say that such excess revenue from land is not just ours to take. Land is limited and our land endowment belongs to everybody, including future generations. Similarly, legal stipulations mean that any revenue raised from certain classes of SGSs cannot be spent on recurring expenses. But the fact remains that Reserves from this source result when there is excess saving by the Government, which means taking more income from the people than they would otherwise have been able to enjoy. In contrast, Reserves accumulated due to current account surpluses occur when the exchange rate is kept artificially low or when there is foresaving in the form, perhaps, of CPF, over and above what households may wish to set aside themselves. A weak exchange rate makes our nation's exports more attractive, no doubt. But let us be clear. It comes on the backs of what we could otherwise import. A weak exchange rate also means that our people have less purchasing power to buy things from the rest of the world. And foresaving, likewise, tightens the budgets of households today. Put it another way, reserves from this source are the consequence of suppressing private consumption in favour of business competitiveness. One may also point to a final source, as others in this House have, interests on reserves which go back into Reserves. This is making money from money and while it owes its provenance to careful reserve management by our SWFs and central bank, they are derivatives of the fact that we had, at some point in the past, either excess government or private savings to begin with. Keeping in mind what I have shared, it should be clear that given where our Reserves come from, who they ultimately belong to. While prudent fiscal management undeniably contributes to ensuring that these are not squandered, the ultimate source of all our Reserves is when we ask our people to consume less today. Our nation's eye-watering Reserves stock was built on the back of sacrifices made by our past and present generations for the sake of future needs. Our nation's Reserves belong therefore to the people, not to the Government.[+1 sentence] What does this mean? It means that our Government is the steward of our Reserves.[+10 sentences] That means that they have been entrusted with managing it, growing it and dispersing it. Like any good steward, the Government may suggest how much we should be setting aside and when we should be drawing it down. But, when the Government exercises high-handedness in its management of the Reserves, it will naturally strike us as overwrought exercises of its authority. If the Reserves belong to the people, then it should follow that certain principles apply. One is transparency. That is why across the world, SWFs and public pension funds in democratic societies routinely publish their reserve holdings. This goes beyond sound principles and best practices. Adherence to transparency simply means that you are respecting the rights of the owner to know what they own. Few people I know would be happy if the banks did not permit them to know or check the value of their current balances, or to know the contents of their wallet. I mean, the SimplyGo debacle demonstrated amply that people were even unhappy when they could not instantaneously know how much they had left in their transport accounts. Generally, such transparency also ensures that reserves are held accountable in real time to their owners. This is why the current practice where the portfolio assets of Temasek and the foreign exchange holdings of MAS are known, but the assets of GIC remain concealed, runs afoul of this principle.[+14 sentences] The usual justification trotted out for keeping part of our Reserves unreported is inspired by the intuition of underlying military conflict. The Government has appealed to how the absence of the secrecy could make us more vulnerable to speculative attacks on the Singapore dollar, since presumably, markets might hold back when betting against an opponent when it is uncertain about the size of his arsenal. Yet, even here, the analogy is tenuous. The Ministry of Defence routinely trots out information about the latest and greatest hardware secured by our army, navy and air force. Our National Day Parade includes a military component, no doubt to further signal our impressive defense capabilities. Of course, some of these is kept unknown and, for that reason, for strategic ambiguity, yes. But we certainty do not wish to undersell how much we have, in case, we diminish the deterrent effect. It is like keeping your largest weapon in the arsenal secret and that, would, I contend, do exactly that. But there is even a sound economic case for revealing this information. Forex traders need not and often do not agree. This is why publishing our full Reserves may avail an additional benefit. If we face speculators who are selling the Singapore dollar, the information could goad into action market participants who may, instead, buy our currency, if they believe that our fundamentals are strong. Such stabilising speculation lends stability, not instability. To follow with the military analogy, this revelation allows our allies to better provide support to our military effort. In any case, MAS has, itself, adjudged that the amount required for business-as-usual management of our exchange rate regime amounts to between 65% and 75% of GDP. Official data reveals that reserves from MAS and Temasek, together with the publicly acknowledged amount of at least $100 billion from GIC, means that it is in excess of $1.2 trillion, as PSP has suggested. Even with this lower bound, which is likely to understate the size of our Reserves, is already close to twice our GDP, multiples more that of what the Government has itself stated is reasonable for defending our currency.[+4 sentences] Surely, we would not be willing to sacrifice anything akin to twice our national income, just to defend our currency. Given this vast disconnect, it is befuddling why the notion of secrecy is even necessary to defend the exchange rate. Yet, it is still trotted out by this Government. Furthermore, other jurisdictions have shown that such transparency, far from being detrimental to operational effectiveness, are consistent with either size or performance. The world's largest single SWF, the Government Pension Fund of Japan, is open about its assets and performance.[+19 sentences] The world's second-largest fund, Norway's GPF-Global, routinely tops measures of global transparency. These funds have not compromised transparency, even as they have produced credible returns. In contrast, the 1MDB scandal in Malaysia was allowed to go on in part for as long as it did, because of the opaque environment in which it operated. While I am not suggesting that our SWFs fall in this category, there is evidence that points to a positive relationship between high governance standards and superior returns. What transparency ultimately buys, therefore, is accountability. It is only through routine disclosure of reserve holdings and their returns that the stewards of our money may be held to account. This includes frequent updates on asset exposure and fund performance, which most obviously include annual returns, not just those for medium-term windows. Setting aside how this is standard practice for all credible funds, it also means that managers can be held to account before things go awry. Some may argue that this could place undue pressure on our SWFs to be beholden to political pressures. To this, I would say three things. First, we do want some degree of pressure, albeit on the political office holders overseeing our SWFs investment mandate. This is a healthy state of affairs. This sort of scrutiny is precisely what accountability is about. Funds around the world, whether public or private, face such pressures from their shareholders. Second, if we think that annual returns might induce an excessive focus on the short run, which is the case for GIC, then, the fact that multiple longer-run windows precisely allow the public to credibly evaluate whether poor returns in any given year are a one-off blip, or indicative or something more systematic. Finally, the Government frequently states that it does not intervene in SWF investment decisions anyhow. If they are already thus insulated, why not the added accountability? Knowledge about asset exposures go beyond investment considerations. It can reveal, for instance, if our SWFs hold assets in industries that could either potentially run afoul of the national interest, or be inconsistent with stated resolutions of Parliament. For example, while some information is presumably reported to MAS as the regulator, the public does not know and is unable to scrutinise if SWFs may inadvertently hold Russian assets tied to sanctioned individual or entities.[+8 sentences] Similarly, we do not know what share of our SWFs' portfolios comprise industries that contribute actively to climate change, an issue that this House itself has deemed a global emergency. The third and final principle is consultation. Given that we are a democracy, the decision on whether we should be using more or less of our Reserves should be a common, collective decision. One that is arrived at after a process of proper deliberation over their best use with full information available. We could decide, of course, as a nation, to be conservative and only draw on Reserves in emergencies, as the Member Mr Liang Eng Hwa, has suggested. But we could just as well decide that we would rather partially relieve the wrenching cost of living pressures our people face residing in one of the most expensive cities in the world. In a similar vein, we could be kiasu – investing conservatively, so as to hoard as much as possible for a rainy day. But by the same token, we could say that this kiasu-ism is inefficient and harmful. With such a long horizon, it would be better to be more aggressive in investing, in putting our money to work by, perhaps, investing more domestically than we do today. That is why I believe that it makes sense for GIC to train its eyes toward global investments for international diversification benefits, while Temasek focuses much more on local opportunities, supporting the efforts of Singaporeans to reinvest in their home country.[+4 sentences] But the bottom line is that unless we have a serious conversation, as a nation and people, over the proper use of our Reserves, one with full information of what we have and what we should set aside, we will never arrive at a position where we are comfortable with what is being spent, whether in terms of our NIRC or even the amount we hold as principle. It is unconscionable that the people's savings do not get a fair airing in a democratic society, with the vague reassurance that we only need to trust that the Government is being prudent and any efforts to alter the usage of Reserves amounts to some charge of fiscal irresponsibility. That is why, for me, the use of emotive terms like "raiding the Reserves" makes little sense. This distinction is unnecessary. After all, any amount of income that we choose not to set aside as saving, even one cent, would logically amount to taking away from the Reserves. So, if it is applied to WP's suggestion, that we could avoid a hike in the GST by reducing the share of reserve interest, not the principal, but interest, that is being returned to Reserves, it should apply with equal force when the PAP chose to alter the formula for NII to introduce the NIRC in 2008 or to add Temasek to the framework in 2015.[+9 sentences] More importantly, the charge is also not useful, since it distracts us from the choices that really matter. These choices surround how much we wish to burden the people of today in exchange for promises of the future. When claims are made that there is no such thing as over-saving, it smacks of rigid ideology, not reasoned debate. More savings is better, but only if we are not making undue sacrifices today. Economics is sometimes defined as the science of allocating scarce resources to unlimited wants. I would argue, this applies not only between our needs in any given period but across time as well, between yesterday, today and tomorrow. Our Reserves, after all, are not exempt from the laws of economics. When we are told in a high-handed way that we cannot spend down our inheritance "for our own good", even when our people are struggling with record high costs of living, it smacks of paternalism. It amounts to saying that when we decide that spending more to take care of the elderly who made the sacrifices necessary to make up the Reserves in the first place, it is unfair to the future and we diminish the contributions of the past. It amounts to suggesting to parents, who want to create a better environment for their kids by having to spend more of their tuition fees or creating a better home environment, that they do not really know any better. It would not surprise Members of this House that the three principles I outlined of transparency, accountability and consultation are foundational ones, embedded in the Santiago principles – a set of best practices that sovereign investments agreed to by the International Working Group of Sovereign Wealth Funds, for which, GIC and Temasek, are signatories. GIC, however, fares poorly on a range of transparency indicators and Temasek is particularly opaque on its accountability surrounding governance structures.[+6 sentences] We should be striving for our SWFs to be topping this global benchmark, much like how we do for other global comparison exercises. Perhaps more fundamentally, subscribing to transparency, accountability and consultation ensures that the amounts we hold in our Reserves have legitimacy in the eyes of the people who actually own them. That is, ultimately, what a reasonable debate about our Reserves should be about. Mr Speaker, I cannot support the amended version of the Motion, in part because it suggests that we strike off the importance of review. Given all that I have shared, this review is critical for us to understand the importance of what we can do or cannot do with the people's money. For that reason, I support the original Motion as proposed by the hon Member Mr Leong Mun Wai.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Neil Parekh.
Mr Neil Parekh Nimil Rajnikant (Nominated Member)1459 words
[+9 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, thank you for allowing me to speak on this Motion. Public finance and budgets are crucial for the Government to raise funds and simultaneously allocate those funds for national spending and fostering the development of our economy. Management of our Reserves is of great importance for Singapore, as we are a relatively small and very open economy. Many of our trading partners envy the discipline we have shown in managing and growing our Reserves over the last many years. While these countries recognise the fact that as a small and open economy, Singapore will face more volatility than larger economies with greater natural resources, they take comfort from both the professional management as well as the size of the Reserves. Additionally, the management of resources is of great importance for the entire business community in Singapore. As many of us in business know only too well, new business investment is driven by the level of confidence experienced by key decision-makers and investors at any given point of time. The way the Government responds to each crisis and the step-by-step established process taken by the executive, legislature and, finally, the President of the Republic of Singapore, has instilled great confidence in multinational corporations (MNCs), international investors and domestic companies to continue to invest in Singapore in times of trouble. As an independent Nominated Member of Parliament representing the business community, I would like to share with Members some thoughts with that lens in mind. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the Government drew down Reserves for public health expenditure, including securing of vaccines and the roll-out of stabilisation and support packages, to help workers stay employed and provide support for businesses. Such policies helped us emerge stronger when the economy recovered. Also, setting aside $150 million of Reserves to guarantee deposits was one of the measures that were instrumental in safeguarding the continuity of business operations.[+5 sentences] Without these packages, the recovery process would have been significantly impeded, adversely impacting both our entrepreneurs and Singapore's broader economic landscape. It is important to note, here, that while other countries had to borrow to initiate similar packages in their respective countries, we were able to use our Reserves to manage the crisis. In the recent past, with the high inflation hitting us, the Government has rolled out additional assurance packages, such as the Cost-of-Living Support, to ensure that Singaporeans are better able to cope. Besides serving as a very important source of funds during times of emergency, our Reserves also maintain stability within our economy. Having such stability and consistency is very important and acts like a shock absorber when the economy goes through a rough patch and unemployment needs to be minimised. Let us also not forget how the draw down on the Reserves helped maintain jobs in Singapore during the Global Financial Crisis in 2008 and 2009. One very successful scheme was the Jobs Credit scheme which helped business leaders maintain a higher employment level than what would have been possible otherwise.[+5 sentences] In my view, our Reserves besides playing the role of a "rainy day fund", also play the role of a "balancing fund" that allows the use of the NIRC to meet the critical funding needs in the Budget each year. The presence of substantial Reserves and our ability to draw on the NIRC also allows us to maintain lower taxes within a very stable overall tax regime. For many nations, their annual budgets are funded by additional borrowing or by raising taxes frequently. Let me emphasise that, while I welcome and respect the intentions of my friends who have filed the original Motion to help Singaporeans reduce their financial burden, their call in my view, for the Motion for the Government to review and change its current Budget and Reserve accumulation policies is perhaps risking the long-term economic stability for our children and grandchildren. We should realise that increasing the percentage of NIR to fund the NIRC would mean a greater risk that the "rainy day" part of the fund would be compromised. There are no free lunches in life, and we should be very, very clear of what the trade-offs that are involved here. Also, in my view, the exact size and details of Singapore's Reserves should be confidential to reduce the chance of speculative attacks by any foreign institution.[+12 sentences] During the Asian Financial Crisis in 1997, several Asian countries experienced massive currency sell-offs partly due to the speculative attacks that exploited weaknesses in their respective financial systems. Given Singapore's use of a managed float system, the revelation of the Reserves will increase the likelihood of a speculative attack in times of economic downturn. Further, such speculative attacks on any currency are not easy to counter. While Singapore did well in the financial crisis, Thailand, Indonesia and South Korea took many years to recover from the attacks on their currency. During challenging times, the Government's actions reaffirm the dedication to maintaining economic stability and ensuring the well-being of Singaporeans, thereby showcasing the strategic and compassionate use of the Reserves. This clearly illustrates that the discretion shown in not revealing the specifics of our Reserves has not impacted the Government’s ability to respond effectively and quickly to the needs of our population. Additionally, keeping our Reserves confidential prevents the likelihood of unnecessary public pressure and, by extension, misallocation of the Reserves. In my view, public pressure on the Government to roll out very populist schemes and initiatives might not be in Singapore's best interest in the medium- and long-term. For example, if Singapore's Reserves were larger than what the public anticipated, pressure to increase Government spending, if not managed carefully, could lead to greater inflationary pressures. In the current economic environment where inflation levels are high, this would erode purchasing power and affect the savings of Singaporeans. As has been seen in many, more advanced countries, opening the Pandora's Box of populist policies has led to a quick erosion of large reserves replaced now by massive, expensive debt loads that will take many generations of citizens of those countries to repay. In my view, a balanced, stable economic policy that supersedes any need for ultra populist initiatives ensures that spending decisions are made judiciously and in line with long-term goals. Responding to the suggestion that the Singapore Government should not limit the use of up to 50% of the NIRC, I respectfully disagree.[+2 sentences] There are several reasons why I think it would be not advisable to increase the percentage above 50%. Firstly, I believe placing the limit of the NIRC to 50% ensures the long-term sustainability of Singapore's Reserves. By spending only a portion of the investment returns, the Government aims to and will be able to preserve the principal value of the Reserves. Additionally, limiting the use of the NIRC to only 50% ensures prudent fiscal management both in terms of taxation as well as government expenditure.[+1 sentence] Finally, the 50% rule is based on expected future returns, which can vary. Realised returns can be lower or higher, so the 50% rule also protects the principal in those scenarios.[+2 sentences] This effectively allows us to save for the future, whether during times of economic crises or for the future generations. Given that Singapore is a small city-state with limited natural resources, a comparison to larger countries with greater natural resources is in my view, impractical. Our Reserves act as a critical buffer against economic volatility and provide financial security, as seen recently during the pandemic.[+7 sentences] Further, saving for the future ensures that subsequent generations have access to similar, if not better, resources and opportunities, through the Government's investment in better education and better healthcare. If we were to remove this policy, this could cause undue financial burden on our children and grandchildren, potentially limiting their ability to respond to the economic challenges and emergencies at that time. Our Reserves are strategic assets that carry the commitment of past generations to the next to make sure that Singapore is ever ready to address any crisis when faced with it. In my view, too much time is spent on discussing our Reserves. Instead, we should be focusing on how we can grow our economy in the future and create well-paying jobs for our citizens on what we are likely to see as a very volatile, risky, global economy in the next two decades. In addition to that, what we need are prudent fiscal and monetary policies that allow the Government to effectively function, enable funding of all important development programmes, that ensure that no one falls through the cracks. Mr Speaker, Sir, based on the views that I have expressed, I am not in support of the original Motion, but I am in support of the amendment proposed by Mr Liang.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Pritam Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh203 words
[+6 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. I have one question for the hon Member. I respect his views on the treatment of the NIRC and I think he gave three reasons why 50% was a figure he was comfortable with and I understand that they were long-term sustainability and prudent fiscal management. He had a final point which was the concern about expected future returns. I refer to then-Finance Minister Tharman Shanmuguratnam's round-up speech when the Constitution was amended in 2015. He talked about safeguards. The fifth safeguard and I will read what the then-Finance Minister said, and I quote, "but there is an important fifth safeguard, which is in the governance processes in the NIR framework that also ensures that we do not spend on the basis of over-optimistic assumptions about the expected returns. The process by which expected long-term real rate of returns are decided has checks and balances and is shaped by a sense of realism about the risks in the investment world." In response to that, I would be grateful if the hon Member could agree with me that the way the NIRC system is designed, actually ameliorates the concern that the Member has about the expected future rates of return.
Mr Neil Parekh Nimil Rajnikant119 words
[+5 sentences]I thank the Leader of the Opposition. From what I understand, of how the returns are calculated and projected, and being in the financial markets for the last 30 years, there is no stability of financial returns, under any circumstances. There will always be volatility in the returns on any asset class, at any given point in time. One can try and smoothen out the volatility as much as one can, but that means investing everything in cash, which is obviously not a prudent thing to do, given today. In my view, the volatility in returns will remain and the expected returns will always be in a certain range, depending on the risk taken for that respective asset class.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh32 words
[+3 sentences]I thank the hon Member for his reply. My point really was that the NIR formula itself has been designed to be conservative. And that was the point I sought to make.
Mr Speaker15 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Parekh, do you want to respond? It is just a comment. Please go ahead.
Mr Neil Parekh Nimil Rajnikant13 words
[+2 sentences]Sir, I thank him for the comment. So, I will let that be.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+2 sentences]Sure. Mr Leong.
Mr Leong Mun Wai79 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, I just want to make one clarification with the hon Member Mr Neil Parekh. In his speech, he seems to have introduced a new reason for not disclosing the Reserves. I just want to confirm with him that he said, if the Reserves are revealed and they are larger than what is expected and the Government spends more, it will lead to inflation. Is he putting this up as an additional reason for not disclosing the Reserves?
Mr Neil Parekh Nimil Rajnikant102 words
[+1 sentence]I thank the Member Mr Leong. I did, because the more money you put into the overall money supply, whether the Government spends it or any private entity spends it, it will lead to inflation if the overall pool of assets does not change.[+3 sentences] We saw that in our real estate market in the recent past, where there was a significant inflow of perhaps international money. So, absolutely. Any new money that comes in that was not there, leads to inflation – which is, perhaps, the reason that any economic policy put forward by the Government needs to be watched very carefully.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong.
Mr Leong Mun Wai77 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, I do not deny the effect of more spending, that it may have some effect on inflation. But my question is, if that is the reason the hon Member has put up for not revealing the Reserves, I would like to ask our office holders from the Government whether that is the Government's position or not. That is, I do not want to reveal the Reserves because I do not want to spend more.
Mr Speaker12 words
[+1 sentence]Actually, I think Mr Parekh mentioned that as one of a few.
Mr Neil Parekh Nimil Rajnikant75 words
[+2 sentences]Yes. If I may clarify, Speaker. What I had said, just to be very clear, is, if there is a discovery of the size of the overall Reserves which pushes the Government into extra populist policies, that will cause inflation. Meaning, the populist policies that are mandated will lead to inflation.[+1 sentence] So, that is my view. I do not think that is something that the Government can answer.[+1 sentence] They may totally disagree with my view.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Vikram Nair.
Mr Vikram Nair (Sembawang)2516 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, I support the amended Motion. There are two main points the original Motion made that are preserved in the amended Motion. These are: the Budget should help reduce the financial burdens of Singaporeans and improve their quality of life; the second is the Reserve accumulation policy should be adequate for future generations of Singaporeans.[+19 sentences] Both of these are good objectives. However, there is a tension between these objectives. The more we spend today, the less we will save for future generations. How do we meet both of these objectives? I believe the amendments proposed by Mr Liang Eng Hwa help to set out a principled way to strike this balance, which is to ensure that we always stay fiscally responsible and sustainable. In addition, the amendment of "continuing to save" is sensibly changed to "planning and providing for", because the stewardship of our Reserves is not passive saving but planned management to provide for the future. Let me start with the importance of building reserves. The easiest thing to do is to spend today and forget about tomorrow. There is a famous Frank Sinatra song, "Forget Domani". It sounds like "Forget the money", but actually "domani" is Italian for "tomorrow". The chorus of the song is "Let's forget about tomorrow, for tomorrow never comes". It is a fun song, which I enjoy listening to. But I would not rely on it to plan finances. For most countries, the need for governments to spend on ever-increasing budgets has resulted in structural deficits. These structural differences are usually financed by borrowings, such as the issue of government bonds. Over time, the amounts owed in debt continue to increase, with governments often refinancing debt when it becomes due by issuing fresh bonds. The upshot of this is that most government budgets have to provide for debt service and interest payments as the regular part of expenditure, as they continue to carry the burden of past generations while trying to spend for the current generation. Singapore has a very different starting point today. Thanks to prudent spending and management of Reserves over decades, we have built up significant Reserves. Part of the NII from these Reserves now fund our annual Budget every year. The amount this is provided has grown significantly over the years, such that it is now the largest component of our annual Budget.[+1 sentence] This means Singaporeans have the benefit of receiving more than they pay in taxes every year in Government spending, similar to other countries but without the burden of that falling on the next generation. For this benefit to continue for future generations, we must ensure that the Reserves are preserved, prudently invested and that some of the returns also go back to the Reserve to take into account the effects of inflation and if possible, allow for modest real growth as well; meaning, growth adjusted for inflation.[+25 sentences] This is why the amendments of the Motion are important. Fiscally responsible and sustainable spending is an important component of this healthy financial situation Singapore is in, and from which Singaporeans can benefit on a sustainable basis. Our Reserves are like the goose that lays the golden egg. We can get golden eggs at regular intervals as long as we do not kill the goose. There is an old saying in Tamil, "பணம் இருப்பவனை தூங்கவிடாது. இல்லாதவனை வாழவிடாது." That translates to: "The person with money will not be able to sleep. The person without money will not be able to live." In Singapore, we are in the privileged position of having money. What causes us sleepless nights is how to manage what we have and insecurity about how we can safeguard it for the future. If we look at the big picture, Singaporeans have received generous support from the Government in almost all major aspects of day-to-day life. High-quality public housing is provided to around 80% of the population, more than any other country in the world as far as I am aware. These are launched at prices below the market price to all purchasers who can buy it at the launch. Many purchasers get a host of additional subsidies as well, including first-timers and those living near their parents. These subsidies are also made available for those who buy in the resale market. Another important aspect, education, is almost completely subsidised. The Government schools have generally nominal school fees at the primary and secondary levels. At the tertiary level, all tertiary institutes, the Institute of Technical Education (ITE), polytechnics and universities receive generous Government funding. There are additional bursaries and scholarships for those who need them. The aim is to be able to support everyone in their education journey, regardless of their background. In relation to healthcare, while we have a principle of co-payment, generally, healthcare at public hospitals is heavily subsidised for Singaporeans. For older generations, special packages, such as the Pioneer Generation and Merdeka Generation packages, are also made available. These are tailored packages, taking into account the needs of each generation and the circumstances they lived in. Thus, the Pioneer Generation, who worked at a time when incomes were much lower and generally have the least CPF, have the most generous package. Now that we are wealthier, we are focusing not just on treating sick people, but wide-ranging programmes to help keep people healthy and enjoy a good quality of life. This includes providing regular health screenings and a range of programmes under Healthier SG for people to adopt healthier lifestyles. Since 1959, when the PAP first came to power, our life expectancy has grown from 63.87 years to 84.39 years now, one of the longest in the world.[+15 sentences] In relation to public transport, we have one of the most heavily subsidised public transport systems in the world, with our costs for taking buses and MRTs significantly less than many other developed countries, such as the US, Europe and Japan. For the Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) trains, the Government pays for the infrastructure, which is one of the most significant cost components, and operators generally cover operating expenses. For buses, similarly, the Government now bears the cost of assets and tenders out the operating of routes to operators. Notwithstanding, the public transport is losing money. The Government continues to expand the infrastructure, with new MRT lines opening up in more and more places. Each year, as the Budget allows, we continue to build steadily. Finally, in relation to security. With one of the most effective Home Teams and our Armed Forces are strong and respected, despite being small, they are well-trained, well-equipped and have generally kept Singapore one of the safest places in the world. Over and above all this, we are making long-term plans for Singapore's survivability in relation to climate change and, in particular, rising sea levels. This issue is likely to become pressing only in decades to come. But in order to prepare for it, we need to start spending and preparing now. These are luxuries we can plan and commit for only if we have prudent financial spending. As far as public services are concerned, we probably have some of the best in the world and yet Singaporeans have among the lowest income taxes and consumption taxes in the world. The secret sauce in this is the combination of prudent spending and prudent use of income from reserves to subsidise expense requirements over the years. One of the issues Singaporeans are coping with, now, is a higher cost of living. Again, we are one of the few governments that has a wide-ranging scheme of distributing vouchers to Singaporeans based on our Government Budgets. For the lowest-income Singaporeans, these vouchers would be significantly more than the increase in cost of living.[+16 sentences] Even for the middle-income, it would cover substantial parts to the rise in cost of living. These are buffers that we are able to provide to people on a regular basis while remaining prudent in our spending. Against this backdrop, let me address some of the substantive points made by the PSP and the WP. The first point the PSP made is that we should reveal the size of Reserves. Now, I think speakers from the financial industry, Mr Liang Eng Hwa and Mr Neil Parekh, have shared why they believed this would not be prudent. And for people experienced in the financial market typically, what they would say is that the time you get attacked is when you are at your weakest, such as for example, the Asian Financial Crisis. Against that backdrop, if people know the cards you have, you are in a weaker position. So, this is why it makes sense to keep that component secret. But there could be more than that. Right now, we are living in a much more unstable world. Wars could take place; economic blockades could take place. If people know the depth of your financial reserves, they will know how long you can last. So, keeping some strategic ambiguity is important. On this point, I note the WP has two slightly different positions. I think Assoc Prof Jamus Lim suggested there should be full transparency while Leader of the Opposition Mr Pritam Singh seemed to side approvingly, that it may be possible to keep a certain part of the Reserves secret while keeping the rest open. I would respectfully suggest that that second proposal is exactly what we have right now. A good part of the Reserves are in the open, such as MAS' assets as well as Temasek's assets. It is only the third port, GIC, which is unknown.[+20 sentences] And even then, I think some earlier speakers, such as Ms Hazel Poa, tried to make educated guesses on this port. So, people out there in the markets may have a guess on the size of our Reserves, but that little bit of strategic ambiguity is important. The second point the WP made was that we need to know the size of the Reserves in order to make prudent spending decisions. However, the WP does not advocate the use of the principal. I would respectfully submit that if we are not going to use the principal, then the only figures we need are the NIR, which we know. So, we can have a debate on that. They also made the argument that land sales revenue should be included. This is also known. So, in fact, what they need for policy-making purposes, based on what they have advocated, is already there. And I would respectfully say there is enough for open debates on policy. The next point the PSP made was that the revenue from the sale of land should not be charged to HDB. We have had a very, very long debate on this and I do not propose to rehearse that whole debate. But the main issues we had with this proposal was three-fold. First of all, land is an asset. So, as land gets more valuable that is one of the most important assets for land scarce Singapore. If we are going to use land for one purpose rather than another, it should be properly accounted for now. Both the WP and the PSP suggest that revenue from land sales should be used for the spending we get each year. But what you are selling, in fact, is 99 years' worth of land which is an asset under any definition. If you spend all of it in a single year, you are essentially spending the principal. The more responsible way of dealing with it is the way we are dealing with it right now. Land is an asset even if sold at 99-year leases. Since it is a translation of a physical asset into a cash asset, that cash goes into the Reserves. And the income from that Reserves will be part of the NIR.[+1 sentence] So, we are actually spending money from the land sales, while treating it in a financially responsible way. We are selling one asset and translating into another; therefore, it is still treated as an asset. I think the two additional arguments that we went through in some detail about the effect of the PSP's housing policy was that, first of all, if you launch new HDB flats at prices that do not include land, they are likely to cause a crash on the existing market, because many other people have much higher HDB values which are significant assets for them.[+8 sentences] But if much cheaper HDB flats come out that is likely to cause a crash in the secondary market. The second point we had in relation to that proposal was there is already a long queue for HDB flats because the launch price of an HDB flat is below the market price. There are many people who can afford HDB flats at the current launch price – in fact, far more than there are flats available. So, if you make the price even lower, there will be a much higher demand; and much more people will be unable to get a flat. I think this policy was roundly rejected by the House back then and so I do not plan to go into that, but that is the gist of my disagreements with that second aspect of the PSP policy. Let me just deal with one final point. Mr Pritam Singh made a reference to an IPS study. In that study, he suggested that parties who attended were asking for more openness and he made the point that even the political Opposition was more trusted for input on the Reserves, than journalists and the media. I have managed to have a look at the study and one of the points he did not make in the study was that the entity that ranked the highest – and this was actually very humbling for me when I read it because there is quite a lot of cynicism out there – but the entity that was ranked the highest in the study for trust for input on the Reserves was the PAP Government. This is on a scale of one to 10 – it was given a score of 7.26 on average by participants.[+11 sentences] Second was scholars, who were given a score of 6.27. Third was family members and close friends with a score of 6.1. Fourth was business leaders with a score of six. Fifth was financial analysts with the score of 5.9. Sixth was fellow citizens with the score of 5.76. And the political Opposition came in after all these, at 5.57. So, in that sense, it is quite humbling to appreciate the trust that people have in the PAP Government. And I would respectfully say that this is because the Reserves have been managed responsibly for a long time. Singapore has enjoyed tremendous growth from third world to first, with responsible fiscal spending and saving. I do not think there is any need to change those policies. We can change the exact policies we apply from time to time, but I think fiscal prudence must remain a cornerstone of our spending.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh161 words
[+10 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. Just two clarifications for the hon Member. The first is with regard to a point he makes about the proposal that I made. I think my proposal was really for a Select Committee; it was not so much on the two GICs, which I believe he mentioned. What I was doing was I was quoting from a Business Times article, which I had used, to make a point during my Budget 2020 debate speech. The second point on the IPS working paper, indeed, I do not make a point which contradicts what he says. All I am saying is that the journalists and the media fell right at the bottom. And I think in his speech, he did mention that there is a lot of cynicism out there. I think those are his exact words. So, I hope he understands the context of what I had said, with regard to the point on the IPS working paper.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong.
Mr Leong Mun Wai72 words
[+5 sentences]Mr Speaker, I like to ask the hon Member Mr Vikram Nair one question. He mentioned about the tension between present-day Singaporean, or the present generation, and the future generation in terms of the use of the Reserves. Can I ask him a question how much Reserves are we accumulating every year? That means what is the rate of increase of our Reserves every year? Does he have an idea on that?
Mr Vikram Nair22 words
[+1 sentence]I do not have the answer off-hand, but I think it can be calculated based on NIR and other forms of income.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong.
Mr Leong Mun Wai31 words
[+2 sentences]Okay. The second question I like to ask him: does he have any idea what will be the cost to the Reserves if we implement the policies that PSP has proposed?
Mr Vikram Nair22 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, I think I have explained my disagreement with the policies in my speech. I do not propose to repeat that.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong.
Mr Leong Mun Wai60 words
[+3 sentences]Okay. Mr Speaker, so the fact is he does not know how much Reserves we are accumulating every year and he does not know how much the policies proposed by PSP would cost the Reserves. So, how does he come to the conclusion that there is a tension between the present generation and future generation, if we implement those policies?
Mr Vikram Nair22 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, I think that is a simple point of principal. You save today, you are putting off today's consumption for tomorrow.
Mr Speaker21 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Leong, wait for me to call you before you come to the microphone. Yes, Mr Leong, you can ask now.
Mr Leong Mun Wai92 words
[+7 sentences]Mr Speaker, thank you. I understand that there is some general principles and certain things are true, the more you save, the better for the future. But, in the course of the debate, we had mentioned that there is a cost to accumulating the Reserves. So, as a result, we cannot just base our opinion on a general statement. He must know the facts. How much is being accumulated every year and how much would the policies the WP and PSP are recommending cost? I think that should be fair to say.
Mr Speaker11 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Nair, do you want to respond to that? Or —
Mr Vikram Nair144 words
[+2 sentences]I could give a simple response. Mr Speaker, I think the thrust of my speech is this. The Government and successive Governments have essentially built a nation with prudent spending. They have saved enough and the Government itself, which is the custodian of spending, is not saying it needs more money. So, to me, the real job of the Opposition and the backbench is really to be a check on Government spending because there is usually a perverse incentive for government to spend too much. So, if a government is saying that it can meet its current objectives with the current budget, there is no need to spend more. If the political Opposition is coming forward with different policies that require more spending, then it is for them to bear that onus to explain what the cost the policy is – not the Government.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim156 words
[+6 sentences]Just two clarifications from me, Mr Speaker, for Member Mr Nair. The first is that he mentioned that there is no need for the Government to raise funds for additional spending. But that my understanding is that the reason why we even raised the GST was in part because of fiscal tightness. Of course, Mr Nair does not necessarily speak for the Government, so if I could invite the Government to clarify? The second question I have is with regard to what he said about how if we have the NIRC and that is confirmed and we are not going to tap on the principal, then that is all the information we need. But surely, I am wondering if he would think that that information about the amount that is in the principal is irrelevant if we are going to talk about how much of the NIR to return, via the NIRC share, into the Reserves.
Mr Speaker7 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Nair, do you wish to respond?
Mr Vikram Nair43 words
[+2 sentences]I do not think my response will be different from the earlier one because this is not a case where the Government is asking for more spending, saying we need to spend more. So, I do not even think I need to respond.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Hazel Poa.
Ms Hazel Poa87 words
[+4 sentences]I would like to clarify about the land sales proceeds. We did mention that we are proposing land sale proceeds to be treated as revenue to be divided over entire period of the lease. So, for example, if land is sold on a 99-year lease, then that land sale proceeds to be divided over 99 years as revenue and also at the end of the 99 years, the land actually reverts to the Government. So, can Mr Nair explain why that is a depletion of the principal?
Mr Vikram Nair145 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, generally, any sale of an asset should go back into the pool of assets. Land of anything even more than 30 years, is generally considered an asset. Companies, likewise. Companies may not last 99 years, but if you sell shares in a company, that is also treated as an asset. So, the sale of land, the sale of shares that the Government may hold, all of these must go back into the asset pool of the Reserves.[+3 sentences] And, of course, any income that those assets derived can be spent as part of the NIRC. That to me is the logical way of dealing with it. I mean, this is also in accounting standards – land of more than 30 years would be regarded as an asset, so, there is not a lot of controversy in this, at least from my point of view.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Poa.
Ms Hazel Poa37 words
[+3 sentences]I think we need to make a distinction for land that is sold on leasehold. In the case of other assets like he mentioned, like shares, once sold is gone forever. But leasehold land returns to Government.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Nair? Go ahead.
Mr Vikram Nair73 words
[+5 sentences]The point about shares is just more on the lifespan. Most companies now may not even last 30 years, 40 years. So, yes, it is gone forever, but how long you would have had it, even if you kept it? So, whenever land becomes treated as an asset, say, by standard accounting standards and so on, we should also feature it as an asset. I mean, that to me is simple honest accounting.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Gerald Giam.
Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song (Aljunied)704 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, in our quest to safeguard the Singapore dollar, especially the volatilities of currency crises, it is important for a country to hold sufficient OFR. We have seen the dire consequences of not having enough in the tank during Thailand's ordeal in 1997. The country's struggle, stemming in part from currency speculation, led to a severe depletion of its OFR. This forced it to float its currency, triggering an economic crisis which affected the whole region, including Singapore. MAS has assessed that the "optimal" amount of OFR it needs to provide a "strong buffer" against stresses in the global economy and market is between 65% and 75% of GDP.[+5 sentences] The central bank assessed this level based on internationally-accepted measures of reserve adequacy and its own practical experience in foreign exchange intervention to ensure the stability of the Singapore dollar. Since the MAS (Amendment) Act came into force on 21 February 2022, MAS has been allowed to subscribe to the Reserves Management Government Securities (RMGS). This allows the transfer of OFR to the Government for the long-term investment by GIC. This is OFR above what MAS needs to conduct monetary policy and support financial stability. Should there be a need to supplement the OFR on MAS' balance sheet, in the instance of a tail-risk event, it can redeem the RMGS before maturity at par. Based on a Parliamentary reply by Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong to me, as at September 2023, MAS' current OFR stood at $455.5 billion or 70% of GDP, with the potential to ramp it up to 106% of GDP by redeeming the RMGS holdings of $237.6 billion. This means MAS effectively has access to 31% more foreign reserves than the high-end of the range it assesses to be optimal to defend the Singapore dollar.[+3 sentences] The value of both MAS' OFR and RMGS had been revealed publicly, so has the value of Temasek Holdings' net portfolio. What remains is the value of the Reserves held by GIC, which it has only revealed is well over US$100 billion. It is estimated to be many multiples of that. In a Parliamentary reply on 3 October 2023, Deputy Prime Minister Wong said that we need to brace for extreme tail-risk scenarios, including crises of unprecedented scale that could lead to significant capital outflows beyond MAS' Reserves, or emergencies caused by state or non-state actors threatening our economy, livelihoods or national existence.[+9 sentences] Sir, the spectre of extreme scenarios cannot be a carte blanche for maintaining a veil of secrecy over our reserves. Is the Government keeping the reserves held by GIC a secret only to prepare for extreme tail-risk scenarios? Or is it also to avoid questions from MPs and the public on why our substantial Reserves are not being invested more in Singaporeans? Greater transparency serves to both improve governance and foster a more inclusive and informed discussion about our nation's future. Transparency about the size of our reserves will facilitate more robust public discourse and democratic debate about our country's long-term Budget and expenditure plans. It will ensure that decisions regarding the use of our national wealth are made with the participation and understanding of citizens. Most importantly, it will increase accountability, as my hon friend from Sengkang, Jamus Lim, has explained in his speech, and build more trust in the Government. Conversely, expecting MPs to scrutinise, debate and approve the Government Budget and each Ministry's allocation without full knowledge of our Reserves is comparable to making a decision on buying a house without knowing how much money they have in the largest bank account. Mr Speaker, I urge a review of the Government's stance on the secrecy of the Reserves. If the Government wishes to maintain a strategic ambiguity regarding the full size of the Reserves, the figures could be shared confidentially with MPs or with the cross-party standing finance Select Committee that looks into the health of our Reserves and Government finances, which the Leader of the Opposition has proposed.[+2 sentences] This Parliamentary Committee will then be able to properly consider the specific funding needs vis-à-vis the threats that Singapore must prepare for and make recommendations to the Government on how these needs could be funded. Sir, I support the original Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Jessica Tan.
Ms Jessica Tan Soon Neo (East Coast)1465 words
[+23 sentences]Mr Speaker, thank you for the opportunity to speak on the Motion. Singapore's Reserves are critical assets and are vital for Singapore, as we have heard, many Members have already spoken about it. They are funds that Singapore can draw on during national emergencies, provide a source of investment income to finance part of the annual Government Budget and to maintain confidence in the value of the Singapore dollar through the exchange rate. But as a small country with no natural resources and an open economy, having the base of assets to provide a steady flow of funds is key to ensure that we have a base to draw on to handle emergencies for the benefit and quality of life for Singaporeans now as well as planning for the future generations. We are a little red dot and, sometimes, I worry that we forget that. We are not like many countries that have other pots of resources that they can draw on. We are not talking about just protecting the Singapore dollar. We are not talking about just protecting the currency. It is important. We have seen in recent times what has happened to countries. Things we cannot predict, on top of things in terms of natural calamities as well. So, I would like to remind the House that we are talking about the livelihoods, the lives of Singaporeans, present and the future and like Mr Liang Eng Hwa, I implore that we really take a fiscally responsible position and approach to this. As we witnessed during the COVID-19 pandemic, Singapore was able to draw on the Reserves to take decisive actions to protect and support Singaporeans. Yes, there was still pain; yes, there were still challenges. But we were able to make choices, take action quickly and ensure that we kept Singaporeans in a better position. An example is the Job Support Scheme introduced in the Unity Budget in February 2020. This provided wage support for employers. It is very important to retain local workers so that people kept their jobs. So, they kept their incomes. At the same time, companies could continue to function and, more importantly, retain their talent; and when things recover, to recover. It is not a trivial matter. If we talk about accountability, accountability is not just in how much funds we have and how we are managing the funds, but also how the funds are used and the impact it has on lives of Singaporeans. So, I really implore that everyone, let us not forget, as we talk about numbers, we are talking about people as well. The impact: the amount that was spent on JSS was about $28 billion. And a total – just to remind everyone – of an estimated 165,000 local jobs were preserved.[+6 sentences] Of course, there was still impact on people's jobs, but it could have been worse. And as I said, by retaining the staff, it allowed things to recover faster when the tides improved. So, the key principles adopted by the Government to stay fiscally responsible and sustainable, the two key principles that we need to keep in mind and keep the course on that – and what are they? One, it is not just about the Reserves, but it is also the balanced Budget, the balanced Budget approach, and that we do not spend more than what we have in that term of Government, so that we do not accumulate debt. And of course, protecting the Reserves and that we only spend part of it, so that, at the same time, we can continue to re-invest the Reserves and protect it for when we need it. The Reserves are protected also by the fact that there is a second key. The Government can only draw on the Past Reserves with the approval of the President.[+2 sentences] With the current geopolitical tensions, global disruptions and rising costs, it is appealing for all of us to ask for more of the NIRC to be made available to alleviate cost, because people are feeling the cost-of-living pressures. While this does sound attractive, we need to understand what the implications are. NIRC is a large contributor to the annual Budget at 20% for FY2022 and estimated to be the second largest for FY2023.[+11 sentences] As outlined in MOF's Occasional Paper on the Medium-Term Fiscal Projections and with geopolitical tensions and uncertainties as well as addressing internal needs of an ageing population, while refreshing our infrastructure and responding to other challenges, like climate change, we do have to continue to maintain and accumulate our Reserves. If we do not, we will also impact the stream of Budget revenue. Ultimately, it will impact also the taxes that we will have to raise if that base gets eroded. I do also want to talk about the geopolitical tensions and what our people are facing. What we are experiencing are unprecedented challenges and disruptions caused by the tensions we see, conflicts and also climate change. These are affecting costs and it is becoming more prolonged than we anticipated, from the pandemic to the strained US-China relations, the Ukraine-Russian conflict, the situation in Gaza and the Red Sea. I do not think I need to remind everyone of the challenges we are facing. This is impacting cost of living, and not just for Singapore, but across all countries. There have been measures to help Singaporeans cope with the elevated costs. For example, to help with inflation and the higher GST, there was the Assurance and the Enhanced Assurance package, for all Singaporeans aged 21 and above. The cash payouts were, of course, disbursed across 2022 to 2026 and there is a certain amount that everyone will get, depending on your property ownership. An estimated 2.9 million adult Singaporeans will benefit from this Package.[+2 sentences] There was also the Cost-of-Living Package and the Community Development Council (CDC) vouchers. The CDC vouchers were provided to each household. The most recent disbursement was in January this year where every Singaporean household received $500 in CDC vouchers.[+11 sentences] Government spending on other key areas is also equally important. On education, childcare, healthcare, senior care, training, infrastructure to grow the economy, we must continue to make these important investments to ensure inclusive growth. With the volatile geopolitical environment, Singapore will need to maintain significant investments in security and to invest and strengthen our preparedness and resilience against future disruptions by securing critical supplies for energy and food. The effects are long term and, sometimes, because the effects are long term, we forget and it is difficult for us to see the impact on the lives of Singaporeans today as well for the future. But the rising cost of living is impacting not only the vulnerable and the lower-income in Singapore. Singapore is an open economy. We import most of our goods and services and we are a price taker. With smaller families and people marrying later, or some remaining single, many have to care for both the young and the elderly. With an ageing population, we have more mature workers and people retiring or retired and their incomes may be lower due to job changes, re-employment or they may have no active income. With the rising cost of living and the prolonged disruptions, these segments are feeling the strain of the rising cost of living. The reason why I am saying this is because half of the residents in my constituency live in private property, and the majority are in private apartments and terraces. Because our system of tax is progressive and it is means-tested for most of the support measures, many of the households do not meet the eligibility criteria and they do not receive the full benefits of some of the support packages. But I do want to say that given the current prolonged nature of the uncertainties and the slower growth, we may have to look at doing more for this group of people.[+2 sentences] I would just like to conclude and say that as the situation is likely to be prolonged, it is all the more important that the measures we take are sustainable. The key is finding that balance with spending for today to support the current needs of Singaporeans to improve their quality of life, while doing it in a manner that will allow us to continue to invest for future needs and growth. The reality is that funding comes from taxes, from how we spend our Past Reserves and how we accumulate our Reserves, and hence adhering to the principles of not spending more than the revenue within that term of government and protecting our Past Reserves has and will enable us to achieve this balance. So, I would say that I cannot support the original Motion, and I support the amended Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Louis Chua.
Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis (Sengkang)1437 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, my Parliamentary colleagues from the WP have set forth our party's position on the Reserves. Under the NIR framework, the Government can spend up to 50% of the long-term expected real returns on relevant assets.[+6 sentences] So, up to 50% of the net returns from the Reserves flow back to the Singapore Budget through NIRC. The estimate of NIRC is dependent on both the size of the net asset base, as well as the investment rate of return that can be expected to be earned over the long term after netting off inflation. The Leader of the Opposition, Mr Pritam Singh, has shared how we should be more open about our Reserves and reveal figures not for their own sake but so as to facilitate mature conversations on the Reserves to take place. In my view, the principles of transparency and accountability extend to not just the size of the Reserves per se but also to the investment returns generated by those charged with the responsibility. Why is this important? While the real rate of returns is, by definition, dependent on estimates of future inflation, which may not be entirely under the control of the Government, given both domestic and global factors at play, the ability to earn superior risk-adjusted returns is a key driver of NIRC and, by extension, its contributions to the Budget. As my Parliamentary colleague Assoc Prof Jamus Lim shared, our nation's Reserves belong to the people, not the Government of the day. It is important for the stewards of the Reserves to be accountable to not just the Government but to all Singaporeans, the key stakeholders of our Reserves.[+14 sentences] It is in this interest of accountability to the people or Singaporeans, that I hope that GIC will adequately disclose its detailed investment performance, both in absolute and relative terms, as well as corresponding risk analytics and on an at least annual basis, rather than merely on longer-term rolling time horizons. After all, if Temasek Holdings readily disclose such information on an annual basis, what is the justification for GIC not being able to do so? Further, it is not for the lack of such information that disclosure is not forthcoming. GIC produces quarterly and even monthly reports to the Government through the Accountant-General of Singapore containing its financial statements, detailed holdings, bank account balances, detailed performance and risk analytics, as well as the distribution of the portfolio by asset class, country and currency. In addition to ensuring there is performance accountability, I would say another important aspect of ensuring that the entities managing our Reserves deliver on the objective of generating good longer-term real returns, is to ensure that all Singaporeans will be able to directly participate in such returns. I recognise that, at present, this is achieved indirectly via the NIRC component of the annual Government budget. But what is preventing the Government from allowing regular citizens, like you and me, from benefiting from the Government's fund manager, GIC? If the goal is to help present-day Singaporeans reduce their financial burdens and improve their quality of life, while continuing to save for future generations of Singaporeans – and if I may add, ensure that present-day Singaporeans can save for their own retirement – it is imperative upon us to allow our citizens to benefit from higher investment returns in the long term, with adequate safeguards in place. This is especially pertinent when we consider the source of funds for the GIC in the first place. As stated in the GIC’s Governance Overview, its source of funds includes proceeds from the issuance of Singapore Government Securities (SGS) and Special Singapore Government Securities (SSGS), Government Budget surpluses and proceeds from the Government's land sales. What is so special about these SSGS? Well, Singaporeans' CPF funds are invested in these SSGS issued by the Government, specifically to the CPF Board for the investment of CPF savings. The coupon rates for the SSGS bonds are pegged to rates at which the Board pays interest to the members of CPF. In other words, the CPF Board earns fixed interest income from the Government for these CPF funds. Can we not allow GIC's returns to be passed through to CPF members?[+5 sentences] The CPF Board's FAQ answers this question by stating that, "Unlike in an arrangement where GIC's returns are fully passed through to CPF members, the current arrangement means that CPF members bear no investment risk at all and CPF savings are safe regardless of GIC's performance". My question is, do we have such little confidence in the long-term investment performance of the GIC? If we look across to our Malaysian neighbour, its Employee Provident Fund (EPF) guarantees for its members a minimum dividend rate of 2.5%, with the actual dividend rate based on the performance of its investments. In the last 20 years, this has ranged from about 4.5% to 6.9%. The difference between the current CPF interest rates, especially Ordinary Account (OA) rates of 2.5% and the long-term nominal returns of the GIC portfolio are non-trivial. Based on the 20-year nominal returns of the GIC portfolio of 6.9% and the CPF OA rate of 2.5%, just based on a simple rule of 72, the number of years it takes for our CPF monies to double goes from about 10 years based on GIC's returns, to 29 years based on the prevailing CPF OA rate. The effects on our ability to save for our own retirement is clearly tremendous.[+2 sentences] Moreover, CPF members can already invest their CPF monies, subject to certain safeguards, such as minimum account balances and investment limits. Allowing CPF members to benefit from GIC's portfolio even to a modest degree, with percentage or dollar amount restrictions in place, can make a huge difference in enabling more CPF members to better save for their retirement, and especially so for those who are not financially literate or savvy enough to do so themselves in the first place. In each of the last three years, I have been urging the Government to implement the CPF Lifetime Retirement Investment Scheme (LRIS) to better support Singaporeans' retirement needs. And based on public records, GIC's 20-year returns have been consistently above the 2.5% interest rate offered to OA.[+6 sentences] Should the average Singaporean get access to the diversified investment portfolio of GIC, CPF members could get closer to retirement adequacy in a way that minimises the risk of short-term market volatility and protect their purchasing power against not just local inflation, but global inflation. I urge the Government to allow Singaporeans to directly benefit from our Reserves management framework, to help both present-day Singaporeans and future generations of Singaporeans. Mr Speaker, in Mandarin, please. (In Mandarin): Mr Speaker, earlier, the Leader of the Opposition Mr Pritam Singh outlined WP's five principles regarding Reserves, as well as three key points. The first point is: the Government should be more open and transparent about our Reserves. In fact, revealing the figure is not the key; the main purpose is to enable the public to have more mature conversations on the Reserves. The second point is: the Government should not rule out using more than the current 50% of the NIRC to alleviate the burden on Singaporeans.[+5 sentences] In 2018, Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong, when asked about this percentage, said in Parliament, "永远不能把话说得太过绝对" (never say never), although he also made some clarifications a few years later. The third point is: the public generally believes that the Reserves may continue to grow continuously through the sale of land, as the proceeds from the sale of land cannot be used for Government expenditure. Mr. Speaker, while it is important to be prepared for the future, but now we are facing rising geopolitical risks, global economic downturn and ever faster structural economic changes. Moreover, the issue of rising cost of living has become an urgent concern for many ordinary people. Singaporeans' livelihood is already facing problems, but the Government is reluctant to use more of the NIRC to alleviate their burden. The WP proposes to use more of the NIRC to alleviate people's burden. The intention is not to raid the Reserves, nor is it "寅吃卯粮" (In English): Eating next year's grain this year, as misinterpreted by the Deputy Prime Minister. We simply hope to achieve a better balance: the Reserves will continue to grow, but at a slower pace, so that we can take care of the livelihood of this generation of Singaporeans, provide timely assistance to the people, and continue to save for future generations. : I support the original Motion as filed by Mr Leong Mun Wai.
Mr Speaker45 words
[+1 sentence]Order. We have been in the Chamber for over six-and-a-half hours, so, I propose to take a break now. I suspend the Sitting and will take the Chair at 5.30 pm. Sitting accordingly suspended at 5.07 pm until 5.30 pm.[+1 sentence] Sitting resumed at 5.30 pm.
Mr Deputy Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Saktiandi Supaat.
Mr Saktiandi Supaat (Bishan-Toa Payoh)2652 words
[+21 sentences]Mr Deputy Speaker, Sir, I rise in support of the amendments proposed by Member Mr Liang Eng Hwa. Before I proceed, I would like to declare that I am an employee of a financial institution in Singapore Singapore’s prudent fiscal and Reserves policies have contributed to the progress we have seen since Independence and has created the conditions for macroeconomic stability, supported economic growth and promoted social equity. Sound and prudent fiscal policies have enabled us to build up fiscal Reserves that act as our national crisis fund and in normal times, provide a steady stream of non-tax revenue to complement our tax revenue. What the Singapore Government has gained from years of fiscal rectitude is confidence and credibility as well as the flexibility and financial resources to deal with crises, such as the one experienced in 2008/2009, and respond to longer-term challenges. As Singapore grapples with the challenges of globalisation, an ageing population and income inequality, the Government’s fiscal resources as well as its capacity for constant adaptation will be critical assets. A quote by Krishna Srinivasan and Lamin Leigh, International Monetary Fund Director of the IMF's Asia and Pacific Department, and Singapore and Malaysia Mission Chief in IMF's Asia and Pacific Department, respectively, noted in the IMF's Country Focus in August 2022 that "should further risks materialise beyond what is currently envisaged, Singapore can deploy its ample fiscal buffers to cushion the economic impact." Why I mention that quote is to highlight the importance of Singapore's fiscal buffers, Reserves and its prudent Budget policies that has actually put us in good stead. Going forward, Singapore is unlikely to experience the high economic growth and large fiscal surpluses of the 1990s. Instead, we face multiple challenges that will shrink our fiscal space. It is all the more important to ensure that our public finances remain sustainable to support our future progress. I would like to share, Mr Deputy Speaker, my thoughts on a few things about Singapore’s fiscal policy and reserves policy approach, which I feel should stay responsible and sustainable, given our unique context both economically and constitutionally. First, our medium-term orientation, medium- to long-term focus in fiscal policy and public financing. Fiscal policy in Singapore is characterised by a strong emphasis on medium- and long-term objectives and has put us in good stead. It has evolved over time. In particular, our Reserves accumulation, which has helped us to tide through difficult times. I highlighted earlier that I work in the financial sector in a financial institution. When I meet market participants or clients in the markets in various countries in the region, the main focus for them as investors who are probably pension funds and longer-term investors, is the ability for a country to think objectively over a medium to longer term. And so, Singapore's ability to focus and have a medium-term orientation going forward is a very strong key thrust for policy in Singapore. I think our Reserves accumulation has allowed us to move in that direction. The ability to accumulate Reserves in a comfortable manner, in a more consistent and sustained manner where we can project with more certainty; it has allowed investors to assess us with a medium- to longer-term focus, in terms of public financing and fiscal policy. In fact, Singapore's public spending has evolved to meet our medium- to long-term objectives. Government spending stands now at around 18% of GDP. MOF in its Occasional Paper states it expects to it increase to around 19% to 20% of GDP in the FY2026 to 2030 period and possibly exceed 20% of GDP by FY2030.[+1 sentence] A key driver for this increase is the Government health expenditure. This is due to our ageing population, rising utilisation of healthcare and medical inflation. I just want to highlight that we also enjoy additional non-tax revenues through the NIRC. The NIRC has averaged around 3.5% of GDP and we expect it to remain at about the same share of GDP over the coming years.[+1 sentence] Therefore, the total revenue is now about 18.5% of GDP. This would not have been sufficient to cover the increase in Government spending expected over the coming years. That is why the tax changes announced in Budget 2022, including the GST increase, were necessary to close the funding gap.[+17 sentences] Notwithstanding the emphasis on medium-term growth, the MOF has been sensitive to cyclical considerations in recent decades. When Singapore experienced slower economic growth and higher volatility in the late 1990s, early 2000s and the Global Financial Crisis, the Government pursued more accommodative fiscal policies, increased transfers to households and provided various relief measures to businesses. The point here is about medium-term considerations and why Reserves accumulation has contributed to a much more comfortable situation for Singapore to focus on that medium- to long-term focus. The second point that I just want to highlight is about the ever-increasing risk of short-term discretion. Limits to short-term discretion should be untouched, in my view, and I think some of the discussions that were made earlier by other Members here, come close to short-term discretionary changes. Fortunately, fiscal policy has been oriented at medium-term objectives because of the important constitutional context in which policy-makers operate. The constitutional safeguards that have been put in place since the early 1990s to protect Singapore's past Reserves also limit the room for short-term discretion. And I think it is very important to ensure that those safeguards remain unchanged or if any changes are to be made, they need to be considered very closely. Members have discussed these earlier, but the key elements include no drawing on past reserves; 50% NIR spending rule; the fair market value principle; and the two-key mechanism. My view is, they create strong incentives for the Government to err on the side of caution, to accumulate surpluses in good years during its term of office as a buffer against lean years when it may have to run Budget deficits. Rather than assessing over the one year cycle and having to look at it from a demand management perspective, it is very important to see a multi-year cycle approach. I continue to support this approach to reduce the risk of discretion creeping in going forward. But at the same time, we must understand also, if there are any extra suggestions on revenue or changes to these safeguards, I think associated trade-offs of any new suggested revenue options are key, as the economy and challenges evolve and change over time. The associated inter-generational trade-off is also key. The next generation is not here to argue their case and ask why we are spending their money now. We may think that we have a lot of money now, but we do not know what economic and social as well as other challenges they face in 50 years or 100 years' time. Before I proceed in the Malay section, Mr Deputy Speaker, I would like to highlight a few points in terms of my concerns about the Singapore dollar discussion that was made earlier by some of the Members. On the Singapore dollar front, I highlight latest data from BIS Triennial 2022 which shows that Singapore dollar foreign exchange (forex) turnover is about US$182 billion, in terms of daily average turnover, 2% of total market value. And this is about $6.6 trillion from the BIS survey in terms of global forex turnover.[+1 sentence] The daily global average of April 2022 of the BIS Triennial survey highlights that the Singapore dollar forex turnover of $182 billion in US dollar terms is actually quite substantial, on a daily basis. Some Members had highlighted the rough estimates of about $1.2 trillion value in Reserves. That actual amount is quite minute – if the forex markets move in within six to seven days against the Singapore dollar, it could wipe out slightly more than $1 trillion in terms of dollar amounts, very rapidly.[+14 sentences] So, I just wanted to highlight that. I think there was further discussion and I had a bit of concern. Mr Deputy Speaker, I would like to speak in Malay now. : Our policy on Reserves allows us to redistribute taxes to create a positive impact on the Malay community and the rest of society in Singapore. While Singapore's fiscal regime has grown to meet the changing needs of the economy and continues to support economic growth, Singapore has also experienced increasing challenges including recession, external factors and concerns of income inequality particularly in the decades after the Asian Financial Crisis decades. For the Singapore Government, ensuring that the fruits of economic growth are shared has always been on its agenda. In fact, one key fiscal strategy of MOF or the Government is to ensure a progressive tax and transfer system, with low-income households receiving more benefits than taxes paid and ensuring a fair balance between the needs of the current and future generations. Singapore's policy on Reserves has enabled the Government to provide more support by investing in many areas, especially in education, home ownership, healthcare and social infrastructure, to ensure that economic growth provides comprehensive benefits to the people. In essence, Singaporeans were given opportunities throughout the years to improve their lives and participate in economic growth. In terms of spending, there is an emphasis on investments in the long term also, especially on Singaporeans, in order to give them the opportunity to participate in economic growth. This approach supports the Government's spending policy in two key areas where it has made the biggest improvement to the livelihood of Singaporeans — namely, education and public housing. There are many examples of how Singapore's policy on Reserves and the Government's management of the Budget have resulted in a lot of meaningful spending, in terms of social spending and in terms of the main subsidy that is given not as a cash transfer, but as a benefit in the form of goods. Hence, against the current global background, the Government also implemented various measures to provide targeted assistance to the lower-income group, providing offsets and subsidies to help ease the burden of households and the implementation of policy initiatives on a staggered basis, as well as progressively increase wages for low-wage workers. Therefore, in addition to that, the Government has also extended significant support to manage cost of living in the form of support packages, starting with the Household Support Package and the CDC vouchers, as well as increasing social equality by extending as much opportunities as possible. And in terms of taxes, our country imposes a relatively low tax burden on workers. Hence, Singapore's personal income tax rate is among the lowest in the world. It is also a relatively progressive system where only about 40% of the workforce pays any income tax at all. In addition, the Singapore currency is also stable and provides Singaporeans with a strong purchasing power. So, as several Members had mentioned earlier, the stability of the Singapore currency does not happen on its own; it happens because of our good policy on Reserves and our Budget policy that is solid, sound and based on strong principles, thus providing opportunities for Singaporean workers, our people, to get good jobs, and also to support past and future budgets. : Mr Deputy Speaker, one thing that I think this whole House can agree on is that the ongoing cost of living pressures, which form a key issue, is something that we must continue to manage today.[+4 sentences] But what we need to be careful about is how we go about addressing the issue. That is my concern. If we add additional flexibility of short-term discretion to our framework, it affects our fiscal sustainability and the credibility that we have built over time. Today, the Government is already tapping on our Reserves to pay for the needs of Singaporeans. Through the NIRC, 50% of the net investment returns or income on our reserves are used to fund about 20% of our annual Budget. This then goes into things like the Assurance Package, which saw most households receive $500 CDC vouchers and more to spend on food, groceries and other necessities. Without the NIRC, that means that the Government would need to collect 25% more of revenue, most likely through increased taxes.[+5 sentences] So, it is tempting to suggest increasing the NIRC and use more of our Reserves for Singaporeans today. But every extra dollar used today means one dollar less for the future generation, or even one dollar less for those of us who will be surviving in the future. The world today is more challenging to navigate than 50 years ago. Today, we have less untapped capacity to develop, whereas global competition is getting fiercer. I would not be surprised if our children and grandchildren have to deal with even more challenging conditions 50 years from now. So, as any parent would tell you, the best we can do is to make sure that they are put in the best position to confront and conquer those challenges. Hence, the Government has set the NIRC at 50%, half for the present generation and half for the future generation.[+6 sentences] The generations that came before us left sufficient reserves for us today. It is not for us to be selfish at the expense of our children and future generations. One exception that we make to the fair 50-50 split is the power to drawdown on Past Reserves to support us in a crisis. In the 1997 Asian Financial Crisis, our Reserves were deployed to provide the Singapore dollar with stability. Today, MAS continues to utilise our OFR to implement its monetary policy through managing the Singapore dollar's appreciation band. That has helped us to fight off imported inflationary pressures. Similarly, in the 2008 Global Financial Crisis, we could dip into $4.9 billion of our Reserves to support schemes to help workers retain jobs and offer liquidity to companies as well as for risk-sharing purposes.[+13 sentences] These measures worked and we were one of the fastest-growing economies in 2010. So, it is quite clear that our Reserves policy has been helping Singaporeans. And in my Malay speech earlier, our Reserves policy has provided a bedrock for our medium- and long-term policy objectives and also allowed us to reap benefits for all citizens through our Budgets – year in, year out – and for emergency cases. Mr Deputy Speaker, it is my view that the answer to the global cost-of-living issue is not to look at our Reserves and strip it of more eggs each time. It is a finite resource. Instead, each of us needs to make a collective effort to manage our costs and finances and step up to help those who are less well-off. These can be simple steps, such as caring for our own parents by topping up their CPF Retirement Accounts and gaining more financial literacy to plan and adjust our finances effectively. And I am confident that the Government will stand ready to help, whether through one-time assistance schemes or longer-term solutions, such as enhancing retirement schemes and associated investment options. Singapore's fiscal strength is a key competitive advantage for our nation. As I mentioned, when I go abroad and talk to market participants and clients, our public finances, our Reserves policy, lend credence to us making medium- to long-term policy decisions which add a bit of stability in terms of investors' assessment of us and it leads to probably positive credit rating outlook as well. So, as our spending needs continue to rise, we must make sure that our revenues grow at a comparable pace to maintain a sound and sustainable fiscal system. I am certain that the Government will continue to review and adjust our fiscal strategies to support our shared aspirations in a way that is fair to both present and future generations of Singaporeans. Mr Speaker, I support the amended Motion by Member Mr Liang Eng Hwa.
Mr Deputy Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Sitoh Yih Pin.
Mr Sitoh Yih Pin (Potong Pasir)2636 words
[+17 sentences]Mr Deputy Speaker, Sir, I would like to start by quoting Mr Lee Kuan Yew. Actually, I kept this quote in my phone for a very long time and I thought, some day, I will need to use it, and I think it may be appropriate for me to use it today. Sir, in September 2011, Mr Lee Kuan Yew said, and I quote, "I hope the Prime Minister and his Cabinet ensure that Singapore veers on the side of prudence and balance the Budget and not raid on its Reserves, which have been protected by a separately elected President. Otherwise, you have the Opposition saying, 'If you vote for me, I will give you all these things.' Where will the money come from? Not from taxes but our Reserves." Sir, I think Mr Lee is prescient. He said this 13 years ago and I think this is exactly what is happening today as we debate this Motion. Sir, there are two issues that the hon Members Mr Leong Mun Wai and Ms Hazel Poa have raised in their Motion. One is how we accumulate Reserves; and two, how we plan Budgets. They also acknowledge that we must save for future generations. That is a start. Let us start by talking about Budgets. Budgets are really a hit-and-miss affair, and one cannot be very accurate. Let us take Hong Kong, for example. They have the same financial year as Singapore. It runs from April to March. For the period April 2023 to March 2024, they announced in February 2023 a predicted Budget deficit of HK$54.4 billion. However, it was announced recently that in the first eight months of their financial year, the government had accumulated a deficit of HK$164 billion, three times the predicted deficit and there are another four more months to go.[+25 sentences] The lesson here is that things can turn sharply and for the worse in a world full of uncertainty and it is still better to plan and budget conservatively. Sir, I have observed, in the course of today's debate, I think the Members of the Opposition have made one very wrong assumption. They have assumed, when they talked about NIRC, that there will always be a return on capital, that whatever you invest will always give you a return. In uncertain times, such as this, this is not necessarily true because, from time to time, you can make the wrong call and your investments can be zero. But, of course, we are fortunate that we have our capable people at Temasek, GIC and MAS. From time to time, they can get it wrong, but we cannot always assume that your capital is intact. So, think about it. Do not just talk about return on capital. Talk about return of capital because you cannot assume that will always happen. Sir, the next issue I want to talk about is how we accumulate surpluses. In truth, there are only three ways to accumulate significant surpluses in Singapore. One, through budgetary surpluses because we spend much less than we collect, in terms of taxes and fees every year. Two, land sales, which Mr Leong Mun Wai and Ms Hazel Poa have spoken about. Three, by not spending all the returns from our investments which we have made with our reserves. There is a fourth way, which is through the sale of resources. But since we do not have stuffs, like oil or metal ores, in our 734 square kilometres of ground, this route is out. Sir, the size of our Reserves is not small. There is no hiding that. It is adequate as a deterrent so that no one today will ever think of attacking the Singapore dollar. But it would be foolish for us to reveal the exact size of our Reserves, just as no country reveals the exact amount of military assets it has. It can be spent down rather quickly. And then, someone might think of attacking the Singapore dollar. Do not ever think that we are forever immune. If George Soros can bring the once mighty Sterling Pound to its knees – I think it was in 1992 – the Singapore dollar can be brought down, too, if we are not careful. Sir, another point is that I fear that the years of large budgetary surpluses may be over for Singapore, simply because the demographics do not allow it. In Singapore, the old age support ratio is defined as the number of people aged 20 to 64 to the number of people aged 65 and older.[+2 sentences] In 1990, this ratio in Singapore was 10.5. In other words, there were 10.5 persons supporting one elderly. In 2023, the ratio has dropped to 3.7.[+27 sentences] As a general rule, working-age adults generally consume more and contribute more to Government revenue, while the elderly pay little or no taxes but consume more Government revenue, which is also why we have to raise the GST to widen the tax base and so that we can balance the books. Places, like Malaysia and Hong Kong, which do not have a GST, are finding it increasingly difficult to balance their books. And if you cannot balance your books, you do not talk about savings for future generations. So, the bottom line, going forward, is that huge budget surpluses will be a thing of the past, given the realities of our demographics. The next point I would like to talk about is land sales. I think we are very fortunate that our PAP founding fathers were wise to ensure that land sales do not fund the Government's day-to-day operations. It is very tempting to do so. Hong Kong has relied on land sales significantly to balance the Budget. But that is also why once the property market turns anaemic, the government is strapped for cash. In Singapore, the Government of the day can only use the tax revenue, such as stamp duties and taxes from land sales, to fund its operations. The price paid for the land goes into the Reserves. I think this is good discipline. Sir, at this juncture, I would like to respond to what Ms Hazel Poa commented on just now. She is saying that, for discussion purposes, if the land is sold for 100 years and for $100 million, then, every year, you take out $1 million and let the Government spend it. I think that is what she meant. It cannot work. Let me tell you why it cannot work. Because if you take out $1 million from Year One and let it be spent for the people, that $99 million is locked in there. What am are we supposed to do? You want us to invest it? Because investments can turn sour, as I have said just now, return of capital and return on capital. So, in other words, she is saying that every year, we put $1 million back to the people. It cannot work. But if I put this $100 million back into the Government Reserves, I think our smart people at GIC, Temasek or MAS, maybe, can generate a return of 2% or 3% and it is more money for our people. That is the point I want to respond to. Sir, the third avenue that we can generate reserves is the returns from our investments mainly through GIC, MAS and Temasek. We have decided on a 50-50 formula which, for now, it is good. Only up to 50% of the NIRC can be used by the Government.[+11 sentences] This means that the current generation enjoys half of the returns while the other half goes back into the Reserves for future generations. This is no rocket science. But more importantly, both philosophically and mathematically, it means that the present generation takes half the returns from the reserves that the previous generations of Singaporeans have left to the present generation and, in turn, the present generation leaves half of what the past has given them to future generations. In other words, we are saying that the government of the day values the current generation as much as it values future generations of Singaporeans. It is also, I believe, a very Asian way of doing things. We believe that we should leave something for our future generations in the hope that they will have a better life than us and they have something to rely on, especially on a rainy day. This is opposed to many countries where older citizens enjoy the welfare benefits funded by younger citizens' taxes. This is commonly known as the inter-generational transfer of liabilities and has led to friction among communities elsewhere. Instead, in Singapore, under the PAP Government, we have the opposite. We have inter-generational transfer of assets and I would suggest let us keep it that way. Sir, I would like to touch on another point but, before I do that, I have to state that my position is that I agree that we should have 50-50 as far as the NIRC is concerned. But I may be opening a pandora's box as I make my next comment.[+1 sentence] Sir, if we are to review the Budget of 2023, operating revenue was about $96 billion, NIRC was about $24 billion, same as corporate income tax, giving a total revenue of about $120 billion. So, what it means that if I take NIRC as a percentage of total Government revenue, it is 20%. From a risk management point of view, having 20% coming from what I ‒ my personal view ‒ feel is a passive sort of income, is not low.[+6 sentences] To me, NIRC is like passive income. We have it because our 1G, 2G and 3G leaders left it for us. As much as we have capable, intelligent people earning the money, to me, it is very akin to passive income and if your passive income is 20% of your total revenue, it is not small, you know. So, if I have an aim for Singapore, I do not know if it is too much to ask, I think it is too much to ask for the budget to be announced next week; but maybe, by the end of this decade, our corporate income tax revenue can exceed NIR. I think it must. Well, that is my ask. Which is also why I was very happy when I read last week in the newspapers that our corporate income tax revenue for the first nine months is about $23.9 billion, comparable to what we have budgeted for the entire year for corporate income tax revenue. Which means to say that for this year we can be certain that corporate income tax revenue will outstrip NIRC and that is a good thing.[+38 sentences] And I do not know if it is in time – but I hope the Government can give part of this back to the people when they announce the Budget next week. I am particularly excited about the Majulah Package which the Prime Minister has announced during National Day Rally – and I am sure all of us in the House look forward to that, people age 50 years and above, people like me. Sir, I like to respond to some of the points that have been raised. Mr Leong Mun Wai, at the beginning of his speech, mentioned that our Reserves are not from natural resources. They are from the blood and sweat of Singaporeans. My response is, but, of course, as a young man, I have come to realise that being a Singaporean means the easy things in life would never come to look for you. You have to work for your living. You have to save for your living and you have to have the right government to give you the guidance. That is the spirit of our people. United we stand, divided we fall. The objective of all of us in this House, every man, every woman, every child standing with us, is that we must provide as good a life for our fellow Singaporeans for as long as it is possible. I think both Mr Leong and Ms Poa also mentioned about the Affordability Housing Scheme. Basically, they are saying that we should give more subsidies and make the flats cheaper. They had spoken about it previously. Let me share with Members what is happening on the ground in Potong Pasir. I took a walk in Potong Pasir last weekend, particularly in Bidadari which comes under the Potong Pasir estate, and there were some who came up to me and said, "Mr Sitoh, we are very irritated and annoyed." And I asked them, "Why, what happened?" And they said, "We are the first batch of Bidadari flats and our minimum occupation period (MOP) is coming out in a matter of months this year, and we have property agents, unsolicited, knocking on our doors, telling us to sell our flats because they can give us a price that is way above what we bought them for." I would not mention the price because I do not want to influence market forces. So, I asked them, "What do you want to do?" They said, "No, we are not selling. Of course, we are not selling. This is a good environment to live in." But my point is – why are all these property agents knocking on the doors of these residents? Because they know the intrinsic value of these flats is significantly higher than what HDB had sold them for. And you are saying that it should even be cheaper? I am not sure. Sir, please allow me to move on to my Mandarin speech. (In Mandarin): Mr Leong and Ms Poa suggested in their Motion that the amount of our Reserves should be made public. I do not understand why they want to do this. If we were to make it public, what would be the objective? Does anyone want to know the amount of our Reserves? Of course! Many people do, including hedge funds, because many funds are interested in our stock market and the Singapore dollar and may want to attack us. Even if I were to tell you, what purpose would it serve? If I were to tell you, it might satisfy your curiosity. But satisfying your curiosity is momentary, just like watching fireworks – once the fireworks are over, it is over. But the consequences could be very serious, unimaginable. Because we are a small country, we do not want anyone to know where our bottom line is, because if others know your bottom line, they will know how to attack you.[+5 sentences] Therefore, we want to lead our fellow Singaporeans on the path of sunlight and not allow those hedge funds to develop any ill intentions towards our industries. Because that is entering into darkness; and this darkness is not the darkness before dawn, because the darkness before dawn is also momentary, a fleeting moment, as the sun is about to rise. This kind of darkness is long, painful, because it is like the darkness after dusk, very long and in the deep night, you can hardly see anything. So, I will say it again, we want to walk on the path of sunlight, and the Government will lead us. Another point. Just now, some Opposition Members mentioned the rise in the cost of living.[+1 sentence] I understand inflation is a big issue. Because of this, the Government has introduced a series of programs. I do not know if everyone has heard of an old saying, "Every difficulty can be overcome." In our journey, in a country's journey, there are certainly many difficult stages, but as long as fellow Singaporeans unite, work hard and have a common goal, we will definitely overcome every difficulty.
Mr Deputy Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Deputy Leader.
Time Limit for Minister's Speech›Motions2 turns · 134w
· 0 highlighted
motion-2317
The Deputy Leader of the House (Mr Zaqy Mohamad)47 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Deputy Speaker, may I seek your consent and the general assent of Members present to move that the proceedings on the item under discussion be exempted from the provisions of Standing Order No 48(8) to remove the time limit in respect of Minister Indranee's speech, please?
Mr Deputy Speaker87 words
[+3 sentences]I give my consent. Does the Deputy Leader of the House have the general assent of the hon Members present to so move? (proc text)]
Public Finances›Motions81 turns · 22,444w
· 113 highlighted
motion-2318
Mr Deputy Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Minister Indranee Rajah.
The Second Minister for Finance (Ms Indranee Rajah)112 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Deputy Speaker, I do not support the Motion in its original form as moved by the Non-Constituency Members of Parliament (NCMPs) Mr Leong Mun Wai and Ms Hazel Poa. However, I support the amendments to the Motion as proposed by Mr Liang Eng Hwa, and let me explain why. On the face of it, the PSP’s Motion seems unobjectionable. After all, what is wrong with calling on the Government to review its current Budget and Reserve accumulation policies in order to help present-day Singaporeans with their financial burdens and improve their quality of life? However, when you look at it carefully, the Motion implies various things which I cannot agree with.
[Mr Speaker in the Chair]5024 words
[+257 sentences]First, it suggests that the Government is over-accumulating surpluses and Reserves at the expense of present-day Singaporeans, and is not helping them financially or doing anything to improve their quality of life. Second, it suggests that we are unfairly prioritising future generations over the current generation. Both are incorrect. Further, in their speeches in support of the Motion, the PSP essentially suggests that the Government has excess fiscal resources which are not being spent on Singaporeans and that there would be even more fiscal resources available if only we changed our reserves policies. We do not agree with that either. As such, I cannot support the original Motion. However, I fully agree with the amended Motion – the thrust of which calls on the Government to ensure that our Budget and Reserves accumulation policies always stay fiscally responsible and sustainable in order to provide for the current generation as well as future generations. Assoc Prof Jamus Lim made the point that he could not support the amended Motion because it precluded the possibility of a review. Actually, the amended Motion does not do that. If you look at the wording, and it says that, "This House calls on the Government to ensure its Budget and Reserve accumulation policies always stay fiscally responsible and sustainable in order to help", and so forth. Ensuring that something always stays fiscally responsible and sustainable does not preclude a review, because from time to time you may have to make changes, if necessary, in order to ensure that you stay fiscally responsible and sustainable. Just a small point on that. Mr Speaker, much has been said in this debate about our Budget and Reserves policies, but let us be clear on what they are, so that we are not speaking at cross-purposes. Our Budget policies are founded on the following principles: we aim to live within our means, and commit to running a balanced Budget over each term of Government; we are prudent in our spending while doing our best to ensure that we meet the needs of our people; we generate revenues to cover recurrent expenditures so as to avoid burdening Singaporeans with debt; and we have a fair and progressive system of taxes and transfers. Our Reserves are a key strategic asset for Singapore and Singaporeans of all generations. Our Reserves policies are also founded on a set of core principles: our Reserves help current and future generations of Singaporeans; we save our Reserves, invest them and use the investment returns sustainably; if needed, we will tap on our Reserves to help Singapore and Singaporeans get through exceptional crises. The investment returns from our Reserves provide a steady stream of income to supplement the Government's Budget and give us greater fiscal means than we would otherwise have. The NIRC accounts for about 20 cents out of every one dollar, or one-fifth, of Government revenues. Present-day Singaporeans benefit directly from the reserves every year via the NIRC and also, during crises, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. At the same time, we do not spend all of our investment returns. We save half of them to cater to future needs – for both the current and future generations. Our fiscal and reserves approaches are thus underpinned by the principles of fairness, prudence and sustainability. While Singapore will always be a work-in-progress, and we are always striving to do better, the Government's fiscal and reserves policies have served Singaporeans well. Far from what the PSP suggests, our fiscal and Reserves policies have enabled us not just to help Singaporeans across generations to improve their lives, but also to achieve remarkable things together and to chart our future with confidence. To appreciate the full extent of how our policies have helped us, one must consider our context – a country with no natural resources, a population size a mere fraction of others, competing with economies far larger, more developed and much more endowed than ourselves. Despite the odds, we have been able to help Singaporeans cope with challenges and seize opportunities. Consider the following: COVID-19. The COVID-19 pandemic was a crisis of a generation. But because of our fiscal and reserves policies, we were able to deploy about $80 billion to fight the pandemic, half of which were drawn from the Past Reserves. This allowed us to save lives, save jobs and emerge from the pandemic stronger. We did that for this current generation. We were able to provide critical support to households, such as through the Care and Support Package and the COVID-19 Support Grant. We could gain timely access to vaccines to keep our population protected and safe; and save Singaporean workers' jobs and keep businesses afloat, such as through the Jobs Support Scheme. Unlike many other countries, we did not have to borrow to fund our crisis spending. Some of those countries will take decades to repay their pandemic debt. We kept our economy going through the pandemic and we are enhancing our attractiveness as a global business hub, even as we weather global economic and geopolitical headwinds. We are also mindful that people are experiencing inflation, cost-of-living issues and cost pressures. To help households cope with the cost of living, inflation and the GST increase, the Government enhanced the Assurance Package from $6 billion to over $10 billion; and continues to provide additional support, such as through the enhanced GST Voucher – Cash, CDC vouchers, and U-Save and Service & Conservancy Charges (S&CC) rebates. Our policies in education have enabled us to provide our children with a good education and a strong foundation for the future. Currently, by the time a Singaporean child turns 16, he or she would have received around $200,000 in education and preschool subsidies. Our students have consistently performed well in the Programme for International Student Assessment (PISA), emerging as top performers in reading, mathematics and science in the latest 2022 cycle. Jobs: we have created good jobs for Singaporeans and kept unemployment low. We have helped workers to continuously upskill and reskill, by providing SkillsFuture credits and course fee subsidies. We have supported those who have lost jobs to find new ones. Because of our efforts, household real incomes per member for the lower- and middle-income have grown by more than 3% per annum over the past decade. Lower-wage workers: we have been uplifting our lower-wage workers through the Progressive Wage Model (PWM), covering over 90% of lower-wage workers and Workfare, which supplements wages by up to 25%. Human capital: we emerged top among 157 countries in the 2020 World Bank Human Capital Index. This reflects our investments in our people to ensure that they are healthy and well-educated, and to keep our economy competitive. Housing: our home ownership rate is around 90%, one of the highest in the world. We keep public housing affordable and accessible through generous housing subsidies and grants. Most homebuyers use less than 25% of their monthly household income to service their HDB loan, and more than eight in 10 first-timer new and resale flat buyers have been able to finance their monthly HDB loan instalments using their CPF, with little to no cash outlay. Healthcare: because of our fiscal policies, Singaporeans are assured of receiving good and affordable healthcare. All Singaporeans receive means-tested subsidies at public healthcare institutions, covering up to 80% of treatment costs. They are also covered by MediShield Life, for large hospitalisation bills and costly outpatient treatments. The Government also provides subsidies to keep MediShield Life premiums affordable. For those who face financial difficulties, MediFund provides yet another safety net. Singapore has one of the highest healthy life expectancies in the world. We have been featured on Netflix as one of six healthy "blue zones", regions with a high concentration of healthy centenarians. Retirement adequacy: as Singaporeans live longer, we ensure that our retirement support system provides them with peace of mind in their golden years. For those who had low incomes in their working years, we supplement their retirement income through the Silver Support Scheme. The Majulah Package will provide a further boost for our seniors and young seniors. Income inequality: our fiscal policies have allowed us to put in place a system of support to provide more for those who have less. Our Gini coefficient has improved. Our income inequality has come down over the past 15 years, especially after we take into account Government transfers and taxes. Then, the middle-income. We remain focused on the well-being of the broad middle of society, who receive more in benefits than the taxes they pay. For every dollar of tax a middle-income Singaporean household pays, they receive around $2 in benefits, higher than in other countries like the United Kingdom and Finland. The lower-income in Singapore receives more, at $4 in benefits for every dollar they pay. Even the upper middle-income group – those in the 61st to 80th percentile – receives about the same or slightly more in benefits compared to what they pay in taxes. They may not get as much in direct cash benefits compared to lower-income groups, but they too enjoy access to the affordable housing, healthcare and world-class education that I have mentioned earlier. We try to deliver as much value as possible for every taxpayer dollar. Singapore's Government expenditure remains among the lowest across advanced economies, at 18% of GDP compared to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) average of over 40%. But even as we keep public expenditures lean, Singapore produces social and economic outcomes that have been better than most. So, being the lowest in terms of spending does not mean that we are not doing good things with it. We are actually getting value for money for Singaporeans. Our progressive tax policies have also enabled us to keep the tax burden low. Forty percent of workers do not pay Personal Income Tax. The effective tax burden for middle-income households is around 10% of household income. This is significantly lower than in advanced economies, like the United States (US), the UK and Finland, where it can exceed 20% or even 30%. Our fiscal policies ensure that we can continuously upgrade our infrastructure, such as our new MRT lines. We set aside funds whenever we can afford to and we borrow through the Significant Infrastructure Government Loan Act (SINGA). This way, we spread the costs of such projects fairly and sustainably across current and future Singaporeans, all of whom will benefit from these projects. Climate change: our fiscal policies put us on a good footing to tackle climate change, an especially existential threat for Singapore. Our carbon tax revenues will be used to support decarbonisation efforts and our transition to a green economy and cushion the impact on businesses and households. We have also set up the Coastal and Flood Protection Fund to set aside monies when fiscal conditions permit. We have achieved so much with so little, in large part because of our fiscal policies. We are able to meet our needs yet live within our means; we are able to plan ahead and meet the future with confidence; and we have the assurance that we have the wherewithal to navigate an uncertain world. This is why I support the amended Motion. It is in our Budget and Reserves policies, anchored on key principles of fairness, prudence and sustainability, that will enable us to secure our prospects and build a better future together. Let me move on to the points that the Opposition Members have made. I think, I mentioned earlier that the PSP's position is that the Government has excess fiscal resources not being spent on Singaporeans. They say that over and above this, we would have even more fiscal resources available, if only we changed our Reserves policies, especially by spending more from investment returns or land sales; and that aspect is also WP's position. Both call on the Government to reveal the full size of the Reserves, ostensibly to facilitate greater accountability and debate. Let us address these in turn. The PSP's belief that we have plenty of excess fiscal space is misconceived. This was addressed by Deputy Prime Minister Wong in his round-up speech in Budget 2023, but let me summarise briefly. COVID-19 expenditure: the amount of COVID-19 expenditures funded from current revenues instead of Past Reserves does not reflect excess resources. I am making this point because that was something raised in the Budget 2023 debate by Mr Leong Mun Wai. The COVID-19 expenditure does not reflect excess resources. It reflects diverted resources. Projects that were planned and budgeted for had to be deferred during COVID-19 and the resources that would otherwise have been used for them were re-allocated to the urgent task of fighting COVID-19. Now that we are out of the pandemic, these projects are back on track and we will need to spend on them. Funds: Mr Leong Mun Wai talked about funds just now and his assumption is that we are parking away these monies and somehow, there is all these excess money that is not being used. More importantly, his suggestion is that they are not being used on today's present-day Singaporeans or the present-day generation. That is not so. Contrary to the PSP's assertion, the monies that we put in funds are not just for the far unknown future, but are resources set aside to meet specific funding commitments that are already benefiting Singaporeans today. For example, over $2 billion is disbursed annually from the GST Voucher Fund for the GSTV Scheme, which is a permanent scheme to help lower- and middle-income Singaporean households defray their GST expenses. This goes to Singaporeans of today, not just unborn Singaporeans of the future. Other examples, include the funds for the Pioneer Generation and the Merdeka Generation Packages, both of which are drawn down regularly today for Singaporeans of today to support them. We also have funds set up to meet longer-term commitments, especially where the expenditure is large and lumpy. For example, the Changi Airport Development Fund funds the development of Terminal 5 and other aviation facilities. These commitments benefit all Singaporeans by securing our economic competitiveness and creating jobs for current and future generations. By setting these monies aside when we are able to do so, we smoothen out lumpy spending and give Singaporeans the assurance that support will be available in the future, and they will not have to scramble to find the money only when it is needed. This is prudent, thoughtful and responsible fiscal policy – not evidence of excess fiscal resources. Then, Mr Leong suggests that we have excess resources from the NIRC but that, too, is not the case. Revenues, including NIRC, are pooled together to fund our annual spending needs. I have just explained the Government's approach to setting aside resources in funds, which are being drawn down today and not just in the future. So, there is no excess NIRC, as PSP alleges. Mr Leong suggests that we are somehow over-accumulating funds or spending more than necessary. But it is important to look at our fiscal projections as a percentage of GDP and not in nominal terms, as Mr Leong has done when comparing our current and pre-COVID-19 expenditure. Government expenditure was 18% of GDP in 2019 and as Deputy Prime Minister Wong has explained previously, we expect it to reach potentially over 20% by 2030. It does not reflect imprudent spending, but rather medium-term trends, including the need to spend more on healthcare due to our ageing population. From time to time, we may have revenue upsides but that should not be taken as evidence of excess funds. The right way to assess our fiscal position is not based on year-to-year change but based on the broader medium-term trends. As set out in the MOF Occasional Paper on Medium-Term Fiscal Projections published last year, Government expenditure is now at 18% of GDP and we expect it to reach over 20% by 2030, as I mentioned just now. On the revenue side, without the GST increase and other revenue measures, we would not be able to fund this projected increase in expenditure. The GST increase and other moves will help close the gap – assuming we maintain spending at 20% of GDP, which may not be an easy task given the increasing calls on the Government to do more. The reality is that we are in a tight fiscal position over the medium term. Hence, our Budget policies must continue to be prudent and sustainable. We will continue to monitor our revenue and expenditure trends closely and adjust our fiscal strategies to meet our collective aspirations in a way that is fair to both current and future generations of Singaporeans. Let me now turn to the contention that we have even more resources if we changed our Reserves policy. Essentially, the Opposition's arguments boil down to two things. First, that land sales proceeds should be treated as revenue, that is common to both PSP and WP; and second, that we should waive the land cost for HDB flats as per the PSP's "so-called" Affordable Housing Scheme. Let me deal with the first point first, on treating land sale proceeds as revenue. On this, I recall the Leader of the Opposition referred several times to land sales increasing the size of our Reserves. He said: "Even if 100% of the NIRC could be spent, which the WP has not called for, the Reserves would continue to grow steadily since the proceeds from the sale of land, which hit billions of dollars a year, added to the Reserves". And he said: "Our principal Reserves which continue to grow with the proceeds from land sales". The Leader of the Opposition is mistaken. Land sales do not constitute revenue. We have debated the issue of treating land sales proceeds as revenue many times in this House. Suffice to say, selling land does not generate new wealth. When we sell land, we are merely converting the land from a physical asset to a financial asset. Earlier, Assoc Prof Jamus Lim acknowledged that land – a physical asset – forms part of the Reserves. What happens when you sell a piece of land? When you sell the land for $100 million, you get back $100 million. Are you richer? You are not, because the land that was worth $100 million has left your hands. But what you have got is, you have got $100 million. Your Reserves are neutral; your position is still $100 million. It is not new money; it is not new revenue; it is not new wealth. I had explained this in quite some detail in a very long answer to a Parliamentary Question back in November 2022. We can check the Hansard. I encourage Members to read that answer to the Parliamentary Question, which explains it in some detail. This is the fundamental problem with many of the suggestions that have been put forward by the Opposition, because the assumption there is that when you sell a piece of land, you are somehow getting wealthier. You are not getting wealthier. You are just getting cash in exchange for land. So, what happens to the cash? The proceeds accrue to the Reserves to preserve its value. The Government invests the proceeds with the rest of the Reserves. That is what happens. Then, of course, it comes back every year into the Budget, the income on those Reserves that are invested, come back into the Budget via the NIRC. There are pitfalls if we use land sale proceeds for direct expenditure. First, land sales are affected by property cycles, which are volatile and difficult to predict. This would mean Government revenues would fluctuate with the market, creating uncertainty and making it more difficult for the Government to plan for the long term. Second, when the Government relies on land sales to fund spending, it could develop a vested interest in keeping land prices high to maximise revenues. This will ultimately hurt the economy and harm Singaporeans. By accruing the land sales proceeds to the Reserves, investing them and using 50% of the investment returns through the NIRC, we are in fact spending from our land sales proceeds, but indirectly rather than directly. This provides a stable and sustainable stream of revenue and avoids the pitfalls of direct expenditure of the land sales proceeds. It appears that PSP acknowledges these pitfalls. Because to get around them, PSP has suggested a variation – that we spend land sales proceeds by treating them as revenue divided over the period of the lease. In other words, when we sell a 99-year parcel of land, we can spend about 1% of the proceeds each year. Actually, if you think about it, this proposal is not so different from the Government’s current approach. Both are anchored on the idea that we do not use up all the proceeds at once. Because for the Government, we say, we take $100 million, we put it in Reserves, we invest it. The PSP's solution is, we keep 1%, we invest the 99%. We have that 1% there. But the difference is this. Under the Government’s approach, instead of spending that dollar of land sale proceeds directly, we invest it and spend half of the investment returns generated. In the long run, that dollar will grow with time, and we will be able to spend more than just that dollar of land sale proceeds we originally received. Under the PSP's proposal, we may see a small increase in revenues in the near term. But because we are ploughing back less into the Reserves, we would also have a reduction of the Reserves. Put very simply, under PSP's proposal, we have $1. Under PAP's approach, the $1 goes back and we earn more on it. So, we get more than $1. That is the difference. If we took PSP's approach, there would be, over time, less to invest. Less Reserves means less to invest; and over time, less returns and a lower NIRC. In the long run, PSP’s proposal would result in a reduction in revenue compared with the current approach. Here, I just want to stop to explain something, because we hear Mr Leong Mun Wai say this over and over again, and I think it is time we examine the statement. Mr Leong, is he ready? Okay. Mr Leong says all the time, we are saving, we are accumulating, this is our money, we are not giving it back to Singaporeans and the time has come when we are over-accumulating and saving too much. What is missing from that assertion is the recognition that when we take it and put it in the Reserves and it is invested by GIC, 50% of the projected income comes back every year into the annual Budget. When it comes back into the annual Budget, it forms about 20% of our annual Budget. Together with all the other revenue, it enables us to do all the things I talked about earlier: healthcare, education, transport, subsidies, CDC vouchers, all of that. So, the impression that has been consistently put forward is as though the Government is taking the money and squirreling it away and not sharing it with Singaporeans. That is not correct. The Government is taking it, investing it and making sure that Singaporeans get it back every year through the NIRC with earnings on the income. I just want everybody in this Chamber to remember that and for this to be stuck in everyone's head. We really, really need to remember this. When we say that we are investing in the Reserves, we are not keeping the money away from Singaporeans. We are growing it and using it for Singaporeans. Let me move on now to the next proposal from PSP, which is providing land free, under their Affordable Housing Scheme. We have debated the issue of public housing land cost exhaustively in this House last year and it is unnecessary for me to go into this at length. The crux is that state land forms part of our Past Reserves. These Reserves are held for the benefit of all Singaporeans. It is not part of the assets that the Government can use as it wishes. When HDB requires land to develop flats, the land has to be taken out of the Past Reserves. HDB has to purchase the land by paying fair market value for the land, and the money goes into the Past Reserves. If we give it away for less or for free, as PSP proposes, our Reserves will shrink each time land is used for public housing and we will be short-changing Singaporeans. We have explained numerous times that HDB does not price new flats to recover the cost of land and construction. Instead, they are priced below market value, using significant market discounts, to ensure that they are affordable to Singaporeans across different income percentiles. We can see this from resale transactions, where many flat owners sell their flats on the open market at prices higher than those of comparable BTO flats. HDB also provides housing grants to help specific groups of buyers with their first flat purchase. With market discounts and housing grants, most first-timer households use less than a quarter of their monthly income to service their HDB loans. This means that they can service their monthly mortgage payments with CPF and little to no cash outlay. As such, there is no need for the Government to give land to HDB for free to ensure housing affordability. Another view by some Members, like Ms Hazel Poa, is that increasing land cost is driving up HDB prices, which requires more market discounts and grants to keep flats affordable; which places unnecessary burden on taxpayers. As explained at length by Minister Desmond Lee last year, the spike in resale prices was a phenomenon triggered by COVID-19 disruptions. The best way to tackle this is to ensure sufficient housing supply. In this regard, Government has been ramping up BTO supply, including having more projects with shorter waiting times. Meanwhile, because it will take time for the supply to come on stream, the Government has made moves to prioritise BTO supply for those with more urgent housing needs. This includes giving greater priority to families with children and young married couples, who are buying their first home. The additional ballot will significantly increase their chances of securing a BTO flat, especially one in a non-mature estate. In addition, together with the roll out of the new HDB flat classification framework from the second half of this year, housing prices will better reflect the locational attributes of BTO projects. Potential homebuyers can look forward to more affordable BTO flats. Before I leave the subject of land, I just want to come back to another point that Mr Leong alludes to quite frequently. He keeps saying that the Reserves represent land that was acquired with the blood, sweat and tears of Singaporeans. Just two points on this. There was land that we have in our Reserves which is not acquired land. There is land, which is state land, before any land had to be acquired. That is one point. Acquired land is not the only land that is in our Reserves. So, that is number one. But the more important point is this. In the early years, when we had to acquire land, the country and therefore, the Government, did not have very much money. Under the regime of the Land Acquisition Act at that time, the formula at which we acquired land was necessarily not quite the same as pure commercial market value. But that land, which was acquired through the sacrifice of Singaporeans, was taken, developed for national purposes and used for the benefit of Singaporeans – whether it was through JTC industrial land, or other public places and for HDB flats. That land, when it was taken, at a time when the Government was not having the same revenue streams as today, was taken for public purposes, given back and ultimately, used for the benefit of the public. Which is why the proposal to treat land in our Reserves as if it has no value, to treat it as zero dollars, does not honour the sacrifice of that group who gave up their land under the Land Acquisition Act. Because their land, which did go into the Reserves, means something. It means something to them. It means something to us when we built on it and we should not treat it as though it was worth nothing. It has a value, we should recognise it and we should reflect it. Next, let me move on to the transparency on the size of the Reserves. Both PSP and WP have called on us to disclose the full size of our Reserves. We have disclosed many aspects of our reserves management policies on our Government websites, in Parliament and via media platforms. The size of the assets managed by MAS and Temasek are also publicly available every year; only those managed by GIC are not. We have explained, many times in this House, why we do not disclose the full size of our Reserves. Our Reserves are our strategic asset against crises and emergency scenarios. Such scenarios could threaten our economy and livelihoods, or even our existence as a nation. Just as our defence forces do not reveal the full extent of our weaponry and military capabilities, it is not in Singapore's national interest to disclose the full size of our Reserves. I notice that today, the argument has moved on a little bit and it is said that you need to disclose the full size of the Reserves and have full transparency so that we can have a conversation and a debate. The thing is, just because something is fully transparent does not mean that all the relevant things will necessarily be highlighted. Earlier on today, the Leader of the Opposition referred to an IPS survey. If I could have that distributed? I believe a copy had been given.
Mr Speaker13 words
[+1 sentence]Please go ahead.
Ms Indranee Rajah1397 words
[+21 sentences]Yes, Sir. The Leader of the Opposition, in his speech said, "The IPS working paper referred to earlier in my speech revealed relatively low levels of trust in journalists and the media on the topic of reserves policy. For this House's information, Opposition politicians scored higher in this regard." Nothing wrong with that statement, perfectly correct. But the Leader of the Opposition did not highlight the other statement which was just on top of the statement that he referred to which is that, "The highest trust level was accorded to the PAP Government." There is a chart which shows the PAP Government at about seven. Then, it was scholars, then families and friends, then fellow citizens, then followed by Members of the Opposition. The IPS survey is fully transparent. But just because it is fully transparent does not mean that everything will necessarily be highlighted or a conversation taken on a particular trajectory. I have no quarrel with the Leader of the Opposition for highlighting his particular statement, but I just want to say that full transparency does not actually always mean the full picture, depending on what is done with the information. Next, I move on to PSP's contention that because our TFR is declining, we will need less resources in the future. Do not forget that while we may have fewer babies born, we have a population that is living longer and yet, we will have fewer children to support them. A smaller workforce will have to support a larger, ageing population. We will need the additional resources to provide Singaporeans with greater healthcare and ageing support in their silver years. On CPF, Ms Hazel Poa suggested that the Government is paying out less interest than it should for CPF. Mr Louis Chua has also suggested to directly pass through GIC's returns to CPF members. In 2014, then-Deputy Prime Minister Tharman Shanmugaratnam explained in Parliament at great length, how we set our CPF interest rates and manage CPF proceeds. Our CPF rates are fair. They are pegged to returns on investments of comparable risks and duration in the market. The rates are risk-free for members. Regardless of the interest rate environment or the returns that the Government actually earns in a particular year, we continue to pay the CPF rates that we have committed. Over the past 20 years of low interest rates, the Government has continued to provide members with 2.5% minimum interest on OA monies, and since 2008, a 4% minimum interest on Special, MediSave and Retirement Account (SMRA) monies, extra 1% interest on the first $60,000 of combined CPF balances for all members and an additional 1% interest on the first $30,000 of combined CPF balances for members aged 55 and above. While the Government expects to earn returns over the long term that will be able to cover CPF interest rates, there is no assurance that GIC's returns will exceed CPF interest rates in the shorter term, let alone every year. There have been years where GIC's returns fall below CPF interest rates, but we do not cut CPF interest rates.[+7 sentences] The Government is able to maintain CPF interest rates regardless of the interest rate environment or the financial performance of our investment entities only because we have a buffer of net assets. In effect, where GIC has earned returns higher than that of CPF interest rates, it is used to cover for the many years of low interest rates and when GIC earns returns below CPF rates. This ensures that Singaporeans do not experience fluctuating CPF rates and will continue to receive stable rates to grow CPF balances for retirement adequacy. On the question of the rate of growth of the Reserves, Mr Leong Mun Wai has suggested that the Government is growing our Reserves faster than necessary. If we were truly over-accumulating our Reserves, the NIRC would be growing at a much faster rate than GDP. But do remember that our economy is growing and our population has higher needs. In fact, NIRC has kept pace with our economy. Over the past five years, NIRC has remained stable at about 3.5% of GDP and we expect this trend to continue.[+5 sentences] As Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong has explained previously, at the current pace of accumulation, Reserves' growth will not greatly outpace economic growth. So, in truth, we are not at all over-accumulating our Reserves. If we slow down the pace of saving, the value of our Reserves will diminish over time. The fact of the matter is that our spending needs are growing and these need to be funded. We do not have a lot of fiscal space, contrary to what PSP suggests. The WP has acknowledged that there is a medium-term funding gap and that taxes need to be raised. They opposed all the previous GST increases, but recently changed their position and said they accept the GST at 7%.[+7 sentences] We are able to enjoy today's sound and stable fiscal position because the Government introduced the GST in 1994 and revised the rate prudently in good time. This GST increase is needed, too, in light of the spending trends I have shared. We have to spend more in several key areas and we will need the revenues very soon. The WP has suggested a slew of tax measures in lieu of the latest GST increase, including to introduce a tax on net wealth above $10 million and further raise property taxes. Effectively, they seek to impose more taxes on the wealthy, rather than raise the GST as a broad-based consumption tax. Their ostensible objection to the GST increase was that it would negatively impact the lower-income groups. The fact is that the higher-income groups are already paying more in taxes, and that is how we have designed our overall fiscal system – to be fair and progressive. Remember, the GST increase was done together with enhancements to the permanent GST vouchers.[+6 sentences] This ensures that the well-to-do pay more GST and the lower-income are impacted the least. In other words, the wealthy, who consume more, will also contribute their fair share of taxes. The Opposition's other suggestion is to spend more from the Reserves – for example, tweak the NIRC formula or fund land purchases from the Reserves rather than the current Budget. But is this really the best course of action for Singapore? Given significant uncertainties in the current geopolitical situation, this would not be wise. As such, we must use our Reserves wisely. Today, we preserve our principal and strike a balance between our current and future needs by spending 50% of the investment returns, while putting the remaining 50% back into the Reserves to grow it for the future.[+7 sentences] We believe this to be fair to current and future generations of Singaporeans. We should not be too quick to change this. I think WP alluded to the fact that they are not saying to touch the principal. That is fair enough. And they had suggested 60:40. Deputy Prime Minister Wong has addressed this before. He had said, "Never say never", but not for now. Not for now because we need to make sure that we have enough ballast to keep us going. We have faced four major crises between 1997 and 2020 – the Asian Financial Crisis, the SARS outbreak, Global Financial Crisis and the COVID-19 pandemic.[+1 sentence] In a more uncertain and volatile world, we cannot expect less. In a crisis, we can draw on our Reserves, but having such solid Reserves in itself also means that we have a rock on which to anchor ourselves in turbulent times.[+5 sentences] Our Reserves give us confidence and give others confidence in us. In times of crisis, we become the harbour in the storm for many investors. We must and will continue to do right by Singaporeans, for Singaporeans. Doing right by Singaporeans is not just about meeting the needs of Singaporeans today; it is about looking after our children, grandchildren and generations of tomorrow. That is the approach our Pioneers took with regard to the Reserves, the result of which is that we all benefit today. As stewards of our Reserves, we have the obligation to manage it judiciously, make refinements where needed, so that it will continue to serve its purpose for Singaporeans today and in years to come.[+1 sentence] Mr Speaker, I support the amended Motion.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Pritam Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh618 words
[+8 sentences]Mr Speaker, I thank the Leader of the House for her reply speech on Mr Leong Mun Wai's Motion. I will make two points in response to what the Leader of the House has raised in terms of my interventions in this Motion. The first pertains to the two pages of the IPS working paper which was shared with all Members. I am glad she has no quarrel with my characterisation of what I referred to in my speech. The Leader of the House said that full disclosure of information does not mean the correct stuff will be highlighted because I did not say what, in her mind was important, which was that the PAP Government ranked the highest vis-a-vis the mean rating of trust for every group. But the irony here is that full transparency and identifying the source of the information and the report itself have allowed the Leader of the House to ensure that what she deems is the correct stuff will be highlighted. So, that is my response to an argument about transparency. The other point I would like to follow up with the Leader of the House on is that she also did not make a copy of the point which I had raised specifically in the report about a Select Committee, which was what the report recommended. So, I suppose the argument can work both ways. I refer to page 64 of the report which states quite clearly that, "another alternative is for the Parliament of Singapore to set up an ongoing committee that convenes an annual review", and it goes on.[+1 sentence] This under the header "There is potential for future public engagements". With regard to the proposal for a Select Committee and better engagement, it says, "This process needs to be carefully calibrated so that knowledgeable and activist segments of the population do not feel that it is an attempt to breed the siege mentality or reinforce what has been termed as the veil of vulnerability.[+7 sentences] It will be unfortunate if this is mired in a debate about whether such a mechanism structure or programme is an attempt to shore up the power of the political incumbents and scare the public into supporting the latest status quo of policy orthodoxies". It is for this reason that I will segue into my second point, which was what the Leader of the House had shared vis-a-vis what I said about land use. I understand what the Leader of the House is saying about land just being converted from cash into a physical — that essentially, there is no real difference between the cash you receive from a land sale and the fact that the land was actually part of the Reserves before. But the point I am making is actually the fact that the land can conceivably be resold. The same piece of land can be resold. For example, in the case of the 30-year industrial property, Company A buys it for $1 billion. After 30 years, it has to return it to the state. And the state, depending on what the prevailing land use rules are, can resell that piece of land. And this is the point that I sought to put into my speech, which brings the ultimate conclusion, that para – and I will repeat it – it is the knowledge of this intuitive fact that the same piece of land can be resold and the state receives land sale receipts, why there is significant interest in conversations about a more equitable use of the NIRC for current and future generations of Singaporeans.[+1 sentence] I hope that Leader can address that point, that the fact that the land can be resold.
Ms Indranee Rajah155 words
[+8 sentences]I thank the Leader of the Opposition for his clarification. On the point of the 99-year lease, the simple answer is that you would have lost the use of the land for the 99 years or the 30 years. You can set the limit where you want to. If it is below 10 years, we do not do that. Anything above that, because you have lost the use of that land. I had actually explained that in quite great detail in that Parliamentary answer that I mentioned and I would encourage the Leader of the Opposition to read that. Then, on the second point, the reference to the IPS study, the main point I really wanted to highlight was that if we want to have a full conversation, we should be fair and objective and set up all the material facts. So, just because it is out there does not mean that that is guaranteed.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh98 words
[+6 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. To the Leader, I understand the point that you have lost the use of the land that you sold to Company A for 30 years. I understand that point. But then, when it returns to the state, you sell that same piece of land again. And that is the point that I was trying to suggest that the public intuitively see. Hence, they also feel that our Reserves grow because there is this opportunity to sell the land every 30 years, the same piece of land. That was the essential point I was making.
Ms Indranee Rajah208 words
I understand the point, which in Minister Tan See Leng's words, is more of a comment than a clarification, but it does not really detract from what I said, which is that we lose the use of the land for the 99 years, when we could have used it for other purposes.[+3 sentences] And here what we are really doing is, when the land has a value, we put it in, we invest it, that is surely unobjectionable. At the end of the day, if the Member thinks about it, there is not much difference in our positions as I explained, because we do use the land sale proceeds. The difference is, what the PSP and WP, in different forms, are asking us to do is, use it now and use it directly. What we do is we take it, we invest it and we use it, but we use it in a sustainable manner by streaming it out through the NIRC.[+3 sentences] So, we are not so far apart. And philosophically we have a different approach, but we can have a debate and we are having a debate on which is the better approach. But we think ours is better because it is a fair, sustainable and prudent approach.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh47 words
[+4 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. I do not intend to prolong this. Let us just say there is a difference. I want to put that on record, that there is a difference between what the Leader has characterised in her latest reply and what I was referring to.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Hazel Poa.
Ms Hazel Poa107 words
[+7 sentences]I would like to revisit the point about the 99-year lease and the loss of the use of land. Does the Minister agree that in cases where we rent out a property, we also lose the use of that property, but rental is considered as income. Is it not similar to what we are doing here, just that this is rental for over a longer period of time? Ms Indranee Rajah: For 99 years, we transfer the title, the leasehold title. Rental, we do not. There is a difference. And again, rental periods are usually shorter, so it is a question of how we manage the asset.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Giam.
Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song81 words
[+3 sentences]Thank you, Sir. The Minister did not address my additional suggestion regarding the transparency of Reserves. If the Government does not want to reveal the full size of the Reserves to the public because it is concerned that currency speculators will attack the Singapore dollar, can the size of the Reserves be shared confidentially with MPs or just a cross-party Select Committee, so that they can have a more robust debate and discussion about our country's long-term Budget and expenditure plans?
Ms Indranee Rajah244 words
[+17 sentences]I thank Mr Gerald Giam for his question. I think the answer really is this. We all know that when information is shared, one is a secret, two is not. That is the general principle. It is very difficult to control information flows when they go out beyond a certain number of people. When it comes to sensitive information, especially with regard to the Reserves, it is not that there is no information. Please understand that. It is not that there is no information. Because there is information on MAS, there is information on Temasek. GIC and Temasek put out information on their assets and returns every year. But this is a strategic asset and hence, one should not put out all the information. Rather than going into all the details, I would just simply put it this way because it is a matter of principle. If Singaporeans needed somebody to defend them, on the one side you have the PAP and the other side you have the Opposition. The PAP keeps some powder dry to make sure that we will always be able to defend Singaporeans in crises. The Opposition's approach is, "I have to defend you, but by the way, let me just tell everybody everything, all my secrets, all my assets. And I will defend you." And I think the judgement for Singaporeans to make is, who do you think would be able to defend you strategically in such a situation?
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong.
Mr Leong Mun Wai79 words
[+9 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. I think I want to take on the Minister's last point. Does she not think that it is more accurate to say that what the Opposition has proposed is that the Government should not take everything from us, until we are very weakened now. We cannot even defend ourselves. That is one point. Okay, maybe the Minister can respond to that first. Nothing to respond? Okay. Okay, because I have some other things to ask.
Mr Speaker19 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong, could I suggest: maybe if you have other clarifications, why not put them out at one go?
Mr Leong Mun Wai148 words
[+4 sentences]Another question I would like to ask the Minister is, the Minister said just now, state land is not the sacrifices of the Singaporeans. She said that this is under the Government, so it is not really — that is the impression I got, if I am not wrong. And the land that we have acquired from Singaporeans, the Minister says all has been used. So, as a result, all these have been used for public purposes and all that. Can the Minister confirm that all the land acquired by the Government in the process of all these Land Acquisition Act acquisitions since the 1970s till now, that all the land has been promptly used for public purposes, within a certain number of years after acquisition?[+1 sentence] Or is there any land that until today actually has not been fully developed but which we have acquired from Singaporeans already?
Ms Indranee Rajah232 words
[+9 sentences]On the first question, he said Government should not take everything from us. Is Mr Leong familiar with Robert Browning? He is a poet and there is a famous line, "How do I love thee? Let me count the ways." And there are many ways. By having MediFund, by having ComCare, by having Silver Generation Package, Pioneer Generation Package, Silver Support Scheme, CDC vouchers, Assurance Package, subsidised healthcare, subsidised housing. There are many ways in which we give and care for Singaporeans. So, it is not a matter of taking things away from Singaporeans. It is a question of stewardship, that whatever we have or whatever we have had to acquire, we act as stewards and we find a way to return that. On the question of land acquisition, well, I do not have details with me, but I can say that much of the land would have been used for public purposes. Some of it may have to go into our land Reserves, but for strategic reasons, we may not want to use the land immediately, but we would have long-term plans for it or we may need to keep that land as a buffer zone. So, the short answer is, when the Government acquires land, it does so for a public purpose or a national purpose.[+1 sentence] The Government will use it as required, but it is for the national interest.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong.
Mr Leong Mun Wai115 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, can I ask the Minister, how about an example like this. There are residents who came to see me and said that their grandfather's land was acquired in the early 1980s. They were paid $60,000. The piece of land, of course, over the years, was enhanced by the Government. So, now, we have got roads going through the land, and the land, to be fair, has increased in value. But the grandfather was paid $60,000 in the early 1980s and only today, the land was auctioned.[+2 sentences] Does the Minister consider that as a sacrifice by those Singaporeans? This family who has given up the land or was it forcefully being taken from them?
Ms Indranee Rajah149 words
[+3 sentences]I thank the Member for his clarification, because it also reminds me that there was one other point that I did not make earlier, which was that since 2007, we have acquired the land at market value. So, the law changed and that was because Singapore's circumstances had improved. But coming back to his point, the answer simply is this: the Government has to decide when to use the land, what to do with the land. At that time when the land was acquired, it was acquired based on the Land Acquisition Act at that time; and when it is required to be deployed, it will be deployed.[+1 sentence] It does not in any way diminish the fact that the person may have lost their land, but it was acquired legally and under the Land Acquisition Act for national purposes, and in the fullness of time, dealt with as required.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong.
Mr Leong Mun Wai72 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, I just want to confirm that all these land acquisitions by the Government, which Singaporeans have given up, represent a sacrifice on the part of those Singaporeans. If the Minister and the Government have got no problem with that, I will let the matter rest. I am raising the question because I thought I heard the Minister saying, some of this land belong to the Government anyway, something like that.
Ms Indranee Rajah60 words
[+4 sentences]When this point was raised earlier, I think Mr Leong misquoted me. He said I claimed that state land is not a sacrifice or something like that. That was not what I said. I said that there are some lands, which are state lands, which were not acquired under the Land Acquisition Act and that is all that I said.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Louis Chua.
Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis188 words
[+4 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. Just one supplementary question for the Minister. I do understand the features that of our CPF system in terms of the OA and SA. But I think the question that I have still remains in that, especially when we look at the investment time horizon, both in terms of GIC's long-term horizon as well as CPF members' retirement adequacy needs, especially if we look at both the original and amended Motions, both are looking at current and future generation's savings and needs and so on. So, already we are allowing CPF members to invest their CPF investment accounts, but what is actually stopping us from allowing members to be able to access the fund management expertise of GIC to allow them to earn higher rates of return over the longer term in a selective manner? This is where the latest statistics that I saw suggest – that only about 23% of CPF members have an investment account, but only 11% of CPF members have active accounts.[+1 sentence] So, such a measure can help those who are particularly financially vulnerable and in need of such services.
Ms Indranee Rajah71 words
[+3 sentences]The short answer is that we cannot always guarantee that they will have high returns or that the rates will be positive. It might be negative sometimes as well. So, the system that I described earlier is actually the better system: you put your money in the CPF and the CPF returns yield certain rates; and you are assured of those rates because of the system that we have set up.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Hazel Poa.
Ms Hazel Poa100 words
[+4 sentences]Earlier, the Minister cautioned about relying on land sale proceeds as revenue. She gave two reasons: one is that it provides incentive to keep land price high; and secondly, it is volatile. I would like to ask the Minister whether she agrees that the incentive to keep prices high actually also exist under the current system where land sale proceeds go to beef up the Reserves, which is the source of NIRC as well as our rainy day fund. And secondly, does she not agree that we also have Government revenue sources that are volatile like, for example, stamp duty?
Ms Indranee Rajah104 words
[+1 sentence]Essentially, when we sell land, it is done either by way of Government land sales tenders or we sell it in accordance with market value. We remove the temptation to push the price higher because that becomes the only source of revenue or major source of revenue. But before we even get there, we must go back to the fundamental point – which is that it is not revenue. We are just converting the asset from one form to another.[+4 sentences] I am sorry, the other, the second question? Oh, stamp duty. That is a very different nature of asset. Different assets have different attributes.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Vikram Nair.
Mr Vikram Nair65 words
[+5 sentences]I just wanted to pick up on a point that the Leader of the Opposition made both to me and to the Leader. He suggested that the IPS report had a reference or recommended a Select Committee. It is 90-page report. I did a quick scan and I could not find this reference. I would be grateful if he can tell us where it is.
Mr Pritam Singh35 words
[+3 sentences]To the Member, at page 64, "Another alternative is for Parliament to set up an ongoing committee." I read that as a select committee. I am not sure what other ongoing committees there can be.
Mr Speaker6 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Leong, you have another clarification?
Mr Leong Mun Wai159 words
[+5 sentences]Yes, Mr Speaker. I have another question for Minister Indranee on the NIRC. For the NIRC, I think, probably, at some point there will be some agreement to disagree. But I want to clarify a few things with the Minister. First of all, as the Minister has said, the Budget has about $100 billion of revenue and on top of that, there is about $24 billion of NIRC. This becomes a pool of money that is available for spending.[+1 sentence] There is no question about that. But the Minister will not dispute the fact that out of this $124 billion, in fiscal year 2023, about $17 billion is moved to the endowment funds and the trust fund.[+4 sentences] So, we may disagree whether this is a spending or not, but that is a fact. Correct? So, this is the first question. So, there is, in fact, a sum of money that is moved to the endowment funds and the trust fund.
Mr Speaker39 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Leong, are you seeking a clarification? At the end, you will have the chance to make your closing speech. So, if you have other clarifications, I would appreciate if you maybe just put it all, at one go.
Mr Leong Mun Wai416 words
[+20 sentences]Okay. Then, when the funds are being transferred to all these endowment funds and trust funds, some of these funds, like the endowment funds, as I have said in my speech, the capital is locked up in the fund. So, is there a need to lock up this capital? Because by legislation, the capital is going to be locked up. We definitely will be able to put that fund to better use. So, if indeed some of these funds are locked up through the endowment and trust fund structure, then all the things that the Minister has said about, "Oh, give us the leeway. Let us take the money from you first. We will invest in the Reserves and we will give you back the NIRC." But here, we are finding the situation not so straightforward. Even the NIRC, some of the money is being locked away. The Minister may say that this is not NIRC, but whether it is NIRC or just a surplus budget resource, money is fungible. So, let us not argue about that. But there is excess money that is locked away. And there are some funds that may not actually directly benefit Singaporeans straightaway. Because we would think that the NIRC will be a bit more towards welfare spending, but we also know that the NIRC or the endowment fund and trust funds, a lot of the trust funds are for infrastructure development, like the Changi Airport Fund and for economic development, like the National Productivity Fund and even the Coastal and Flood Protection Fund. These are all going to use up a lot of the so-called 20% that the NIRC has contributed to the Budget. We have no issue that the Minister keeps quiet. But if the Minister insists that every dollar spent in the Budget, 20% is from the NIRC, then, I would say yes, there is no factual error or factual inaccuracy to what the Minister says. But then this 20% is not quite the impression that the Government has tried to convey. Meaning this 20% is spent on Singaporeans, is not necessarily spent on Singaporeans. So, on these two points, the capital is locked away and some of the capital is actually not for welfare spending, even for all these very long-term infrastructure spending – which should be dealt with in a different way, like what the Minister has said, there is a SINGA Fund, there are other things that we can use to finance all this.
Ms Indranee Rajah264 words
[+1 sentence]I thank Mr Leong for his clarification. It is actually a very straightforward principle: 20% of our revenue comes from NIRC.[+2 sentences] So, that is the full revenue. We allocate this for education, for the Ministries; and some part of that goes into funds. So, the entire revenue is fungible, as Mr Leong said.[+1 sentence] So, that is all mixed up. I did not say – and I am not sure why Mr Leong thinks so – that we take just that 20% slice of NIRC and park that in a fund.[+1 sentence] It does not work like that. It all comes into the big pool of revenue and then we slice up the pie differently.[+1 sentence] Then, when it goes into the fund, it is spent on Singaporeans. Some of it may be spent now because, like he mentioned a whole lot of infrastructure funds, but he omitted mentioning the other funds which I talked about in my reply earlier – like, for example, the Pioneer Generation Fund, the Merdeka Generation Fund and the GST Voucher Fund, which we draw down and we draw down now for today's generation; and some of it may be later.[+3 sentences] But the most important point is that this is for Singaporeans. And for the infrastructure ones, because the spending is lumpy, we do not want to wait until one day when we have to pay a very large amount and suddenly, we do not have the money. So, we set the money aside and we are able to stream it out, and we ensure that we have infrastructure available for Singaporeans.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Prime Minister.
The Prime Minister (Mr Lee Hsien Loong)5549 words
[+5 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, I rise in support of the amendments to the Motion as proposed by Mr Liang Eng Hwa. Today, we have had a long debate on this, Past Reserves, how much to use and how much is enough. But let us not forget what a blessing it is to have the privilege of having such a debate, having Past Reserves to argue over. How did we get into such an enviable position? MPs will know that Singapore did not start with much. In 1959, when the PAP Government first took office, Dr Goh Keng Swee was appointed Minister for Finance and he immediately discovered that the Treasury was bare and he had to implement immediate austerity measures, including pay cuts for civil servants and Ministers.[+12 sentences] It was only by the early 1980s, after two decades of nation-building that we had started to accumulate a nest egg of Reserves. At that time, our forefathers considered what to do, because they anticipated that the political pressure to spend these Reserves would grow and that if these hard-earned savings were not properly protected, it could be easily and unwisely spent. And once gone, it is gone. They felt that they had to do everything they could to guard against this. So, in 1984, at the National Day Rally, Mr Lee Kuan Yew talked about how the Reserves could be frittered away by a profligate government spending money that it had not itself earned within a single term. He proposed a simple principle. If a government wants to spend, it must first raise the money, whether by raising taxes or by making shrewd investments or some other direct open, proper means – but not by drawing down on the Past Reserves that it had inherited. And to guard against a rogue government raiding the Reserves, Mr Lee mooted the idea of a President elected directly by the people who would have the constitutional power and the moral authority to safeguard the Reserves and be able to say no if the government wanted to spend it for an unwise purpose. And that was the concept of the second key. Four years later, 1988, the PAP Government published the White Paper on the Elected President scheme. Prof Jayakumar oversaw the drafting and I helped him with it. We made the Elected President proposal a central issue in the 1988 General Election. After the election, in January 1991, we amended the Constitution to create the elected presidency.[+3 sentences] And Mr Wee Kim Wee, who was then already the President took on the new custodial powers and became the first President who wielded the second key. We designed a whole system to protect the Reserves, wherever those Reserves might have been. So, the second key applies to the Government, especially the Ministry of Finance (MOF) but also to what we call the Fifth Schedule entities. Fifth Schedule because it is a Fifth Schedule attached at the back of the Constitution. These Fifth Schedule entities are MAS, Temasek, GIC, CPF, JTC, HDB.[+20 sentences] Why did we do this? Why did we include these six entities? MAS, because those are OFR. Temasek, because those are our direct investments, the Government-linked corporations. GIC, it does not have very much money of its own, but it is the manager of the Government's money, of MOF's money. The CPF, which is Singaporeans' savings; not really the Government's money, but if we have a rogue government, this too will be at risk. And then, JTC and HDB – why? Because of land; they own and manage land for industrial, for housing and for other uses. Land has value and, in Singapore, land is often very valuable. Therefore, we must protect our land and not allow our Government to do anything with it that is a covert form of giveaway; and we discussed some possibilities today. That was how we started. Our first priority was to keep the capital sums in the Reserve safe. We had not thought very deeply about exactly how much of the income to spend. We just took a standard accounting view, that the income from the Reserves would be the interest and dividends that we earned on our investments and we called this the NII. We decided that the government of the day could spend 100% of the NII. But in practice, we did not spend any of the NII because we were still running comfortable Budget surpluses. Later, when Mr Ong Teng Cheong was Elected President, he questioned this rule. He asked why did we allow ourselves to spend 100% of NII? He argued correctly that we should also set aside something for the future. Because as the years pass, as the economy grows, if our Reserve amount remains constant; it gets smaller relative to the economy and we ought to allow the Reserves also to grow. So, the question is, how much to provide for the future while also enabling the present generation to benefit from the Reserves? There is no magic rule to this, but we arrived at a split of 50-50.[+14 sentences] And there is a certain simplicity and fairness to that – a natural division that we settled on, between the President and the Government. It is simple, it is intuitive, everybody can understand it. We split the difference between now and the future – "jit lang, jit pua" (一人一半). (In English): Half for each person. And so, in 2001, Parliament passed a constitutional amendment to protect 50% of NII and add that to the Reserves; and the other 50%, the Government of the day could spend. So, 50% for the present, 50% for the future. Over the next decades, as we gain experience operating the safeguards, we progressively refined them. And I have been closely involved in this process: first, working with Prof Jayakumar under Prime Minister Goh Chok Tong, and then, later on, as Prime Minister. Over time, we realised that NII may not be the best measure of what we should be able to spend. Because when we invest, we do not just look at income from dividends and interest. We also expect to make capital gains, which are often more important than dividend payouts. For example, if you had bought Facebook shares – I did not, but if you had – at their initial public offering (IPO) in 2012 at the price of US$38; yesterday, you would have had that value gone up 12 times, because Meta closed at US$455 yesterday. But you would not have received one cent of dividends. Meta is about to pay their first dividends next month in March. So, in that circumstance, can we say, returns from the investment is zero?[+1 sentence] No, it is wrong. So, we decided we should consider not just the interest and dividends but also include capital gains as well.[+15 sentences] And of course, we must take into account capital losses as well. And that means spending on the basis of overall investment returns – capital gains and losses, in earnings, plus income, interests and dividends – instead of just investment income. We also studied how other institutions which had built up large endowment funds managed them, particularly the US Ivy League universities, like Yale and Harvard. Harvard has the biggest fund. Yale has quite a big fund, but Yale had a model which was very successful and very respected. We learned how they implemented consistent spending rules, how they smoothened out the draw on funds because from year to year, the fund performance can be volatile. We must understand this. We can project 4% long-term expected returns. Next year, what will we earn? God only knows. It can be plus 10%, it can be minus 10%. Hopefully, after 20 years, it is something like what we projected but, really, it is volatile from year to year. And we have to find some intelligent way to smoothen it out, so that we can spend steadily and not be whiplashed. I met Mr Len Baker, who chaired the Yale investment committee, to understand how Yale did it. He happens to be on the GIC investment advisory panel. So, we studied them, we modelled our rules on these ideas, taking into account our political and constitutional context, which makes it much more complicated for us to implement than, say, a US university. So, in 2008, we amended the Constitution again to specify that the Government would spend out of NIR, instead of NII. But we kept the 50% rule, so the Government could spend 50% of NIR instead of 50% of NII. And we called this amount which a government can draw from the Reserves and add to the annual Budget to spend, the NIRC.[+57 sentences] And this is how we arrive at today's system of spending half of investment returns and saving the other half – after decades of refining and improving the system, testing it out and making sure that it worked as intended. It is important to put into context just how valuable an asset our Reserves are to Singapore. As Members have heard, the NIRC accounts for one-fifth of Government revenue. It is around 3.5% of GDP, more than what we spend on any single Ministry; more than we spend on defence, more than we spend on education, more than we spend on health. It is 3.5% of GDP every year. As far as MOF is concerned, they just sit there, it arrives. They do not have to raise taxes, they do not have to collect fees. They just have to make sure that Temasek, GIC and MAS are run properly. And every year, we hope and should be able to get 3.5% of GDP. How does that compare with our other revenue sources? Sir, 3.5% of GDP is about equal to corporate income tax revenues. It is 1.4 times that of personal income tax revenues. It is 1.3 times that of GST revenues. Supposing we did not have the NIRC out of the Reserves, then what would we do? We have a choice. We can double corporate income tax. We can more than double personal tax. Or we can roughly double GST. So, instead of 9% GST, maybe 18% or 20% GST. That is what the NIRC has enabled us to do – and that is the burden which the NIRC has taken off Singapore taxpayers. We are here today because our forefathers had the prudence to build up the Reserves and the vision to anticipate the political pressures to spend them and the imagination to design the Two Key scheme to protect the Reserves for succeeding generations. That is what stewardship means. But despite the constitutional protection, the pressure to draw on the Reserves will still be there, especially as spending needs grow. And hence, the repeated questions and demands: how much do we have? Do we have too much? Are we saving too much? Can we not save just a little bit less? If Members look up the Hansard, Members will know that this is far from the first time this subject is being discussed. No doubt, the Opposition will swear they are being responsible and give many plausible reasons to draw on the Reserves. Surely, spending a little bit more, just a little bit more would not break the bank. Surely, it is okay to talk about the income or the returns, and we do not touch the principal. Surely, we can treat land differently from other assets – no need to price it fully, sacrifices of the people. Once we take that mindset, we are going down a deep hole. How much is enough? To me, that is the wrong question to ask. It is a misconception. I have said it before, but it is true. It is a misconception, that when it comes to our Reserves, there is such a number, say, X billion dollars, that is enough. Then, you have more than X billion in the Reserves, we have too much. You have less than X billion in the Reserves, we have too little. There is no such number because we have no idea what the future holds, what crisis we will run into and how much we will need. When the Global Financial Crisis came in 2008/2009, we tapped on our Past Reserves for the first time. We made a Resilience Package – $20.5 billion, of which $4.9 billion was earmarked to come from Past Reserves. We implemented a Jobs Credit Scheme to help employers pay CPF and to protect the jobs. We had a special risk-sharing initiative to encourage banks to lend and the Government would share the risk of the lending. In the end, we actually took $4 billion from the Past Reserves. The economy revived much faster than we expected and the Government fully returned this $4 billion by the end of its term. In that crisis, we also used Past Reserves to guarantee deposits in commercial banks. We ringfenced $150 billion for this purpose. And we said so: that we would put aside $150 billion from the Reserves to back this guarantee. It is not just words. It has got real heft behind it. Thankfully, no banks failed and we did not have to touch the money. But it was critical that we did that and to deliver a credible guarantee to bolster confidence in our banking system; and probably prevented a run and the deposits that would have disappeared from our banking system – gone overseas. The banking system would have crashed, the exchange rate would have crashed. Those people who say, "It did not happen, it cannot happen", I say, "Get real." So, was $4 billion enough? The next crisis, COVID-19, when it hit us, that was on a different scale altogether. We sought the President's approval successively to draw up to $69 billion from our Past Reserves for medical facilities, testing, vaccines, support schemes and Assurance Packages.[+1 sentence] We saved lives, we saved livelihoods. In the end, we actually drew down about $40 billion.[+38 sentences] It is not likely that we are going to be able to put $40 billion back into the Reserves anytime soon. Again, in COVID-19, our Reserves were a tremendous advantage. It gave us confidence. It gave others confidence in us. We had the financial muscle to do everything we needed to do without getting heavily into debt, unlike so many other countries. The Ministry of Health could concentrate on their duties, the Ministry of Education could concentrate on their arrangements, the Ministry of National Development and the Ministry of Manpower could look after the dormitories. You do what you need to do, the resources will be forthcoming. It is a tremendous luxury. Without the Reserves, would we have dared to pre-order vaccines even before they were tested, proven and produced? Would we have been able to pay up to 75% of salaries in the crisis, in the Job Support Scheme to protect workers and to prevent companies from closing? So, we spent $40 billion in the end. Is $40 billion enough? COVID-19 will not be our last pandemic nor our most serious one. And it is far from being the worst thing that can happen to Singapore. If we find ourselves at war, like Ukraine, how much is enough? The war is costing Ukraine US$100 million a day. The country relies heavily on US and European support. The US has committed over US$100 billion in humanitarian, financial, military support, and now another US$60 billion is being debated. The administration wants to do it, the money is desperately needed in Ukraine. Not money, but guns, weapons – everything – ammunition. Congress is making it difficult. Europe has also committed almost US$100 billion so far and just committed an additional €50 billion in grants and loans over four years, with a lot of angst and debate, internal disagreement. Hungary had strong views to the contrary. Without this external funding support, Ukraine's war is over. How long more can the US and Europe sustain this support for Ukraine? Looking ahead for 50 years, can anyone promise that Singapore will enjoy another half century of peace and tranquillity? Or guarantee that someone will come to our rescue if we ever find ourselves in a situation like Ukraine's? So, back to the question, for Singapore, how big a nest egg is enough? Mr Speaker, there is no sensible answer to this question. We can never say for sure how much is enough because we do not know what kind of crises we will face in the future or how our investments will fare. But that does not mean that we should mindlessly save every dollar we earn without regard for present needs. Instead, our mindset should be to treat our Past Reserves as a precious resource that generations of Singaporeans have built up, starting with the Pioneer Generation but continuing with the Merdeka Generation and with the later generations till this day. And it is a resource. How much does not matter. Whatever the amount, we put it aside as a nest egg, a rainy day fund. We draw on half the investment returns to supplement our Budget every year. The rest, we touch only in times of exceptional need or during crises, with special permission from the President. If during one term of government, we happen to accumulate a surplus, then we add to the Reserves and, hopefully, we can maintain the nest egg and keep on growing it gradually year after year, not just for this generation but for future ones as well. The spending rule which we have settled on and enshrined in the Constitution is 50/50.[+3 sentences] Half for now, half for the future. As I explained earlier, this is fair and just and, as I would like to explain now, it also happens to be the right sustainable proportion to keep the Reserves in proportion with the GDP, because let me take you through this back-of-the-envelope. Please get your back of envelopes out so we can do this sum. Let us assume a long-term expected real return of 4%.[+13 sentences] It is roughly that. You can see it from GIC's numbers. MAS' is slightly lower. Temasek's is slightly higher, but let us, say, 4%. The 50/50 rule means we spend 2%, we save 2%. Okay? It means that the Reserves should grow by about 2% per year because there is no other place for the Reserves to grow. Just now, Mr Sitoh enumerated all the other places and explained to you why there was no money in them, land. Because it is a conversion. The Budget, because it is not in surplus. And borrowing, issuing Government securities, because that is not really our money. It is borrowed and one day, it will be claimed. And foreign exchange, that is also really not our money because people bring in money to be deposited in Singapore banks, they can take the money out of Singapore banks any time. So, just because the balance is sitting there does not mean you can take it home. So, 50/50, 2% goes back into the Reserves, the Reserves will grow, all things going well, at 2% per year.[+5 sentences] And our economy, all things going well, will also grow, I hope, about 2% per year, because my workforce is flat, my productivity, if I work very hard, I get 1.5% productivity growth a year. So, to make 2%, 2.5%, is already working very hard and doing quite well. In other words, on present settings, with our present policy, the Reserves will be growing about 2% per year. The GDP will be growing about 2% per year. The balance is the same every year. It is not getting bigger and bigger, more and more Reserves, while the GDP languishes. And so, the contribution to our Budget, NIRC, will be about the same every year, about 3.5% of GDP.[+16 sentences] And if you look at the last five years' Budgets, all of the figures are published, you will see that it has been about 3.5% a year. It has not gone 3.5%, 4%, 5%, suggesting that I have got more and more money in the kitty. It is about there. And, so, if I keep on doing this, I will keep on being able to do this and spending 3.5% from the Reserves every year, saving me a doubling of the GST. I think that is a good thing. And that is the way to protect our nest egg. It is the right thing to do. Yes, Singaporeans are facing higher cost of living. Yes, our spending needs have gone up and we need more programmes to cater for and to look after an ageing population. And yes, the Government does have many programmes to help Singaporeans to cope with the cost of living. All kinds of them. Just now, the Leader of the House counted the ways. I do not have to count them again. But there are many. And in fact, we have covered not just the present generation and the younger generation, but also the older generations, too, because we had a Pioneer Package, we had a Majulah Package. We have not forgotten the people who brought us here. But each generation must spend within our means, and each generation has been able to spend within our means and, even this generation, we can spend within our means. It does mean that, from time to time, we have to revise our taxes, raise some of them, like the GST, which we have just raised to 9%, and we have powerful reasons for doing so, which have been extensively debated.[+23 sentences] Our spending needs have gone up, especially for healthcare and the ageing population. And we know that we will need the money sooner rather than later. Why do we do this? It is not just for the fun of it. Nobody relishes a tax increase. Not even MOF. Why should a government volunteer unnecessarily to do something which it knows is going to be unpopular? But if it has to be done, we will do it, and that is what it means to take responsibility for governing our country. We got here because of the careful tending of our forefathers. Despite the difficulties and the challenges which they faced, they still put savings aside so that we can enjoy this resource today. And we are fed much better off for it and grateful to them for it. We, too, should fulfil our obligation to our children and grandchildren to protect their interest in this nest egg. This nest egg. It is the money of the people of Singapore, yes, but it is not the money only of this generation of the people of Singapore. It belongs to this generation. It belongs to future generations, too, and we have a responsibility to both. And if we fulfil that responsibility, in time, our children and grandchildren, too, can benefit from a steady stream of returns from the Reserves and also have an umbrella to protect them come a rainy day. We must not erode the patrimony, this family treasure, which we have inherited from our forefathers. Nor should we burden future generations with debt, nor mortgage their future. We are beneficiaries of our forefathers' sacrifice and vision, but we are also trustees protecting this inheritance for future generations. It is not just for us, we have a responsibility to our children and grandchildren. This is the ethos and the compact which generations of Singaporeans have forged and it is one that, in fact, has been upheld across the aisle in this House. During the Global Financial Crisis – I spoke about it briefly just now – we brought forward the FY2009 Budget to deal with the crisis and we had a crisis Budget. In the Budget – this is a Budget where we had the Job Support Scheme – and we were going to draw $4.9 billion from the Past Reserves.[+12 sentences] And in the Budget debate, Mr Low Thia Khiang questioned why the Government wanted to draw down on our Past Reserves instead of using savings from the Government's current Budget. He said: "What is unusual about our resilience package is that the Government will be using our Past Reserves to fund two main components of the package, the Jobs Credit Scheme and a special risk sharing initiative." I think I misspoke, I said Job Support Scheme; it was the Jobs Credit Scheme. "Past Reserves are a strategic asset meant for use in times of need, especially when the Government faces financial constraints due to unprecedented circumstances which require the Government to respond in the interest of the nation. Hence, I am surprised that the Government has chosen to set a precedent in asking the President for approval for a drawdown of our Past Reserves when it has enough savings from the current term of Government to fund the entire Resilience Package, and the resulting Budget deficit, which the Finance Minister has estimated at..." a certain amount. So, it was a very reasonable question – actually, it was a very polite objection – and it was right that he raised it and we debated it. And our answer was, we are doing this so that we have dry powder, and that there are current Reserves, we may well need it later. We put that aside. If we need to, we will use it. As it turned out, fortunately, we did not need to. Two years later, in 2011, when the Government paid the $4 billion back to the Past Reserves, Mr Low Thia Khiang spoke again. He did the honourable thing and commended the Government and he said, in that Budget debate again, 2011, "In conclusion, Sir, the Budget this year has done one thing right. It has prudently put back into Past Reserves the $4 billion that the Government took in 2009." So, this is how a responsible Opposition conducts itself. There was a common commitment to safeguard our Past Reserves and a recognition, a shared recognition, that they are a strategic asset only to be used for unprecedented circumstances.[+14 sentences] Now, I hear the Opposition arguing that we should change the rules and draw more from Reserves and that, of course they have no intention to raid the Reserves far from wanting to bankrupt Singapore. They say we can easily afford what they are proposing. I conclude that their tune has changed. May I remind them that the changes they are proposing are not simply policy changes, but require amending the Constitution to draw and to spend more from the Past Reserves which are protected by the President. Some people say it is harder for this generation to abide by the same tight fiscal rules as before. They say that now growth is slower, the cost of living has gone up, which is true. But our forefathers, who put aside the surpluses which grew into the Reserves, were much less well-off than us – to put it bluntly, much poorer than us. Our standard of living is double or triple what our forefathers lived with and yet, they saved up surpluses for the future, whereas now, we hear arguments that we should draw more from the Reserves on that basis that we need the money more urgently today! There is a Chinese saying, 创业难，守业更难，败家轻而易举, which means hard to start, even harder to keep it going but all too easy to ruin and to lose everything. Mr Lee Kuan Yew and his team had anticipated this outcome, this political pressure. They knew that there would always be many worthy heart-tugging causes demanding Government resources. Every MP has got pet causes which he champions. Even Ministers have pet causes. Even Prime Ministers are allowed to have a few. We all want more things to be done, but we also know – and Mr Lee Kuan Yew knew – that that money would always be not enough. And he knew that it would always be politically tough to raise taxes and that is why he and his colleagues designed and implemented the "two key" scheme.[+10 sentences] Some of Mr Lee Kuan Yew's senior colleagues told him that in locking up the Reserves, he was trying the impossible. You know why? Because their philosophy was, if a generation wants to spend the money, somehow, they will get their hands on it and they will do it. But Mr Lee Kuan Yew disagreed and decided he had to try his best. And it is up to us and for us now to prove that we can protect the nest egg and that Singaporeans are capable of being prudent and responsible, well beyond the founding generation. We are not "Ah Sia Kia". We are responsible. We are also forefathers one day of generations yet to be born. The Government is elected, not just to take care of citizens today but also to secure the future of the country and the PAP Government has always done both. But in taking care of today's citizens, we are very cautious to safeguard the interests of young people not yet voting, future citizens not yet born and the long-term interests of Singapore. In 2001, when we instituted the 50% rule applied to the NII and amended the Constitution, Mr Lee Kuan Yew intervened in the debate because some MPs were proposing good causes to spend the money on, particularly old people.[+17 sentences] And he reminded everyone in Parliament, he said, at the end of the day, whom do we owe our deepest obligation to as the Government? To the future, not just to the present, certainly, not to the past. We must protect the Past Reserves. It is our precious resource, our strategic advantage. It is a great source of comfort and reassurance that if we run into a jam or find ourselves in a tight spot, which is bound to happen every so many years and not so many years, we will have one extra card to play. We will not be destitute. Other countries admire, even envy what we have. But they find it very hard to emulate what we have done. It was only in Singapore, only in those circumstances, only with that history and that generation and that phase of nation-building that we could do it. If it is gone, we will not be able to do it again either. So, therefore, as for ourselves, we too must make a conscious effort to keep our system working. Singaporeans need to have the right instincts. Save when we can, resist the pressure to touch it, use only when we really must. Each of us must see ourselves as stewards and trustees, taking care of the interests of present and future generations. That is the way to keep this discipline, to keep this rule and to keep this system with the two keys working well. Ultimately, in a democracy, like Singapore, on big issues like this, it is the people who will decide and the PAP is convinced that this is the right approach for Singapore. As long as the PAP Government is in power, this is what we will do. If any other political party thinks that this is not the right approach, if they truly believe that we should dip into our Reserves more, then bring it to the ballot box, put it upfront, say you want to touch, you want to spend, you want to shift the rules.[+6 sentences] Do not pretend that you are being just as prudent, only more kind-hearted. Campaign in the next General Election on this issue. Ask voters for a mandate to form the Government. Change their Constitution. Dismantle the second lock and key. Put this squarely to the people and let them decide that PAP will join issue with them and convince Singaporeans that our way is the right way for Singapore and I believe Singaporeans do believe us. Because and if I may come back to the IPS survey which we referred to and which you still have in your hands, it was not just a survey of the trust for input on Reserves but trust in the PAP Government in general. If you look at the paragraph under paragraph 3.3, it says, "In the case of the PAP Government, the statement was modified to refer to the level of trust in it to manage the Reserves." In other words, Singaporeans have high confidence in the PAP Government's management of the Reserves.[+1 sentence] And therefore, we are confident that we will win the argument and we will be able to get Singaporeans to do the right thing. Taking a long-term view of the Reserves, striking the right balance between present and future needs, these are vital responsibilities of any Singapore government. I have spent 40 years of my life stewarding, safeguarding, improving the system and continuing the work of those who had come before me.[+2 sentences] Now, I am preparing to hand over to my successor in good order, a Singapore which is more prosperous and more secure. I ask everyone to help them maintain the prudent policies that have served us well to keep Singapore on the right track so that we can all continue to benefit from the nation's success for many years to come.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Pritam Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh644 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, I thank the Prime Minister for his speech. I note that the Prime Minister did not address the five principles of the WP with regard to the Reserves. But be that as it may, I have a few clarifications for the Prime Minister. The first point was the repetition of the point Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong made at last year's Budget debate – which was on Mr Low Thia Khiang's view on the withdrawal of the Reserves arising from actions taken by the Government to deal with the Global Financial Crisis. My response to Deputy Prime Minister Lawrence Wong at that time, if I recall, was different times call for different measures. And a good example manifesting that point is the fact that the PAP Government is not returning the $40 billion back.[+7 sentences] So, different times, different measures. But that said, I can understand the political urge to cherry-pick what Mr Low Thia Khiang says. I understand that. But Mr Low Thia Khiang had shared many views on the GST in this House. So, I hope to hear the front bench quoting him on the GST in future. My second point is the more substantive issue that the Prime Minister raised. I think some are very helpful points. The first really takes off from the exchange I had with the hon Member Mr Neil Parekh about a concern the Prime Minister raised about how the returns can be volatile. I return to the speech made by Finance Minister Tharman Shanmugaratnam in 2015, and I quote, "The NIRC system, after it was modified in 2008, we paid particular attention to ensuring the system will be sustainable and that there is no bias in favour of over-optimism in expected returns and thus, the likelihood of facing a situation where actual returns are, in fact, much lower than expected returns." I am not trying to be obtuse about the point, but I think it is important to understand the NIRC framework.[+2 sentences] And if it is a conservative framework, then let us take it at that. Let us take it that that is a conservative framework. But what the Prime Minister is suggesting is that it may not be as conservative as Finance Minister Tharman Shanmugaratnam suggested in 2015. So, if the Prime Minister could clarify what is the position, because it will cause to turn anybody's view on how the NIRC ought to be used.[+2 sentences] Is it conservative or is it not conservative? The third point I would like to raise is the point that, again, I had an exchange with the Leader of the House about land and the Prime Minister put it as land is just a conversion. I made it clear to the Leader of the House that I disagreed with how she had put the WP position. But again, it will be helpful if the Prime Minister can share with this House if a single piece of land is sold repeatedly for as long as the lease lasts – how does that cohere with the Prime Minister's position that land is just a conversion?[+6 sentences] I think the Prime Minister will be right if we are talking about freehold land, but this is leasehold. So, if the Prime Minister could explain, I would be grateful. And if it means that we have to finesse, or we have to correct ourselves, I do not think the WP will have a difficulty in doing that. On the IPS survey that the Prime Minister referred to, there are points that are made in there which suggests serious questions as to expenditure funding going forward. At the same time, I do not dispute that there are also positions that participants took, be it in the pre-survey or post-survey, which showed that they agreed with the PAP Government on certain issues. I do not dispute that.
Mr Lee Hsien Loong955 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, I thank, from the bottom of my heart, the Leader of the Opposition for raising these questions and giving me the opportunity to clarify the matter further. First, on Mr Low Thia Khiang and the GST. Yes, indeed, he did regularly oppose the GST – every time. Introducing it at 3%, pushing it up from 3% to 5%, which I did, going from 5% to 7%, which Tharman Shanmugaratnam did as Finance Minister. And we reminded the WP of this, only to be told by their ex-MP, Mr Leon Perera, that now that it has reached 7%, they do not oppose that, but they oppose it going to 9%.[+52 sentences] The Hansard is an open book. We can all refer to it readily and soon, we will be able to do a generative AI search on it. And all these facts will come out and I am not hallucinating. Secondly, on volatility of the returns to be reconciled, with Tharman saying that the estimate is conservative. There is nothing to reconcile. It is true. The estimate is conservative, but it is an estimate. It is an estimate of a random variable. A variable which can be high, which can be low, which can be middling, which nobody knows which is going to be, but to the best of our judgement, this is the estimate of probably the middle point, a median or the mean or some measure and therefore, it gives some idea of the range of outcomes which are possible. And furthermore, it is an estimate for 20-year returns, long term. In fact, GIC does it not just do 20 years, but equilibrium returns. Meaning, assuming the world is in order and nobody is recovering from a slump or a crash or a depression or a mania bubble. Everything is in order, well, these are the returns, these are the rates at which we expect equities to pay back, to appreciate, bonds, cash and so on. How much does that translate into next year's return five years from now, 10 years from now, God only knows. It can be that you have 10 years, 15 years of bad markets. It happened in the 1970s and early 1980s. It can be that you have 10 years of boom. It has happened. The tech bubble and then, more recently, another bubble; maybe, now an AI bubble to come. But it is a random variable and we are trying to estimate what is going to happen and we are trying to make a prudent judgement. So, I am not judging the tail, the most optimistic outcome or the bottom, the most awful outcome, which is not just zero, but minus 10 minus 20, there could be a crash. But where do we think is a reasonable middling scenario? And that is the number which we will plan on and which we will use to draw on the Reserves. And if it turns out that next year markets perform better, well, my Reserves will grow, "heng!", happy! If it turns out that markets perform worse, I have already drawn the money, the Reserves will go down sharper, it cannot be helped, I have already spent the money. These are random outcomes. So, I hope that clarifies and it will help the WP to make your explanations easier for us to understand. Land, yes, we can sell it over and over again. We cannot sell a freehold over and over again. We can sell leasehold over and over again. So, if we sell a 30-year leasehold, I can sell the first 30 years now. I can sell another 30 years. If I sell it now, I will get very little money. I can sell it at the end of the first 30 years. I can sell another 30 years. At the end of that 30 years I can sell, yes another 30 years and so on, forever. So, does that mean that the leasehold is worth 30, $1 plus $1, plus $1, plus $1, plus $1, forever? No. There is such a thing called an interest rate, a discount rate. And if we add all those payments together and discount them, we get the price of the land for freehold, at least in principle. So, if we sell the freehold land, it is one price, if we sell the 30-year lease, it is another price, it is shorter, but we are only selling that 30 years and we get in 30 years' time, we have the chance of selling it again and again. And if we add up all those 30-year lease earnings, well, that should get us the freehold value. So, if we sell the land once and we want to spend the money now, we are actually saying I used to own this land. I rent it out, I collect rent every month or year, over the next 30 years, I will collect rent every month and I can spend it every month. But now, I sell the land, I collect 30 years of lease premium upfront, I spend it today. That is cheating. We can spend it over the next 30 years, as Ms Hazel Poa suggests, it is not an unthinkable proposition. We can put it away, invest it, spend the investment returns as we are doing, which is also sensible. But to say that we can take it forward and we can spend it and do not worry because in 30 years' time, we will get it back. Tell a banker, "In 30 years' time I'll pay you back. Same dollar. I borrow $1 from you, in 30 years' time, I'll give you back the hongbao". See what he says to you.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Singh.
Mr Pritam Singh80 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, with regard to the land point that the Prime Minister was referring to, I think the issue here is, at the end of the 30-year lease, the money has to go back into the Reserves once the land is sold. So, it is the same piece of land that is sold. Every time it is sold, the land sale receipts go into the Reserves. That is the only point I am seeking confirmation off from the Prime Minister.
Mr Lee Hsien Loong96 words
Yes, of course, every time I sell the land, I put money into the Reserves, but I am not putting the money into the Reserves all today. I am putting it in a stream of payments, 30 years apart.[+4 sentences] And that means the money which we are paying 30 years from now, today, has to be discounted by whatever interest rate the bank is charging, multiplied by 30 years. It is not worth $1 for $1. Maybe 10 cents for $1. And the next one after that, maybe one cent for $1 and that series converges.
Mr Speaker63 words
[+4 sentences]Any other clarifications? I was going to invite Mr Leong for the round-up, but I know he has run off for a short bio break, so, I would request everyone to just hold on for a while, because he is due to make his closing speech. Okay, Mr Leong is back. Mr Leong, can I now invite you to make your closing speech?
Mr Leong Mun Wai3882 words
[+17 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, I thank the Prime Minister, Minister and the Members for participating in this debate. Indeed, it is an honour for Hazel and myself. There has been a lot of discussion and debate on various topics. We understand all the good things that the Past Reserves will bring to us and bring to our country, but what I want to emphasise today, is that all the good things that the Prime Minister, the Minister and other PAP Members have said will not go away even if we reveal our Reserves. And it is right to reveal the Reserves to Singaporeans who are the rightful owners of the Reserves. People in the know, like myself, can make an estimate. Just like any speculators, they can make an estimate from the data, from the statistics released by the Government. But Singaporeans need to know. We need to put Singaporeans, all of them, on the same page because we are all in this together. So, all the good things that the Prime Minister, the Minister and the PAP Members have said, they are not going to go away after we reveal our Reserves. And the reasons, I will say afterwards again. And it will not go away. If some of the policies that PSP and WP have proposed are implemented – we have already said again and again. Of course, the Prime Minister said, a little here a little there, we are going down the hole, be careful. And with the wealth of knowledge and experience that the Prime Minister has, of course, we will take his advice very seriously. But at the same time, we still think that for Singaporeans of today, there is a sense that they want to do better, but the environment is as such that they seem to be facing a lot of limitations. So, we are here, talking about better policies, than what the PAP is offering today. The PAP policies are not that bad, but we think we can do better together. This is because what we are proposing is only going to slow down the Reserve accumulation and in exchange for that, to postpone the taxes increases so as to help Singaporeans cope with inflation and rising property prices.[+6 sentences] By the way, inflation, rising property prices, we can also say that part of it is attributed to the policies of the Government. So, we are talking about better policies here. I hope in this Chamber, we can discuss and debate things, so that we can bring these better policies out and not keep saying that whatever the Opposition says, this is going to bring us down. That is not necessarily true. If you look at the details of the things, the policies, the opinions that PSP, and although I cannot speak every time for WP, those things that we are proposing. We aim to be a responsible Opposition. After today's debate, I am sure that many Singaporeans will continue to be disappointed, that this Government probably would still not want to disclose the figure of our financial Reserves.[+12 sentences] Despite all the reasons I have given that it will not compromise the stability of our Singapore dollar and our economy. Let me elaborate a bit more on that. Relying on the experience I have in the financial industry and also, based on my exchanges with Member Mr Liang Eng Hwa and the feedback from Members Mr Saktiandi Supaat and Mr Sitoh Yih Pin. First, I think the issue of defending our Singapore dollar against speculators and the issue of disclosing our Reserves are actually two different issues. Because to defend our Singapore dollar against the speculators, first of all, the PAP Members had mentioned about the Hong Kong dollar peg, George Soros' attack on the Pound and all that. But they fail to point out that all these are what we call fixed exchange rate systems. And of course, the speculators will attack the fixed exchange rate system when there is a mispricing. But our Singapore dollar is essentially a float. It is a floating exchange rate system. As long as MAS runs its monetary policy properly, and we have full confidence in MAS, and makes sure our Singapore dollar value is in line with our economic fundamentals, that is the most important line of defence. And of course, there are short-term speculators who may still come in to test and try their luck. Then, our MAS today, I would say, have sufficient OFR to defend ourselves. MAS has OFR equivalent to 80% of our GDP.[+5 sentences] How many countries in the world today have that? That is a very strong defence already. In fact, there are other reasons why MAS have very good control over the forex market and control over the value of our Singapore dollar, but I would not go too much into that. So, we have all the tools and the position and advantages to defend the Singapore dollar. But to reveal the figure of our Reserve to the Singaporean is important for the Singaporeans to have full confidence without any other misconceptions. Full confidence and full knowledge of what our country has in the Reserves. I hope Singaporeans do not need to wait for another 56 man years before they get an answer about our financial Reserves at least.[+21 sentences] I like to emphasise here again. That Singaporeans are the owners of the Reserves and they are entitled to the precise information of at least the financial reserves. Mr Speaker, Sir, I hope that today's debate has helped Singaporeans gain more insight into our public finances and has put more Singaporeans on the same page on Singapore's financial position. Even though the Budget and the Reserves are very technical topics that may not appeal to many Singaporeans, I have chosen to make many speeches in this House on these issues because they fundamentally impact our cost of living, quality of life, economic competitiveness, income equality and social cohesion. It is especially important in the past two years because the Government has made a number of tax increases that PSP thinks are not necessary. Given the fact that Singaporeans are facing unprecedented problems in terms of cost of living and runaway property prices and, anyway, in our opinion at least our Budget and Reserves, we still have the leeway. I also hope that by having more discussion on these issues, we can dispel the misconceptions and fake news relating to our Reserves. Today, I do not think the majority of Singaporeans are really fully confident that we have over $1 trillion dollars of Reserves. Why? Because when we listen to some of the talk on the ground, they say, "If we have so much Reserves, why is the Government keeping our CPF savings?" I have to explain to them that, actually, these are two different issues. CPF savings are for your retirement, it has nothing to do with the fact that we do not have Reserves. But this is a misconception, nevertheless, and we have to address that. Some fake news in the social media say Singapore has external debt that equals to 200% of our GDP. Does everyone know how we get that? From the Government financial statements because we have total liabilities of about $1 trillion. But those are not real liabilities actually. We must explain to Singaporeans that we have all these assets. If not, the fake news will continue to be there. And of course, all the rumours about the performances of GIC and Temasek, which I think are sometimes very unfair for the fund managers in those two organisations. So, I would like Singaporeans to have three takeaways from today's debate. First, our financial reserves amount to more than $1.2 trillion at least.[+8 sentences] Ms Hazel Poa has explained two methods to calculate this based on the figures published by the Government in the Government financial statements. This $1.2 trillion, as I mentioned, will also continue to grow although the Prime Minister, the Minister and many Members have said that the rate of return on the financial reserves are not certain, not for sure. Yes, granted. But there are other sources of growth and, by the way, the 4% the Prime Minister mentioned about long-term investment growth, that is a standard assumption made by investment management entities. And, of course, you can say that okay, in a few years' time the whole world will change but that 3% to 4% is based on a long-term forecast of the investment returns generated by these investment firms' forecast. I mean, the actual track record of investment based on a universe of asset classes and this is a standard measure used by the investment firms worldwide. It is not something very special. So, we can use 4% or maybe a bit more conservative 3%, but that is a reasonable number because as long as this world, this Earth is still intact, human beings will have economic activities and their economic activities will generate a return. The second takeaway is that the continued accumulation of Reserves comes at a cost to Singaporeans.[+12 sentences] The cost can come in the form of higher taxes, higher property prices, higher cost of living or lower interest for CPF balances, depending on which of the five sources of growth the new Reserves come from. Hence, the cost of accumulating Reserves has a direct impact on some of the top concerns of Singaporeans, such as the affordability of HDB flats, the rising cost of living, retirement adequacy, prospect for the younger Singaporeans and a host of other social ills. PSP also would like to continue to grow our Reserves at the current rate, if not for the fact that the heavy costs to Singaporeans are becoming more and more apparent, especially with the Government's tax increases over the last two years. We have asked about the Reserves, we have asked about the land sales, NIR. And the Government has said all cannot be used. So, today in my debate, I then said how about NIRC? The NIRC also does not seem to be totally used for the benefit of Singaporeans. I mean, it is a matter of interpretation, but I pointed out that some of the NIRC has been locked up. Some of the NIRC has been applied to very long-term infrastructure projects, including coastal and flood protection, all that. Coastal and flood protection – these are our existential problem. Is this not an example that we should use our Reserves or some parts of the Reserves and not rely all this on the NIRC, which from the PSP's point of view, is supposed to enhance the welfare of Singaporeans so as to avoid the necessity to increase taxes. Of course, we take that away, then we have to increase taxes. The third takeaway is, fortunately, we actually do not need to draw down our Reserves, but just slow down the rate of Reserve accumulation marginally to produce much better economic outcomes for Singaporeans.[+7 sentences] That is the message that Opposition has been presenting in this House. We are not being fiscally irresponsible. We are just saying policies can be better. There is no tension between providing for present-day Singaporeans and continuing to provide for future generations – although hon Member Vikram Nair has cast doubts on that. But I have asked him that question on whether he knows how much Reserves we are accumulating each year and how much are our policies are going to spend, even at the very worst. The numbers are as follows. We are accumulating Reserves by the tens of billions. According to my checking of the Government financial statements and all that, probably about $50 billion a year, $50 billion to $100 billion, depending on which year it is.[+28 sentences] Over the last two years, we are lucky. When there was a huge influx of capital into our country, the Government was able to accumulate an additional $250 billion additional Reserves over the last two years. So, with that, we are accumulating Reserves by tens of billions and we are proposing policies that spend at the very worst, very worst a few billion dollars. Is that not a win-win situation? Because not that we want to spend the money but present-day Singaporeans, many need the money especially the second half of Singaporeans in terms of income. But this is not happening because the PAP Government was overly conservative fiscally and it has continued to raise taxes and fees which will maintain the current rate of reserve accumulation and, in exchange, giving out ad hoc handouts to appease Singaporeans. That is why we are confident that some of our policies, long-term policies, even implemented, will not lead to a big increase in the Budget because there are so many of these ad hoc schemes that we can actually integrate into some long-term scheme. PSP strongly supports fiscal prudence. But we believe we have set aside too many resources currently and inadequate spending and investment and heavy overall taxes have weakened the present-day Singaporeans. I am sure Singaporeans will much prefer to be taxed less than receiving ad hoc handouts from the Government. I hope this House today will appreciate that the PSP is not even asking for more NIR or land sales revenue for the Budget, at least for today we are not asking although we support all these policies. What we are saying today, is that even the NIRC has not been totally deployed for the full benefit of Singaporeans. And there is also this artificial deficit created by the current policy of charging land cost on HDB flats. None of the policies that PSP recommended will weaken fiscal prudence and compromise our future ability to spend on any crisis that may come up in the future. In fact, what our policies are aiming at is to increase our social cohesion, improve the conditions and the quality of life of Singaporeans, so that we have a stronger, present-day Singaporean Core and we can take crisis in our stride. Mr Speaker, we want Singaporeans to be confident in Singapore's future by giving them the true and complete picture of a strong financial position. A strong financial foundation is a good start. With the resources we have accumulated as a nation, we are confident that we can realise a new social compact together. The 4G PAP leadership has presented a new social compact, Forward Singapore, which contains many invaluable insights from 200,000 Singaporeans on what kind of future Singapore they want. We share Singaporean's aspirations to pursue fulfilment and contentment, instead of simply focusing on material needs. What is needed next are concrete policy prescription to realise their future. PSP thinks that financial freedom is the key to enabling Singaporeans to realise the aspirations they have articulated in Forward Singapore. When relieved of their financial burden, Singaporeans will be free to exercise their creativity, make their plans to realise their own potential and lead a happy life. As the most important way to enhance financial freedom for Singaporeans is to lower housing cost, PSP has tirelessly pushed for the Affordable Homes Scheme and Millennial Apartments Scheme to be implemented. I would like to reiterate again that implementing these schemes will not need to draw down our Reserves, but just accumulate a little bit less. The raiding of Reserves allegation by the Government is just a distraction. PSP will continue to share with Singaporeans policies to facilitate a happy life and to ensure Singapore remains a secure place to live in, with rising incomes and good jobs for everyone, not just the rich and famous. Today, many Singaporeans are struggling with their finances, even as Singapore becomes a paradise for the rich and famous, and sometimes the unscrupulous, like those in our recent money laundering case. The household expenditures survey in 2020 shows that the bottom 20% of Singapore households by income, in 2018, spent $2,235 in expenses and got $2,570 in income, including employer CPF. This means that after deducting the employer and employee CPF contributions, the bottom 20% of households, or more than 200,000 households are essentially, in deficit and must rely on Government handouts, charity or loans from legal or illegal moneylenders to survive. For the second quintile, it is $3,752 in expenses versus $5,981 in income, again, including employer CPF.[+1 sentence] After accounting for CPF contributions, this group of Singaporeans have very little left to save each month. The survey suggests that the bottom 40% of Singapore households are really struggling to survive while the Government has accumulated lots of savings or reserves.[+24 sentences] It will be the right policy for the Government to start to relax its fiscal grip, which may reduce reserve accumulation slightly, but to offer more financial support to this group of Singaporeans. We should also be worried about the many social ills we are grappling with today, which can be traced back, at least partly, to financial difficulties. The most important ones today are the low TFR and increasing mental health issues. A pre-conference poll shared by the IPS at the Singapore Perspective Conference last week found that high costs and stress were the top reasons for not wanting to have children across all age groups. If the current generation of Singaporeans are struggling to maintain their standard of living, what incentive do they have to have children? We acknowledge that the share of welfare spending in the Budget has increased significantly since 2011. But these spendings do not address the root causes of the harsh economic realities faced by Singaporeans. Ad hoc handouts do not change the structural economic realities that are faced by present-day Singaporeans. After receiving the temporary relief, they continue to be burdened by the rising cost of living and the prospect of having to downgrade from their current HDB flats in order to retire. Without policy changes to address these structural economic issues, lower-income and even middle-class Singaporeans will become more and more dependent on Government handouts to survive. This is not the kind of future we want for Singapore and Singaporeans. We must find other ways to improve the conditions of the Singaporeans. PSP wants all Singaporeans to benefit from our economic prosperity, not just the rich and famous. This is the future that PSP wants for Singapore and Singaporeans. Mr Speaker, our Past Reserves is the pride of our nation, a monumental task achieved by the trust between the people and the Government. To maintain that trust, the Government must now ensure that the Past Reserves are put to work for present-day Singaporeans to ensure that they can be competitive and lead a happy life in a globalised world. The well-being of the current generation affects the ability of the future generations to thrive. A family that is constantly stressed by financial worries is not a good environment for children to grow up in. More than leaving behind national reserves to our future generation, it is more important to ensure that they are being brought up in a conducive family and social environment which allows them to develop the necessary skills to do well in the globalised world. PSP's policy proposals like the Affordable Homes Scheme and Millennial Apartments Scheme, are aimed at making our Past Reserves work harder for both the present-day generation and future generations. We especially want to give the financial freedom to our younger Singaporeans to establish themselves quickly so that they can strive towards their ambition early in their lives. When this House supports this Motion, it will reaffirm that our Budget and Reserve accumulation policies should aim at laying the financial foundations for every Singaporean of every generation to achieve a life of fulfilment and contentment. Mr Speaker, in Mandarin, please. (In Mandarin): Mr Speaker, Sir, the PSP tabled this Motion today to request two things from the Government on behalf of the people. First, disclose the total amount of our Reserves, allowing the people to have an accurate understanding of our finances and related policies. Second, actively utilise our country's substantial financial resources to help reduce the financial burden on the people and improve their quality of life.[+4 sentences] The total amount of our financial Reserves should not be a secret, because it is the hard-earned money of the people. The Reserves have five main sources, including land sales revenue and investment returns of CPF deposits, all of which come from the people, especially considering that much of the land was acquired by the Government from our forefathers at low prices. The total amount of our national Reserves also does not need to be a secret, as the Government has already disclosed a significant amount of financial information to comply with regulations from international organisations, such as the IMF. With this information, anyone, including foreign exchange speculators, can estimate the size of our Reserves. According to PSP's estimation, excluding land reserves, our total Reserves has reached $1.2 trillion. Furthermore, from these assets, we earn nearly $50 billion in net investment returns each year.[+17 sentences] Therefore, the Government's earlier portrayal of itself as a poor Ah Gong and the comparison of our vast reserves to "coffin money" is misleading. PSP urges the Government to be a responsible leader and disclose the total amount of our Reserves, allowing every citizen to use this information to assess our nation's fiscal and tax policies. With the investment returns from the Reserves each year, we will have sufficient financial resources to cope with the increased medical expenses resulting from our ageing population in the future. Therefore, PSP strongly opposes the two consecutive increases in GST and property tax in 2023 and 2024. These two tax increases and the increase in the Government's fiscal surplus allow the Government to accumulate more Reserves, but they also seriously exacerbate inflationary pressures and increase the people's burden. Therefore, the current predicament faced by the people is not solely due to external factors, such as the Ukraine war; the Government also bears some responsibility. In addition, since 1985, the Government has been charging land costs to HDB. These costs have increased with the rise in property prices, leading to a significant increase in BTO prices. However, high BTO prices only absorb a portion of the land costs. The remaining portion is subsidised by HDB, resulting in a deficit for HDB, which is ultimately borne by all taxpayers. PSP strongly urges the Government to waive the land costs for owner-occupied HDB flats. This policy would allow every generation of young Singaporeans to realise their dream of owning a home at an affordable price around the age of 30. Also, they would not need to sell their HDB flat in old age and would have sufficient CPF savings for retirement. Without the lingering worry of repaying housing loans for years, the next generation of Singaporeans can boldly seize the opportunities brought about by globalisation, creating a better economic future for our country. PSP believes that a responsible Government and party should not solely pursue the maximisation of Reserves but should aim to maximise the happiness of the people. PSP will do everything in its power to persuade the Government and assist it in achieving this goal. : Mr Speaker, I beg to move. For country, for people.
Mr Speaker81 words
[+2 sentences]Are there any Members who have clarifications to ask of Mr Leong Mun Wai? No. [chair housekeeping]We have come to the conclusion of the debate and I shall now put the questions to the House for a decision. We have four amendments proposed by Mr Liang Eng Hwa.[+1 sentence] We will deal with the amendments first. Amendment No 1 is, "In line 1, to delete 'review' and insert 'ensure'."
Mr Speaker9 words
[+1 sentence]As many as are of that opinion say "Aye".
Hon Members8 words
[+2 sentences]Aye. Mr Speaker: To the contrary say "No".
Some hon Members91 words
[+3 sentences]No. Mr Speaker: Does any Member wish for his or her dissent to be recorded before I declare the result? For those who wish to, I request for you to stand, and we will record your dissent. [(proc text) Hon Members Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis, Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song, Ms He Ting Ru, Mr Leong Mun Wai, Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim, Mr Muhamad Faisal Bin Abdul Manap, Ms Hazel Poa, Mr Pritam Singh and Mr Dennis Tan Lip Fong rose for their dissent to be recorded. (proc text)]
Mr Speaker:28 words
[+4 sentences]Okay. We have that recorded. Thank you. The Ayes have it, the Ayes have it.
Mr Speaker:24 words
Amendment No 2 is, "In line 1, to delete 'current'."
Mr Speaker9 words
[+1 sentence]As many as are of that opinion say "Aye".
Hon Members1 words
[+1 sentence]Aye.
Mr Speaker:28 words
[+1 sentence]To the contrary say "No". I think the Ayes have it, the Ayes have it.
Mr Speaker:35 words
Amendment No 3 is, "In line 2, after the words 'reserve accumulation policies', to insert 'always stay fiscally responsible and sustainable'."
Mr Speaker9 words
[+1 sentence]As many as are of that opinion say "Aye".
Hon Members1 words
[+1 sentence]Aye.
Mr Speaker37 words
[+4 sentences]To the contrary say "No". I think the Ayes have it, the Ayes have it. Are there any Members who wish for their dissent to be recorded? Kindly stand. I thought I heard a very faint "No".
Mr Leong Mun Wai15 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, Sir, can I confirm that we can object to the Motion once —
Mr Speaker:14 words
[+1 sentence]I will go through the amendments and then we will have the amended Motion.
Mr Leong Mun Wai:8 words
[+2 sentences]That is right. We will wait for that.
Mr Speaker:12 words
[+1 sentence]So, do you want your dissent to Amendment No 3 be recorded?
Mr Leong Mun Wai3 words
[+1 sentence]It is alright.
Mr Speaker27 words
[+3 sentences]It is alright? Okay. I think the Ayes have it, the Ayes have it.
Mr Speaker:32 words
[+1 sentence]Amendment No 4 is, "In line 3, to delete 'continuing to save' and insert 'planning and providing'."
Mr Speaker68 words
[+3 sentences]The amendments have been agreed to. The Original Motion as amended is now before the House. [(proc text) The question, "That this House calls on the Government to ensure its budget and reserve accumulation policies always stay fiscally responsible and sustainable in order to help present-day Singaporeans reduce their financial burdens and improve their quality of life, while planning and providing for future generations of Singaporeans." (proc text)]
Mr Speaker9 words
[+1 sentence]As many as are of that opinion say "Aye".
Hon Members1 words
[+1 sentence]Aye.
Mr Speaker:5 words
[+1 sentence]To the contrary say "No".
Some hon Members1 words
[+1 sentence]No.
Mr Speaker:80 words
[+4 sentences]I think the Ayes have it. Does any Member wish for his dissent to be recorded before I declare the result? Kindly stand. [(proc text) Hon Members Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis, Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song, Ms He Ting Ru, Mr Leong Mun Wai, Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim, Mr Muhamad Faisal Bin Abdul Manap, Ms Hazel Poa, Mr Pritam Singh and Mr Dennis Tan Lip Fong stood at their seats for their dissent to be recorded. (proc text)]
Mr Speaker76 words
[+6 sentences]Okay. We have it recorded. Thank you. You may sit down. The Ayes have it. [(proc text) Resolved, "That this House calls on the Government to ensure its budget and reserve accumulation policies always stay fiscally responsible and sustainable in order to help present-day Singaporeans reduce their financial burdens and improve their quality of life, while planning and providing for future generations of Singaporeans." (proc text)]
Preserving Heritage and Identity after Merger of Schools›Oral Answers to Questions9 turns · 337w
· 6 highlighted
oral-answer-3424
Speaker not recorded43 words
[+1 sentence]The following question stood in the name of Mr Christopher de Souza – 1 To ask the Minister for Education how have the heritage and identity of each Government school been preserved and passed on after the merger of primary and secondary schools.
Mr Christopher de Souza40 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education (a) whether an update can be provided on how newly merged schools have begun to forge new identities; and (b) what is being done to actively live out the old traditions of each former school.
Mr Murali Pillai (Bukit Batok)3 words
[+1 sentence]Question No 1.
The Minister of State for Education (Ms Gan Siow Huang) (for the Minister for Education)14 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, may I have permission to take Question Nos 1 and 2 together?
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Yes, you may.
Ms Gan Siow Huang120 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, when merging schools, the Ministry of Education (MOE) works with key stakeholders to preserve the schools' heritage and identity. The history, traditions and values of the merging schools are displayed in a heritage space or retained in artefacts, such as the school mascot. Newly merged schools seek to forge new identities by unifying their school community around common values, songs and symbols such as the school crest.[+1 sentence] Stakeholders help to co-create these elements, fostering a greater sense of belonging to the school. Common experiences, such as cohort camps and schoolwide events, are organised to build collective memories among the students. The forging of a new identity takes time and is an ongoing process for the newly merged schools.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Murali.
Mr Murali Pillai64 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, may I ask the hon Minister of State how would MOE deal with situations where schools are merged to one entity and that merged entity also becomes defunct? Case in point is my alma mater, Monks Hill Secondary, which got merged to Balestier Hill Secondary and then, that also disappeared. How do we preserve the heritage and identity of such schools?
Ms Gan Siow Huang48 words
For such situations, we look at what are the heritage components of the schools that have gone defunct, that need to be preserved. As far as possible, we will work with the stakeholders to capture and retain these heritage qualities that are deemed to be worthy of preserving.
Compensation to Point-to-point Drivers for Downtime to Install New On-Board Units in Their Vehicles›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 483w
· 8 highlighted
oral-answer-3425
Ms Yeo Wan Ling37 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Transport in view of the upcoming rollout of ERP 2.0, whether there are considerations to compensate point-to-point drivers on the downtime that is required for installing the new on-board units in their vehicles.
The Senior Minister of State for Transport (Dr Amy Khor Lean Suan) (for the Minister for Transport)84 words
The Land Transport Authority (LTA) has been engaging taxi operators and the National Taxi Association (NTA) on plans for the installation of the new On-Board Unit (OBU) in taxis. All taxi operators have agreed to compensate taxi drivers for the downtime incurred during the installation of the new OBU. Private hire cars, which are either leased from car rental companies or owned by drivers themselves, will be scheduled for the OBU installation later.[+1 sentence] LTA will engage the relevant stakeholders closer to the scheduled period.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Yeo.
Ms Yeo Wan Ling (Pasir Ris-Punggol)83 words
[+4 sentences]Thank you, Speaker. For every hour of downtime, our taxis and private hire drivers lose an hour of earnings. Would the Ministry share how long it may take for installation and how the Ministry would plan for the efficient roll-out, minimising wait times, given that there are now over 50,000 taxis and private hire vehicles in Singapore? Are there also plans to work with private hire vehicles' rental companies on sharing the burdens with our drivers, by providing lower rentals during the downtime?
Dr Amy Khor Lean Suan277 words
[+2 sentences]I thank the Member for the supplementary questions. We understand the concerns and in fact, that is the reason why we have been engaging the taxi operators as well as the NTA drivers to look at how we can minimise downtime for the taxi drivers. For the taxi operators, some of them are planning to dovetail the new OBU installation with the regular taxi maintenance servicing schedule, so as to reduce the need to go to the workshop another time and hence, minimise the downtime for the taxi drivers. Some other taxi operators are planning to recall the taxis for the new OBU installation on days when the workshops are free.[+1 sentence] Again, that will help to minimise downtime because it will minimise wait time at the workshop. The time taken to install the OBU depends on the vehicle type and make or model of the vehicle.[+1 sentence] So, it will vary. The workshop will give an estimate of the duration of the installation time required when the driver makes the installation appointment and after they have assessed the vehicle type or model. [restates an earlier point]As I have said in my main reply, the taxi operators have agreed to compensate the taxi drivers for the downtime incurred in the form of rental rebate to offset the downtime.[+2 sentences] For the private hire cars, which are either leased from the rental companies or they may be individually owned, we will be commencing installation of the OBU later. And we will, in the same vein, engage the relevant stakeholders – whether it is the ride hail operators or the drivers' association – and look at issues, including ways to minimise the downtime for them.
Public Education on Proper Use of Hospital A&E Departments and Promotion of Remote Care›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 557w
· 9 highlighted
oral-answer-3426
Mr Yip Hon Weng76 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Health to reduce overcrowding at the accident and emergency (A&E) departments in public hospitals (a) whether the Ministry will implement initiatives to improve health literacy and public understanding of common medical condition and proper emergency care procedures; (b) how is the Ministry raising public awareness about A&E and GP fees, and subsidy programmes like GPFirst; and (c) how is the Ministry planning to incorporate more remote care and triaging at A&E departments.
The Senior Minister of State for Health (Dr Janil Puthucheary) (for the Minister for Health)112 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, we agree with the Member and will continue to educate members of public on the proper use of accident and emergency (A&E) departments. With the implementation of Healthier SG, all 1,000 Healthier SG general practitioner (GP) clinics are on board the GPFirst programme. We have also set up an Urgent Care Centre in the north, to ease the A&E cases at Khoo Teck Puat Hospital. Our hospitals are encouraging the greater use of telemedicine, including a helpline to advise people where to seek treatment.[+1 sentence] All these initiatives are ongoing, as we continue to manage rising case loads as a result of frequent outbreak of infectious diseases and an ageing population.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Yip.
Mr Yip Hon Weng (Yio Chu Kang)95 words
[+6 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. I thank the Senior Minister of State for his reply. Can he elaborate on how urgent care clinics like those in Admiralty and Alexandra Hospital as well as the GPFirst programme, have helped to take the load off A&Es? Will the Ministry plan to introduce more urgent care clinics to reduce the load of A&Es? Second, in terms of implementation, will health literacy programmes be targeted towards specific demographics or communities with higher A&E utilisation rates? The Ministry can, then, measure the effectiveness of these initiatives in reducing unnecessary A&E attendances.
Dr Janil Puthucheary272 words
[+7 sentences]Mr Speaker, I thank the Member for his questions. I would take his second one first. The issue has got to do with health literacy and the public education that is received. As a result, it does not only result in a change in behaviour for health-seeking at an A&E department. These are public health messages that are useful for the public, in general, to understand about their own health, the health of their loved ones, the health of their family and where and how they can access medical help. We will continue to do so, but I am not sure that I quite agree with the very tight link that the Member has put out in his question. It is worth doing, but perhaps, we measure its effectiveness in a different way. As far as urgent care centres are concerned, I thank him for the question. We are piloting the urgent care centre at Admiralty. It is opened daily, including public holidays, from 8.00 am to 11.00 pm. There is another urgent care centre at the National University Hospital (NUH) Children's Urgent Care Clinic @ Bukit Panjang for the paediatric population opened daily from 2.00 pm to 10.00 pm. At Admiralty, they have seen over 16,000 patients in 2022; and at the NUH clinic, 21,900 patients in 2022. Other than the usual conditions that primary care physicians will be managing, the urgent care centres can also perform simple blood tests and X-rays onsite and provide services that you do not usually see at most GPs, such as plaster casts for minor fractures and sometimes, intravenous fluids for short periods with observation.
Persons with Disabilities who Applied for Jobs through Employment and Employability Institute›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 638w
· 9 highlighted
oral-answer-3427
Mr Darryl David68 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Manpower (a) whether the Ministry has data on how many persons with disabilities (PwDs) have applied for jobs through the Employment and Employability Institute in the last five years; (b) how many of these PwDs successfully found employment that lasted more than six months; and (c) whether the Government has a strategy for the public and private sectors to enhance employment opportunities for PwDs.
The Minister of State for Manpower (Ms Gan Siow Huang) (for the Minister for Manpower)362 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, persons with disabilities (PwDs) can tap on broad-based employment facilitation services, such as job matching and career advisory services provided by Workforce Singapore and the National Trades Union Congress' (NTUC's) Employment and Employability Institute (e2i), or customised job placement and job support services under the Open Door Programme (ODP). Workforce Singapore and NTUC's e2i do not track whether jobseekers assisted have disabilities.[+3 sentences] Under the ODP, SG Enable works with several job placement and job support partners, such as Autism Resource Centre, Movement for the Intellectually Disabled of Singapore and SPD. These partners provide coaches who are trained to assist PwDs with their job search and provide post-placement on-site support to help these jobseekers adjust into their new roles. The job coaches also advise employers on adapting job tasks and the work environment to better suit the needs of employees with disabilities. On average, about 900 jobseekers with disabilities were assisted each year by SG Enable's job placement and job support partners between 2018 and 2022. Each year, about 500 were successfully placed into jobs. More than 80% of them remained in employment for at least six months. The Enabling Masterplan 2030, which was co-developed by the Government, businesses and the community, sets out Singapore's aspirational goal of 40% employment rate for PwDs by 2030.[+4 sentences] To enhance employment opportunities for PwDs, we aim to increase their employability and grow the network and the number of inclusive employers through a whole-of-society effort. Employers and community partners, such as disability social service agencies, play a key role in supporting the employment of PwDs. This includes training, sharing best practices and implementing inclusive hiring at the workplace. The Government will work with partners to equip PwDs with skills that enable them to take on employment opportunities. For example, SkillsFuture Singapore provides additional course fee subsidies for PwDs and is working with SG Enable to develop curricula in inclusive pedagogies. We also provide support to inclusive employers through grants and support services, such as the Enabling Employment Credit.[+1 sentence] We encourage employers to approach SG Enable and to tap on the ODP and other employment support services to hire, train and integrate PwDs into their organisations.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Darryl David.
Mr Darryl David (Ang Mo Kio)96 words
[+6 sentences]Thank you, Sir. I would like to thank the Minister of State for her reply. It is very encouraging to know all the work that is being done and I hope will continue to be done for PwDs. If I could ask a supplementary question, Sir. Is the Government prepared to consider setting up a more permanent or more dedicated department or structure which relies on Singapore's successful tripartite model of working with unions, employers and the Government, to specifically cater to the employment and job needs of PwDs. Is that something the Government can consider?
Ms Gan Siow Huang109 words
[+2 sentences]I thank the hon Member for the suggestion. The tripartite partners, indeed, will be very willing to work together to support the employment and upskilling of PwDs. Members might be interested to know that the Enabling Business Hub has been launched.[+1 sentence] The first is in Jurong. It aims to better support PwDs to sustain employment by providing customised job support and equipping employers with inclusive practices to hire and integrate PwDs.[+1 sentence] This is a new structure and institution – a one-stop shop for employers, social support agencies, PwDs, tripartite partners and the whole-of-society to come together to support PwDs in finding jobs and also to help them keep employed.
Assistance for Stallholders at Coffee Shops Faced with Increasing Rentals and Business Overheads›Oral Answers to Questions8 turns · 1,046w
· 8 highlighted
oral-answer-3428
Ms Yeo Wan Ling39 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for National Development with regard to keeping food prices affordable in the heartlands, whether the Ministry will consider taking further measures to assist stallholders of coffee shops who are facing increasing rentals and other business overheads.
The Senior Minister of State for National Development (Ms Sim Ann) (for the Minister for National Development)224 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, there are currently 776 coffee shops in the Housing and Development Board (HDB) estates in Singapore, of which, 374 are owned by HDB and rented out to operators, and 402 are sold and hence, privately-owned. HDB is committed to ensuring that the rents payable by operators of HDB rental coffee shops remain stable. Over the last five years, HDB did not increase the rent for 97% of HDB rental coffee shops at renewal. The increase in the median rent of HDB rental coffee shops was limited to 1.6% during this period.[+1 sentence] This is part of HDB's effort to help operators and stallholders in a rising cost environment. Further, to help all HDB rental coffee shop operators transition to providing budget meals by 2026, HDB offers a rental discount of 5% for a period of one year, subject to verification that the new budget meals and drinks have been implemented.[+3 sentences] For sold eating houses, HDB does not regulate the stall rentals that owners charge as these transactions are private commercial agreements between the coffee shop owners and the stall operators. Coffee shop operators and stallholders may tap on schemes, such as the Heartlands Go Digital Scheme, which supports enterprises in adopting digital solutions and improving their productivity. Business owners can visit the GoBusiness portal at gobusiness.gov.sg, for more information on the Government schemes available.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Ms Yeo.
Ms Yeo Wan Ling (Pasir Ris-Punggol)94 words
[+4 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. There have been reports of escalating rental prices, some as high as 20% to 30% in coffee shops, leading to stall holders giving up their businesses due to sustainability issues. In keeping rentals affordable for essential heartlands food services, what are the considerations that the Ministry has in deciding which coffee shops are sold and which are rented from the HDB? Would the Ministry also consider putting in place programmes with third-party owners or master operators of coffee shops to regulate rentals and business costs to keep food prices reasonable?
Ms Sim Ann395 words
[+20 sentences]In response to Ms Yeo Wan Ling's supplementary question, HDB began selling HDB coffee shops in 1988, but ceased doing so from 1998 onwards. So, from 1998 onwards, we have not been selling coffee shops in HDB estates. These are owned by HDB. Further, after a pilot in 2017, from 2018 onwards, we have been tendering out new HDB coffee shops using the Price Quality Method. This would put weightage, not just on the rental bid; but, also on the coffee shop operators' ability to fulfil quality criteria. We also take the availability of affordable meals into consideration. In the recent couple of years, we have also been implementing the Budget Meal initiative, which I believe Members of the House are quite familiar with. This is how we look at maintaining the availability of affordable food. As a landlord, HDB plays its part by keeping rent stable. I have also explained that just now, in the main reply. At the same time, we are mindful that the coffee shops need to be operated by people in the trade. We are also mindful that HDB is not, itself, directly in the business of cooked food provision. So, we do need to allow room for the coffee shop operators as well as stallholders, to abide by market principles and operate. But we do our part to keep rents stable and also to encourage the provision of affordable meals via the Budget Meal initiative. As for the practices that Ms Yeo Wan Ling has mentioned, I would appreciate it if she could provide us with more details. We will look at the situation. I think Ms Yeo would appreciate that our approach towards sold privately-owned coffee shops would have to be different than the ones that HDB owns and then rents out, because the relationship with the operators in the two instances are quite different. Nonetheless, I also believe that in Ms Yeo Wan Ling's ward, I think, all the coffee shops in the HDB estates in her ward are owned by HDB. So, we will continue to play our role as a responsible landlord. And, if there are specific practices that she is aware of and, which she has concerns about, please raise it to us and we will study it carefully to see if intervention is warranted, particularly, if these coffee shops are owned by HDB.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim (Sengkang)142 words
[+4 sentences]Let me start first by commending HDB for its proactive approach in trying to control rent increases. Because, I think, just like the Member Ms Yeo, in my constituency of Sengkang, we have challenges with private operators, where, because they have increased their rent, it has also resulted in a pass-through to higher food prices for residents. But since the Senior Minister of State has shared that since the 1990s, they no longer have this sale of coffee shop spaces to private operators, I wonder whether there are any plans afoot, or even intent, to potentially re-acquire some of these, so that the entire umbrella of coffee shops would be fully-owned by HDB? After all, the Senior Minister of State said that it was 90%, if I recall correctly, or more than 90% that are already directly managed and owned by HDB.
Ms Sim Ann146 words
Although Government is not in the business of directly providing cooked food or stipulating cooked food prices, ultimately, the best safeguard against runaway cooked-food prices is by ensuring wide availability. This, we do through ensuring that, in towns and across the island, there is a good spread of food and beverages (F&B) premises. This covers not just coffee shops in HDB estates, but other kinds of F&B outlets and also hawker centres.[+1 sentence] And in terms of how the Government generally deals with the private sector, I think it is also important that we are clear about where the market is free to operate and where the Government comes in with interventions. In terms of the strategy that Assoc Prof Jamus Lim has described, I think that is something that the Government would consider very carefully and it is not a step that we would take lightly.
Guidelines For Schools on Setting Criteria for Direct Admission Scheme›Oral Answers to Questions12 turns · 1,561w
· 10 highlighted
oral-answer-3429
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim73 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education (a) how often does the Ministry ensure that schools adhere to the guidelines on setting their Direct School Admission for Secondary Schools (DSA-Sec) criteria and their selection of students; (b) whether there are systems in place to prevent preferential treatment and abuse of the DSA-Sec process; and (c) whether the Ministry will consider a review of the DSA-Sec route for better standardisation and transparency of the selection process.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim60 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education (a) whether the Ministry has received complaints about the Direct School Admission for Secondary Schools (DSA-Sec) route in the last five years; (b) if so, how many complaints have been received; (c) what actions have been taken to address the complaints; and (d) what are the lessons learned and the follow-up actions from these complaints.
The Minister for Education (Mr Chan Chun Sing)16 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, Sir, may I have your permission to take the next two questions together, please?
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Please proceed.
Mr Chan Chun Sing187 words
[+6 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, the Direct School Admission Exercise for Secondary Schools (DSA-Sec) provides a pathway for students to enrol in secondary schools, based on their diverse talents and potential. Schools have the flexibility to determine their selection and assessment criteria, so that they can select students who will benefit most from the school's development programmes. At the same time, schools are required to adhere to the Ministry of Education's (MOE's) selection guidelines and to uphold the key principles of transparency, objectivity, inclusiveness and student-centricity during the selection process. For example, schools are required to update and publish their selection criteria on their website before each DSA exercise. Schools are also required to form selection panels, led by the school leadership team, to evaluate each applicant. These selection guidelines are reviewed and updated before the start of each year's DSA exercise. Over the past five years, there have been an average of seven cases per year from parents querying the outcome of their child's DSA selection. Based on MOE's review of each case, we have found the schools to have conducted their selection processes rigorously, objectively and professionally.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim (Sengkang)158 words
[+4 sentences]I thank the Minister for his reply and I think that the impetus, if I may share, for the question, has been some anecdotal evidence that has been shared with us about the possibility that, since the criteria for selection of some of these DSA applicants, especially in sports, where the recommendations of the coaches may hold a certain undue weight, there is a concern that some coaches, perhaps within the system, are making implicit promises that access to certain sports in certain schools would be favourable, because they also happen to be the coaches for those schools. I am not making any accusations, to be clear, that there is any kind of corruption going on. But rather, I think there is a need for transparency behind the DSA process. I wonder whether the Ministry has any plans for a far more thorough review, rather than on a case-by-case basis, of the entire DSA system in its entirety?
Mr Chan Chun Sing429 words
[+5 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, as Assoc Prof Jamus Lim has said, if we believe that the system is right and if the Member has anecdotal evidence that the Member thinks requires our attention, we welcome him to pass it to MOE and we will take a look at it. But if the Member thinks that there is a problem with the entire system, then, I would also suggest for him to let us know where his areas of concerns are so that we can take a look at this. Because, as the Member has suggested, I think there is a difference between anecdotal evidence, where someone says something versus a system problem. If there are anecdotal incidents, even individual cases where the Member suspects that there is something is not right, he can let us know and we will get to the bottom of it. But I make a distinction between isolated cases and what we talk about: the system. Just to put things into perspective: what is seven cases out of 4,000 successful applications? That percentage is lower than even the Primary School Leaving Examination (PSLE) appeals.[+13 sentences] So, that is just to put it in context: seven cases out of 4,000. I will make the following two other points. First, when we look at DSA, we are looking at, essentially, the potential of a child. We are also looking at how the child is able to fit into the school's programme. Granted that this system will be such that there is some degree of assessment on potential and not just based on current performance. We would hope that people do not hothouse their children for performance, in lieu of potential. And we need to understand one step further behind this system. When we only had the PSLE system to allocate students to school, there were comments and feedback that, perhaps, we were too rigid, too narrow. The reason for the DSA is to widen the spectrum of talents and abilities with which we assess a child, in order to best site the child in the right place for secondary school. Granted, any system like that will require a level of assessment on the potential of the child and beyond the performance of the child. I can fully understand that there will be isolated cases where they may not have gotten their choice and there will be questions, perhaps, allegations of unfair practices. But if there are such things, let us know. My assurance to you is that MOE will look at each and every one of these cases thoroughly.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Darryl David.
Mr Darryl David (Ang Mo Kio)153 words
[+6 sentences]I had received a written reply from the Minister to an oral Parliamentary Question that I had filed on DSA, prior to this. So, I would like to thank the Minister for that reply. And I have a supplementary question to ask. I would like to ask Minister: I really appreciate the fact that MOE has shifted the focus, quite significantly from the past, from the more academic-related DSA to the more sports-, arts- and interest-related DSA. While I believe MOE would review the areas of DSA that can be used, is MOE also receptive to the schools giving feedback? For example, if certain schools feel that there are some areas that they would like to suggest or nominate for DSA consideration, would MOE also be open to such feedback to look at how they can increase the diversity of areas that can be used for DSA to be admitted into secondary schools?
Mr Chan Chun Sing125 words
[+6 sentences]Mr Speaker, Sir, the short answer to Mr Darryl David's question is, certainly, yes. In fact, many of our schools have proposed to MOE the areas which they would like to focus on, in terms of their DSA selection. For example, certain schools have very strong traditions in certain areas. This may go beyond the sports or arts arena and we allow the school to have that diversity of areas which we want our children to fulfil. And, as Members know, I have been an advocate that we need to allow a greater diversity of models, a greater diversity in the types of talent that we recognise in our children and to help them fulfil that potential. That adds to the resilience of our society.
Speaker not recorded351 words
[+2 sentences]This is the reason why we have allowed our schools to propose ground-up. But regardless of what you propose, there are certain rules that we hold dear to ourselves in order to make sure that the system is transparent and objective. First, whichever field or area that the school proposes, it must be communicated transparently to everyone, not just to a sub-group of people, so that anyone who is interested can apply for it.[+1 sentence] That is the first criterion. Second, there must be some ability to objectively assess the potential of the child in that field.[+6 sentences] I accept that it cannot be done 100% in a matrix because not everything might be able to be captured scientifically, especially when we are talking about the potential of a child. Even in sports, we know this. Suppose we are choosing a sprinter. Someone at a certain age might sprint faster than someone else. That is performance. But that does not necessarily correlate to potential. What we want is not just performance, but potential.[+1 sentence] So, there is some degree of subjectivity. But to the extent that we can, we want a professional panel to make sure that these are assessed objectively, both performance and potential, and that it can stand up to scrutiny.[+1 sentence] Because that is how we uphold the integrity of our system. The third thing that we need to do well for DSA is that, when it comes to the selection process, we must follow through. This means we must have an upstream process to look at the potential of our children, whether they come from a privileged or less-privileged background, we must be able to identify those talents and work with the parents to continue to develop those talents in the children.[+2 sentences] This process does not stop at Primary 6, because there must be a handover, a handshake, to the secondary school to continue to develop these children whom we have identified. So, these are the basic core principles that we must adhere to, regardless of the field or the area of DSA that we have allowed the schools to do.
Salary Data for Child Protection Officers›Oral Answers to Questions10 turns · 1,037w
· 10 highlighted
oral-answer-3430
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang27 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Social and Family Development for each year in the past five years, what is the mean and median salaries of Child Protection Officers.
The Senior Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister for Social and Family Development (Mr Eric Chua) (for the Minister for Social and Family Development)45 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, our Child Protection Officers (CPOs) are paid based on the civil service scheme of service, differentiated by demonstrated proficiencies and job levels. In recognition of the more demanding nature of child protection work, our CPOs also receive an additional social work field allowance.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Louis Ng.
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang (Nee Soon)132 words
[+6 sentences]Thank you, Sir. The Parliamentary Question is to ask for the mean and median salaries of our CPOs for each year, for the past five years. I would be grateful if we can have the data so that we could see whether there is an increase in the salaries of our officers over the last few years. Second, I understand there is a review on the administrative workload of our CPOs. So, could I ask when that review is expected to be completed? Third, if I may, Sir, I know Senior Parliamentary Secretary Eric Chua has been doing his level best to try and support and help our CPOs, but could I ask again on the manpower issue and, perhaps, in the last few months, how many new CPOs have we hired?
Mr Eric Chua398 words
[+2 sentences]Mr Speaker, I thank the Member for his supplementary questions. I share as well as appreciate his concern for our CPOs. To his first question on the mean and median salaries, it is not quite possible for us to look at exact numbers, exact salary points, because we are talking about a range of officers with different years in service, with different seniority levels in the Public Service.[+5 sentences] So, what I have answered in my main reply, was to demonstrate that there is a whole range of officers with different levels of proficiencies. That is to the first point that he made. On the second point about review that was mentioned earlier, I think what Mr Louis Ng was trying to allude to was, what kind of support, more broadly, are we offering to our CPOs. We understand that, as I have mentioned before in a previous Sitting, in a reply to Mr Ng as well, we should look at the entire stream of both recruitment as well as retention; and in the retention phase, the training that we can provide to each CPO as well as the support, in terms of the wellness services that we can provide to each officer. If I can take this opportunity to reiterate some of the initiatives that we have put in place. To support the growth and the wellness of our CPOs, I mentioned before that they undergo a comprehensive training programme. They also receive professional support on mental wellness and development, through structured supervisions, coaching as well as peer support.[+2 sentences] I know Mr Louis Ng is also very concerned about workload. I think this is a point that he has mentioned a number of times in this Chamber. To address the workload of our CPOs, to help them work more effectively and more efficiently, we have also tried our level best to implement solutions, including technology, such as data analytics, robotic process automation. These tools are really meant to optimise our operations, so that they can focus on the core mission and, that is, child protection; and less so on the more mundane tasks of administration.[+3 sentences] He asked about endpoint. I do not see an endpoint in sight, because it has got to be an ongoing process. With regard to the last point – if we can just ask the Member to repeat the last point that he made.
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang6 words
[+1 sentence]The number of new officers hired.
Mr Eric Chua168 words
[+2 sentences]The number of new officers. I do not have the numbers on hand, but what the Member is concerned about is caseload. In previous Sittings, we were talking about whether 40 is the right number and, 40 is too high. I remember agreeing with Mr Louis Ng that 40 is a number that is too high.[+4 sentences] We are trying to bring that number down by making sure that we can recruit as well as retain good CPOs. Mr Louis Ng would, perhaps, be heartened to know that for newer CPOs who join us in the service, the supervisors would take a very caring approach to make sure that they do not immediately go to the level of workload and the level of complexity, in terms of the cases that they handle. Again, I thank the Member for his concern for our CPOs. The Ministry of Social and Family Development share them as well and we want to help in every way possible for them to succeed as well.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Louis Ng.
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang108 words
[+7 sentences]Thank you, Sir. I thank the Senior Parliamentary Secretary again for the reply. I think we have agreed that 40 is too high. My concern is that more CPOs have contacted me to say they have a higher caseload than 40 and that is what is worrying. I know they are not doing this for money, but I think salary it is an important factor. Could I ask, at least, whether the median and mean salaries of the starting salaries of our new CPOs have increased over the last few years? Again, whether there is a concrete plan to increase the manpower at our Child Protective Service (CPS)?
Mr Eric Chua147 words
[+3 sentences]I thank the Member for his supplementary question. I think there is a plan for us to recruit more officers. In terms of remuneration, again, I share that this is one of several components that we need to look at, in order to make sure that we can better support our officers in child protection so that they can succeed in their work. I would be happy to share more details if I can. But I think off the top of my head, I had checked in with CPS before coming to this Sitting and the average caseload that each officer handles is 40 or less.[+3 sentences] I can confirm that. There may be some officers who are more experienced, who are more senior, in terms of years in service, who are handling more than this average number. But I think those will be fewer and farther between.
Enrolment at Polyclinics for Healthier SG›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 535w
· 10 highlighted
oral-answer-3431
Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song54 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Health (a) what is the average enrolment capacity for Healthier SG in each polyclinic; (b) how many polyclinics have reached their capacity and are no longer accepting Healthier SG enrolments; (c) whether the Ministry is looking to open up more places in polyclinics for residents to enrol in Healthier SG.
The Senior Minister of State for Health (Dr Janil Puthucheary) (for the Minister for Health)126 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, the Healthier SG enrolment capacity of each polyclinic is different, depending on their sizes and existing workload. The average enrolment capacity is close to 30,000 per polyclinic. Of the 25 polyclinics, 19 polyclinics still have spare capacity to take in more enrolees; while six are reserving their capacities for their regular chronic patients to enrol, before deciding if they could take in non-regular or new residents.[+1 sentence] Residents are encouraged to also consider enrolling with other Healthier SG private general practitioner (GP) clinics. A key design feature of Healthier SG is to extend the benefits of fully-subsidised preventative check-ins, health screening and vaccinations and chronic drug subsidies to private clinics. There is currently capacity at Healthier SG GP clinics to enrol more than 700,000 residents.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Gerald Giam.
Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song (Aljunied)137 words
[+6 sentences]Sir, I thank the Senior Minister of State for his reply. Since the Healthier SG programme was launched in July last year, does the Ministry of Health have data showing higher demand for enrolments in polyclinics or GP clinics compared to the available spots? Some patients who have been regularly visiting their neighbourhood polyclinics have reported being unable to enrol for Healthier SG under those polyclinics as they are at full capacity. Instead, they have to enrol in a GP clinic, which they are less familiar with. Just now, the Senior Minister of State mentioned that they are prioritising or they are setting site places for the regular patients. Can I confirm that all regular patients of polyclinics will be able to register or enrol in Healthier SG with the polyclinic that they have been regularly attending?
Dr Janil Puthucheary215 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, I thank the Member for his questions. For the first one, in terms of the relative demand, for enrolment at polyclinic versus a GP, 65% of the total that have enrolled, are enrolled with a Healthier SG GP clinic. Among the polyclinic enrolees, 81% are existing regular patients, while the remaining 19% are non-regular and new patients. Of the regular polyclinic patients, about 26% have enrolled with a GP clinic.[+2 sentences] It ranges from about 19% to 34%. That gives you a sense of the behaviour amongst the enrollees and our residents across the landscape. To Member's second question, the short answer would be, no.[+1 sentence] Because he has asked an absolute question: whether all or every single regular patient can continue to enrol. So, it depends on what it is they are a regular patient for: do they have a chronic disease that falls under the Healthier SG programme; are they regular for a short period of time or have they been a regular patient over a longer period of time? So, if you take it in the spirit that the polyclinics would like to continue to serve those patients who have chronic diseases; which they have been following up and which Healthier SG would be able to assist them, then the answer is, yes.
Teaching Students to Recognise and Report Physical, Sexual and Emotional Abuse in School Settings›Oral Answers to Questions6 turns · 456w
· 8 highlighted
oral-answer-3432
Assoc Prof Razwana Begum Abdul Rahim46 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education (a) what in-school programmes are currently in place to educate children enrolled in primary schools about how to recognise and report physical, sexual and emotional abuses in school settings; and (b) how will the Ministry evaluate the effectiveness of these programmes.
The Minister of State for Education (Ms Gan Siow Huang) (for the Minister for Education)99 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, through Character and Citizenship Education from Primary 1, our students learn about personal safety and boundaries; different forms of abuse; and how they can protect themselves, both in the physical and online space, including from those in positions of authority. Students are taught to report their concerns and seek help for their friends or themselves from trusted adults. The Ministry of Education (MOE) reviews the effectiveness of these programmes regularly in consultation with stakeholders and other Government agencies, such as the Ministry of Social and Family Development, the Ministry of Home Affairs and the Ministry of Health.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Assoc Prof Razwana.
Assoc Prof Razwana Begum Abdul Rahim (Nominated Member)86 words
[+3 sentences]Thank you for the response. I think my question here is: apart from MOE's sexuality education curriculum, is there anything else that we are doing to ensure that we create a safe and supportive environment, where children are empowered to speak up about concerns that they have? My second question is: what are we doing, in terms of providing training and resources for teachers to effectively address this situation and not to also be the perpetrator, the one that causes such harm in a school setting?
Ms Gan Siow Huang144 words
[+1 sentence]I thank Assoc Prof Razwana for the supplementary questions. In MOE, we teach our students to recognise signs of distress and the need to look out for their peers.[+3 sentences] Because we know that sometimes, students are afraid to speak to their parents about bullying or the abuse that they experience. They would rather talk to their friends. So, we tell our students that they should look out for one another and also, be able to confide in their friends around them. Students are also taught that they have the right to be treated with respect, to seek help and be taken seriously. Lessons remind our students that victims of sexual misconduct and abuse should not blame themselves nor feel guilty or ashamed about it. Through our lessons, students are also taught that they should not be fearful of reporting possible cases of sexual abuse.
Speaker not recorded78 words
In supporting students going through challenging situations and to help them feel that it is okay for them to seek help, our teachers and school counsellors are also there to train and also to engage students in a psychologically safe environment and on how to calibrate their approach accordingly, based on their understanding of the students' personal and familial circumstances. Our teachers, as well, are constantly being reminded and trained to detect signs of distress in our students.
Standardising "Use By" and "Best Before" Date Labels for Food to Reduce Confusion›Oral Answers to Questions11 turns · 1,151w
· 9 highlighted
oral-answer-3433
Ms He Ting Ru47 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment whether the Ministry will consider updating and standardising "use by" and "best before" date-labels for food to reduce confusion over whether food needs to be disposed of for safety reasons and hence reduce food waste due to the confusion.
The Senior Minister of State for Sustainability and the Environment (Dr Koh Poh Koon) (for the Minister for174 words
Sustainability and the Environment): Sir, both "use by" and "best before" are internationally accepted terms under the Codex General Standard for the Labelling of Prepackaged Foods (Codex) and commonly used by food manufacturers both locally and overseas.[+1 sentence] The Codex is the international food standards body established by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations and the World Health Organization. Standardising the use of date-marks to a specific term will require the industry to tailor their packaging to the Singapore market, adding to compliance burden.[+3 sentences] This may result in additional packaging costs, which the industry can pass on to consumers. Given the small size of our Singapore market, overseas food manufacturers may also choose not to change their packaging to meet Singapore's requirements. This could, inadvertently, then reduce our food import sources. Under the current food regulations, "use by" and "best before" are both used to indicate the expiry date on food products, beyond which, the food product is not permitted to be sold in Singapore due to possible deterioration in food quality.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Ms He.
Ms He Ting Ru (Sengkang)224 words
[+8 sentences]I thank the Senior Minister of State for the reply. It is just that we have received feedback that there is sometimes confusion caused by the use of "use by" and "best before" because it is not clear whether it relates to food safety or it is just freshness and "best before" in terms of optimal freshness. The question is, whether there is anything else that can be done to ensure that we minimise confusion; whether it is in terms of consumer education and to explain the difference, whether or not the food is safe to be eaten or whether it is just a matter of a best-case scenario that it should be sold by this date. So, I wonder whether the Ministry would consider piloting partnerships with supermarkets to promote two standards? When the supermarkets have control over these foods, for example, house brand meat, vegetables and also packaged foods, whether there can be a campaign to promote a more standardised approach? I think there might be interest from supermarkets and producers to partner on this, because they do have control over the packaging. I also noted that, for example, the nutri-grade standards that have been introduced, the food producers do not have issues complying with this. So, can we tag on to that as well to try and get the point across?
Dr Koh Poh Koon212 words
[+4 sentences]Sir, I think if Ms He listened carefully to what I have just said in my main reply, it is an international standard that is used broadly across different parts of the world and we do import from more than 180 regions in the world. Among all these regions, countries like China, Thailand and South Korea do not comply to Codex standards. So, they may have a different form of labelling of expiry dates to begin with and we do import from these sources as well. In my reply, I did emphasise that because of this, as we import 90% or more of our food from different markets, we will have a mix of different labels within our available market system. So, asking our house brands to comply to one standard will not resolve the problem. It means that at the end of the day, the consumer must take both "use by" and "best before" as equivalent to mean that anything after that date, the food is unlikely to be fresh or may not be in its original state that is fit for consumption.[+1 sentence] Which is why, under current regulations, we do not permit establishments to actually sell any food past either the "use by" date, expiry date or "best before" date.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim (Sengkang)64 words
[+3 sentences]Just a quick clarification for the Senior Minister of State. My understanding is that, right now, there are other kinds of labels that the Health Sciences Authority promotes, say, things like "Healthier Choice" and the like. Would these not likewise impose additional costs that, for me, are not distinct from having an additional sticker that will at least standardise the "best by" versus expiry?
Dr Koh Poh Koon173 words
[+7 sentences]Sir, the difference is this: if a particular food produce is deemed to be perhaps not as healthy as it should be and they refuse to comply; they, therefore, cannot enter our market. That does not necessarily always restrict our choices. But in a particular label, like expiry date, that is quite broad and pervasive across many prepackaged food types. To stipulate one particular date-mark label may severely restrict the choices of available food we have for import and therefore, threaten our food security and food resilience. On the other hand, by making it a mandatory requirement, manufacturers who are overseas may deem it too onerous to comply for a small market like Singapore and they will then not want to export their food products to Singapore as well. So, it does have implications on our food availability. On the other hand, if they do want to enter the market and add on the extra cost, this cost can be passed on to consumers and inadvertently lead to an increase in food prices.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Ms He.
Ms He Ting Ru84 words
[+4 sentences]I thank the Senior Minister of State for the reply. I have a point to ask: whether the Ministry has done any cost analysis to find out, as the Senior Minister of State has talked about, the onerous addition of cost burden. Just wondering whether any engagement has been done with all these food manufacturers to ask what the increased cost burden would be. This is because, ultimately, food wastage also adds to our food resilience and has a negative impact on food availability.
Dr Koh Poh Koon165 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, I think it is far easier to tell everyone that as long as it is past the "use by", expiry or "best before" date, the food is unlikely to be fit for consumption and they should think carefully about consuming that food. Because even if the "use by" date is still valid and if we do not store the food properly, the food can also go bad.[+1 sentence] Ms He buys a package of milk today that has a "Use By" date of a week from now, but she leaves it in her car under the hot sun for a whole day. Regardless of what the "use by" date is, the milk may not be fit for consumption by the next day. So, I think also some common sense is needed. But what I am trying to say here is, whatever the label, as long as the date is past, consumers should treat it as not fit for consumption and think carefully about consuming it.
Review of Computation of Monthly CPF Interest Payment›Oral Answers to Questions8 turns · 869w
· 6 highlighted
oral-answer-3434
Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis65 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Manpower whether the CPF Board has conducted a review of the computation of monthly CPF interest payment and, if so, whether it will consider including (i) contributions received during the month and (ii) amounts held in the account prior to its withdrawal, as pro-rated by the number of days that the respective amounts reside in the CPF accounts during the month.
The Minister for Manpower (Dr Tan See Leng)226 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, over the past two decades of protracted low interest rate environment, the Government has continued to pay the 2.5% minimum interest on Ordinary Account savings and the 4% floor rate for savings in the Special, MediSave and Retirement Accounts (SMRA). With the SMRA-pegged rate currently exceeding the 4% floor rate, Central Provident Fund (CPF) members will receive 4.08% per annum interest on their SMRA savings in the first quarter of 2024. In addition, the Government continues to pay 1% of extra interest on the first $60,000 of combined CPF balances for all members, as well as an additional 1% extra interest on the first $30,000 of combined CPF balances for members aged 55 and above.[+3 sentences] The CPF Board's current practice of computing monthly interest payments should be seen in the context of the above-mentioned features of our CPF system, which do not apply to bank deposits. Furthermore, premature withdrawals from banks' fixed deposits would, in many cases, result in the forfeiture of the potential interest earned. While changing the computation method can translate into some marginally higher CPF interest payments, the features that I have just laid out already provide our CPF members with much higher interest and a greater boost to their CPF savings. The Government will continue to review CPF interest rates periodically to ensure their relevance in the prevailing operating environment.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Chua.
Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis (Sengkang)202 words
[+6 sentences]Thank you, Speaker. Just one supplementary question for the Minister. My question is more in terms of the computation of this interest which, and I agree with the Minister, actually, it is the absolute interest rates that matter a lot more. But especially in the current environment, whereby, at least for now or the last 12 months, there have been various banks that have been offering various attractive fixed deposit rates or even the Treasury Bills themselves are even offering higher rates than the Ordinary Account. I think many residents as well as Singaporeans have observed that because of the way CPF interest is being computed, even if, let us say, you put it into a 12-month fixed deposit rate and earn the high interest, because of the computation, you may lose, potentially, up to two months of the interest from the CPF as a result of their method of calculation. So, following Minister's reply to my colleague Assoc Prof Jamus Lim, slightly over a year ago, in terms of reviewing the computation of CPF interest rates, I was wondering whether the Minister can advise whether or not the method of computation can actually be aligned to ensure that it is relevant.
Dr Tan See Leng253 words
[+6 sentences]I thank the Member for his supplementary question. As I have mentioned earlier on, our CPF system, indeed, has quite a number of important features which are not comparable to bank deposits. And because of this, these features actually provide CPF members with a much higher interest rate, compared to the local banks' computational methods. Because over a long period of time, the method in which we have actually been using for our CPF members has resulted in them having higher interest rates. Let me explain to Members. Not to sound repetitive, but it is important for us to appreciate because the numbers are actually quite important. First, the Government has paid 2.5% minimum interest on the Ordinary Account savings and 4% floor rate for the SMRA savings over the past two decades, in spite of the protracted low interest rate environment. If you do a like-for-like comparison, without the 4% floor rate, the SMRA interest rate would have been an average of 3.2% per annum or about 0.8% points lower.[+1 sentence] So, on that basis, we review constantly, but periodically, of course, and in terms of trying to see how we can continue to optimise returns for CPF members; and also address the volatilities as well as the uncertainties in the current geopolitical environment. The reassurance that I want to give to the hon Member and also Members of the House is that this is a more sustainable method of computation over the longer haul, compared to investing in shorter-term, more volatile instruments.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim (Sengkang)97 words
[+4 sentences]Thank you, Speaker. Just one quick elaboration on my part. One concern that some may have is that when we allow mechanisms, such as individuals that are sophisticated enough to transfer their CPF holdings into, say, very, very safe instruments, like the Singapore Government bonds, for short periods of time, we may be exacerbating inequality. Just because individuals that are sophisticated enough to exploit such transfer mechanisms are typically also the slightly more well-off, we, then, end up disadvantaging those who are not as tuned in to methods for trying to squeeze out additional returns from CPF.
Dr Tan See Leng20 words
[+2 sentences]I think Assoc Prof Lim is just making a comment. I do not think I need to respond to that.
Impact of Situation in Myanmar on ASEAN's Unity›Oral Answers to Questions9 turns · 589w
· 10 highlighted
oral-answer-3435
Mr Neil Parekh Nimil Rajnikant35 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Foreign Affairs in view of the ongoing situation and the progress of implementing the "Five-Point Consensus" in Myanmar, what is the Ministry's assessment of the impact on ASEAN's unity and image.
The Senior Minister of State for Foreign Affairs (Ms Sim Ann) (for the Minister for Foreign Affairs)155 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) has taken a firm and consistent approach to the situation in Myanmar following the 1 February 2021 coup, which is reflected in the Five-Point Consensus. The ASEAN Leaders reviewed the situation at their Summits in 2022 and 2023 and agreed on a series of steps to send a clear signal to the Myanmar military or Tatmadaw. At the ASEAN Foreign Ministers' Retreat last week, ASEAN reaffirmed its commitment to the Five-Point Consensus as well as the Leaders' decisions. There has been little progress in the implementation of the Five-Point Consensus and, in fact, the situation in Myanmar has become more dire of late. However, the rate-limiting factor for progress is not ASEAN, but the Tatmadaw. Singapore will continue to work with ASEAN's Chair Laos, fellow ASEAN Member States and our external partners to press the Tatmadaw to cease violence and implement the Five-Point Consensus swiftly and fully.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Neil Parekh.
Mr Neil Parekh Nimil Rajnikant (Nominated Member)32 words
[+2 sentences]I thank the Senior Minister of State for her answer. May I ask the Senior Minister of State, what alternative steps does ASEAN have if Myanmar refuses to implement the Five-Point Consensus?
Ms Sim Ann16 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, ASEAN Leaders have reviewed the issue twice and remained committed to upholding the Five-Point Consensus.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Dennis Tan.
Mr Dennis Tan Lip Fong (Hougang)61 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, I would like to ask the Senior Minister of State: with the change in ASEAN Chair, this year, to Laos, does Singapore expect any change in the momentum of ASEAN's engagement with Myanmar and how does Singapore continue to expect itself to support the new ASEAN Chair in ASEAN's engagement with Myanmar, regarding the implementation of the Five-Point Consensus?
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Minister Balakrishnan.
The Minister for Foreign Affairs (Dr Vivian Balakrishnan)282 words
[+5 sentences]Thank you, Mr Speaker. Let me address that supplementary question because I have just returned last week from the ASEAN Foreign Ministers' Meeting. I would emphasise that the key word is "consistency" and ASEAN, under the Chairmanship of Laos, has expressed our clear intention to maintain that consistent position, and the paramount expression of that is the Five-Point Consensus. I would say that, as far as ASEAN is concerned, there is no change. The unfortunate change, which is happening, is on the ground in Myanmar. If the Member checks with his contacts there, the security situation remains dire. It is almost tantamount to a civil war.[+1 sentence] Whilst the military has no intention of ceding power, their ability to maintain authority on the ground is being severely challenged by a variety of groups, both the ethnic armed organisations as well as the resistance from the Burmese majority within Myanmar itself. So, the other point which we have all emphasised is that there is a need to continue humanitarian support. And ASEAN is engaged on this and we are also expecting that Thailand will do a bit more to enable or facilitate the cross-border delivery of humanitarian assistance.[+2 sentences] Our priority remains the welfare of the people of Myanmar and we should be under no illusions that ASEAN can magically resolve the problems. Ultimately, this is a political problem, a problem of leadership. The political leaders across the spectrum in Myanmar need to get together, reconcile their diverse positions and we still believe there needs to be direct face-to-face negotiations conducted in good faith amongst all the political leaders there.[+1 sentence] So, it is a complex situation, but we will continue to maintain our consistent position.
Suitability Screening for Individuals Who Have to Work with Children›Oral Answers to Questions2 turns · 90w
· 0 highlighted
oral-answer-3436
Assoc Prof Razwana Begum Abdul Rahim35 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education whether the Ministry is considering requiring individuals who provide private or in-home tuition to children, including religious education, to be registered and screened for their suitability to work with children.
The Minister of State for Education (Ms Gan Siow Huang) (for the Minister for Education)55 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, the Minister for Home Affairs had informed Parliament in April 2022 that the Government is reviewing how the screening framework for those working with children can be strengthened. This would include freelance providers of services for children, such as private or in-home tutors. We will provide an update when the review is completed.
Introducing Separate COE Category for Point-to-Point Vehicle Services›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 522w
· 8 highlighted
oral-answer-3437
Mr Yip Hon Weng74 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Transport (a) whether an update can be provided on the review looking at how point-to-point services can better meet the evolving needs of commuters, including how effective a separate COE category for private-hire cars can support this endeavour; (b) what is the expected timeline for the completion of the review; and (c) under the review, whether occasional private-hire drivers who primarily use their vehicles for personal needs will be affected.
The Senior Minister of State for Transport (Dr Amy Khor Lean Suan) (for the Minister for Transport)51 words
The ongoing review of the point-to-point (P2P) industry structure and regulatory framework covers the availability, resilience and inclusivity of P2P services. As part of the review, we have been engaging the tripartite partners, as well as commuters and drivers. We target to complete the review by the second half of 2024.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Yip.
Mr Yip Hon Weng (Yio Chu Kang)104 words
[+4 sentences]Mr Speaker, I thank the Senior Minister of State for the reply. I understand that, as part of review, they will be studying the option of having a separate Certificate of Entitlement (COE) category for private hire vehicles. If that is the case, will the separate COE category require additional regulations or licensing requirements and if so, how would this impact operational costs on new entrants into the sector? Secondly, how would the Government ensure that a separate COE category does not create unintended negative consequences for the broader transportation ecosystem in Singapore and how will this affect the COE of privately owned cars?
Dr Amy Khor Lean Suan291 words
[restates an earlier point]As mentioned before by the Minister for Transport both in this House and to the press, we are not ruling out the idea of having a separate COE category for private hire cars.[+2 sentences] But there are trade-offs with this idea and, therefore, we need to study this further. It also requires careful consideration. The key challenge is in sizing the quota to be set aside for this category, especially since the demand for private hire car services continues to evolve. Given the current sizeable population of private hire cars, what it means is that we will have to reallocate the existing quotas from Category A and Category B for this separate category. If we overestimate the demand, that would mean that there will be a tight quota constraint on Categories A and B, and that, of course, would have a knock-on effect on COE prices. On the other hand, if we underestimate the demand, that means, we size the quota smaller than what it ought to be, then that could result in insufficient private hire car supply, and that could impact ride hail fare prices.[+6 sentences] So, indeed, this is something that we are working on and studying. But it is not something that we should take lightly. Beyond that, as I have said in my main reply, the review for the P2P sector is not just about this idea of a special category or separate category for private hire cars, nor is it just purely about private hire cars. It is about the P2P services, the industry structure and regulatory framework. It is much broader. It covers the availability, resilience and inclusivity of P2P services, and how our rules and regulations should change to meet the needs of commuters and drivers.
Success Rates for Assisted Reproductive Technology Treatments at Public Hospitals›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 317w
· 6 highlighted
oral-answer-3438
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang51 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Health (a) whether the Ministry has data on the general trend of the success rates for Assisted Reproductive Technology (ART) at public centres being higher or lower than private centres; and (b) whether the difference in ART success rates for public and private centres is within 10%.
The Senior Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister for Health (Ms Rahayu Mahzam) (for the Minister for Health)105 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, the average Assisted Reproductive Technology (ART) success rates in public and private assisted reproductive (AR) centres was provided in the reply to Question No 22 for the Sitting on 10 January 2024. [Please refer to "Statistics on Assisted Reproductive Technology Success Rate for Public and Private Centres", Official Report, 10 January 2024, Vol 95, Issue 119, Written Answers to Questions section.] The success rate for ART at public AR centres is higher than that in private AR centres. But the difference in ART success rates is within 10%. Hence, as explained previously, the success rates of public and private AR centres are comparable.
Mr Speaker3 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Louis Ng.
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang (Nee Soon)84 words
[+4 sentences]Sir, I thank the Senior Parliamentary Secretary for the reply. Could I ask whether the Ministry is looking at whether there is an increasing trend of people going to the private AR centres to do their treatment? Second, I asked this before as well, but it is a brand new year. So, if I could ask whether the review of extending the subsidies to those undergoing ART treatment at the private clinics has been considered and whether a decision has been made on that.
Ms Rahayu Mahzam74 words
With regard to the Member's first supplementary question, I do not have the data on hand.[+1 sentence] The Member may wish to file another Parliamentary Question and we can provide the information if we have it. On the issue of extension of subsidies to the private AR centres, we are still in the midst of studying this. We do not have the timeframe yet and we will update the Member when the information is available.
Universal Code for Standard of Care at Homes for Children and Adults with Disabilities, and at Day Centres for Persons with Special Needs›Oral Answers to Questions2 turns · 236w
· 5 highlighted
oral-answer-3439
Ms He Ting Ru44 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Social and Family Development whether the Government will consider implementing a universal code of conduct prescribing a standard of care across all (i) homes for children and adults with disabilities and (ii) day activity centres for persons with special needs.
The Senior Parliamentary Secretary to the Minister for Social and Family Development (Mr Eric Chua) (for the192 words
Minister for Social and Family Development): Mr Speaker, to ensure quality in service and the safety of persons with disabilities, the Ministry of Social and Family Development (MSF) establishes practice guidelines and requirements that service providers of our funded services need to abide by, through service models and, additionally, Standards of Care for Disability Homes. These guidelines and requirements cover aspects relating to client safety and well-being, recommended staffing ratios and training requirements; safety protocols and hygiene standards; care management and programmes; and incident management. Today, Children Disability Homes are licensed under the Children and Young Persons Act, which includes the Standards of Care that are enforced through regular inspections and compliance checks.[+1 sentence] For Adult Disability Homes and Day Activity Centres, there are regular service audits by SG Enable. Additionally, for Adult Disability Homes, MSF conducts voluntary inspections and facilitates visits by an independent committee to observe the Home's operations and recommend aspects of the Standards of Care that the Home can improve in. That said, MSF is also currently reviewing how we can better ensure the standards of care in our disability services and we will share more in due course.
Inclusion of Tripartite Standard for Contracting with Self-Employed Persons in Reporting by SGX-listed Firms›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 440w
· 11 highlighted
oral-answer-3440
Ms See Jinli Jean45 words
asked the Prime Minister whether the Government will consider working with the Singapore Exchange (SGX) to define Tripartite Standards, such as the Tripartite Standard for Contracting with Self-Employed Persons, as a component of the material environmental, social and governance factors under SGX-listed firms' sustainability reporting.
The Minister of State for Trade and Industry (Mr Alvin Tan) (for the Prime Minister)138 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, Sir, under the Singapore Exchange's (SGX's) listing rules, SGX-listed companies are required to disclose any matters or developments that have a significant impact on their business performance and prospects. This also applies to reporting on environmental, social and governance (ESG) factors. Reporting requirements on such aspects are not overly prescriptive, as companies' business models, strategies and stakeholders vary widely. Companies adopt the Tripartite Standards on a voluntary basis and have to assess which factors, including the Tripartite Standards, have a material impact on their business performance and prospects and, thus, should be disclosed. Companies also make employment-related disclosures on factors, such as occupational health and safety, diversity and inclusion. The Ministry of Manpower (MOM) and the Tripartite Alliance for Fair and Progressive Employment Practices (TAFEP) continue to promote and encourage companies to adopt the Tripartite Standards.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Ms See.
Ms See Jinli Jean (Nominated Member)100 words
[+4 sentences]I thank the Minister of State. TAFEP defines Tripartite Standards as a set of good employment practices and it actually recognises that employers that adopt the Tripartite Standards are progressive employers. Given that there is a lot of interest in ESG, I am wondering whether there could, perhaps be more, affirmative plans on how this could be integrated from the local context in the ESG reporting for local companies that are listed with SGX. So, are there affirmative plans which the Ministry or the Government is looking at to make this a part of what SGX requires of listed companies?
Mr Alvin Tan155 words
[+1 sentence]I thank Ms Jean See for her supplementary questions. [restates an earlier point]As I mentioned earlier on, SGX disclosure requirements are, in fact, intended to promote availability and the quality of information on the companies' performance, but not to prescribe how a company should actually be run, and that is why companies adopt these Tripartite Standards on a voluntary basis. I think Ms Jean See also had a similar written question to MOM. That question also fleshed out how it is voluntary and how if a company has adopted the Tripartite Standards, there are certain benefits to it, including a Tripartite Standards logo, that will confer some form of additional reputational benefits to the company. But in the same way, for SGX-listed companies, companies may approach TAFEP to learn more about good employment standards and Tripartite Standards. I think MOM and other agencies are, in fact, promoting and encouraging companies, either listed or non-listed, to adopt these standards.
Coordinating HDB's Repairs and Redecoration Works with Town Councils' Works›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 467w
· 8 highlighted
oral-answer-3441
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim78 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for National Development (a) what is HDB's current practice for effecting repairs and redecoration (R&R) works for multi-storey car parks (MSCPs) when there are concurrent R&R works in the precinct; (b) whether there are any guidelines on the maximum duration for R&R works on precinct housing blocks and their MSCPs to differ; and (c) whether HDB will consider a system where Town Councils bid for R&R works for MSCPs alongside precinct tenders, with proportionate cost-sharing.
The Senior Minister of State for National Development (Ms Sim Ann) (for the Minister for National Development)159 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, the Town Councils (TCs) manage the repair and redecoration (R&R) works for residential blocks, while the Housing and Development Board (HDB) manages the R&R works for HDB multi-storey car parks (MSCPs). HDB generally adopts a seven-year cycle for R&R works for HDB MSCPs. The R&R cycles of HDB MSCPs and residential blocks may not fully align, as there could be instances where R&R works are expedited, such as in response to public feedback on estate maintenance. Where there are synergies from carrying out R&R works for MSCPs together with the residential blocks, HDB encourages TCs to undertake the R&R works for the MSCPs on HDB's behalf. Under the maintenance agreement between HDB and TCs, for HDB car parks, TCs can opt to carry out the R&R works for MSCPs. TCs that opt to do so will receive full reimbursement from HDB for the cost of the R&R works for the MSCPs, in addition to a 5% agency fee.
Mr Speaker4 words
[+1 sentence]Assoc Prof Jamus Lim.
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim (Sengkang)150 words
[+7 sentences]I thank the Senior Minister of State Sim Ann for that response. Just a little context for why this was brought up. I am sure, as herself and other Members of this House would have experienced, we have received feedback about seemingly dilapidated MSCPs and that is because they happen to fall substantially outside of the cycle. I appreciate that from the perspective of HDB, it absolutely makes sense to bundle these together for economies of scale. Which is why I wonder, whether to exploit the same economies of scale, it can be more or less standardised that TC can just make a request from HDB to enfold the R&R works for MSCPs into the R&R cycle for neighbouring clusters. So, my understanding is that this is possible. But the Senior Minister of State is saying that this is on a case-by-case basis, that they have to apply for it?
Ms Sim Ann76 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, to clarify, this is possible and is an option that is available to the TCs. Some TCs choose to take it up, some TCs choose not to. But if they want to undertake the MSCP R&R works, they can and I have also explained the way in which HDB will reimburse the TCs for doing so. By and large, we leave it to the TCs to manage the R&R cycle for their own residential blocks.
Review of Teachers' Workloads›Oral Answers to Questions8 turns · 631w
· 10 highlighted
oral-answer-3442
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang35 words
asked the Minister for Education (a) what are the results on the Ministry's most recent review of teachers' workloads; and (b) if a review has not been done recently, when will one be carried out.
The Second Minister for Education (Dr Mohamad Maliki Bin Osman) (for the Minister for Education)59 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, as a caring employer, the Ministry of Education (MOE) continually monitors teachers' workloads through surveys and a variety of staff engagements and adjusts our policies and programmes, as necessary. This is done as an ongoing priority, especially before introducing any new initiatives. The work hours reported by our teachers have remained stable in the past few years.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Ng.
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang (Nee Soon)66 words
[+4 sentences]Thank you, Sir. I thank the Minister for the reply. Could I ask whether for the number of hours that teachers have spent on administrative work, are we seeing a decreasing trend? Second, whether MOE is considering reducing the amount of, again, non-administrative work for teachers, in terms of adding on work for counselling work for the students and even being well-being ambassadors for fellow teachers.
Dr Mohamad Maliki Bin Osman163 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, I thank Mr Louis Ng again for the supplementary question. My records show that Mr Ng has asked this question many times: in February 2022, in March 2022, in July 2022 and September 2022. I want to assure Mr Ng, as with the previous replies we have given, we have been cutting down the administrative work of our teachers, spreading them out; giving them guidelines; and giving the superintendent and schools guidelines in terms of the workload for teachers. We use technology to reduce the administrative workload of teachers.[+1 sentence] Teachers are given different responsibilities. Not all teachers are expected to do deep counselling work, although they are trained in basic counselling so that they can identify students with immediate indications of challenges that might need help.[+1 sentence] Subsequently, if the students require other forms of support, other groups of teachers provide the support. The workload of teachers is spread out, based on the responsibilities that they hold at that particular points in time.
Mr Speaker5 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Ng, last supplementary question.
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang105 words
[+5 sentences]Thank you, Sir. I think I have been asking this repeatedly because, in this House, we keep saying that we are reducing the workload of teachers. But then again, on the other hand, I hear that we are now asking them to do the counselling work, to help the school counsellors because there is a shortage of school counsellors. Then now, we are asking them to be wellness ambassadors as well to help provide a listening ear to their fellow colleagues. So, I sincerely hope again, we can make sure that teachers can focus on teaching rather than adding on additional workload to our teachers.
Dr Mohamad Maliki Bin Osman196 words
[+2 sentences]Sir, I hope Mr Ng looks at the teaching work and the role of a teacher holistically. It is not just teaching in the classroom. Counselling, befriending and mentoring are really part of teaching, because we want to teach life skills to our students.[+1 sentence] So, it is not just in the classroom. The role that the teachers take on, when we say basic counsellors, it is not that they are doing counselling.[+5 sentences] When a child has a problem, the teacher cannot say, "Sorry, this is not my work because I only need to teach you." But this is really, "I want to be there for you." So, I hope that Mr Louis Ng will look at it in this larger perspective. That the teacher is one who is there to guide the student, go through the education journey holistically, so that the students also understand that the teacher is available at any point in time; and not look at the load of teachers just purely by teaching in the classroom. Any work that the teacher does, whether it is as a teacher overseeing a co-curricular activity group, it is all about teaching and guiding our students.
Rise in Individual Bankruptcy Applications to 18-year High›Oral Answers to Questions5 turns · 609w
· 9 highlighted
oral-answer-3443
Mr Yip Hon Weng82 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Prime Minister (a) in view of individual bankruptcy applications at an 18-year high and increased corporate insolvencies in 2023, whether this is a cause for concern to the Government; (b) whether the rise in insolvency is primarily due to struggles to service existing debts, or is it also driven by a higher risk appetite for new ventures; and (c) whether the Government is planning more services to address this issue, such as expanded debt counselling services or financial literacy programmes.
The Minister of State for Culture, Community and Youth and Trade and Industry (Mr Alvin Tan) (for the Prime Minister)386 words
[+1 sentence]Sir, it is helpful to put the latest bankruptcy statistics into perspective. Although bankruptcy applications in Singapore rose in 2023, not all applications resulted in bankruptcy orders. The actual bankruptcy orders were lower than the application numbers. The trend of bankruptcy orders has been largely stable over the recent years, and it is also below pre-COVID-19 levels. Likewise, while compulsory winding up applications did indeed pick up in 2023, the actual winding up numbers were lower and, also, below pre-COVID-19 levels, quite comparable.[+2 sentences] Bankruptcy applications rose amid a challenging macroeconomic and financial environment for corporates and individuals in recent years. The higher global interest rates environment also caused domestic interest rates to rise sharply. Nevertheless, most corporates and households were able to weather the increases in borrowing costs and continued to service their loans. There have not been any significant uptick in banks' non-performing loans for either households or corporates. Stress tests by the Monetary Authority of Singapore (MAS) also show that most corporates and household borrowers have adequate buffers to manage shocks to income and financing costs.[+7 sentences] While the overall debt situation has remained manageable thus far, I fully agree with Mr Yip that it is important to keep an eye on this issue. One way is to educate Singaporeans on financial literacy and to help distressed borrowers manage their debt and to avoid bankruptcy. Our national financial education programme, called MoneySense, actively educates the broader public on money management skills. These include advising consumers to not spend beyond their means and reminding borrowers to prioritise paying off high interest debts, for example, your credit cards bills, to avoid high interest charges. Borrowers in distress can also seek help from various avenues that are available to them. They can approach the Credit Counselling Singapore, which offers debt management guidance and helps individuals and businesses restructure debt or work out sustainable debt repayment plans. Those who have unsecured debts with financial institutions may sign up for debt consolidation plan to restructure and consolidate their debts. When a bankruptcy application is filed, the official assignee administers a debt repayment scheme to help eligible debtors whose debts do not exceed $150,000. These debtors can avoid bankruptcy by committing to the terms of a repayment plan with a creditor and repaying their debts over a period of five years.
Mr Speaker2 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Yip.
Mr Yip Hon Weng (Yio Chu Kang)84 words
[+4 sentences]I thank the Minister of State for his reply and I am heartened to note that we are expanding some of these debt counselling services and financial literacy programmes. May I ask, what is the estimated budget and timeline for some of the expansion of these services and financial literacy programmes? Will these programmes be targeted towards specific demographics or industries most affected by insolvency? Are there plans for preventive measures, such as early intervention programmes or credit score education, to address future risk?
Mr Alvin Tan55 words
[+3 sentences]Sir, the answer to Mr Yip's supplementary question is, yes. MAS and the financial institutions as well as industry trade associations are all working together, not just to strengthen MoneySense and other financial literacy programmes, but also across the whole ecosystem. Financial institutions, trade associations and, I believe, at the Ministry of Education as well.
Statistics on Total Employment and Trade Income of Top 1,000 Earners›Oral Answers to Questions2 turns · 189w
· 3 highlighted
oral-answer-3444
Mr Chua Kheng Wee Louis51 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Finance in each year over the past 10 years of income tax assessment, what is the (i) 25th percentile (ii) median and (iii) 75th percentile of Total Employment and Trade Income of the top 1,000 earners from all professions who are Singapore citizens.
The Second Minister for Finance (Ms Indranee Rajah) (for the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Finance):138 words
[+3 sentences]Mr Speaker, the top 1,000 earners refers to a specific subset of taxpayers and this group could change every year. As a lot of effort is required by the Inland Revenue Authority of Singapore (IRAS) to generate the full set of data requested, we have focused on the latest available data in the Year of Assessment (YA) 2023 and the data five and 10 years earlier, in 2019 and 2014. This will provide a broad sense of the income trends over the past decade. For YA2023, the 25th percentile, median and 75th percentile income of the top 1,000 earners who are Singapore Citizens are $2.4 million, $2.9 million and $4.5 million respectively. For YA2019, the corresponding figures are $2 million, $2.5 million and $3.6 million. For YA2014, the corresponding figures are $1.8 million, $2.2 million and $3 million.
Update on Global Positioning System-based Approach Procedure at Seletar Airport›Oral Answers to Questions3 turns · 126w
· 0 highlighted
oral-answer-3445
Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song60 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Transport (a) whether he can provide a progress update regarding the implementation of a Global Positioning System (GPS)-based approach procedure at Seletar Airport; (b) when will it be fully implemented; and (c) whether there is any delay in the implementation of the GPS-based approach procedure and, if so, what are the factors slowing down the implementation.
The Minister for Transport (Mr Chee Hong Tat)29 words
[+1 sentence]Mr Speaker, Singapore and Malaysia have been in discussions, taking into consideration the safety and efficiency of air traffic management in accordance with the International Civil Aviation Organisation's provisions.
Mr Speaker37 words
[+4 sentences]This is one of those rare occasions where you can finish all questions within Question Time. Order. End of Question Time. The Clerk will now proceed to read the Order of the Day and Notice of Motion.
Singpass Facial Verification Security Preparedness and Safeguards›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 83w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15790
Ms Hazel Poa47 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Prime Minister (a) whether any attempts to breach Singpass facial verification have been detected since it was launched; and (b) what safeguards and measures have been taken to ensure that Singpass facial verification cannot be breached by deepfakes or other clones generated by artificial intelligence.
Mrs Josephine Teo (for the Prime Minister)36 words
[+3 sentences]Since the launch of facial verification on Singpass, the Government Technology Agency has not detected breaches. Our agencies continuously monitor, test and work on improvements. It is best we maintain operational security over the technical details.
Automatic Disbursement of Support Schemes to Individuals and Households›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 236w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15791
Mr Leong Mun Wai64 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) what is the current number of financial support schemes from the Government available to individuals and households; (b) how many of such schemes require individuals or households to actively make an application; and (c) what is the rationale for not automatically granting support under schemes where the qualification criteria are objective and not subjective.
Mr Lawrence Wong172 words
[+9 sentences]The Government supports Singaporeans through all phases of life. Much of this support is in the form of subsidies which Singaporeans receive automatically when they access public goods and services, such as education, healthcare and housing. In addition, there are various targeted support schemes and services across multiple domains, such as children and youths, work and learning, seniors and disability support. Information about these schemes is available on the SupportGoWhere portal (supportgowhere.life.gov.sg). There are around 60 schemes, with slightly more than half requiring applications. Where feasible, social support schemes are disbursed automatically when the qualifying criteria are objectively quantifiable and administrative data is readily available for the Government to disburse the benefits accurately. The reasons why some schemes require applications vary. Schemes, such as ComCare, require holistic assessments of the individual or household's needs so that the relevant agencies can provide the appropriate level of support based on the individual or household's circumstances. Other schemes, such as the Home Caregiving Grant, require a disability assessment to qualify a recipient for the grant.
Data on Non-receipt of Support Schemes and Feedback on Erroneous Disbursement of Payouts›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 289w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15792
Ms Hazel Poa79 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Finance (a) for the past three years, how many individuals or households were eligible for support schemes whose benefits were meant to be automatically disbursed but did not receive the support; (b) how many complaints or appeals were made concerning suspected erroneous payouts, including fraud cases; and (c) whether there were any cases in the last five years where additional benefits were found to be erroneously disbursed to those not eligible.
Mr Lawrence Wong210 words
[+13 sentences]Social support schemes which disburse benefits automatically make use of administrative data available to the Government to disburse the benefits accurately. In 2023, there were about 20,000 enquiries and appeals for the Goods and Services Tax (GST) Voucher scheme. The vast majority of disbursements are accurate. But adjustments were made to the amount disbursed for some cases, due to changes in the individuals' latest circumstances. We strive to keep our data accurate and updated. But there is a small proportion of cases where adjustments have to be made. These are discovered through internal audits, audits by the Auditor-General and also feedback from the public. For example, in its financial year 2021/2022 report, the Auditor-General's Office identified 3,166 ineligible Housing and Development Board households which received the GST Voucher – U-Save, or about 0.3% out of more than 950,000 eligible households. In such cases, we would rectify the errors and do a thorough review to tighten our operational processes. We have also encountered a small number of cases of erroneous payouts due to fraud. The Government remains committed to upholding high standards of accountability and integrity. We have zero tolerance for fraud. Any potential offences will be thoroughly investigated and referred to the Police if there are grounds to do so.
Reviewing CDC Vouchers Scheme to Support Larger Households Based on Household Size›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 160w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15793
Mr Yip Hon Weng33 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Deputy Prime Minister and Minister for Finance whether the Ministry will review the Community Development Council Vouchers scheme to better support larger households by adjusting voucher allocations based on household size.
Mr Lawrence Wong127 words
[+6 sentences]The Government's support for households should be viewed holistically across multiple schemes, which work together to provide help where it is most needed. The Community Development Council Vouchers scheme is a simple, broad-based scheme designed to help all Singaporean households cope with daily expenses and rising cost of living. We have other schemes that provide help on an individual basis and would, therefore, ensure more support for larger households. For example, every adult Singaporean received cash payments of up to $800 in December 2023. This month, eligible Singaporean seniors will receive up to $300 in Seniors' Bonus, while seniors and children will receive $150 in their MediSave. The Government will continue to regularly review how our support measures can better support Singaporeans, including those from larger households.
Evaluating and Altering National Servicemen's PES Status Due to Psychological Difficulties›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 217w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15794
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim81 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Defence (a) what is the Central Manpower Base's process to evaluate the case for altering a National Serviceman's Physical Employment Standard (PES) status when one reports psychological trauma or difficulties; (b) what is the average time taken for this evaluation process before a resolution to change a PES status is concluded; and (c) what is the average time after the change of PES status is concluded before the Serviceman is reassigned to a different vocation or appointment.
Dr Ng Eng Hen136 words
[+6 sentences]The Physical Employment Standard (PES) status of a Full-time National Serviceman (NSF) with psychological conditions is determined by healthcare professionals after considering the individual's mental health concerns, treatment plan and his suitability to serve in his assigned vocation. Safety of the individual and of those around him while he serves his duties within the Singapore Armed Forces is an important consideration. Their assessment will include input from the individual's treating psychiatrist, if any. The time required for observation and review varies according to each NSF and his condition. On average, the PES review process would take approximately six weeks to complete but more complex cases would take longer. If a change to his PES status requires reassignment to another vocation, the NSF will be deployed to his new vocation and unit, typically in about two weeks.
Reviewing Timeline and Sufficiency of Singapore's Contributions to UNHCR›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 132w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15795
Mr Louis Ng Kok Kwang45 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Foreign Affairs (a) what is the timeline for the Ministry's regular review of Singapore's contributions to the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees; and (b) what criteria does the Ministry apply to determining whether the current level of contribution is sufficient.
Dr Vivian Balakrishnan87 words
[+5 sentences]Singapore has provided annual voluntary financial contributions to the United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) since 2001. As a small country with limited resources, we take a holistic approach in determining our level of international humanitarian assistance. Singapore provides humanitarian assistance across various international organisations and to relief efforts in our region and beyond. Specific to UNHCR, our current annual contribution of US$60,000 is comparable to other Association of Southeast Asian Nation member states. We will continue to contribute to international humanitarian assistance within our resources.
Training for SingPost Employees to Detect Drugs, Contraband and Hazardous Materials›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 214w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15796
Mr Zhulkarnain Abdul Rahim87 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Home Affairs in light of the lysergic acid diethylamide stamps detected in a parcel at the SingPost Centre on 21 December 2023 (a) whether the Ministry requires SingPost employees to receive routine training and regular updates to detect signs of drugs, contraband or hazardous materials; (b) what resources are available to safeguard employees against the handling of such materials; and (c) whether the Ministry will, in addition to the available technology for detection, deploy sniffer dogs for biosecurity risks at the SingPost Centre.
Mr K Shanmugam127 words
[+6 sentences]Officers from the Immigration and Checkpoints Authority (ICA) are stationed at SingPost Centre to screen all inbound articles and look out for prohibited, controlled or dutiable items. SingPost officers support ICA by loading and unloading the articles for screening, and opening and re-sealing those that require physical inspection. The screening process is carried out by ICA and SingPost officers in accordance with safety protocols. For example, if an article is suspected to be hazardous, both the ICA and SingPost officer would don personal protective equipment prior to inspecting and handling the article. Upon detection of drugs, contraband or hazardous materials, the article will be referred to the competent authority for further investigations. ICA utilises screening equipment for the screening process and only activates sniffer dogs when needed.
Update on Man Hours of Volunteers in Citizens on Patrol Scheme›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 139w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15797
Ms He Ting Ru47 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Home Affairs for the last five years (a) what was the total amount of man hours of patrols undertaken by volunteers with the Citizens on Patrol scheme; and (b) what was the monthly average number of hours contributed by volunteers in the scheme.
Mr K Shanmugam92 words
[+5 sentences]Volunteers on the Citizens on Patrol (COP) scheme patrol their community and neighbourhoods and alert the Police when they notice suspicious activities or persons. They also engage the community on crime prevention measures. The COP scheme has grown from about 5,000 volunteers in 2019, to about 7,000 volunteers in 2023. In the past five years, the volunteers contributed an average of around 16,500 hours of patrol annually. The number of patrol hours took a dip during COVID-19. In 2023, the total number of patrol hours was around 24,000, or 2,000 per month.
Adoption of Farm-to-Table Recognition Programme among Businesses›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 251w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15798
Ms See Jinli Jean84 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment (a) whether an update can be provided on the traction of the Farm-to-Table Recognition (FTR) Programme among (i) food businesses in the hotel, restaurant and catering sectors and (ii) consumers since April 2023; (b) whether the Ministry plans to onboard coffee shops and hawker centres onto the FTR Programme; and (c) whether the Ministry will consider measures to improve the affordability of local produce for businesses and consumers, to encourage greater traction of the FTR Programme.
Ms Grace Fu Hai Yien167 words
[+9 sentences]The Farm-to-Table Recognition Programme (FTTRP) recognises food businesses that procure locally farmed produce. Consumers can identify and support farm establishments that use locally-produced ingredients by looking out for the Farm-to-Table logos. Since its launch in March 2023, 50 companies have joined the programme. We welcome more food businesses, including coffee shops and hawker centres, to join FTTRP. To encourage greater traction of FTTRP, Government procurement has incorporated a weighted criterion for sustainable initiatives through the efforts of the Singapore Food Agency (SFA). Food caterers recognised under FTTRP would receive additional points that increase their chances of securing Government catering contracts. Complementing the FTTRP, SFA helps farms to adopt more productive technologies under the Agri-food Cluster Transformation Fund. SFA also supports industry-led initiatives, such as the Alliance for Action on Local Produce Demand Offtake and Consumer Education, that has since formed a supply and demand aggregator for farms and retailers. Such measures can help farms build up the capabilities and scale to provide quality products at competitive prices.
Number of Contractors Caught for Violation of Environmental Pollution Laws›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 499w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15799
Mr Yip Hon Weng79 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Sustainability and the Environment (a) how many building contractors who violated environmental pollution laws have been apprehended in the past three years; (b) whether routine surveillance and spot checks are in place to monitor these contractors as they complete the construction project; (c) what proactive measures are Government agencies implementing to prevent environmental violations; (d) what reporting channels are available to the public; and (e) what is the process to ensure effective follow-up and resolution.
Ms Grace Fu Hai Yien420 words
[+15 sentences]Building contractors must comply with environmental pollution control measures, including regulations relating to noise and illegal discharges into waterways, as set out in the Environmental Protection and Management Act, the Environmental Public Health Act and the Sewerage and Drainage Act. These regulations are enforced by the National Environment Agency (NEA) and Public Utilities Board (PUB). From 2021 to 2023, NEA carried out 1,577 enforcement actions against building contractors for violations related to construction noise, and five enforcement actions for illegal discharge of trade effluent. In the same period, PUB took 402 enforcement actions against building contractors for improper or inadequate implementation of earth control measures (ECMs), which are required to prevent the discharge of silt into our waterways. On surveillance, NEA requires contractors to install noise meters at the nearest residential or noise-sensitive premises, to monitor noise generated from their worksite and ensure compliance with the permissible noise limits. Contractors that violate the no-work rule on Sundays and public holidays are also required to install video surveillance equipment to deter further non-compliance and facilitate enforcement. For illegal discharges into waterways, all construction sites of 0.2 hectares and above are required to install closed-circuit televisions (CCTVs) to monitor the treated water discharge. The visual feed from the CCTVs is analysed in real-time with automatic alerts to relevant parties, including PUB, for prompt actions. PUB also conducts regular site inspections on construction sites to ensure that ECMs are properly implemented. Our agencies take proactive measures to prevent environmental violations. For larger construction projects situated near residential or noise-sensitive premises, NEA requires contractors to submit noise management plans prior to the commencement of work. Furthermore, occupiers of specified construction sites with contract sums exceeding $10 million are required to appoint an Environmental Control Officer for Specified Construction Sites, whose role includes facilitating compliance with environmental requirements, such as managing noise and water pollution. The Government also encourages the industry to strengthen their commitment to environmental standards through the Green and Gracious Builder Scheme (GGBS), which accredits contractors who adopt good practices to reduce their environmental impact during construction, including efforts to minimise noise and water pollution. Based on the current tendering process, construction companies must be certified under GGBS in order to participate in public sector construction tenders with project values of $5 million and above. Members of the public that spot any potential environmental violations from construction sites may submit their feedback through the various reporting channels, including the myENV and OneService mobile applications, as well as NEA and PUB's 24-hour hotlines.
Security Measures and Alternative Means for Checking Students' PSEA Balances›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 164w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15800
Mr Leong Mun Wai83 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education (a) why can the balance of the Post-Secondary Education Account (PSEA) only be checked by calling a 24-hour hotline; (b) whether such a system poses data privacy and security concerns since any person can check the PSEA funds balance of any other person as long as they have the other person's NRIC number; and (c) whether the Ministry will build an online system with Singpass authentication for PSEA holders to check their balances and, if not, why not.
Mr Chan Chun Sing81 words
[+5 sentences]The Post-Secondary Education Account (PSEA) phone enquiry system allows account holders a convenient way to check their account balance. Besides the hotline, statements are sent to account holders annually in March and also in the following month after any transaction. The phone enquiry system does not allow callers to perform any transaction. Nevertheless, the Ministry of Education (MOE) is currently enhancing the system to require Singpass authentication. MOE will also include PSEA functions as part of a planned information technology system.
Possibility of PSEA Balances Transferred to CPF Ordinary Accounts Earlier Than at Age 31›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 204w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15801
Mr Leong Mun Wai74 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education (a) what is the rationale for only transferring Post-Secondary Education Account (PSEA) balances to the CPF Ordinary Accounts only at age 31 rather than an earlier age; and (b) whether the Ministry will consider allowing PSEA holders to transfer their account balances to their CPF Ordinary Accounts prior to age 31 so that these monies can be used for other purposes, such as housing, and, if not, why not.
Mr Chan Chun Sing130 words
[+4 sentences]The Post-Secondary Education Account (PSEA) scheme was introduced to provide additional financial support for post-secondary education. Any unused amount in the PSEA will be transferred to the account holder's Central Provident Fund Ordinary Account (CPF OA) in the year he or she turns 31 years old, since most account holders would have started employment after age 30. Nevertheless, account holders who have no use of their PSEA balance for further education can write in to the Ministry of Education (MOE) to request for early transfer of their PSEA balance to their CPF OA before 31 years old. Account holders who require the use of the PSEA funds after 30 years old may similarly write in to MOE to extend the time to use their PSEA, and some have done so.
Programmes in Schools to Nurture Future Leaders amid Times of Uncertainties›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 172w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15802
Mr Christopher de Souza34 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education what programmes, such as strategic thinking and problem-solving, can be introduced in the education system so as to prepare the students to become leaders in a time of uncertainty.
Mr Chan Chun Sing138 words
[+5 sentences]We agree with the Member that students need to have competencies, such as strategic thinking and problem-solving skills, among others, so that they can thrive in the future. These competencies are best developed not in isolation or standalone programmes but through a range of academic and non-academic learning experiences, where the competencies can be applied and honed in context. For example, in co-curricular activities and student leadership programmes, students grow in resilience, adaptability and problem-solving and communication skills as they work with one another to overcome challenges and accomplish tasks as a team. In classes, such as science lessons, students learn through the scientific inquiry process to challenge assumptions, think critically and make evidence-based inferences. Taken together, these learning experiences will equip students with the necessary values and competencies to grow into effective leaders in times of uncertainty.
Proportion of Social Workers and Staff to Persons with Special Needs›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 134w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15805
Ms He Ting Ru63 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Social and Family Development (a) in each of the last three years, what is the ratio of (i) social workers and (ii) staff members to persons with special needs at homes for adults and children with disabilities, non-profit organisations and day activity centres; and (b) whether the Ministry will consider collecting this data if such data is currently unavailable.
Mr Masagos Zulkifli B M M71 words
[+3 sentences]The staff deployment in the disability homes and day activity centres (DACs) varies based on factors, such as the operating hours, programme requirements and the needs of the clientele mix they serve. In the last three years, the average ratio of social workers to persons with disabilities (PwDs) in the disability homes and DACs hovers around 1:40. The average ratio of other programme staff to PwD ranges from 1:2 to 1:4.
Statistics of Menopausal Hormonal Treatment Received by Singaporean Females›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 99w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15806
Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song53 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Health (a) how many female Singapore Citizens have received menopausal hormonal treatment in the public hospitals from (i) 2013 to 2017 and (ii) 2018 to 2023; and (b) of which, what is the proportion who have received subsidised treatment from (i) 2013 to 2017 and (ii) 2018 to 2023.
Mr Ong Ye Kung46 words
[+2 sentences]The Ministry of Health does not track the number of female Singapore Citizens who have received menopausal hormonal treatment. All Singaporeans who are referred to public Specialist Outpatient Clinics from appropriate referral sources and who are assessed to require menopausal hormonal treatment are eligible for subsidies.
Organisations with Programmes and Benefits for Female Workers with Menopausal-related Health Issues›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 146w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15807
Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song46 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Health (a) whether the Ministry has data on the current number of organisations in Singapore that have programmes and benefits for female workers who are experiencing menopause-related health issues; and (b) what form do the majority of these programmes and benefits take.
Mr Ong Ye Kung100 words
[+4 sentences]The Ministry of Health does not have specific data on the current number of organisations in Singapore that have programmes and benefits for female workers who are experiencing menopause-related health issues. Nonetheless, there are several sources of support for women undergoing menopause, such as public educational resources available on HealthHub and public healthcare institutions' webpages. Additionally, interest groups, such as Dynamic Daisies under KK Women's and Children's Hospital, promote awareness of general women's health and support for women undergoing menopause transitions. Women may also seek medical advice from their regular family doctor or gynaecologist to manage their menopause-related health issues.
Data on Repeated Vaping Offenders in Schools and IHLs and Initiatives to Curb Addiction›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 207w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15808
Ms See Jinli Jean57 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Health (a) for each year in the last five years, what is the number and proportion of repeat vaping offenders from schools and Institutes of Higher Learning; (b) what are the differentiated help programmes for re-offenders and their families; and (c) how effective are these programmes in helping youths to curb vaping addiction.
Mr Ong Ye Kung150 words
[+7 sentences]We do not have the data requested by the Member. However, based on data from the Health Sciences Authority, between 2019 and 2023, for the offences of purchase, use or possession of e-vaporisers, there were 813 repeat offenders under 18 years old. This made up 25% of the number of offenders under 18 years old. The Health Promotion Board works closely with the Ministry of Education, schools and institutes of higher learning on preventive education and providing nicotine cessation support for youths. These programmes include QuitLine and tele-counselling services, as well as onsite counselling through Student Health Advisors. During these sessions, youths learn about the detrimental effects of smoking and vaping, and pick up strategies to quit and manage withdrawal symptoms. In 2023, about 2,350 youths received smoking and vaping cessation counselling from these programmes, of which 38% have either reduced or quit smoking and/or vaping after a one-month post-counselling.
Trends for Women Suffering from Arthralgia›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 178w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15809
Mr Gerald Giam Yean Song66 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Health (a) how many women in Singapore suffer from some form of arthralgia (joint pain) currently; (b) how many women suffered from this condition in 2013 as compared to the number in 2023; (c) whether the Ministry will raise awareness of arthralgia as a symptom of menopause; and (d) whether the Ministry has programmes for the early detection and treatment of arthralgia.
Mr Ong Ye Kung112 words
[+4 sentences]Joint pain, or arthralgia, is a symptom that can be associated with many conditions, such as infections, for example, dengue, injury, gout and menopause. The Ministry does not track the number of women in Singapore suffering from joint pain. The KK Women's and Children's Hospital and National University Hospital have been involved in media outreach efforts to raise awareness of menopause and its associated symptoms, including arthralgia. The Ministry will await data from future studies to better inform our model of care for menopausal women, such as an upcoming clinical study by the Integrated Women's Health Programme, to explore whether curated exercises and estrogen therapy can alleviate the symptoms of menopausal arthralgia.
Number of HDB BTO Units Launched in 2023 That Face Car Parks or Bin Centres›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 282w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15810
Ms Hazel Poa75 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for National Development (a) of all the HDB BTO units launched this year, how many units are directly facing a multi-storey car park at the same or higher levels; (b) how many units below the fifth floor are directly facing a bin centre; and (c) what are the factors considered when deciding whether to construct a multi-storey car park within the same block or in a separate building next to the block.
Mr Desmond Lee207 words
[+9 sentences]The Housing and Development Board (HDB) carefully studies the layout of each site, taking into consideration its size and shape, and minimises the number of flats facing parking decks and bin centres, while maximising the number of north-south facing flats, among other design considerations. Of the 23,000 Build-To-Order dwelling units launched in 2023, about 700 dwelling units, or 3%, face the parking decks of a multi-storey car park (MSCP). To provide greater privacy to residents and prevent vehicle headlights from shining directly into these flats, screens and greenery are incorporated into the façades of MSCPs. In addition, MSCP rooftops are also designed as landscaped gardens to provide visual relief for flats overlooking MSCPs. Such rooftops also serve as green and recreational spaces for residents. Of the 23,000 dwelling units launched in 2023, fewer than 20 dwelling units directly face a bin centre. Bin centres in new HDB precincts are equipped with the pneumatic waste conveyance system for a cleaner and more efficient waste collection process. These bin centres are typically located at remote ends of HDB precincts and/or near public roads, with the entrances located away from flats. To further screen off these bin centres from surrounding blocks, HDB also incorporates additional greenery and planting where feasible.
Wait-out Period Requirement for Singaporeans and PRs After Divesting Overseas Properties›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 392w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15812
Assoc Prof Jamus Jerome Lim44 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for National Development what are the reasons for the imposition of a wait-out period for Singapore Citizens and Permanent Residents who have recently disposed of their overseas property, as opposed to local property, for the purposes of purchasing an HDB flat.
Mr Desmond Lee348 words
[+15 sentences]Private property owners (PPOs) must wait out a period of 30 months after the disposal of their private residential property before they are allowed to purchase a subsidised Housing and Development Board (HDB) flat, such as a new flat from HDB or a resale flat with the Central Provident Fund (CPF) Housing Grant. This prioritises the allocation of the Government's limited supply of public housing to households which need them more, such as first-time home buyers and those who cannot afford private housing. From 30 September 2022, current and former PPOs must wait out 15 months from the disposal of their private property before they are allowed to buy a non-subsidised resale flat. This is a temporary measure to moderate the demand for resale flats and ensure that resale flats remain affordable for flat buyers with greater housing needs. We will review this measure depending on the overall demand and market changes. The wait-out period applies to owners of both local and/or overseas residential properties. This ensures consistent treatment across both groups of private residential property owners. Nevertheless, we do recognise that some current and former PPOs may have urgent needs to access public housing. We have put in place exemptions for seniors who need to right-size to supplement their retirement adequacy. For example, the 30-month wait-out period does not apply to eligible seniors and their spouses who buy 2-room flexi flats on short leases or Community Care Apartments from HDB. In addition, eligible seniors who buy a 4-room and smaller non-subsidised resale flat are also exempted from the 15-month wait-out period. These seniors only need to dispose of their private properties in Singapore or overseas, within six months from the key collection date. Apart from seniors, we recognise that there may be other current and former PPOs who may have urgent public housing needs due to extenuating circumstances. Such PPOs may approach HDB for assistance. Regardless of whether their private residential property is located in Singapore or overseas, HDB assesses their situation on a case-by-case basis and considers exercising flexibility depending on their specific needs and circumstances.
Places of Worship Gazetted as National Monuments and Located on Privately-owned Leasehold Lands›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 113w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15813
Mr Leong Mun Wai60 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Culture, Community and Youth (a) how many places of worship which are gazetted as national monuments currently sit on privately owned leasehold land; and (b) whether exceptions can be made to grant freehold or 999-year leases to such places of worship which are legally protected from alterations and changes that will affect their character and significance.
Mr Edwin Tong Chun Fai53 words
[+2 sentences]There are 21 places of worship gazetted as National Monuments that sit on privately-owned leasehold land. The National Heritage Board takes into account factors, such as the character and significance of the National Monuments, their community function as well as any intangible cultural heritage practices associated with the site, when considering lease extensions.
Measures to Safeguard Employees' Interests when Employers Consider Cost-cutting›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 86w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15814
Mr Christopher de Souza24 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Manpower how does the Ministry ensure that employers act responsibly in safeguarding the interests of employees when considering cost-cutting measures.
Dr Tan See Leng62 words
[+2 sentences]This question has been answered as part of the Minister for Manpower's oral reply to Parliamentary Question Nos 1 to 3 on 6 February 2024. Members may refer to the transcript for the reply. [Please refer to "Protection for Employees from Unfair Retrenchment Practices and Exploitative Employment Contracts", Official Report, 6 February 2024, Vol 95, Issue 121, Oral Answers to Questions section.]
Penalties for Employers Who Do Not Send Mandatory Retrenchment Notice›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 90w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15815
Mr Christopher de Souza28 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Manpower whether there are any penalties when an employer who is required to inform the union about a retrenchment exercise does not do so.
Dr Tan See Leng62 words
[+2 sentences]This question has been answered as part of the Minister for Manpower's oral reply to Parliamentary Question Nos 1 to 3 on 6 February 2024. Members may refer to the transcript for the reply. [Please refer to "Protection for Employees from Unfair Retrenchment Practices and Exploitative Employment Contracts", Official Report, 6 February 2024, Vol 95, Issue 121, Oral Answers to Questions section.]
Trend for PMET Employment among Different Age Groups›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 136w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15816
Ms Hazel Poa42 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Manpower what are the reasons for (i) the decrease in PMET employment for those aged below 30 in 2022 compared to previous years and (ii) the significant increase in PMET employment for those in their 40s to 50s.
Dr Tan See Leng94 words
[+3 sentences]Professionals, managers, executives and technicians (PMET) employment for those aged below 30 decreased from 222,000 in 2021 to 191,400 in 2022. This may be attributed to a higher share of young tertiary educated residents staying outside the labour force to pursue further education, leading to more youths entering the workforce at a later age.1 PMET employment for those aged 40-59 increased from 620,100 in 2021 to 725,300 in 2022. The increase may be due to the tight labour market in 2022 as companies increased their workforce sizes in line with the post-pandemic economic recovery.
Workshops Investigated and Penalised for Illegal Vehicle Modifications›Written Answers to Questions2 turns · 105w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15819
Mr Leong Mun Wai57 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Transport (a) in each of the past three years, how many vehicles have been subjected to additional inspection in response to complaints about vehicle modifications; (b) how many of these have been found to have illegal modifications; and (c) how many workshops have been investigated and penalised for performing illegal modifications on vehicles.
Mr Chee Hong Tat48 words
[+2 sentences]The Land Transport Authority (LTA) issued about 9,000, 7,000 and 5,000 notices of offences for common illegal modification offences in 2021, 2022 and 2023 respectively. Over the last three years, LTA conducted an average of about 1,600 additional inspections per year and has charged 16 workshops in total.
Career Guidance for IHL Students and Advice for Students Who Take on Freelance Assignments›Written Answers to Questions3 turns · 203w
· 0 highlighted
written-answer-15820
Ms See Jinli Jean44 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education whether the Ministry will consider expanding education and career guidance to cater to the interests and needs of students and recent alumni from institutes of higher learning who are already freelancing or exploring freelancing as a form of employment.
Ms See Jinli Jean49 words
[+1 sentence]asked the Minister for Education whether the Ministry will work with relevant stakeholders, such as the National Trades Union Congress and the Tripartite Alliance for Fair and Progressive Employment Practices, to communicate to graduating students the contact points for guidance should they encounter contract or payment-related issues when freelancing.
Mr Chan Chun Sing110 words
[+5 sentences]The institutes of higher learning (IHLs) provide education and career guidance support to all students as well as recent graduates. To support those who are freelancing or exploring the option, IHLs conduct workshops and talks to provide tips on freelancing and self-employment. These include sessions conducted in collaboration with the National Trades Union Congress and professional freelancers from different fields. This helps students to understand their employment rights as freelancers and consider the pros and cons of freelancing in making their career choices. Students and graduates engaged in freelance work who face contract or payment-related disputes may seek help from the Small Claims Tribunal or Tripartite Alliance for Dispute Management.